7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Honeywell

 XLS 3000 / XLS 140-2 (E)

Fire Detection and Alarm System Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 1/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Contents

1.0 Fire Alarm Control Panels

  1.1 XLS 3000
  1.2 XLS 140-2 (E)

2.0 Voice Control Systems

  2.1 Digital Voice Command
  2.2 Amplifiers
  2.3 Emergency Telephone & Accessories

3.0 Accessories
  3.1 Displays
  3.2 Control and Network Modules
  3.3 Power Supplies
  3.4 Cabinets
  3.5 Printers

4.0 Eclipse Intelligent Devices

  4.1 Heat / Smoke Detectors
  4.2 Input / Output Modules
  4.3 Manual Call Points
  4.4 Detector Accessories

5.0 Flashscan Intelligent Devices

  5.1 Heat / Smoke Detectors
  5.2 Manual Call Points
  5.3 Detector Accessories
  5.4 Relay and Output Control Modules
  5.5 Release Control Modules

6.0 Detectors for Hazardous Areas

  6.1 Intrinsically Safe Detectors
  6.2 Intrinsically Safe MCPs
  6.3 Explosion Proof Detectors
 
7.0 Audio / Visual Devices
  7.1 Speaker Strobes
  7.2 Horns
  7.3 Bells
  7.4 Sounders

8.0 Programming, Integration and Graphics

  8.1 Programming Tool
  8.2 EBI - Integration Platform
  8.3 Fireman Graphics
  8.4 Gateways

9.0 Standards / Approvals and Factory

  9.1 ISO Factory Certification
  9.2 FM
  9.3 UL
  9.4 References

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 2/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 3/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

CONTACT INFORMATION
 
+971 4 807 3200
  +971 4 881 6202
 

Projects and Sales:

 
Daniel Claridge
  +971 50 662 1829
  daniel.claridge@honeywell.com
 
Keshav Alur (Industrial)
  +971 50 646 2913

  keshav.alur@honeywell.com
 
Tamer Ammar (OEM)
  +971 50 818 4971
  tamer.ammar@honeywell.com
 

Marketing:
 
Vivek Gadgay
  +971 50 661 9499
  vivek.g@honeywell.com
 
Training and Technical Support:
 
Maher Ajouz
  +971 50 818 0743
  maher.ajouz@honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 4/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

1.0 Fire Alarm Control Panels

   XLS 3000
  XLS 140-2 (E)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 5/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

XLS3000
Intelligent Addressable
Fire Alarm System

General
The Honeywell XLS3000 is an intelligent Fire Alarm Control
Panel designed for medium- to large-scale facilities. Fire emer-
gency detection and evacuation are extremely critical to life
safety, and the XLS3000 is ideally suited for these applications.
The XLS3000 is part of the XLS Series of products from Honey-
well. The XLS3000 is ideal for virtually any application because
7070covh.jpg
it features a modular design that is configured per project
requirements. With one to ten Signaling Line Circuits (SLCs),
the XLS3000 supports up to 3,180 intelligent addressable XLS3000s, XLS-DVC audio option at right
devices.
Information is critical to fire evacuation personnel, and the • 4,000 event history file in nonvolatile memory, plus a sepa-
XLS3000’s large 640-character Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) rate 1,000-event alarm-only file.
presents vital information to operators concerning a fire situa- • Alarm Verification selection per point.
tion, fire progression, and evacuation details. • Autoprogramming, walk test, positive alarm sequence, and
The Eclipse™ line of detectors and modules introduces a new time scheduling.
concept in fire detection. Because the devices are all individually • Support for Eclipse Detector Protocol.
intelligent, they have the ability to communicate directly with one
• Backwards compatible with FlashScan and CLIP SLC
another. For years the fire alarm industry has demanded peer-
devices.
to-peer communication between networked control panels. The
XLS3000 is the first to offer peer-to-peer communication • Optional universal 2,040-point DACT.
between the detection and notification devices. This new con- • FM6320 approved Gas Detection System with TC809C1004
cept in detection technology offers unparalleled response time, module and any FM listed gas detector.
distributed intelligence and outstanding reliability. • EIA-232 printer port; EIA-485 annunciator port.
The XLS3000 supports the FireWatch Series internet monitor- • Honeywell SMART maintenance reporting.
ing module IPDACT-2 and permits monitoring of alarm signals
over the Internet, saving the monthly cost of two dedicated busi-
ness telephone lines. Although not required, the secondary
Description
telephone line may be retained providing backup communica- SIGNALING LINE CIRCUITS 
tion over the public switched telephone line.
The Honeywell XLS3000 Intelligent Addressable Fire Alarm
A host of other options are available, including single- or multi- System supports up to ten isolated intelligent signaling line cir-
channel voice; firefighters telephone; LED, LCD, or PC-based cuits with Style 4, 5, or 7. Each of the 10 circuits can have up to
graphic annunciators; fire or integration networking; advanced 159 detectors (any mix of ion, photo, laser photo, thermal, or
detection products for challenging environments, and many multi-sensor) and 159 modules (Addressable pull stations, nor-
additional options. mally open contact devices, two-wire smoke, notification, or
relay) with a total of 318 device per loop/3,180 per FACP or net-
Features work node. Actual circuit loading is dependant on SLC commu-
nication protocol.
• Listed to UL Standard 864, 9th edition.
Weekly Occupancy Schedules allow changing sensor sensitivity
• One to ten isolated intelligent Signaling Line Circuits (SLC)
by time of day, and day of week. An optional 2,040 point digital
Style 4, 6 or 7.
alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) is available for use with
• Up to 159 detectors and 159 modules per SLC, 318 devices central monitoring stations. Annunciator support, including cus-
per loop/3,180 per FACP or network node. tom graphics, is provided via an EIA-485 annunciator port. An
• Large 16 line, 640 character LCD backlit display or use EIA-232 printer port is also provided. The history file has a
display-less as a network node. 4,000 event capacity in nonvolatile memory, plus a separate
• Network options: 1,000 event alarm-only file. Advanced history filters allow sorting
– High-speed network for up to 200 nodes (XLS3000, by event, time, date, or address. Alarm verification selection can
XLS140-2, XLS140, XLS-NCA/-NCA2 Network Annuncia- be done per point, with tally. Autoprogramming and Walk test
tor, or XLS-DVC). reports are provided. The panel includes positive alarm
sequence (PAS) Presignal functionality. Timer options include
– Standard network or up to 103 nodes (XLS140, XLS140-2, Silence Inhibit and Auto Silence.
XLS3000, XLS-NCA/-NCA2 Network Annunciator, or XLS-
DVC, and Honeywell Enterprise Buildings Integrator™ Field programmability, with check and compare, is provided on a
[EBI]). Up to 54 nodes when XLS-DVC is used in network PC with the Verifire Tools program. Up to 1,000 powerful Bool-
paging. ean logic equations can be used. Non-alarm points are provided
for lower priority functions. Remote ACK/Signal Silence/System
• Built-in Alarm, Trouble, Security, and Supervisory relays.
reset/Drill can be done via monitor modules. The XLS3000 sup-
• VeriFire® Tools  online/offline program option. ports the SCS Series smoke control system in both HVAC or
• Application code is saved in Flash memory. FSCS modes.
• With built-in Degraded Mode operation, the system is capa- Figure 1 shows some of the sample system options.
ble of general alarm if a fire alarm condition is present even if
the CPU fails.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 6/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

DISPLAY  FlashScan® Exclusive

The XLS3000 display is a backlit LCD with 640-character dis- World-Leading Detector Protocol
play and a program keypad. The display allows up to nine users,
each with a password and selectable access levels. The display FLASHSCAN® 
has 11 LED indicators: At the heart of the XLS3000 is a set of detection devices and
• Power • Supervisory • Point Disabled device protocol — FlashScan. FlashScan is an all-digital proto-
• Fire Alarm • System Trouble • CPU Failure col that gives superior precision and high noise immunity.
• Pre-Alarm • Other Event • Controls Active
• Security • Signals Silenced As
thiswell
newasprotocol
giving quick identification
can also of an output
activate many active input device,
devices in a
fraction of the time required by competitive protocols. This high
There are also five membrane switch controls: Acknowledge,
speed also allows the XLS3000 to have the largest device per
Signal Silence, Drill, System Reset, and Lamp Test.
loop capacity in the industry — 318 points — yet every input and
TC840C1000 COPTIR output device is sampled in less than two seconds. Up to 159
outputs can be activated in less than 5 seconds. The micropro-
ADVANCED MULTI-CRITERIA DETECTOR 
cessor-based FlashScan® detectors have bicolor LEDs that can
• Detects all four major elements of a fire (smoke, heat, CO, be coded to provide diagnostic information, such as device
and flame). address during Walk Test.
• Automatic drift compensation of smoke sensor and CO cell. The multicolor LEDs blink the device address during a Walk
• High nuisance-alarm immunity. Test. FlashScan operates with a fully digital, high-precision pro-
• Six sensitivity levels. tocol. The multi-detector algorithm involves nearby detectors in
the alarm decision, and the FlashScan device also utilizes drift
TC809C1004 GAS DETECTION MODULE:  compensation.

•• Interface to industry-standard
Five programmable thresholdslinear scale 4-20 mA sensors. The
XLS FlashScan
intelligent protocol
sensing,incorporates nine levels
each of which can beof pre-alarm
manually
• FM Approved, Class 6320 (Stationary Gas Sensors/Detec- adjusted. Several programmable devices are available:
tors) • Ion – 0.5 to 2.5%/foot obscuration.
• Photo – 0.5 to 2.35%/foot obscuration.
• Laser (Pinnacle™) – 0.02 to 2.0%/foot obscuration.
• Acclimate™ – 0.5 to 4.0%/foot obscuration.

     f
    m
    w
 .
     k
    o
     l
     b
     0
     7
     0
     7
     h

Figure 1  XLS3000 Sample System Options

 

NOTE: XLS3000-CPU firmware version 14.0 (and higher) can suppor t LCD-160 on the RDP port, or LCD-80 in terminal mode, but not 
both at the same time.

Page 2 of 8 — 3/12/2010 • 74-4034-4 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 7/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

• COPTIR – 1.0 to 4.0%/foot obscuration. electric, TC907 Ionization, TC908 Thermal, S464H manual pull 
The FlashScan has a self-optimizing pre-alarm, automatic stations, TC909 single and dual input modules, TC910N super- 
detector sensitivity testing, and two levels of maintenance alert. vised and TC910R unsupervised control relay modules.
It also provides programmable activation of sounder/relay bases Circuit Isolation
during alarm or pre-alarm. The Read Status displays the level of
All Eclipse devices include built-in fault isolation modules to
detector cleanliness.
improve system survivability in the event of a field wiring short
circuit which would normally disable the entire loop. This feature
Intelligent Sensing is normally made available only as an option in competing sys-
Intelligent sensing is a set of software algorithms that provide tems though the use of additional hardware. By incorporating
the XLS3000 with industry-leading smoke detection capability. this feature directly into the base product, installation labor and
These complex algorithms require many calculations on each material cost are reduced.
reading of each detector, and are made possible by the very Device Auto-Adressing and Location Identification
high-speed microcomputer used by the XLS3000.
The fault isolators are also important to the Eclipse devices as
Drift Compensation and Smoothing. Drift compensation they are used during system commissioning to locate the posi-
allows the detector to retain its original ability to detect actual tion of devices on the circuit relative to each other and the con-
smoke, and resist false alarms, even as dirt accumulates. It trol panel. Using this information, the control panel can then
reduces maintenance requirements by allowing the system to automatically assign device addresses, eliminating a normally
automatically perform the periodic sensitivity measurements labor intensive portion of the start up process. Device locations
required by NFPA 72. Smoothing filters are also provided by and addresses are then uploaded to the Verifire Tools program-
software to remove transient noise signals, usually caused by ming tool and displayed in a graphical format for use by the
electrical interference. installer or service person.
Maintenance Warnings. When the drift compensation per- Device Replacement
formed for a detector
the detector may be reaches a certain
compromised, level,
and the performance
special of
warnings are If an Eclipse field device needs to be replaced for service pur-
given. There are three warning levels: (1) Low Chamber value; poses, the control panel automatically locates the replacement
(2) Maintenance Alert, indicative of dust accumulation that is device, determines its device type and then downloads the
near but below the allowed limit; (3) Maintenance Urgent, indica- required programming information, including device address
tive of dust accumulation above the allowed limit. and operating parameters without operator intervention.

Sensitivity Adjust. Nine sensitivity levels are provided for alarm

detection. These levels can be set manually, or can change SMART
automatically between day and night. Nine levels of pre-alarm With the Honeywell System Maintenance and Reporting Tool
sensitivity can also be selected, based on predetermined levels (SMART), another first in the industry, the XLS3000 system is
of alarm. Pre-alarm operation can be latching or self-restoring, capable of reporting the maintenance history of each field
and can be used to activate special control functions. device, thus simplifying the Testing and Inspection requirements
Self-Optimizing Pre-Alarm. Each detector may be set for “Self- mandated by NFPA. When a device exceeds the NFPA testing
Optimizing” pre-alarm. In this special mode, the detector limits, the user is alerted by an indication on the control panel
“learns” its normal environment, measuring the peak analog that service should be performed. This feature can be used by
owners and building inspectors alike to insure that proper main-
readings over athese
level just above long period
normalof time, and setting the pre-alarm
peaks. tenance is being performed on the system.
Cooperating Multi-Detector Sensing. A patented feature of Using Verifire Tools, the owner or service company can run
intelligent sensing is the ability of a smoke sensor to consider reports that list the devices in need of testing, as well as predic-
readings from nearby sensors in making alarm or pre-alarm tive reports to list devices that will be coming due in the next 30,
decisions. Without statistical sacrifice in the ability to resist false 60 or 90 day interval, thus eliminating repeat service calls.
alarms, it allows a sensor to increase its sensitivity to actual
smoke by a factor of almost two to one. Field Programming Options
ECLIPSE  AUTOPROGRAM 
In addition to supporting FlashScan protocol, the XLS3000 also Autoprogram is a timesaving feature of the XLS3000. It is a
supports the new Eclipse device series and communication pro- special software routine that allows the XLS3000 to “learn” what
tocol from System Sensor. This technological introduction brings devices are physically connected and automatically load them in
an advancement to the Honeywell XLS3000 that is yet the program with default values for all parameters. Requiring
unmatched in the industry in distributed processing and system less than one minute to run, this routine allows the user to have
response time.
Response almost immediate
only a portion of thefire protection
detectors are in a new installation, even if
installed.
Eclipse improves on the patented FlashScan protocol by fur ther VeriFire® Tools
distributing the decision making process down to the device VeriFire® Tools is an offline programming and test utility that can
level. Eclipse sensors and alarm modules are able to broadcast greatly reduce installation programming time, and increase con-
their condition directly to the output devices on the same loop, fidence in the site-specific software. It is Windows® based and
eliminating the need for the control panel to process the alarm provides technologically advanced capabilities to aid the
events and send individual output commands to the field installer. The installer may create the entire program for the
devices. Output devices such as control modules are pre-pro- XLS3000 in the comfort of the office, test it, store a backup file,
grammed with response sequences stored directly in the field then bring it to the site and download from a laptop into the
device. With this communication method, all output devices on a panel.
circuit can respond simultaneously to the alarm input within 250
ms of activation. RELEASING SERVICE 
Device Technology The system will release on any of ten independent hazards.
There are three options of sophisticated cross-zone sensing.
Eclipse devices (TC900 series) are available in the traditional
line of detection and control products including: TC906 Photo-  There is a delay timer and adjustable discharge timers, and
there are four options for Abort.

www.honeywell.com 74-4034-4 • 3/12/2010 — Page 3 of 8

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 8/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

EMERGENCY VOICE AND FIREFIGHTERS’ TELE-  4.5 A (maximum). Mounts in the bottom left hand section (bat-
PHONE  tery row) of a XLS-CAB-4 enclosure. See 85-3057.
The XLS3000 has digital message generation, hard-wired voice AMPS-24E: Main power supply and battery charger for the
control options, and a Firefighters’ telephone option. The voice XLS3000. One required for each XLS3000 CPU. Charges 25 to
message is powered by 50 or 75 Watt high efficiency amplifiers 200 AH batteries. Primary input power: 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz,
(DAA Series). There is an optional backup tone generator and 2.25 A. Mounts in the bottom left hand section (battery row) of a
amplifier available. For the Emergency Voice feature, the newly XLS-CAB-4 enclosure. See 85-3057.
introduced Digital Voice Command provides eight channels of XLS-ELCM-320: Loop Control Module, Eclipse Protocol. Pro-
one-way alarm broadcast and five channels of two-way commu- vides one Eclipse SLC. XLS3000 supports up to five XLS-
nications with remote fire telephones (see data sheet 74-4033). ELCM-320 and five XLS-ELEM-320 expanders for a total of ten
SLCs. See 85-3056.
XLS3000-CPU 
XLS-ELEM-320: Loop Expander Module, Eclipse Protocol.
The control panel electronics are contained on one printed cir- Expands an XLS-ELCM-320. Cannot be used to expand an
cuit board (PCB) that holds the central processing unit LCM-320. See 85-3056.
(XLS3000-CPU). The XLS3000-CPU can be purchased with or
LCM-320: Loop Control Module, CLIP/FlashScan Protocol.
without keypad and display; connections are identical on both
Provides one CLIP/FlashScan SLC. XLS3000 supports up to
versions.
five LCM-320 and five LEM-320 expanders for a total of ten
SLCs. See 85-3056.
Ordering Information LEM-320: Loop Expander Module, CLIP/FlashScan Protocol.
CONFIGURATION GUIDELINES  Expands an LCM-320. Cannot be used to expand an XLS-
ELCM-320. See 85-3056.
Stand-alone and network systems require a main display. On 
single-CPU systems (one XLS3000 ), the display option is the  NETWORKING OPTIONS
XLS3000-CPUD. On network systems (two or more networked  XLS-NCA2: Network Control Annunciator. One required per
fire panel nodes), at least one XLS-NCA2 is required. Options 
XLS-NET. Provides annunciation and control of all points on
listed as follows.
XLS-NET. See 74-4045.
MAIN SYSTEM COMPONENTS  NCM-W, NCM-F: Network Communications Modules. Wire and
XLS3000-CPUD:  XLS3000 with display. Includes CPU, 640 multi-mode fiber versions available. One required for each net-
character display with keypad. work node (XLS3000, XLS140, XLS140-2, XLS-DVC, BACNET
GATEWAY, FNA) on XLS-NET. Mounts in a standard chassis
XLS3000-CPUND: XLS3000 without display. Includes CPU position or on a BMP-1 plate. See 85-3007 .
only.
XLS-NCM-EBI-W: Network Control Module, Wire. Used in appli-
AMPS-24: Main power supply and battery charger for the cations where the FNA (Fire Network Adaptor) is mounted
XLS3000. One required for each XLS3000 CPU. Charges 25 to remotely next to an EBI server. The XLS-NCM-EBI-W mounts
200 AH batteries. Primary input power: 110/120 VAC, 50/60 Hz,

Network Diagram

     f
    m
    w
 .
     2
    n
    c
     6
     5
     8
     6
     h

Figure 2  XLS NET Block Diagram

  

Page 4 of 8 — 3/12/2010 • 74-4034-4 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 9/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

inside the EBI server (in an PCI slot) and communicates with the RM-1: Remote paging microphone series. See 85-3053 .
FNA. See 85-3007. AFAWS Series: Fire fighters remote telephone enclosure. See 
XLS-NCM-EBI-F: Network Control Module, Multi-Mode Fiber. 85-3052 .
Used in applications where the FNA (Fire Network Adaptor) is ACT-2: Audio Coupling Transformer. See 85-3065 .
mounted remotely next to an EBI server. The XLS-NCM-EBI-F
mounts inside the EBI server (in an PCI slot) and communicates EQ Series Cabinets: EQ series cabinets will house amplifiers,
with the FNA. See 85-3007. power supplies, battery chargers and control modules. EQ cabi-
nets are available in three sizes, “B” through “D”. 85-3110.
HS-NCM-W/MF/SF/WMF/WSF/MFSF: High-speed network
communications modules. Wire, single-mode fiber, multi-mode TC810T1000: Firephone Control Module connects a remote
fiber, and media conversion models are available. See 74-4082. firefighter telephone to a centralized telephone console. Reports
status to panel. Wiring to jacks and handsets is supervised. See 
RPT-W, RPT-F, RPT-WF: Repeater board with wire connection 74-4077.
(RPT-W), fiber connection (RPT-F), or allowing a change in
media type between wire and fiber (RPT-WF). See 85-3007. PRINTERS, ACS DEVICES & PERIPHERALS 
Q7055B1039. FNA (Fire Network Adaptor). Used to connect XLS-PRN-6: 80-column desktop dot matrix printer. See 85- 
XLS-NET or a standalone XLS3000 to Honeywell EBI. Requires 3073.
one NCM-W/F or one XLS-NCM-EBI-W/F. See 74-4017.
ACM-24AT: ACS annunciator – provides 24 LEDS with control
BACNET-GW-3: BACnet interface for the XLS3000 or XLS-NET. buttons for annunciation and control of points. Can be
Allows the XLS3000 to be connected to any BACnet capable expanded up to 96 points with AEM-24AT expanders. Active/ 
application (subject to local AHJ approval). See 85-3067. Alarm LEDs can be programmed by point to be red, green or
XLS-GW-EM-3: XLS•NET Gateway, embedded. See 74-5084 . yellow; the Trouble LED is always yellow. Mounts on a DP-DISP
or ADP-4B. See 85-3004 .
AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLIES & BATTERIES AEM-24AT: Same LED and switch capabilities as ACM-24AT;
BAT Series Battery: Batteries, 12V, Sealed Lead-Acid. AMPS- expands the ACM-24AT to 48, 72, or 96 points (24 points per
24 is compatible with 25 AH to 200 AH batteries. See 85-3072. AEM-24AT). Mounts on a DP-DISP or ADP-4B. See 85-3004 .
BB-100: Battery Enclosure. Holds up to two 100 AH batteries. ACS annunciator – provides 48 programmable LEDS for annun-
BB-200: Battery Enclosure. Stores up to 200 AH batteries. ciation of points. Can be expanded up to 96 points with an
AEM-48A expander. Active/Alarm LEDs can be programmed by
EOL-CR / CW: End of line relay plate. Required for certain
point to be red, green or yellow; the Trouble LED is always yel-
Canadian Applications. See 85-3062 .
low. Mounts on a DP-DISP or ADP-4B. See 85-3004.
XLS-LBB: Battery Enclosure, Black. Holds two 60 AH batteries
Mounts on a DP-DISP or ADP-4B. See 85-3004 .
or one 100 AH battery.
ACS Relay Module. Used to provide up to 8 remote form C con-
XLS-LBBR: Battery Enclosure, Red. Holds two 60 AH batteries
tacts. Can be located up to 6,000 ft (1828.8 m) from the panel.
or one 100 AH battery.
See 85-3046.
APS2-6R: Auxiliary power supply. Provides two 24 VDC cir-
LCD-160: Remote Annunciator. Mimics the XLS3000 Display.
cuits, each rated for 3.0 Amps in alarm and 2.0 Amps continu-
Mounts in an XLS-ABS-2D(R), XLS-ABS-4D(R), XLS-ABF-2B,
ous. Commonly used for the operation of peripheral audio/ 
XLS-ABF-4B enclosure, or a DP-DISP, or ADP-4B dress plate.
visual devices or any other application requiring 24VDC. See 
85-3050 . See 85-3058 .
LCD-80: LCD Remote Annunciator. 80-character, backlit LCD
ACPS-610: 6.0 amp or 10 amp addressable charging power
display. Mounts up to 6,000 ft. (1828.8 m) from panel. 85-3066.
supply. See 85-3109.
SCS Series: Smoke control station. Used for UL listed smoke
HPF24S6:  24 VDC NAC Remote Power Supply, 6A. Provides
control applications. See 85-3048.
built-in NAC synchronization. 120 VAC only. UL LISTED.
UZC-256: Universal Zone Coder provides non-interfering suc-
HPF24S6C: Same as HPF24S6, but ULC LISTED.
cessive zone coding. Field programmable via laptop software.
HPF24S6E: Same as HPF24S6, but 240 VAC. Mounts on a CHS-4 series chassis within XLS3000.
HPF24S8: 24 VDC NAC Remote Power Supply, 8A. Provides LDM-32: Lamp Driver module. Used to drive custom graphic
built-in NAC synchronization. 120 VAC only. UL LISTED. annunciators. Mounts in a standard chassis position or inside a
HPF24S8C: Same as HPF24S8, but ULC LISTED. graphic annunciator. See 85-3042 .
HPR24S8E: Same as HPF24S8, but 240 VAC. DPI-232: Direct Panel Interface. Specialized modem for extend-
ing EIA-232 serial data links to remotely located control panels
AUDIO OPTIONS and/or peripherals. Mounts in a standard chassis position. See 

XLS-DVC Digital Audio System: XLS-DVC Digital Voice Sys- 85-3006 .

tem. Networkable or standalone with a XLS3000. See 74-4033.
COMMUNICATORS (DACTS) AND TRANSMITTERS 
DAA-50 Series, DAA-75 Series: XLS-DVC Digital Audio Ampli-
UDACT: Universal Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter.
fiers. Used with the XLS-DVC digital voice system, these ampli-
Provides up to 636 channels. See 85-3049.
fiers communicate via the digital audio look to provide 8
channels of audio messaging and 5 channels of fire fighter's 411 Series: 411 Series Slave Digital Alarm Communicator
telephone communication over a single twisted pair of wire or Transmitters. See 85-3063.
fiber pair. See 74-4032 and 85-3121. 411 UDAC: 411UDAC Standalone Digital Alarm Communicator/ 
XPIQ: Intelligent Audio Transponder. Requires a FlashScan Transmitter. Features remote upload and download capabilities.
SLC loop. Provides up to four 25 W programmable amplifiers. See 85-3064.
Used with the XLS-DVC-EM with the DVC-AO Analog Audio TM-4 Transmitter: Transmitter Module used for municipal box
option board. See 74-4045. trip. Includes three reverse-polarity circuits and one municipal
AA-30, AA-100, AA-120: Traditional Audio Amplifiers. Amplifies box circuit. Mounts in a standard chassis position. See 85- 
a low level audio signal to high level audio at 30, 100 or 120 3005.
Watts. Used with the XLS-DVC-EM when the DVC-AO Analog
Audio Option is used. See 85-3044 .

www.honeywell.com 74-4034-4 • 3/12/2010 — Page 5 of 8

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 10/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

COMPATIBLE INTELLIGENT DEVICES  XP6-MA: FlashScan® six-zone interface module; connects

BEAMHK: Heating kit for transmitter/receiver unit of intelligent alarm system to two-wire conventional detection
TC847A1004below. See 74-3940. zone. See 85-3070.
BEAMHKR: Heating kit for use with the reflector of XP6-R: FlashScan® six-relay (Form-C) control module. See 85- 
TC847A1004 below. See 74-3940. 3071.
BEAMLRK: Long-range accessory kit, TC847A1004 below. See  XP10-M: FlashScan® ten-input monitor module. See 85-3068.
74-3940. ENCLOSURES, CHASSIS & DRESS PLATES 
BEAMMRK: Multi-mount kit, TC847A1004 below. See 74-3940. XLS-CAB-4 Series Enclosure: XLS3000 mounts in a standard
BEAMSMK: Surface-mount kit, TC847A1004 below. See 74-  CAB-4 Series enclosure. Backbox and door ordered seperately;
3940. requires XLS-BP2-4 battery plate. A trim ring option is available
TC847A1004: Intelligent beam smoke detector with integral for semi-flush mounting. See 85-3002.
sensitivity test. See 74-3940. CHS-M3: Chassis for XLS3000 CPU for all applications unless
TC840C1000:  FlashScan COPTIR Advanced Multi-Criteria the XLS-DVC is used with fire fighter's telephones. Mounts in
Detector. See 74-5070. the top row of a XLS-CAB-4 series enclosure.
TC807B1059: Low-profile FlashScan® ionization detector. CA-2: Chassis for XLS3000 CPU when XLS-DVC is used with
fire fighter's telephone. Mounts in the top two rows of a XLS-
TC807B1059: Low-profile FlashScan® photoelectric detector.
CAB-4 series enclosure. See 74-4033.
TC806B1076: Low-profile FlashScan® photoelectric detector
DP-DISP:   Display dress plate. Used whenever a CHS-M3 is
with 135°F (57°C) thermal.
used. Covers the top row of a XLS-CAB-4 series enclosure.
TC808B1041: FlashScan® thermal detector 135°F (57°C).
ADP-4B: Annunciator dress plate. Mounts in rows 2, 3 or 4 of a
TC808B1058: FlashScan® thermal detector 135°F (57°C) with
XLS-CAB-4 series enclosure. Used with ACS series annuncia-
rate-of-rise. tors.
TC808B1066: FlashScan® 190°F (88°C) high-temperature ther-
BMP-1: Cover Plate. Used with the DP-DISP or ADP-4B when-
mal detector.
ever an annunciator position is unused and needs to be cov-
DNR:  InnovairFlex low-flow non-relay duct-detector housing ered.
(order TC806DNR separately). Replaces TC806D1049/ 
DP-1B: Solid Blank plate. Used to cover rows 2, 3 or 4. Used
TC806D1056. See 74-4076.
when the installed equipment does not require user interaction
DNRW:  Same as above with NEMA-4 rating, watertight. See  (such as audio amplifiers).
74-4076.
XLS-BP2-4: Battery Plate. Covers the battery row. One
TC806DNR: Low-profile intelligent photoelectric sensor, required for each XLS3000 system.
remote test capable. For use with DNR(W). CHS-4L: Standard Chassis, Low Profile. Used in rows 1 through
TC806DNRCDN:  Same as TC806DNR but with ULC listing. 4. Commonly used for AA series amplifiers.
TC840M1021: FlashScan® Acclimate low-profile multi-sensor CHS-4N: Standard Chassis, High Profile. Used in rows 1
detector. through 4. Commonly used for APS-6R power supplies and
TC846A1013: FlashScan® Pinnacle laser photo detector. other peripherals such as NCMs, LCMs, etc.
B224RB: Low-profile relay base. See 85-3043. CHS-6: Chassis used with the XP6 and XP10 Multi Modes.
14507371-005: Isolator base for low-profile detectors. See 85-  Mounts up to six modules in any XLS-CAB-4 series row.
3043.
AUDIO VISUAL DEVICES (RECOMMENDED) 
14507371-001: Low-profile base. Standard U.S. style. See 85- 
P2 & P4 Series: SpectrAlert Advance Wall Horn/Strobes. See 
3043.
85-0304 or 85C-0304 (Canada) .
14506414-002:  European-style, 4" (10.16 cm) base. See 85- 
CH Series: SpectrAlert Advance Wall Chimes. See 85-0306 or 
3043.
85C-0306 (Canada) .
B200SR: Intelligent sounder base, Temporal 3 or Continuous
SP2 Series: SpectrAlert Wall Speaker/Strobes, Wall Mount.
tone. See 85-3043.
See 85-0302.
TC809A1059: FlashScan® monitor module. See 74-3993.
SP2C Series: SpectrAlert Ceiling Speaker/Strobes, Ceiling
TC809D1004: FlashScan® dual monitor module. See 74-3993. Mount. See 85-3101.
TC841A1000: FlashScan® two-wire detector monitor module. SP200 Series: SpectrAlert Speakers. See 85-0301.
See 74-3993. PA400 Series: SpectrAlert PA400 Series Mini Sounders. See 
TC809B1008: FlashScan® miniature monitor module. See 74-  85-3083.
3993. PF24V Series: Exit Point Directional Sounder. Used to mark
TC809C1004: FlashScan® 4-20 mA protocol monitor module. perimeter exits. See 85-3059.
TC810S1000:  FlashScan® releasing control module. See 74-  SSM Series: Standard Fire Alarm Bells. See 85-3107.
5068.
TC810N1013: FlashScan® NAC control module. See 74-3995.
MISCELLANEOUS 
R-10, R-20, EOLR Series: Multi-Voltage conventional relays,
TC810R1024: FlashScan® relay module. See 74-3995.
UL Fire rated. Used for a variety of fire applications. See 85- 
S464G1007: Manual pull station, addressable (CLIP/Flash- 3111.
Scan). See 74-3365.
FM Series: FM Series Magnetic Door Holders. See 85-3095.
S464H1006: Manual pull station, addressable (Eclipse). See 74- 
IPDACT-2/2UD, Internet Monitoring Module: Mounts in
4014.
IPENC enclosure. Connects to primary and secondary DACT
TC811A1006: Isolator module. See 77-4555. telephone output ports for internet communications over cus-
XP6-C: FlashScan® six-circuit supervised control module. See  tomer-provided ethernet connection. Requires compatible Tel-
85-3069. dat VisorALARM Central Station Receiver. Can use DHCP or
static IP. .

Page 6 of 8 — 3/12/2010 • 74-4034-4 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 11/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

IPCHSKIT: IP Communicator Chassis Mounting Kit. For mount- IPENC:  External enclosure for IPDACT, includes IPBRKT
ing an IPDACT-2 onto the panel chassis or CHS-4 series chas- mounting bracket; Red. For Black order IPENC-B.
sis. Use IPENC for external mounting applications.
IPSPLT: Y-adaptor option allow connection of both panel dialer
outputs to one IPDACT-2 cable input.

www.honeywell.com 74-4034-4 • 3/12/2010 — Page 7 of 8

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 12/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
System Capacity Standards and Codes: The XLS3000 Intelligent Addressable
Fire Alarm is designed to comply with the following standards:
• Intelligent Signaling Line Circuits.............. 1 expandable to 10
• NFPA 72 Local, Auxiliary, Remote Station, Proprietary,
• Intelligent detectors ............................................ 159 per loop
and Emergency Voice/Alarm Fire System Requirements.
• Addressable monitor/control modules ................ 159 per loop • Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 864 (Fire), 9th
• Programmable software zones............................... over 2000 Edition.
• ACS annunciators • Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 1076 (Burglary).
per XLS3000-CPU..................... 32 address x 64 or 96 points
NOTE: The XLS3000-CPU can support up to 96 annunciator 
address points per ACM-24/-48. Temperature and Humidity Ranges
This system meets NFPA requirements for operation at 0 –
Specifications 49°C/32 – 120°F and at a relative humidity 93% ± 2% RH (non-
condensing) at 32°C ± 2°C (90°F ± 3°F). However, the useful
Model: XLS3000 Intelligent Addressable Fire Alarm System life of the system's standby batteries and the electronic compo-
Primary Input Power: nents may be adversely affected by extreme temperature ranges
– AMPS-24: 110-120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 4.5 Amps maximum. and humidity. Therefore, it is recommended that this system and
its peripherals be installed in an environment with a normal room
– AMPS-24E: 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 2.25 Amps maximum. temperature of 15 – 27°C/60 – 80°F.
DC Output:
– 24 VDC: Up to 4.5 Amps Agency Listings and Approvals
– 5 VDC: Up to 1.0 A. These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified in
Total Output Power: 24V, 4.5 A in alarm. this document. In some cases, certain modules or applications
Temperature Ratings: Ambient: 32°F to 120°F (0° to 49°C). may not be listed by cer tain approval agencies, or listing may be
in process. Consult factory for latest listing status.
Humidity Ratings: 10 to 93% RH, non-condensing.
• UL Listed: S470
System Capacity:
• ULC Listed: S470
• Intelligent Signaling Line Circuits:  1, expandable to 10.
• MEA: 232-06-E Vol 2
• Intelligent Detectors:  159 per loop.
• FDNY: COA#6031
• Addressable Monitor/Control Modules:  159 per loop. • CSFM: 7170-1130:256 (Commercial)
• Programmable Software Zones:  over 2,000. • FM Approved
• ACS Annunciators per XLS3000-CPU:  32 address x 64 or • FM6320 Approved. Class 6320 for Gas Detection
96* points. • City of Chicago
*NOTE: The XLS3000-CPU
address points can support up to 96 annunciator 
per ACM-24/-48. • City of Denver
• PSB Corporation

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.

SMART™, Eclipse™, XPEDITE™, EBI™, and Pinnacle™ are all trademarks; and Acclimate®, Filtrex®, FlashScan®, NION®, NOTIFIER®, System Sensor®,
VeriFire®, and VIEW® are all registered trademarks of Honeywell International Inc.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 74-4034-4 Rev. 03-10
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 8 of 8

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 13/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

XLS140-2(E)
Fire Alarm Control Panel

General
In stand-alone or network configurations, Honeywell’s XLS140-2
meets virtually every application requirement.
Designed with modularity and for ease of system planning, the
XLS140-2 can be configured with just a few devices for small
building applications, or for a large campus or high-rise applica-
tion. Simply add additional peripheral equipment to suit the
application.
The FireWatch Series internet monitoring modules IPDACT-2
and IPDACT-2UD permit monitoring of alarm signals over the
Internet, saving the monthly cost of two dedicated business tele-     g
    p
     j
phone lines. Although not required, the secondary telephone  .
     2
   -
     0
line may be retained providing backup communication over the      4
     1
     S
public switched telephone line.      L
     X

NOTE: Unless called out with a version-specific “E” at the end of 
the part number, “XLS140-2” refers to models XLS140-2 and 
XLS140-2E; similarly, “XLS140-CPU2” refers to models XLS140- 
CPU2 and XLS140-CPU2E.
• Field-programmable on panel or on PC, with VeriFire Tool-
sUni program check, compare, simulate.
Features • Full QWERTY keypad.
• Listed to UL Standard 864, 9th edition. • Battery charger supports 18 – 200 amp hour batteries.
• One, expandable to two, isolated intelligent Signaling Line • Non-alarm points for lower priority functions.
Circuit (SLC) Style 4, 6 or 7. • Remote ACK/Signal Silence/System Reset/Drill via monitor
• Up to 159 detectors (any mix of ion, photo, thermal, or multi- modules.
sensor) and 159 modules (Addressable pull stations, nor- • Automatic time control functions, with holiday exceptions.
mally open contact devices, two-wire smoke, notification, or • Surface Mount Technology (SMT) electronics.
relay) per SLC. 318 devices per loop/636 per FACP or net- • Extensive, built-in transient protection.
work node.
• Powerful Boolean logic equations.
• Standard 80-character display, 640-character large display,
or display-less (a node on a network). XLS-NCA2 640-CHARACTER DISPLAY FEATURES:
• Network options: • Backlit, 640-character display.
– High-speed network for up to 200 nodes (XLS3000,
• Supports SCS Series smoke control system in both HVAC or
XLS140-2, XLS140, XLS-NCA/-NCA2 Network Annuncia-
FSCS modes (XLS140-2 not UL-Listed for FSCS).
tor, or XLS-DVC).
• Printer and CRT EIA-232 ports.
– Standard network for up to 103 nodes ( XLS140, XLS140- • EIA-485 annunciator and terminal mode ports.
2, XLS3000, XLS-NCA/-NCA2 Network Annunciator, or
• Alarm, Trouble, Supervisory, and Security relays.
XLS-DVC, and Honeywell Enterprise Buildings Integra-
tor™ [EBI]). Up to 54 nodes when DVC is used in network FLASHSCAN® INTELLIGENT FEATURES: 
paging.
• Poll up to 318 devices in less than two seconds.
• 6.0 amp switch mode power supply with four Class A/B built- • Activate up to 159 outputs in less than five seconds.
in Notification Appliance Circuits (NAC). Selectable System
Sensor, Wheelock, or Gentex strobe synchronization. ••Multicolor LEDs
Fully digital, blink deviceprotocol
high-precision address(U.S.
during Walk5,539,389).
Patent Test.
• Built-in Alarm, Trouble, Security, and Supervisory relays.
•Manual sensitivity adjustment — nine levels.
• VeriFire® Tools online or offline programming utility. Upload/ 
Download, save, store, check, compare, and simulate panel •Pre-alarm intelligent sensing — nine levels.
databases. Upgrade panel firmware. •Day/Night automatic sensitivity adjustment.
• Autoprogramming and Walk Test reports. •Sensitivity windows:
• Optional universal 636-point DACT. – Ion – 0.5 to 2.5%/foot obscuration.
• 80-character remote annunciators (up to 32). – Photo – 0.5 to 2.35%/foot obscuration.
• EIA-485 annunciators, including custom graphics. – Laser (Pinnacle™) – 0.02 to 2.0%/foot obscuration.
• Printer interface (80-column and 40-column printers). – Acclimate – 0.5 to 4.0%/foot obscuration.
• History file with 800-event capacity in nonvolatile memory, – COPTIR™ – 1.0 to 4.0%/foot obscuration.
plus separate 200-event alarm-only file. • Drift compensation (U.S. Patent 5,764,142).
• Alarm Verification selection per point, with tally. • Degraded mode — in the unlikely event that the XLS140-
• Autoprogramming and Walk Test reports. CPU2 microprocessor fails, FlashScan detectors revert to
• Presignal/Positive Alarm Sequence (PAS). degraded operation and can activate the XLS140-CPU2 NAC
• Silence inhibit and Auto Silence timer options. circuits and alarm relay. Each of the four built-in panel circuits
• March time/temporal/California two-stage coding/strobe syn- includes a Disable/Enable switch for this feature.
chronization. • Multi-detector algorithm involves nearby detectors in alarm
decision (U.S. Patent 5,627,515).

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 14/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

• Automatic detector sensitivity testing (NFPA-72 compliant). • Low-temperature warning signal at 40°F ± 5°F (4.44°C ±
• Maintenance alert (two levels). 2.77°C).
• Self-optimizing pre-alarm.
RELEASING FEATURES: 
TC840C1000 COPTIR • Ten independent hazards.
ADVANCED MULTI-CRITERIA DETECTOR  • Sophisticated cross-zone (three options).
• Detects all four major elements of a fire (smoke, heat, CO, • Delay timer and Discharge timers (adjustable).
and flame). • Abort (four options).
• Automatic drift compensation of smoke sensor and CO cell. • Low-pressure CO2 listed.
• High nuisance-alarm immunity.
VOICE AND TELEPHONE FEATURES: 
• Six sensitivity levels.
• Up to eight channels of digital audio.
TC846A1013 PINNACLE™ LASER SMOKE DETECTION  • 50 and 75 watt digital amplifiers (DAA series).
TECHNOLOGY:  • Solid-state digital message generation.
• Firefighter telephone option.
• Revolutionary spot laser design.
• 30- to 120-watt high-efficiency amplifiers (AA Series).
• Advanced intelligent sensing algorithms differentiate
• Backup tone generator and amplifier option.
between smoke and non-smoke signals (U.S. Patent
5,831,524). • Multichannel voice transponder (XPIQ).
• Addressable operation pinpoints the fire location. HIGH-EFFICIENCY OFFLINE SWITCHING
• No moving parts to fail or filters to change. 3.0 AMP POWER SUPPLY (6.0 A IN ALARM): 
• Early warning performance comparable to the best aspiration
systems at a fraction of the lifetime cost. • 120 VAC (XLS140-2); 240 VAC (XLS140-2E).
• Displays battery current/voltage on panel (with display).
TC840M1021 ACCLIMATE
LOW-PROFILE INTELLIGENT MULTI-SENSOR:  FlashScan, Exclusive
• Detector automatically adjusts sensitivity levels without oper- World-Leading Detector Protocol
ator intervention or programming. Sensitivity increases with
At the heart of the XLS140-2 is a set of detection devices and
heat.
device protocol — FlashScan (U.S. Patent 5,539,389). Flash-
• Microprocessor-based technology; combination photo and Scan is an all-digital protocol that gives superior precision and
thermal technology.
high noise immunity.
• FlashScan or CLIP (standard polling of each intelligent
device) mode compatible. In addition to providing quick identification of an active input
device, this new protocol can also activate many output

Sample
System
Options
h7111blk.wmf

Page 2 of 8 — 12/16/2009 • 85-3128-2 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 15/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

devices in a fraction of the time required by competitive proto- VeriFire Tools  is an offline programming and test utility that
cols. This high speed also allows the XLS140-2 to have the can greatly reduce installation programming time, and
largest device per loop capacity in the industry — 318 points increase confidence in the site-specific software. It is Win-
— yet every input and output device is sampled in less than dows®-based and provides technologically advanced capabili-
two seconds. The microprocessor-based FlashScan detectors ties to aid the installer. The installer may create the entire
have bicolor LEDs that can be coded to provide diagnostic program for the XLS140-2 in the comfort of the office, test it,
information, such as device address during Walk Test. store a backup file, then bring it to the site and download from
a laptop into the panel.

Intelligent Sensing
Intelligent sensing is a set of software algorithms that provides
Placement of Equipment
the XLS140-2 with industry-leading smoke detection capabil- in Chassis and Cabinet
ity. These complex algorithms require many calculations on The following guidelines outline the XLS140-2’s flexible system
each reading of each detector, and are made possible by the design.
high-speed microcomputer used by the XLS140-2.
Rows: The first row of equipment in the cabinet mounts in the
Drift Compensation and Smoothing: Drift compensation chassis shipped with the CPU.. Mount the second, third, or
allows the detector to retain its original ability to detect actual fourth rows of equipment in a CHS4 series chassis or, for Digi-
smoke, and resist false alarms, even as dirt accumulates. It tal Voice Command products, in CA-1 or CA-2. (For XLS-DVC
reduces maintenance requirements by allowing the system to and DAA components see XLS-DVC Manual; for DVC-AO
automatically perform the periodic sensitivity measurements applications, see AA Series Installation Manual ).
required by NFPA 72. Smoothing filters are also provided by
software to remove transient noise signals, such as those Wiring: When designing the cabinet layout, consider separa-
caused by electrical interference. tion of power-limited and non-power-limited wiring as dis-
cussed in the XLS140-2 Installation Manual .
Maintenance Warnings:  When the drift compensation per- Positions:  A chassis offers four basic side-by-side positions
formed for a detector reaches a certain level, the performance
of the detector may be compromised, and special warnings for components; the number of modules that can be mounted
are given. There are three warning levels: (1) Low Chamber in each position depends on the chassis model and the size of
value; (2) Maintenance Alert, indicative of dust accumulation the individual module. There are a variety of standoffs and
that is near but below the allowed limit; (3) Maintenance hardware items available for different combinations and config-
Urgent, indicative of dust accumulation above the allowed limit. urations of components.

Sensitivity Adjust:  Nine sensitivity levels are provided for It is critical that all mounting holes of the XLS140-2 are
alarm detection. These levels can be set manually, or can secured with a screw or standoff to ensure continuity of Earth
change automatically between day and night. Nine levels of Ground.
pre-alarm sensitivity can also be selected, based on predeter- Layers: The CPU’s chassis accepts four layers of equipment,
mined levels of alarm. Pre-alarm operation can be latching or including the control panel. The XLS140-CPU2 fills three posi-
self-restoring, and can be used to activate special control func- tions (left to right) in the first-installed layer (the back of the
tions. chassis); its integral power supply occupies the center two
positions in the next two layers; the optional display occupies
Self-Optimizing Pre-Alarm: 
“Self-Optimizing” pre-alarm. InEach detector
this special maythe
mode, bedetector
set for (the left) two positions at the front, flush with the door. Some
“learns” its normal environment, measuring the peak analog equipment, such as the XLS-NCA2, may be mounted in the
readings over a long period of time, and setting the pre-alarm dress panel directly in front of the control panel. The XLS-
level just above these normal peaks. NCA2 can be used as a primary display for the XLS140-2 (use
NCA/640-2-KIT) by directly connecting their network ports
Cooperating Multi-Detector Sensing: A patented feature of (required in Canadian stand-alone applications); see XLS-
intelligent sensing is the ability of a smoke sensor to consider NCA2 data sheet for mounting options (74-4045) .
readings from nearby sensors in making alarm or pre-alarm
decisions. Without statistical sacrifice in the ability to resist Expansion:  Installing an LEM-320  Loop Expander Module
false alarms, it allows a sensor to increase its sensitivity to adds a second SLC loop to the control panel. The LEM-320 is
actual smoke by a factor of almost two to one. mounted onto the XLS140-CPU2, occupying the middle-right,
second (back) slot on the chassis.
Field Programming Options Networking: If networking two or more control panels, each
unit requires a Network Control Moduleor High-Speed Net-
Autoprogram.  This timesaving feature is a special software work Control Module(see “Network Options” on page 6).
routine. The FACP “learns” what devices are physically con-
nected and automatically loads them in the program with These modules can be installed in any option board position
(see manual), and additional option boards can be mounted in
default values for all parameters. Requiring less than one front of the network control modules.
minute to run, this routine allows the user to have almost
immediate fire protection in a new installation, even if only a
portion of the detectors are installed. KDM-R2 Controls and Indicators
Keypad Program Edit (with KDM-R2) The XLS140-2 has the Program Keypad:  QWERTY type (keyboard layout, see fig- 
exclusive feature of the product line of program creation and ure) .
editing capability from the front panel keypad, while continu-  12 LED indicators:  Power; Fire Alarm; Pre-Alarm; Security;
ing to provide fire protection . The architecture of the Supervisory; System Trouble; Signals Silenced; Points Dis-
XLS140-2 software is such that each point entry carries its abled; Control Active; Abort; Pre-Discharge; Discharge.
own program, including control-by-event links to other points.
Keypad Switch Controls: Acknowledge/Scroll Display; Signal
This allows the program to be entered with independent per-
Silence; Drill; System Reset; Lamp Test.
point segments, while the XLS140-2 simultaneously monitors
other (already installed) points for alarm conditions.

www.honeywell.com 85-3128-2 • 12/16/2009 — Page 3 of 8

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 16/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

LCD Display:  80 characters (2 x 40) with long-life LED AUDIO OPTIONS 

backlight. XLS-DVC-EM: Digital Voice Command, digital audio proces-
sor with message storage for up to 32 minutes of standard
quality (4 minutes at high quality) digital audio. Capable of
playing up to eight simultaneous messages when used with
DAA Series amplifiers. See 74-4033.
DVC-KD: Keypad for local annunciation and controls; status

LEDs and 24 user-programmable buttons.See 74-4033.

DVC-AO: DVC Analog Output board provides four analog out-
put circuits for use with AA or XPIQ Series amplifiers. Four-
channel operation supported.See 74-4033.
DAA-5025: 50W, 25 Vrms Digital Audio Amplifier assembly
with DAA-PS power supply board, shipped mounted to its
chassis. See 74-4032.
     f
    m
    w
 .
     k
DAA-5070: 50W, 70.7 Vrms Digital Audio Amplifier assembly
    o
     l
     b
     1
with DAA-PS power supply board, shipped mounted to its
     1
     1
     7 chassis. See 74-4032.
DAA-7525: 75W, 25 Vrms Digital Audio Amplifier assembly
Configuration Guidelines with DAA-PS power supply board. Shipped mounted to its
chassis (no battery charger on DAA-7525 power supply
Stand-alone and network systems require a main display. On 
board). See 85-3121.
single-CPU systems (one XLS140-CPU2/-CPU2E), display 
options are the KDM-R2 or the XLS-NCA2. On network sys-  CHS-BH1: Battery chassis; holds two 12.0 AH batteries.
tems (two or more networked fire panel nodes), at least one  Mounts one the left side of DAA chassis. See 74-4032.
XLS-NCA2 is required. Other options listed as follows:  CA-1: Chassis, occupies one tier of a XLS-CAB-4 Series
KDM-R2: 80-character backlit LCD display with QWERTY pro- enclosure. The left side accommodates one XLS-DVC and a
gramming and control keypad. Order two BMP-1 blank mod- DVC-KD (optional); and the right side houses a CMIC-1 micro-
ules and DP-DISP2 mounting plate separately. Requires top  phone and its well (optional). See 74-4033.
row of a cabinet. Required for each stand-alone 80-character  CA-2: Chassis assembly, occupies two tiers of a XLS-CAB-4
display system. The KDM-R2 may mount in network nodes to  Series enclosure. The left side accommodates one XLS-DVC
display “local” node information as long as at least one XLS-  mounted on a half-chassis and one XLS-NCA2 or BP-CA2
NCA2 is on the system to display network information. mounted on a half-chassis. The right side houses a micro-
XLS-NCA2: Network Control Annunciator, 640 characters. On phone/handset well. The CA-2 assembly includes CMIC-1
single XLS140-CPU2/-CPU2E   systems, the optional XLS- microphone. XLS-ADDR Series doors with two-tier visibility
NCA2 can be used as the Primary Display for the panel and are available for use with the CA-2 configuration: XLS-ADDR-
connects directly to the XLS140-CPU2/-CPU2E . On network B4, XLS-ADDR-C4, XLS-ADDR-D4 (below).
systems (two or more networked fire panel nodes), one net- CFFT-1: Chassis to mount firefighters telephone and one ACS
work display (XLS-NCA2) is required for every system. On net- annunciator in a CAB-4 row. Includes TELH-1 firefighters
work systems, the XLS-NCA2 connects to (and requires) a handset for the XLS-DVC, chassis, phone well and mounting
standard Network Control Module or High-Speed Network hardware. Order DP-CFFT dress panel separately.
Control Module. Mounts in a row of FACP node or in two
annunciator positions. Mounting options include the DP- DP-CFFT:  CFFT-1 dress panel. Requires BMP-1 if no ACS
DISP2, ADP-4B, or in an annunciator box, such as the XLS- annunciator is installed.
ABS-2D. In CAB-4 top-row applications, a DP-DISP2 and two TELH-1: Firefighter’s Telephone Handset for use with the XLS-
BMP-1 blank modules are required for mounting. Required for DVC when mounted in the CA-2 chassis. See 74-4033.
XLS140-2 applications employing the XLS-DVC-EM and DAA XLS-ADDR-B4:   Two-tier-sized door designed for use with the
series amplifiers. See 74-4045. CA-2 chassis configuration. XLS-ADDR Series doors are similar
XLS140-CPU2: Central processing unit with integral 3.0 amp to XLS-CAB-4 Series “DR” doors, but a clear window space
(6.0 A in alarm) power supply for an XLS140-2 system. exposes the top two tiers of the XLS-CAB-4 enclosure. Use an
Includes CPU factory-mounted on a chassis; one Signaling SBB-B4 backbox with the XLS-ADDR-B4.  See 74-4033, 85- 
Line Circuit expandable to two; installation, programming and 3002.
operating manuals. Order one per system or as necessary (up  XLS-ADDR-C4:  Three-tier-sized door, designed for use with the
to 103 network nodes) on a network system. CA-2 chassis configuration. XLS-ADDR Series doors are similar
XLS140-CPU2E:  Same as XLS140-CPU2 but requires 240 to XLS-CAB-4 Series “DR” doors, but a clear window space
exposes the top two tiers of the XLS-CAB-4 enclosure. Use an
VAC, 1.5 amp, (3.0 A in alarm).
SBB-C4 backbox with the XLS-ADDR-C4.  See 74-4033, 85- 
NCA/640-2-KIT: Bracket installation kit required to mount 3002.
XLS-NCA2 to the XLS140-CPU2/-640CPU2E’s standard XLS-ADDR-D4: Four-tier-sized door designed for use with the
chassis. CA-2 chassis configuration. XLS-ADDR Series doors are similar
DP-DISP2: Dress panel for top row in cabinet with XLS140- to XLS-CAB-4 Series “DR” doors, but a clear window space
CPU2/CPU2E installed. exposes the top two tiers of the XLS-CAB-4 enclosure. Use an
SBB-D4 backbox with the XLS-ADDR-D4.  See 74-4033, 85- 
ADP2-640: Dress panel for middle rows with XLS140-CPU2/ 
3002.
CPU2E.
NOTE: Use XLS-ADDR-B4/C4/D4 when CA-2 chassis is installed 
BMP-1: Blank module for unused module positions. in top two rows with XLS-NCA2 or BP-CA2. Use standard door 
XLS-BP2-4: Battery plate, required. when CA-2 is not installed in top two rows.

Page 4 of 8 — 12/16/2009 • 85-3128-2 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 17/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

DPA-1: Dress panel, used with the CA-1 chassis when config- ACM-24AT: ACS annunciator – up to 96 points of annunciation
ured with a XLS-DVC, DVC-KD, and CMIC-1. See 74-4033. with Alarm or Active LED, Trouble LED, and switch per circuit.
DPA-2B: Dress panel used with CA-2 chassis assembly. Active/Alarm LEDs can be programmed (by powered-up switch
selection) by point to be red, green, or yellow; the Trouble LED is
VP-2B: Dress panel, required when CA-2 chassis is installed in always yellow. See 85-3004.
the top two cabinet rows.
AEM-24AT: Same LED and switch capabilities as ACM-24AT,
DPA-1A4: Dress panel, used with the CA-1 chassis when the expands the ACM-24AT to 48, 72, or 96 points. See 85-3004.
CMIC-1 is not used. Provides mounting options on right two
ACM-48A: ACS annunciator – up to 96 points of annunciation
bays
4033. for two ACS annunciators, or for blank plates.  See 74-  with Alarm or Active LED per circuit. Active/Alarm LEDs can be
programmed (by powered-up switch selection) in groups of 24 to
BP-CA2: Blank plate for CA-2 chassis. be red, green, or yellow. Expandable to 96 points with one AEM-
CMIC-1: Optional microphone and microphone well assembly 48A. See 85-3004.
used with the CA-1 chassis. AEM-48A: Same LED capabilities as ACM-48A, expands the
RM-1/RM-1SA: Remote microphone assemblies, mount on ACM-48A to 96 points. See 85-3004.
ADP-4 (RM-1) dress panel or CAB-RM/-RMR (RM-1SA) stand- XLS-LCD-80/XLS-FDU-80: 80-character, backlit LCD display.
alone cabinets. See 85-3053. Mounts up to 6,000 ft. (1828.8 m) from panel. Up to 32 per
XLS-CM-T: Firephone Control Module connects a remote fire- FACP. See XLS-FDU-80 (85-3066).
fighter telephone to a centralized telephone console. Reports LDM: Lamp Driver Modules LDM-32, LDM-E32, and LDM-R32;
status to panel. Wiring to jacks and handsets is supervised. remote custom graphic driver modules. See LDM data sheet 85- 
AA-30: Audio Amplifier, 30 watts. Switch-mode power. Includes 3042.
amplifier and audio input supervision, backup input, and auto- ACM-8R: Remote Relay Module with eight Form-C contacts.
matic switchover, power supply, cables. See 85-3044. Can be located up to 6,000 ft. (1828.8 m) from panel on four
AA-120/AA-100: Audio Amplifier provides up to 120 watts of 25 wires. See ACM-8R data sheet 85-3046.
VRMS audio power for the XLS140-2. The amplifier contains an SCS: Smoke control stations SCS-8, SCE-8, with lamp drivers
integral chassis for mounting to a CAB-B4, -C4, or -D4 backbox SCS-8L, SCE-8L; eight (expandable to 16) circuits. See SCS 
(consumes one row). Switch-mode power. Includes audio input data sheet 85-3048.
and amplified output supervision, backup input, and automatic
switchover to backup tone. Order the AA-100 for 70.7 VRMS sys- TM-4: Transmitter Module. Includes three reverse-polarity cir-
tems and 100 watts of power. See 85-3044. cuits and one municipal box circuit. Mounts in panel module
position (single-address-style) or in CHS2-M2 position. See 85- 
XPIQ: The XPIQ quad intelligent voice transponder for distrib- 3005.
uted multichannel voice evacuation systems, an integrated
audio amplification and distribution subsystem controlled by UDACT: Universal Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter, 636
FACP. Capable of playing up to four simultaneous messages. channel.
Accepts up to four 25-watt amplifiers.. UZC-256: Programmable Universal Zone Coder provides posi-
tive non-interfering successive zone coding. Microprocessor-
POWER SUPPLIES, STANDARD CABINETS  controlled, field-programmable from IBM®-compatible PCs
ACPS-610: 6.0 or 10 Amp addressable charging power supply. (requires optional programming kit). Up to 256 programmable

See 85-3109. codes.

chased Mounts in BB-UZC
separately).   or other compatible chassis (pur-
See 85-3045.
APS2-6R: Auxiliary power supply. Provides two 24 VDC cir-
cuits, each rated for 3.0 Amps in alarm and 2.0 Amps continu- COMPATIBLE INTELLIGENT DEVICES 
ous. Commonly used for the operation of peripheral audio/ 
visual devices or any other application requiring 24VDC. See  BEAMHK: Heating kit for transmitter/receiver unit of
85-3050. TC847A1004 below. See 74-3940 .
HPF24S6/8:  Remote six-amp and eight-amp power supplies BEAMHKR: Heating kit for use with the reflector of
with battery charger. See DH-1061 TC847A1004 below. See 74-3940 .
CHS-4: Chassis for mounting up to four APS-6Rs. BEAMLRK: Long-range accessory kit, TC847A1004 below. See 
74-3940 .
CHS-4L: Low-profile four-position Chassis. Mounts two AA-30
amplifiers or one AMG-E and one AA-30. BEAMMKR: Multi-mount kit, TC847A1004 below. See 74-3940 .
DP-1B: Blank dress panel. Provides dead-front panel for BEAMSMK: Surface-mount kit, TC847A1004 below. See 74- 
unused tiers; covers DAA-series or AA-series amplifier. 3940 .
XLS-CAB-4 Series Enclosure: XLS140-2(E)  mounts in a TC847A1004:  Intelligent beam smoke detector with integral

standard CAB-4 Series enclosure. Backbox and door ordered sensitivity test. See 74-3940.
seperately; requires XLS-BP2-4 battery plate. A trim ring TC840C1000:  FlashScan COPTIR Advanced Multi-Criteria
option is available for semi-flush mounting. See 85-3002. Detector. See 74-5070.
EQ Series Cabinets: EQ series cabinets will house amplifiers, TC807B1059: Low-profile FlashScan ionization detector.
power supplies, battery chargers and control modules. EQ cabi- TC806B1076:  Low-profile FlashScan photoelectric detector.
nets are available in three sizes, “B” through “D”. See 85-3110. See 74-1941.
COMPATIBLE DEVICES, EIA-232 PORTS  TC806B1084:  TC806B1076 plus dual electronic thermistors
that add 135°F (57°C) fixed-temperature thermal sensing. See 
XLS-PRN-6: 80-column printer. See 85-3073. 74-1941.
VS4095/5: Printer, 40-column, 24V. Mounted in external back- TC806B1084: Low-profile FlashScan photoelectric detector with
box. 135°F (57°C) thermal.
COMPATIBLE DEVICES, EIA-485 PORTS  TC808B1041: FlashScan thermal detector 135°F (57°C).
ACS: Annunciator Control Modules ACM/AEM-24AT and ACM/  TC808B1058:  FlashScan thermal detector 135°F (57°C) with
AEM-48A; remote serial annunciator/control systems. See 85-  rate-of-rise.
3004.

www.honeywell.com 85-3128-2 • 12/16/2009 — Page 5 of 8

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 18/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

TC808B1066: FlashScan 190°F (88°C) high-temperature ther- NETWORK OPTIONS 

mal detector. NCM-W, NCM-F: Network Communications Modules. Wire and
DNR:  InnovairFlex low-flow non-relay duct-detector housing multi-mode fiber versions available. One required for each net-
(order TC806B1076 separately). Replaces TC806D1049/  work node (XLS3000, XLS140, XLS140-2, XLS-DVC, BACNET
TC806D1056. See 74-4076. GATEWAY, FNA) on XLS-NET. Mounts in a standard chassis
DNRW:  Same as above with NEMA-4 rating, watertight. See  position or on a BMP-1 plate. See 85-3007 .
74-4076. HS-NCM-W/MF/SF/WMF/WSF/MFSF: High-speed network
communications modules. Wire, single-mode fiber, multi-mode
TC840M1021:
detector.   FlashScan Acclimate low-profile multi-sensor fiber, and media conversion models are available. See 74- 
4082.
TC846A1013: FlashScan Pinnacle laser photo detector.
RPT-W, RPT-F, RPT-WF: Repeater board with wire connection
TC846A1005: Low-profile Pinnacle laser photo detector.
(RPT-W), fiber connection (RPT-F), or allowing a change in
B224RB: Low-profile relay base. See 85-3043. media type between wire and fiber (RPT-WF). See 85-3007.
14507371-005: Isolator base for low-profile detectors. See 85-  FNA: Fire Network Adapter. Connects to an XLS•NET network
3043. to provide a TCP/IP interface to an EBI.
14507371-001: Low-profile base. Standard U.S. style. See 85-  XLS-GW-EM-3: XLS•NET Gateway, embedded. See 74-5084 .
3043.
14506414-002:  European-style, 4" (10.16 cm) base. See 85-  OTHER OPTIONS 
3043. IPDACT-2/2UD Intenet Monitoring Module: Mounts in IPENC
B501BH-2: Sounder base, includes B501 base above. enclosure. Connects to primary and secondary DACT telephone
Replaces B501BH. See 85-3043. output ports for internet communications over customer-pro-
vided ethernet connection. Requires compatible Teldat Visor-
B501BHT-2: Temporal tone sounder base. Replaces B501BHT.
See 85-3043. ALARM Central Station Receiver. Can use DHCP or static IP.
See DN-60408.
B200SR: Intelligent sounder base, Temporal 3 or Continuous IPCHSKIT:  IP Communicator Chassis Mounting Kit. For
tone. See 85-3043. mounting an IPDACT-2/2UD onto the panel chassis or CHS-4
TC809A1059: FlashScan monitor module. series chassis. Use IPENC for external mounting applications.
TC809D1004: FlashScan dual monitor module. IPENC:  External enclosure for IPDACT, includes IPBRKT
TC841A1000: FlashScan two-wire detector monitor module. mounting bracket; Red. For Black order IPENC-B.
TC809B1008: FlashScan miniature monitor module. IPSPLT: Y-adaptor option allow connection of both panel dialer
outputs to one IPDACT-2/2UD cable input.
TC810S1000: FlashScan releasing control module.
DPI-232: Direct Panel Interface, specialized modem for
TC810N1013: FlashScan NAC control module. See 74-3995. extending serial data links to remotely located FACPs and/or
TC810R1024: FlashScan relay module. See 74-3995. peripherals. See 85-3006.
S464G1007: Manual pull station, addressable (CLIP/Flash- LEM-320: Loop Expander Module. Expands each 140-2 to two
Scan). See 74-3365. Signaling Line Circuits.
S464H1006: Manual pull station, addressable (Eclipse). See 74-  BAT Series: Batteries. XLS140-2 utilizes two 12 volt, 18 to 200
4014. AH batteries. This series of products replaces the previous PS
TC811A1006: Isolator module. Series.
XP6-C: FlashScan six-circuit supervised control module. See  XLS-LBB: Battery Box (required for batteries larger than 25
85-3069. AH).
XP6-MA: FlashScan six-zone interface module; connects intelli- XLS-LBBR: Same as above but red.
gent alarm system to two-wire conventional detection zone. 411: Slave digital alarm communicator. See 85-3063.
See 85-3070. BB-UZC:   Backbox for housing the UZC-256 in applications
XP6-R: FlashScan six-relay (Form-C) control module. See 85-  where the UZC-256 will not fit in panel enclosure. Black; for red,
3071. order BB-UZC-R.
XP10-M: FlashScan ten-input monitor module. See 85-3068.

Page 6 of 8 — 12/16/2009 • 85-3128-2 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 19/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
System Capacity Temperature and Humidity Ranges
• Intelligent Signaling Line Circuits ...............1 expandable to 2 This system meets NFPA requirements for operation at 0 –
• Intelligent detectors ........................................... 159 per loop 49°C/32 – 120°F and at a relative humidity 93% ± 2% RH
(noncondensing) at 32°C ± 2°C (90°F ± 3°F). However, the
• Addressable monitor/control modules ................ 159 per loop useful life of the system's standby batteries and the electronic
• Programmable software zones ........................................... 99
components may be adversely affected by extreme tempera-
• Special programming zones ............................................... 14 ture ranges and humidity. Therefore, it is recommended that
• LCD annunciators per XLS140-CPU2/-CPU2E this system and its peripherals be installed in an environment
and XLS-NCA2 (observe power) ........................................ 32 with a normal room temperature of 15 – 27°C/60 – 80°F.
• ACS annunciators
per XLS140-CPU2/-CPU2E............ 32 addresses x 64 points Agency Listings and Approvals
• ACS annunciators
The listings and approvals below apply to the basic XLS140-2
per XLS-NCA2....................... 32 addresses x 64 or 96 points
control panel. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed
NOTE: The  XLS-NCA2  supports up to 96 annunciator address  by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Con-
points per ACM-24/48. sult factory for latest listing status.
• UL Listed: S470
Specifications
• ULC Listed: S7564, S7566
• Primary input power, XLS140-CPU2 board: 120 VAC, 50/60
Hz, 3.0 A. XLS140-CPU2E board:  220/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, •
•
FM Approved
MEA:  128-07-E Vol. 3
1.5 A.
• FDNY: Certificate #6030
• Total output 24 V power: 6.0 A in alarm.
• CSFM: 7165-1130:265; 7170-1130:264
NOTE: The power supply has a total of 6.0 Amps of available 
power. This is shared by all internal circuits.
• Standard notification circuits (4): 1.5 A each.
Standards
• Resettable regulated 24V power: 1.25 A. The XLS140-2 complies with the following UL Standards and
• Two non-resettable regulated 24V power outputs: NFPA 72 Fire Alarm Systems requirements:
– 1.25 A • UL 864, 9th Edition (Fire).
– 0.50 A. • UL 1076 (Burglary).
• Non-resettable 5V power: 0.15 A. • LOCAL (Automatic, Manual, Waterflow and Sprinkler Super-
visory).
• Battery charger range: 18 AH – 200 AH. Use separate cabi-
net for batteries over 25 AH. • AUXILIARY  (Automatic, Manual and Waterflow) (requires
TM-4).
• Float rate: 27.6 V. • REMOTE STATION  (Automatic, Manual, Waterflow and
Sprinkler Supervisory) (requires TM-4).
Cabinet Specifications
• PROPRIETARY  (Automatic, Manual and Waterflow).
Systems can be installed in CAB-4 Series cabinets (four sizes  Not applicable for FM.
with various door options, see 85-3002) . Requires XLS-BP2-4 • EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM.
Battery Plate.
• OT, PSDN  (Other Technologies, Packet-switched Data Net-
work)

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.

Pinnacle™ is a trademark; and Acclimate®, FlashScan®, VeriFire®, and VIEW® are registered trademarks of Honeywell International Inc. Microsoft® and
Windows® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Echelon® is a registered trademark of Echelon Corporation. IBM® is a registered trademark
of IBM Corporation. LEXAN® is a registered trademark of GE Plastics, a subsidiary of General Electric Company.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3128-2 Rev. 12-09
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 8 of 8

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 20/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

2.0 Voice Control Systems

  Digital Voice Command
  Amplifiers
  Emergency Telephone & Accessories

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 21/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

XLS-DVC Series
Digital Voice Command

General
The XLS-DVC is the hear t of an integrated, full-featured Audio
Command Center. The XLS-DVC Digital Voice Command
combines the capabilities of a powerful digital audio processor,
an event-driven audio message generator, and a router.
Designed for use with DAA  series Digital Audio Amplifiers,
each XLS-DVC supports a dedicated audio network with up to
eight channels of audio, five channels of firefighters’ tele-
phone, and control and supervision for up to 32 DAA series
    g
amplifiers. Twisted-pair wire, multi-mode fiber, or single-mode     p
     j
 .
     2
    o
fiber media options are supported. Larger audio systems      h
    p
     5
incorporating hundreds of amplifiers can be created by net-      4
     0
     7
     h
working additional XLS-DVC units via XLS-NET.
The XLS-DVC may be networked with XLS140, XLS140-2, or
XLS3000 panels via XLS-NET with an XLS-NCA2, or used in XLS-DVC-EM
a standalone panel configuration with an XLS3000 or Shown using CA-2 mounting option,
XLS140-2 Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP). When used as an XLS-CAB-C4, and XLS-ADDR-C4 door.
Audio Command Center with Emergency Paging capability,
the optional DVC-KD Keypad Display is required.
• Associated XLS-NCA2 supports XLS-NET applications.
NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, the term “XLS-DVC” refers to the 
XLS-DVC-EM, XLS-DVC-EMF, and XLS-DVC-EMSF models. • Multiple audio command centers supported via XLS-NET.
• Distribution of one channel of standard-level paging audio
Features on XLS-NET.
• Listed to UL Standard 864, 9th edition. • Three standalone, non network mode options:
• Programmable from NUP port using XPEDITE™ with: – XLS3000 (NUP to NUP) digital and analog.
– XLS140-2 (NUP to NUP) analog.
– XLS-DVC-EM: up quality
minutes of high to 32 minutes of standard
digital audio quality
storage or 4
of user- – XLS140-2 with XLS-NCA2 (NUP to NUP to NUP) digital
selected/created messages and tones. Supports twisted- and analog.
pair wire media. • Push-to-talk relay.
– XLS-DVC-EMF: Same as XLS-DVC-EM, except supports • Isolated alarm bus input, to be used for backup activation of
multi-mode fiber-optic media. alarm messages when normal digital communication is lost.
– XLS-DVC-EMSF: Same as XLS-DVC-EM, except sup-
ports single-mode fiber-optic media. Installation Options
• Up to 1000 audio sequences.
The XLS-DVC provides flexible installation options based on
• Message prioritization. two chassis options: the CA-1 or the CA-2 (one-row or two-row
• Equations support flexible programming for distribution of audio chassis). Both these chassis mount into size “B”, “C”, or
messages. “D” XLS-CAB-4 Series cabinets. The CA-2 must be installed in
• Electrically isolated digital audio ports for direct connection the top two rows of the cabinet. The DPA-1  dress panel is
with up to 32 DAA amplifiers. Style 4 or 7 configurations used with chassis CA-1. The DPA-2B dress panel is required

supported. for the CA-2 chassis.

• DCC (Display and Control Center) capabilities when used NOTE: For XLS140-2/ XLS-DVC applications using DAA series
with optional DVC-KD. amplifiers, an XLS-NCA2 is required to annunciate DAA
events.
• FireFighters’ Telephone Communications to local FFT riser
on DVC, 32 local DAA FFT risers, and FFT communication
to additional command stations via XLS-NET. Specifications
• Local paging microphone option. • 24 VDC power (TB1): 24 VDC, 1.0 A, non-resettable,
• Remote microphone option. power-limited by the source. Recommended wiring: 14 to
18 AWG (2.08 to 0.821 mm²) twisted-pair.
• Broad All-Call functionality when used with DVC-KD (DVC-
Keyboard Display): All Call, Page Active Evac Areas, Page • Digital audio ports, wire media, A and B (TB2, TB3):
Active Alert Areas, Page Inactive Areas. Maximum distance per segment is 1900 feet (579.12 m) on
Belden 5320UJ (18 AWG, TP) FPL cable: 18 AWG (0.821
• Auxiliary input for 12 Vp-p  analog low-level audio sources. mm²) twisted-pair, foil-shielded, power-limited. Consult wir-
Includes user audio level adjustment feature. ing documentation provided in document P/N 52916ADD:C
• Auxilary input accepts external audio sources such as tele- Addendum to XLS-DVC and DAA Manuals .
phone paging or background music. Hi impedance input • Digital audio ports, single- and multi-mode fiber-optic
accepts 600 ohm, line level, 1.0 VRMS, or 1.41 Vp-p  low

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 22/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

9/125 micrometers. Attenuation of cabling between two Product Line Information

nodes (fiber-optic circuits are point-to-point) must not
exceed the following maximum attenuations: 4.2 dB for XLS-DVC-EM: Digital Voice Command, digital audio processor
multi-mode with 50/125 micrometer cable @ 850 nm. 8.0 with message storage for up to 32 minutes of standard quality
dB for multi-mode with 62.5/125 micrometer cable @ 850 (4 minutes at high quality) digital audio. Supports twisted-pair 
nm. 5.0 dB for single-mode with 9/125 micrometer cable @ wire media.
1300 nm. XLS-DVC-EMF: Digital Voice Command, digital audio proces-
• Auxiliary input A (AUX A, TB4): Signal strength from low- sor with message storage for up to 32 minutes of standard
level analog audio input: maximum 1.0 VRMS, or 1.41 V p-p. quality (4 minutes at high quality) digital audio. Supports multi- 
Optional supervision is selectable through programming. mode fiber-optic ports, requires DAA-5025F, or DAA-5070F, or 
Recommended wiring: 18 AWG (0.821 mm²) twisted-pair; DAA-7525F.
max. 14 AWG (2.08 mm²). Auxiliary input must be in the XLS-DVC-EMSF: Digital Voice Command, digital audio pro-
same room as the XLS-DVC. cessor with message storage for up to 32 minutes of standard
• Remote microphone interface (TB9): Recommended wir- quality (4 minutes at high quality) digital audio. Supports sin- 
ing: 14 to 18 AWG (2.08 to 0.821 mm²) twisted-pair. Power- gle-mode fiber-optic ports, requires DAA-5025SF, or 
limited. Maximum distance between remote microphone DAA-5070SF, or DAA-7525F.
and DVC: 1000 feet (300 m). DVC-KD: Keypad for local annunciation and controls; status
• Push-to-talk interface (TB10): Dry contact. Recom- LEDs and 24 user-programmable buttons.
mended wiring: 14 to 18 AWG (2.08 to 0.821 mm²) twisted-
DVC-AO: Optional DVC Analog Output board provides four
pair.
analog output circuits for use with AA or XPIQ Series amplifi-
• Alarm bus (TB12): Power-limited by source. Recom- ers. Four-channel operation supported.
mended wiring: 14 to 18 AWG (2.08 to 0.821 mm²) twisted-
CA-1: Chassis, occupies one tier of a XLS-CAB-4 Series
pair. enclosure. The left side accommodates one XLS-DVC and a
• FFT riser (TB13): Power-limited output. Class A (Style Z) or
DVC-KD (optional) ; and the right side houses a CMIC-1 micro-
Class B (Style Y) operation. Style Y two-wire connections
phone and its well (optional) .
require a 3.9K ohm, 1/2 watt resistor (P/N K-3.9K). Maxi-
mum wiring resistance (including individual telephone zone CMIC-1: Optional microphone and microphone well assembly
to last handset) permitted is 50 ohms, 10,000 feet (3048 m) used with the CA-1 chassis.
maximum wiring distance at 12 AWG (3.31 mm²) to last CA-2: Chassis assembly, occupies two tiers of a XLS-CAB-4
handset. Series enclosure. The left side accommodates one XLS-DVC
• Auxiliary input B (AUX B, TB14): Signal strength from mounted on a half-chassis and one XLS3000 or XLS-NCA-2
low-level analog audio input: 12 Vp-p nominal, 15 Vp-p maxi- mounted on a half-chassis. The right side houses a micro-
mum. Optional supervision is selected through program- phone/handset well. The CA-2 assembly includes a micro-
ming. Recommended wiring: 14 to 18 AWG (2.08 to 0.821 phone. DPA-2B  dress plate is required (below) ; the VP-2B
mm²) twisted-pair. Vent Plate is also required for top row configurations. XLS-
• Optional DVC-AO analog audio output circuits (TB5, ADDR Series doors with two-tier visibility are available for use
TB6, TB7, and TB8): Supervised, power-limited outputs. with the CA-2 configuration: XLS-ADDR-B4, XLS-ADDR-C4,
Signal strength: +12 Vp-p nominal, +15 Vp-p maximum. Rec- XLS-ADDR-D4 (below) .
ommended wiring: 18 AWG (0.821 mm²) twisted-pair; max. DPA-2B: Dress plate required for CA-2 chassis assembly.
14 AWG (2.08 mm²). Maximum impedance: 66 ohms.
VP-2B: Vent plate required for cabinet configurations where
the DPA-2B is used for the top two row position.
Standards and Codes
TELH-1: Firefighter’s Telephone Handset for use with the XLS-
The Digital Voice Command XLS-DVC-EM, XLS-DVC-EMF, DVC when mounted in the CA-2 chassis. Order separately.
and XLS-DVC-EMSF comply with the following standards:
XLS-ADDR-B4: Two-tier-sized door designed for use with the
• NFPA 72 2002 National Fire Alarm Code. CA-2 chassis configuration. XLS-ADDR Series doors are simi-
• Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 864, 9th edition. lar to XLS-CAB-4 Series “DR” doors, but a clear window space
• Underwriters Laboratories of Canada (ULC) ULC-S527-99 exposes the top two tiers of the XLS-CAB-4 enclosure. Use an
Standard of Control Units for Fire Alar m Systems. SBB-B4 backbox with the XLS-ADDR-B4 (see specification 
data sheet 85-3002) .
Listings and Approvals XLS-ADDR-C4: Three-tier-sized door designed for use with

The listings and approvals below apply to theXLS-DVC-EM, the CA-2

similar to chassis configuration.
XLS-CAB-4 Series “DR”XLS-ADDR
doors, butSeries doors
a clear are
window
XLS-DVC-EMF, and XLS-DVC-EMSF Digital Voice Command. space exposes the top two tiers of the XLS-CAB-4 enclosure.
In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain Use an SBB-C4 backbox with the XLS-ADDR-C4 (see specifi- 
approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult fac- cation data sheet 85-3002) .
tory for latest listing status.
XLS-ADDR-D4: Four-tier-sized door designed for use with the
• UL Listed: file S470. CA-2 chassis configuration. XLS-ADDR Series doors are simi-
• ULC Listed: file S470. lar to XLS-CAB-4 Series “DR” doors, but a clear window space
• CSFM approved: file 7165-1130:256, 7165-1130:265. exposes the top two tiers of the XLS-CAB-4 enclosure. Use an
SBB-D4 backbox with the XLS-ADDR-D4 (see specification 
• MEA  approved: file 232-06-E Vol. 2 (except fiber audio 
data sheet 85-3002) .
components)  (XLS3000); file 317-01-E Vol. 4 (XLS140).
• FDNY: COA#6030 (XLS140-2). DPA-1: Dress panel, can be used with the CA-1 chassis when
configured with an XLS-DVC, DVC-KD, and CMIC-1.
• City of Chicago approved: High Rise, Class 1, Class 2.
DPA-1A4: Dress panel, used with the CA-1 chassis when the
• City of Denver approved.
CMIC-1 is not used. Provides mounting options on right two
• PSB Corporation approved (Singapore) . bays for two ACS annunciators, or for blank plates.

Page 2 of 6 — 07/15/2009 • 74-4033-2 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 23/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

ACT-4: Audio-coupling transformer. Used to electronically iso- DAA-5070: 50W, 70.7 Vrms Digital Audio Amplifier assembly
late DVC-AO analog risers. with DAA-PS power supply board, shipped mounted to its
ACT-25, ACT-70: Audio-coupling transformers. Used with AA- chassis. Supports twisted-pair wire media. See 74-4032. (For 
30 or DAA-series amplifiers to drive thousands of amplifiers in multi-mode fiber-optic media order DAA-5070F . For single- 
large system applications. mode fiber-optic media order DAA-5070SF .)
DAA-7525: 75W, 25 Vrms Digital Audio Amplifier assembly
DAA-5025: 50W, 25 Vrms Digital Audio Amplifier assembly
with DAA-PS power supply board, shipped mounted to its with DAA-PS power supply board. Shipped mounted to its
chassis (no battery charger on DAA-7525 power supply
chassis. Supports
multi-mode twisted-pair
fiber-optic wire media.
media order See 74-4032.
DAA-5025F  (For 
. For single-  board). Supports twisted-pair wire media. See 85-3121. (For 
mode fiber-optic media order DAA-5025SF.) multi-mode fiber-optic media order DAA-7525F . For single- 
mode fiber-optic media order DAA-7525SF .)

Standalone XLS3000 with XLS-DVC

DAA
TC810T1000

DAA

XLS3000-CPUD DAA

TC810T1000
DIGITAL
 AUX Input A AUDIO
or 
 AUX Input B
LOOP
External Audio
Source

DAA

RM-1 DAA TC810T1000

SLC
DAA
TC810T1000
    g
    p
     j
 .
     9 TC810T1000
     0
   -
     1
    a
     i
     d
     5
     4
     0
     7

www.honeywell.com 74-4033-2 • 07/15/2009 — Page 3 of 6

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 24/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Networked XLS-DVC with XLS-NCA2

XLS-NCA2
DAA

XLS-DVC,
DVC-KD

Digital
Audio DAA
Loop

XLS-NET

TC810T1000

SLC

FFT Connection Options for DAA/FFT Risers

FACP NODE

XLS-NET

XLS-NCA2
DAA

DVC,
DVC-KD

Digital
    g
    p
Audio DAA      j
 .
     9
     0
Loop    -
     2
    a
     i
     d
     5
     4
     0
     7

Page 4 of 6 — 07/15/2009 • 74-4033-2 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 25/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Standalone XLS140-2 with XLS-DVC

SLC

XLS-NCA2

XLS-DVC

TC810T1000 TC810T1000

XLS140-2
(Displayless)

FFT Riser (From XLS-DVC)

Digital Audio
Loop

DAA
FFT Riser (From DAA)

DAA

7045dia4.jpg

TC810T1000 TC810T1000

www.honeywell.com 74-4033-2 • 07/15/2009 — Page 5 of 6

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 26/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Standalone XLS140-2 with DVC-AO

XLS140-2

XLS-DVC
DVC-AO
DVC-KD

SLC
4 ANALOG AUDIO
CIRCUITS (from DVC-A0)

CLASS A RETURN
(optional)

XPIQ

CONTROL
MODULE
AA-AMP
7045dia5.jpg

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.

XPEDITE™ is a trademark of Honeywell International Inc. ST ® is a registered trademark of AT&T.

 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 74-4033-2 Rev. 07-09
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 6 of 6

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 27/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

DAA-50 Series
Digital Audio Amplifiers

General
The DAA-50 Series Amplifiers  are multi-featured Digital
Audio Amplifiers designed for audio networks of up to 32 DAA
amplifiers terminating at a XLS-DVC Digital Voice Command.
Each DAA is capable of accessing and processing one of up to
7046pho1.jpg
eight audio channels on the XLS-DVC audio loop, amplifying
the signal, and distributing it via four Class B or two Class A
outputs at 50 watts. DAA-50 amplifiers can store backup alarm
and trouble messages, and provide an adjustable background
music input. An optional Firefighter's telephone riser on each
DAA-50 amplifier supports FFT communications riser. Each Installation
DAA-50 incorporates a powerful digital signal processor, a The DAA arrives from the factory already installed on its chas-
charging power supply, a 50 watt amplifier, built-in audio NAC sis. The DAA mounts in one tier of any XLS-CAB-4 Series or
outputs, and a chassis which mounts in a single row of XLS- EQ Series cabinet; the DAA tier can be covered using a DP-1B
CAB-4 and EQ Series cabinets. An optional battery chassis dress panel, ordered separately (XLS-CAB-4 Series only).
mounts two 12.0 AH batteries in the same standard chassis
Batteries for the DAA may be installed in any of the following
row.
configurations:

Features • In a CHS-BH1 optional battery chassis. The CHS-BH1 bat-

tery chassis will hold two 12.0 AH batteries, and mounts on
• Listed to UL Standard 864, 9th edition. the left side of the DAA chassis, so that the DAA and batter-
• 50 W total output power at 25 VRMS (DAA-5025 series) or ies are contained in a single cabinet tier.
70.7 VRMS (DAA-5070 series). • In the battery row (bottom) of the XLS-CAB-4 Series cabi-
• Multiple versions provide connection options for twisted-pair net, or in the bottom row of an EQ Series cabinet.
wire, single-mode fiber, and multi-mode fiber media. • In a cabinet adjacent to the cabinet that holds the DAA, with
• Two Class A high-level audio outputs; or alternately, four connections in conduit. External battery charging is sup-
Class B outputs supported. Outputs dynamically share the ported.
50 W - the total power can be dedicated to a single output if
required. Specifications
• FireFighter’s Telephone Riser supports 7 active firefighter
telephones. Release 3.0 and higher supports optional con- DAA-PS POWER SUPPLY BOARD 
figurations: direct connection for up to 7 firefighter tele- • AC power (TB1): 115 - 120 VAC, 60 Hz input, 4.5 A maxi-
phones, or connection to multiple TC810T1000(CDN) mum; or for "E" versions, 220 - 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz input,
modules. 2.3 A maximum. Recommended wiring:   12 to 14 AWG
• Audio output activation via network control-by-event equa- (1.6 mm O.D.) with 600 VAC insulation
tions resident within the XLS-DVC. • Battery connections (TB3): Supplied cable connections to
• Two digital audio ports support Style 4 or 7 configurations. batteries.
• Auxiliary input for 12 Vp-p analog low-level audio. DAA-5025/70 BOARDS 
• Auxiliary input for 1 VRMS, to be used for background • Digital audio ports, wire media, A and B (TB2, TB3):
music input, an interface with a telephone paging source, or Maximum distance per segment is 1900 feet (579.12 m) on
other compatible audio sources. Audio levels can be Belden 5320UJ (18 AWG, TP) FPL cable: 18 AWG (0.821
adjusted by end user. Continuous supervision for active mm²) twisted-pair, unshielded, power-limited. For approved
DAA output circuits. cable types, see wiring documentation, P/N 52916ADD:C
• Programmable through VeriFire Tools. Approved Wire Cables for Digital Audio Loops.  Electrically
• Up to two minutes of standard quality backup digital mes- isolated ports support Style 4 or 7 wiring.
sage storage (from a VeriFire Tools message library, or cre- • Digital audio ports, "F" versions: Digital audio loop con-
ated by the installer) for use in the event of communication nectors A and B suppor t multi-mode fiber. Maximum attenu-
loss. ation is 4.2 dB for multi-mode with 50/125 micrometer cable
• Power supply and battery charger capable or supporting up @ 850 nm; 8.0 dB for multi-mode with 62.5/125 micrometer
to 55 AH batteries. cable @ 850 nm.
• Battery charger disable provides battery sharing option for • Digital audio ports, "SF" versions: Digital audio loop con-
one or more DAA-50 amplifiers or with a charging power nectors A and B support single-mode fiber. Maximum atten-
supply. uation is 5.0 dB for single-mode with 9/125 micrometer
cable @ 1300 nm.
• Isolated alarm bus input, to be used for backup activation of
alarm messages when normal digital communication is lost. • Alarm bus (TB4): Power-limited by source. Recommended
• Relay contacts that will activate on a trouble condition pro- wiring: 14 to 18 AWG (2.08 to 0.821 mm²) twisted-pair.
vide an option for redundant annunciation to a local panel. • Trouble bus (TB5): Dry contact. Recommended wiring: 14
to 18 AWG (2.08 to 0.821 mm²) twisted-pair.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 28/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

• FFT riser (TB13): Power-limited output. Class A (Style Z) Product Line Information

or Class B (Style Y) operation. Style Y two-wire connections
require a 3.9K ohm, 1/2 watt resistor (P/N R-3.9K). Maxi- DAA-5025: Digital Audio Amplifier (50 W, 25 VRMS), assem-
mum wiring resistance (including individual telephone zone bly with DAA-PS power supply board, shipped mounted to its
to last handset) permitted is 50 ohms, 10,000 feet (3048 m) chassis.
maximum wiring distance at 12 AWG (3.31 mm²) to last DAA-5025F: Digital Audio Amplifier (50W, 25 VRMS), multi-
handset. mode fiber, assembly with DAA-PS power supply board,
• Auxiliary input A (AUX A, TB9): Signal strength from low- shipped mounted to its chassis.
level analog audio input: 1 VRMS maximum. Optional DAA-5025SF: Digital Audio Amplifier (50W, 25 VRMS), single-
supervision (selected through programming). Recom- mode fiber, assembly with DAA-PS power supply board,
mended wiring: 14 to 18 AWG (2.08 to 0.821 mm²) twisted- shipped mounted to its chassis.
pair. Auxiliary input must be in the same room as the DAA.
DAA-5070: Digital Audio Amplifier (50 W, 70.7 VRMS), assem-
• Auxiliary input B (AUX B, TB8): Signal strength from low- bly with DAA-PS power supply board, shipped mounted to its
level analog audio input: 12 Vp-p nominal, 15 Vp-p maxi- chassis.
mum. Optional supervision (selected through
programming). Recommended wiring: 14 to 18 AWG (2.08 DAA-5070F: Digital Audio Amplifier (50 W, 70.7 VRMS), multi-
to 0.821 mm²) twisted-pair. mode fiber, assembly with DAA-PS power supply board,
shipped mounted to its chassis.
• Speaker circuits (TB10, TB11, TB12, and TB13): Power-
limited outputs. 50 watts dynamically shared among the DAA-5070SF: Digital Audio Amplifier (50 W, 70.7 VRMS), sin-
four outputs. Supervision determined by programming. gle-mode fiber, assembly with DAA-PS power supply board,
Recommended wiring: 12 to 18 AWG (3.31 to 0.821 mm²) shipped mounted to its chassis.
twisted-pair.
220-240VAC VERSIONS 
• End-of-line resistors: For
R-10K. For Class Class
B:  20K ohm, 1/2A:watt,
10KP/N
ohm, 1/2 watt, P/N
R-20K. DAA-5025E: Digital Audio Amplifier (50 W, 25 VRMS, 240
VAC), assembly with DAA-PS power supply board, shipped
mounted to its chassis.
Standards and Codes
DAA-5025EF: Digital Audio Amplifier (50 W, 25 VRMS), multi-
The DAA-50 Series Digital Audio Amplifiers comply with the mode fiber, 240 VAC, assembly with DAA-PS power supply
following standards: board, shipped mounted to its chassis.
• NFPA 72 2002 National Fire Alarm Code. DAA-5025ESF: Digital Audio Amplifier (50 W, 25 VRMS), sin-
• Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 864; 9th Edition. gle-mode fiber, 240 VAC, assembly with DAA-PS power supply
• Underwriters Laboratories of Canada (ULC) ULC-S527-99 board, shipped mounted to its chassis.
Standard of Control Units for Fire Alar m Systems. DAA-5070E: Digital Audio Amplifier (50 W, 70.7 VRMS,
• Part 15 Class A of the conducted and radiated emissions as 240VAC), assembly with DAA-PS power supply board,
required by FCC. shipped mounted to its chassis.
DAA-5070EF: Digital Audio Amplifier (50 W, 70.7 VRMS), mul-

Listings and Approvals timode fiber, 240

board, shipped VAC, assembly
mounted with DAA-PS power supply
to its chassis.
These listings and approvals apply to the basic DAA-50 Series
Digital Audio Amplifiers. In some cases, certain modules may DAA-5070ESF: Digital Audio Amplifier (50 W, 70.7 VRMS),
not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in single-mode fiber, 240 VAC, assembly with DAA-PS power
process. Consult factory for latest listing status. supply board, shipped mounted to its chassis.
• UL Listed: file S635
ACCESSORIES 
• ULC Listed: file S635
DP-1B: Dress panel; covers one tier of XLS-CAB-4 Series
• CSFM  approved: file 7170-1130:255; 7165-1130:256
cabinet.
(XLS3000); 7170-1130:264; 7165-1130:265 (XLS140-2)
CHS-BH1: Battery chassis; holds two 12.0 AH batteries.
• FDNY: COA# 6025; COA#6026
Mounts on the left side of DAA chassis.
• City of Chicago approved: High Rise, Class 1, Class 2
ACT-25, ACT-70: Audio-coupling transformers. Used with AA-
• City of Denver approved
30 or DAA-series amplifiers to drive thousands of amplifiers in
• PSB Corporation approved (Singapore) large system applications.

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.

VeriFire® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc.

 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 74-4032-2 Rev. 05-09
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 29/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

DAA-75 Series
Digital Audio Amplifiers

General
The DAA-75 Series Amplifiers provide 75 watts of audio. Up
to 32 DAA series amplifiers, can be connected to the DAL (dig-
ital audio loop) on one XLS-DVC Digital Voice Command unit.
DAA-75 series amplifiers can be mixed with DAA-50 series
amplifiers on the same DAL.
Each DAA-75 is capable of accessing and processing one of 60257cov.jpg

up to eight audio channels on the XLS-DVC audio loop, ampli-

fying the signal, and distributing it via four Class B or two Class
A outputs at 75 watts. DAA-75 amplifiers can store backup Installation
alarm and trouble messages, and provide an adjustable back-
ground music input. An optional Firefighter's telephone riser on The DAA-75 arrives from the factory already installed on its
the DAA-75 supports local and network FFT communica- chassis. The DAA-75 mounts in one tier of any XLS-CAB-4
tions. Each DAA incorporates a powerful digital signal proces- Series cabinet; the DAA tier can be covered using a DP-1B
sor, a 75 watt amplifier, built-in audio NAC outputs, and a dress panel, ordered separately. The DAA-75 may also be
chassis which mounts in a single row of either XLS-CAB-4 or installed in one tier of an EQ series cabinet. No dress plate is
EQ Series cabinets. used for EQ cabinet installations. DAA-75 series amplifiers
(wire versions) may be installed in adjacent rows of a XLS-
The DAA-75 does not charge batteries; therefore a separate CAB-4 series cabinet for non-continuous duty applications
listed charging power supply must be used in conjunction with (background music is a continuous-duty application). The EQ
the backup batteries. series cabinets supports DAA-75 series amplifiers installed in
adjacent rows for continuous as well as non-continuous duty
Features applications.
• Listed to UL Standard 864, 9th edition.
• 75 W total output power at 25 VRMS. Specifications
• Multiple versions provide connection options for twisted-pair DAA-PS POWER SUPPLY BOARD 
wire, single-mode fiber, and multi-mode fiber media. • AC power (TB1): 115 - 120 VAC, 60 Hz input, 4.5 A maxi-
• Two Class A high-level audio outputs; or alternately, four mum; or for "E" versions, 220 - 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz input,
Class B outputs supported. Outputs dynamically share the 2.3 A maximum. Recommended wiring: 12 to 14 AWG (1.6
75 W - the total power can be dedicated to a single output if mm O.D.) with 600 VAC insulation.
required. • Battery connections (TB3): Supplied cable connections to
• FireFighter’s Telephone Riser supports 7 active firefighter batteries.
telephones. Release 3.0 and higher supports optional con-
figurations: direct connection for up to 7 firefighter tele- DAA-7525 BOARDS 
phones, or connection to multiple TC810T1000(CDN) • Digital audio ports, wire media, A and B (TB2, TB3):
modules. Maximum distance per segment is 1900 feet (579.12 m) on
• Audio output activation via network control-by-event equa- Belden 5320UJ (18 AWG, TP) FPL cable: 18 AWG (0.821
tions resident within the XLS-DVC. mm²) twisted-pair, unshielded, power-limited. For approved
• Two digital audio ports support Style 4 or 7 configurations. cable types, see wiring documentation, P/N 52916ADD: C
Approved Wire Cables for Digital Audio Loops . Electrically
• Auxiliary input for 12 Vp-p analog low-level audio. isolated ports support Style 4 or 7 wiring.
• Auxiliary input for 1 VRMS, to be used for background • Digital audio ports, "F" versions: Digital audio loop con-
music input, an interface with a telephone paging source, or nectors A and B suppor t multi-mode fiber. Maximum attenu-
other compatible audio sources. Audio levels can be ation is 4.2 dB for multi-mode with 50/125 micrometer cable
adjusted by end user. Continuous supervision for active @ 850 nm; 8.0 dB for multi-mode with 62.5/125 micrometer
DAA output circuits. cable @ 850 nm.
• Programmable through VeriFire Tools . • Digital audio ports, "SF" versions: Digital audio loop con-
• Up to two minutes of standard quality backup digital mes- nectors A and B support single-mode fiber. Maximum atten-
sage storage (from a VeriFire Tools message library, or cre- uation is 5.0 dB for single-mode with 9/125 micrometer
ated by the installer) for use in the event of communication cable @ 1300 nm.
loss. • Alarm bus (TB4): Power-limited by source. Recommended
• Multiple DAA-75 can share batteries supported by a single wiring: 14 to 18 AWG (2.08 to 0.821 mm²) twisted-pair.
charging power supply. • Trouble bus (TB5): Dry contact. Recommended wiring: 14
• Isolated alarm bus input, to be used for backup activation of to 18 AWG (2.08 to 0.821 mm²) twisted-pair.
alarm messages when normal digital communication is lost. • FFT riser (TB13): Power-limited output. Class A (Style Z)
• Relay contacts that will activate on a trouble condition pro- or Class B (Style Y) operation. Style Y two-wire connections
vide an option for redundant annunciation to a local panel. require a 3.9K ohm, 1/2 watt resistor (P/N R-3.9K). Maxi-
mum wiring resistance (including individual telephone zone
to last handset) permitted is 50 ohms, 10,000 feet (3048 m)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 30/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

maximum wiring distance at 12 AWG (3.31 mm²) to last Product Line Information
handset.
DAA-7525: Digital Audio Amplifier (75 W, 25 VRMS), assem-
• Auxiliary input A (AUX A, TB9): Signal strength from low- bly with DAA-PS power supply board, shipped mounted to its
level analog audio input: 1 VRMS maximum. Optional chassis.
supervision (selected through programming). Recom-
mended wiring: 14 to 18 AWG (2.08 to 0.821 mm²) twisted- DAA-7525F: Digital Audio Amplifier (75 W, 25 VRMS), multi-
pair. Auxiliary input must be in the same room as the DAA. mode fiber, assembly with DAA-PS power supply board,
shipped mounted to its chassis.
• Auxiliary input B (AUX B, TB8): Signal strength from low-
level analog audio input: 12 Vp-p nominal, 15 Vp-p DAA-7525SF: Digital Audio Amplifier (75 W, 25 VRMS), sin-
maximum. Optional supervision (selected through pro- gle-mode fiber, assembly with DAA-PS power supply board,
gramming). Recommended wiring: 14 to 18 AWG (2.08 to shipped mounted to its chassis.
0.821 mm²) twisted-pair.
220-240 VAC MODELS 
• Speaker circuits (TB10, TB11, TB12, and TB13): Power
limited outputs. 75 watts dynamically shared among the DAA-7525E: Digital Audio Amplifier (75 W, 25 VRMS, 240
four outputs. Supervision determined by programming. VAC), assembly with DAA-PS power supply board, shipped
Recommended wiring: 12 to 18 AWG (3.31 to 0.821 mm²) mounted to its chassis.
twisted-pair. DAA-7525EF: Digital Audio Amplifier (75 W, 25 VRMS), multi-
• End-of-line resistors: For Class A: 10K ohm, 1/2 watt, P/N mode fiber, 240 VAC, assembly with DAA-PS power supply
R-10K. For Class B: 20K ohm, 1/2 watt, P/N R-20K. board, shipped mounted to its chassis.
DAA-7525ESF: Digital Audio Amplifier (75 W, 25 VRMS), sin-
Standards and Codes gle-mode fiber, 240 VAC, assembly with DAA-PS power supply
board, shipped mounted to its chassis.
The DAA-75 Series Digital Audio Amplifiers comply with the
following standards: ACCESSORIES 
• NFPA 72 2002 National Fire Alarm Code. DP-1B: Dress panel; covers one tier of XLS-CAB-4 Series
• Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 864, 9th Edition. cabinet.
• Underwriters Laboratories of Canada (ULC) ULC-S527-99 CHS-BH1: Battery chassis; holds two 12.0 AH batteries.
Standard of Control Units for Fire Alar m Systems. Mounts on the left side of DAA chassis.
• Part 15 Class A of the conducted and radiated emissions as ACT-25: Audio-coupling transformers. Used with DAA-series
required by FCC. amplifiers to drive thousands of amplifiers in large system
applications.
Listings and Approvals
These listings and approvals apply to the basic DAA-75 Series
Digital Audio Amplifiers. In some cases, certain modules may
not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in
process. Consult factory for latest listing status.
• UL Listed: file S635.
• ULC Listed: file S635.
• CSFM listing: 7165-1130:256
• FDNY: COA# 6025; COA#6026

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.

VeriFire® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc.

 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3121-1 Rev. 05-09
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 31/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

AA Series      f
    m
    w
 .
     0
     3
Audio Amplifiers     a
     4
     2
     2
     3

Description
The AA series audio amplifiers provide traditional high level
audio technology for use with Honeywell’s integrated voice evac-
uation systems. The AA Series is compatible with classic audio
systems such as the AMG-1 as well as the XLS-DVC (Digital
Voice Command Series) when used with the DVC-AO analog
audio option.
Three models are available: the AA-30 (30 watts @ 25 Vrms),
the AA-120 (120 watts @ 25 Vrms) and the AA-100 (100 watts
@ 70.7 Vrms). All use power-switching technology to reduce
production of heat and permit mounting in either 19" (48.26 cm)
racks or in standard Honeywell cabinets (wall mount). All include

power supply,
and backup battery switch-over
amplifier switch-overcontrol.
control, amplifier supervision, AA-30 Audio Amplifier 

Features of the AA-30

• Provides up to 30 watts of 25 Vrms audio power.
• Low-power standby mode for low battery drain.
• Includes grouped or one-to-one backup amplifier switching      f
    m
bus.     w
 .
     0
     2
• Battery input and brownout switch-over control.      1
    a
     4
     2
• High-efficiency switched regulation.      2
     3

• Plug-in terminal strips and cable connectors for ease of

installation.
• 10-position level adjustment and indicator LEDs.
• High-fidelity sound quality.

• Class A output wire supervision option.

• Power-limited per UL requirements and NFPA as dictated by AA-100/AA-120 Audio Amplifier 
NEC Article 760.
• Mounts in a standard CAB-3/CAB-4, or EQ Cabinet Series
enclosure.
• 240 VAC version option (AA-30E). • Normal Level ...................................................... Green LED.
• Incorrect Level ................................................... Yellow LED.
Features of the AA-120/AA-100
• Amplifier Trouble ................................................ Yellow LED.
• AA-120 provides up to 120 watts of 25 Vrms audio power.
• Speaker Trouble ................................................. Yellow LED.
• AA-100 provides dual outputs of up to 100 watts of 70.7 Vrms
audio power (combined outputs not to exceed 100 watts). • Brown Out/AC Failure ........................................ Yellow LED.
• Low-power standby mode for low battery drain. • Battery Supervision ........................................... Yellow LED.
• Includes grouped or one-to-one backup amplifier switching • AC Overload Protection ................................ Circuit Breaker.
bus. • Battery Overload Protection ........................................ Fuse.
• Battery input and brownout switch-over control.
• High-efficiency switched regulation. Agency Listings and Approvals
In some cases, certain modules or applications may not be
• Plug-in terminal strips and cable connectors for ease of
listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in pro-
installation.
cess. Consult factory for latest listing status.
• 10-position level adjust and indicator LEDs.
• Separate mounting chassis is not required (integral chassis • UL Listed: S624
for mounting in a CAB-3/CAB-4 Series or EQ Cabinet Series • ULC Listed: CS118/CS733/CBP696 Vol. VII
enclosure). • MEA: 232-06-E Vol. II; 317-01-E4
• Includes a built-in automatic backup tone generator (slow • CSFM: 7170-1130:235; 7170-1130:255
whoop or high/low).
• BSA (AA-30)
• Power-limited per UL requirements and NFPA as dictated by
NEC Article 760. • FM Approved
• 240 VAC option (AA-100E/AA-120E) • City of Chicago
• City of Denver
Indicators and Controls
• Level Adjustment ..................................... 10 position switch.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 32/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Wiring Connections
Signal Wires In/Out Terminals Connector  
 AC Power 3 In + Out Yes (Fixed) No
Battery 2 In = Out Yes (Fixed) No
 Audio Input 2 + Shield In + Out Yes (Plug) Yes (Dual)

 Audio Output 2 + Shield Out Yes (Plug) Yes

 Audio Return
2 + Shield In Yes (Plug) Yes
(for integral supervision)
Backup Amp 2 + Shield In + Out Yes (Plug) Yes (Dual)
Trouble Bus 2 In + Out Yes (Plug) Output Only Yes (Dual)

Specifications

AA-30 AA-120/AA-100
120 watts RMS (AA-120)
Rated Output 30 watts RMS
100 watts RMS (AA-100)
25 VRMS (AA-120)
Output Voltage 25 VRMS
70.7 VRMS (AA-100)
Total Harmonic Distortion at 1 KHz 0.5% 4.0%

Frequency Response (+3, -1 dB) 220 - 22,000 Hz 170 - 7,500 Hz

120 V, 60 Hz 120 V, 60 Hz
Supply Voltage
(AA-30E: 220/240 V, 50Hz) (AA-100E/AA-120E: 220/240 V, 50 Hz)
Standby: 208 mA Standby: 306 mA
120 VAC Power Consumption
 Alarm: 0.9 A  Alarm: 1.85 A
Standby: 120 mA Standby: 160 mA
220/240 V Power Consumption
 Alarm: 0.5 A  Alarm: 0.925 A
24 VDC (Battery) Power Consump- Standby: 21 mA Standby: 51 mA
tion  Alarm: 3.4 A  Alarm: 7.3 A (AA-120); 6.5 A (AA-100)

Dimensions
Height 7.0 in. (17.78 cm) 7.0 in (17.78 cm)
Width 8.5 in (21.59 cm) 19.0 in. (48.26 cm)
Depth 4.3 in. (10.92 cm) 4.5 in. (11.43 cm)
Weight 6.0 lbs. (13.22 kg) 16.0 lbs. (35.27 kg)

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
 ©2007 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3044-1 Rev. 08/07
August 2007
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2007 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2
85-3044-1

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 33/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

XPIQ
Quad Intelligent Audio Transponder

General
The XPIQ Quad Intelligent Audio Transponder  is for distrib-
uted multichannel voice evacuation systems, playing up to four
simultaneous messages. It is an integrated audio amplification
and distribution subsystem controlled by an FACP (Fire Alarm
Control Panel) via the SLC (Signaling Line Circuit). The XPIQ
can direct up to four low-level audio signals from the risers to
four audio amplifiers. The amplified audio signals are then
    g
directed to up to four integrated, continuously supervised     p
     j
 .
    q
     i
speaker circuits. The XPIQ is compatible with Honeywell XLS-     p
    x
     3
3000 and XLS-140 Series of fire alarm control panels.      2
     8
     6

NOTE: The XPIQ can also be used with Legacy panels. Please 
refer to the XPIQ manual for more information. XPIQ (shown without cabinet cover)
XPIQ-MB Features
 Four Class B speaker circuits (Class A with XPIQ-CA).
 Accepts four audio riser channels from XPIQ-AIB4  option
board.
 Four amplifier slots. Specifications
 Continuously supervised amplifiers and speakers.
XPIQ-PS AND XPIQ-PSE POWER SUPPLIES 
 All-call local page capability with optional RM-1(SA) remote
microphone and XPIQ-RMI. AC power:
 Two independent user-configurable tone generators either for  XPIQ-PS: 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 3.5 A.
riser backup or as a main tone source.  XPIQ-PSE: 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1.75 A.
 Supports routing of all-call page from single remote micro- Batteries or battery-backed-up DC source (secondary source
phone to other XPIQ-MBs in the same cabinet. input TB2):
 Background music input terminal block.  Input voltage range: 20.4 to 28 VDC.
 Ten-position background music volume-control switch.  Battery trouble voltage: less than or equal to 22 VDC.
 Multiple variations of backup configurations:  Maximum current @ 20.4 VDC at full load (four 25-watt
 1 to 1 backup. amplifiers): 9.0 A.
 2 to 1 backup.  Protection (overcurrent, reverse-polarity): 15.0 A automotive
 3 to 1 backup. minifuse.
 2 to 2 backup.  24-volt lead-acid battery charger (TB2):
 1 to 1 external backup (backup amplifier in another XPIQ).  Float charge (battery fully charged): 27.6 VDC.
 2 to 1 external backup (backup amplifier in another XPIQ).  Maximum charging current: 1.4 A.
 3 to 1 external backup (backup amplifier in another XPIQ).  Minimum capacity: 12 AH.
 4 to 1 external backup (backup amplifier in another XPIQ).  Maximum capacity: 25 AH (48-hour charging period), 12 AH
(24-hour charging period).
 Supports backup amplifier sharing between two or more
XPIQs within the same cabinet. XPIQ-MB MOTHERBOARD 
 Includes four Class B or two Class A notification appliance Speaker circuits TB1, TB2, TB3, TB4:
circuits or telephone circuits.
 Output: Power-limited.
 Ring tone on firefighter telephone circuits.
 Operation: Class B (Style Y) circuits or Class A (Style Z) with
 Supervised firefighter telephone riser input with in and out XPIQ-CA converter module.
terminals.
 Field-wiring supervision: continuous (On and Off state).
 XPIQ-PS(E) power supply control/supervision that includes
AC, battery, and charger monitoring.  Nominal ELR value for Style Y: 4.7 K ohms.
 AC trouble delay option (none, 8-hour delay, 16-hour delay).  Minimum allowed leakage resistance of a speaker circuit
(Style Y without ELR or Style Z with wiring disconnected from
 Ground fault detection. XPIQ-CA): 45 K ohms.
 Easy software upgrading and programming accomplished by FFT riser/NAC source input TB9:
downloading from PC via serial port.
 Maximum allowed FFT/NAC riser voltage: 30 VDC.
 Nonvolatile memory for storing configuration data.
FFT/NAC circuits TB5, TB6, TB7, TB8:
 Pluggable terminal blocks for field wiring.

 Ouput: power-limited.
Accessory trouble input.  Operation: 4 Class B (Style Y) circuits or 2 Class A (Style Z).
 Nominal ELR value for Style Y: 47 K ohms.
 Maximum voltage drop @ 2 A on NAC output: 0.5 VDC.
 NAC output current: 2.0 A.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 34/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

 Nominal FFT handset DC resistance: 1.2 K ohms. XPIQ-AIB4/AIB1 AUDIO INPUT BOARD 
 Minimum allowed leakage resistance of an FFT/NAC zone (4 CHANNEL/1 CHANNEL) 
(Style Y without ELR or Style Z with return wiring discon-  All screw terminal blocks accept wire up to 12 AWG (3.31
nected): 150 K ohms. mm²).
Background music input TB11:  Nominal input voltage: 3.5 Vp (peak voltage).
 Input voltage level: 1 Vp (peak voltage).
 Input impedance: 75 K ohms. XPIQ-AA25 AUDIO AMPLIFIER, 25 W 


XPIQ-SLI SIGNALING LINE INTERFACE  

Built-in short-circuit and thermal-shutdown protection.
Nominal (sinusoidal) output voltage: 25 VRMS.
 All screw terminal blocks accept wire up to 12 AWG (3.31  Nominal (sinusoidal) output power: 25 W.
mm²).
 Nominal (sinusoidal) output current: 1.0 A.
 Compatible with CLIP and FlashScan® protocols.
 Average SLC current: 1.0 mA. XPIQ-AA2270 AUDIO AMPLIFIER, 22 W 
 SLC isolation: 500 VDC, limited by transient protection com-  Built-in short-circuit and thermal-shutdown protection.
ponents to 40 VDC.  Nominal (sinusoidal) output voltage: 70.7 VRMS.
 Contact rating, local Alarm relay TB11: 2.0 A @ 32 VDC  Nominal (sinusoidal) output power: 22 W.
(resistive).  Nominal (sinusoidal) output current: 310 mA.
 Maximum length of local SLC loop wiring: 2,000 ft. (600 m).
 Maximum number of detectors/modules on the local SLC XPIQ-RMI REMOTE MICROPHONE INTERFACE 
loop output: 64.  All screw terminal blocks accept wire up to 12 AWG (3.31
 Maximum resistance of the local SLC (from any device to the mm²).


FACP): 50 ohms. Supply output

(common): 19 voltage
 28 VDC.for RM-1(SA) TB2-1 (+24V), TB2-2
 Nominal audio level: 2.5 VRMS.

Four-Channel XPIQ Distributed Audio Block Diagram

Page 2 of 4  02/27/09  74-4078

  www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 35/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

COMBINED CHARACTERISTICS   SW2 Phone Circuits 1 & 2 Wiring Selection; select 2W for
 AMG, XPIQ-AIB4(1), and XPIQ-AA25: frequency response two-wire Class B (Style Y) or 4W for four-wire Class A (Style
350 Hz to 6 kHz. Z) circuit wiring.
 AMG, AA-30, ACT-2, XPIQ-AIB4(1), and XPIQ-AA25:   fre-  SW3 Phone Circuits 3 & 4 Wiring Selection; select 2W for
quency response 450 Hz to 3.8 kHz (UL); 400 Hz to 4 kHz two-wire Class B (Style Y) or 4W for four-wire Class A (Style
(ULC). Z) circuit wiring.
 RM-1(SA), XPIQ-AIB4(1), and XPIQ-AA25:  frequency  SW4 Music Source Volume Control.
response 350 Hz to 7 kHz.  Jumpers JP1 & JP2; used to enable or disable software
 RM-1(SA), XPIQ-RMI, and XPIQ-AA25: frequency response upgrade for the XPIQ-MB.
350 Hz to 10 kHz. Controls and switches located on XPIQ-SLI signaling line inter-
 Background music input (TB10) and XPIQ-AA25:   fre- face board:
quency response 250 Hz to 12 kHz.  SW1 Rotary Switch; used to set ones digit of starting
address on the SLC.
CABINET SPECIFICATIONS   SW3 Rotary Switch; used to set tens/hundreds digit of start-
The XPIQ mounts in any standard XLS-CAB-4 Series cabinet. ing address on the SLC.
Refer to XLS-CAB-4 (85-3002)   Series data sheet for specifica-  SW2 Push-Button Switch; used to verify addresses on the
tions. XPIQ.
 Jumpers JP1 & JP2 ; used to enable or disable downloading
LED Indicators programming to the XPIQ-SLI.
LEDs located on XPIQ-MB motherboard:
 System Trouble; yellow LED turns on for system-related Architectural/Engineering Specifica-
trouble. tions
 AC Fail; yellow LED turns on when AC is lost (all other non- Specifications of these and all Honeywell products are available
essential LEDs will turn off to conserve batteries). from Honeywell.
 Battery Trouble; yellow LED turns on for low or no battery
voltage. Ordering Information
 Charger Trouble; yellow LED turns on for charger failure.
XPIQ-MB: Motherboard; required for each XPIQ installation.
 FFT/NAC Riser Trouble; yellow LED turns on for FFT riser
Mounts in a standard CAB-3/-4 Series cabinet. 5.3 lbs / 2.4 kg
loss.
XPIQ-PS: Power supply; required for each XPIQ installation.
 Telephone Trouble (Circuits 1  4); yellow LED for each cir-

120 VAC. Mounts in same cabinet as the XPIQ-MB. 2.6 lbs / 
cuit turns on for wiring trouble.
1.18 kg
 Speaker Trouble (Circuits 1  4); yellow LED for each circuit


turns on for wiring trouble. XPIQ-PSE: Power supply; 240 VAC version of XPIQ-PS. 2.6 lbs
 / 1.18 kg
 Speaker Zone On (Circuits 1  4) ; one green LED for each


circuit turns on when active. XPIQ-SLI: Signaling line interface board; required for each 
XPIQ installation.  data communication interface between the
 Earth Fault; yellow LED turns on for ground fault condition.
LEDs located on XPIQ-PS power supply: XPIQ-MB and the SLC of an FACP. The XPIQ-SLI uses the
standard rotary, decimal addressing switch. The number of
 On Line; green LED turns on to indicate that AC power is addresses utilized by the XPIQ-SLI depends on the number of
applied. channels, speaker zones, telephone zones, and other options
 Boost On; green LED turns on during battery tests and when selected during configuration by the installer. A seven-segment
amplifiers are used during AC failure. display is used to indicate the address range used. The XPIQ-
LEDs located on XPIQ-SLI signaling line interface board: SLI can be wired in Style 4, 6, or 7. Mounts onto the XPIQ-MB.
0.3 lb / 0.14 kg
 On Line; green LED turns on to indicate SLC communication
presence. XPIQ-AIB4: Audio interface board; optional four-channel audio
input board that receives and processes up to four low-level
 Trouble/Test ; yellow LED turns on steady for SLC communi- audio signals for the XPIQ system. XPIQ-AIB4 or XPIQ-AIB1
cation trouble. required when there is an external low-level audio riser signal 
 7-Segment; displays the range of addresses programmed on input. It is not  required for non-voice system operation, in which
the XPIQ-MB. the XPIQ motherboard generates tones. Mounts onto the XPIQ-
LEDs located on XPIQ-AA25 audio amplifier: MB. 0.4 lb / 0.18 kg

Trouble; yellow LED indicates: Short (overcurrent) (on XPIQ-AIB1: Audio interface board; same as the XPIQ-AIB4 but
steady); Gain Test Failed (blinking). receives and processes one low-level audio signal. 0.3 lb / 0.14
 Status; green LED indicates if amplifier is Primary (on kg
steady) or Backup (blinking). XPIQ-AA25: Audio amplifier; 25 watts of power at 25 V RMS.
LEDs located on XPIQ-AIB1/4 audio input board: One fully supervised and power-limited speaker circuit on the
mother-board for each audio amplifier. Up to four XPIQ-AA25s
 Channel 1 through 4 Trouble ; one yellow LED for each
may be mounted on an XPIQ-MB. 1 lb / 0.45 kg Pictured at right.
channel turns on for channel signal loss trouble.
 Channel 1 through 4 On; one green LED for each channel XPIQ-AA2270: Audio amplifier; 22 watts of power at 70.7
turns on to indicate channel condition: channel is Ready (on VRMS. One fully supervised and power-limited speaker circuit on
steady) or Active (blinking). the motherboard for each audio amplifier. Up to four XPIQ-
AA2270s may be mounted on an XPIQ-MB. Compatible with
Rev. H and higher of the XPIQ-MB and Rev. C and higher of the
Controls and Switches XPIQ-CA. 1.5 lbs / 0.68 kg.
Controls and switches located on XPIQ-MB mother-board: XPIQ-CA: Class A converter; converts all speaker circuits (up

to 4 XPIQ-AA25) from Class B (Style Y) to Class A (Style Z).
SW1
tion ofEarth Fault
a ground Detection; enables or disables the detec-
fault. One XPIQ-CA per XPIQ-MB. 0.2 lb / 0.09 kg

www.honeywell.com 74-4078  02/27/09

  Page 3 of 4


http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 36/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

XPIQ-RMI: Remote microphone interface; optional interface Temperature and Humidity Ranges
board with a connection for the RM-1 or RM-1SA. 0.1 lb / 0.05
kg This system meets NFPA requirements for operation at 0   

49°C/32  120°F and at a relative humidity 93% ± 2% RH



RM-1/RM-1SA: Remote microphone. See RM-1 data sheet 85- 

(noncondensing) at 32°C ± 2°C (90°F ± 3°F). However, the
3053 for specifications and ordering information.
useful life of the system's standby batteries and the electronic
PK-XPIQ: Programming software for the XPIQ transponder. components may be adversely affected by extreme tempera-
Includes Windows® 95/98/2000 compatible CD-ROM and pro- ture ranges and humidity. Therefore, it is recommended that
gramming cable.
CHS-PS: Power supply mounting kit; optional kit used to mount this
with system and
a normal its peripherals
room temperaturebeofinstalled in an environment
15  27°C/60  80°F.


the XPIQ-PS(E) in a location other than the bottom of the XLS-

CAB-3/-4 Series cabinet (e.g., the second row). Agency Listings and Approvals
CHS-BH: Battery mounting kit; optional kit used to mount the
The listings and approvals below apply to the basic XPIQ. In
XPIQ batteries in a location other than the bottom of the XLS-
some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain
CAB-3/-4 Series cabinet (e.g., the second row).
approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult fac-
CAB-4 Series Cabinets: XPIQ can mount in any of the XLS- tory for latest listing status.
CAB-4 Series cabinets. See  XLSCAB-4 (85-3002) Series data 
sheets for ordering information and specifications.  UL listed: S635
DP-1: Blank dress plate; covers unused cabinet tiers.  ULC: S635
VP-1: Vent plate, covers open space on top of XLSCAB-4  FM approved
Series cabinets.  CSFM: 6911-0028:211
BAT Series: Batteries; XPIQ-PS battery charging circuit range  MEA: 317-01-E; 345-02-2; 447-00-E

is 12 to 26 and
information AH. specifications.
See BAT Series data sheet 85-3072 ordering 

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
FlashScan® is a registered trademarks of Honeywell International Inc. Microsoft® and Windows® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
 ©2009 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 74-4078 Rev. 02-09
3/9/09
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2009 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 4 of 4

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 37/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

ACT-2
Audio Coupling Transformer

General
The ACT-2 Audio Coupling Transformer is used with the
DVC-AO/RM-1 and AA-30, AA-100, or AA-120 to provide a
means to drive multiple amplifiers in large audio system appli-
cations. It provides the following functions:
 Attenuates high-level amplifier output to create low-level
input for additional amplifiers.
 Isolates input from output.
 Provides CMNR (Common Mode Noise Rejection).

Suitable Configurations
To drive AA-120/120E, AA-100, and/or AA-30/30E audio 
amplifiers:  The ACT-2 provides electrical isolation between its Agency Listings and Approvals
input and output and attenuates the signal from high-level
audio to low-level audio. Ground fault detection is not provided In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain
for output wiring on the ACT-2. Up to 40 audio amplifiers may approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult fac-
be fed by the output of an ACT-2 as long as the wiring does not tory for latest listing status.
exceed 200 feet (61 meters), 18 to 12 AWG (0.78 to 3.1 mm²).  UL Listed: S635.
The DVC-AO/RM-1 low-level signal   is first fed into a single  MEA: 128-07-E Vol. 3; 317-01-E-4 (correction); 232-06-E
AA-30 amplifier. The high-level output of this amplifier will sup- Vol. 2.
port a Class A or Class B wiring arrangement and can be fed  CSFM: 7170-1130:264; 7170-1130:255; 7170-1130:235.
to the input of up to 500 ACT-2 units. The outputs of each of
 FM Approved.
the 500 ACT-2 transformers may then be used to feed a low-
level audio signal to the input of as many as 40 additional AA
Series amplifiers. The output of an ACT-2 supports Class B Product Line Information
wiring ACT-2: Audio Coupling Transformer. Includes installation
served only.
by anWhere
ACT-2 Class
A housed
wiring isin required, all amplifiers
must be the enclosure contain- manual. Mounts to AA Series amplifier.
ing the ACT-2.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 38/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
 ©2009 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3065-1 Rev. 09-09
September 2009
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2009 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 39/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

AFAWS Series
Emergency Telephone Stations
and Telephone Accessories
General
These Emergency Telephone Stations provide a reliable
means of communication for firefighters and other personnel.

Features
• Heavy-duty construction.
• Keylock or thumb-latch.
• Push-to-talk switch on telephone handset.
• Doors fit either recessed or surface enclosures.
• Red baked-enamel finish.
• Armored cable or standard telephone coiled cord.
• Available with or without a “break-glass” door feature.
• Master station connection LED indicator.

Applications
Stations feature a locked door design, with either a break-
glass or non-break-glass feature. When a locked door is not
required, an optional thumb catch allows for fast, safe entry
into the housing.
The telephone handsets are available with either standard
coiled cord or a durable security-type armored cable.
The hook configuration consists of two Form-C switches which
permits a variety of wiring uses. The handset rests on a hand-
some chrome cradle which actuates the switch mechanism.

Installation
Either recessed or surface enclosures may be used with these
Emergency Telephone Stations. If a recessed enclosure is
used, the telephone assembly must be a model designed for 6135cov.jpg
recessed enclosures. The same is true of surface enclosures.

Agency Listings and Approvals

In some cases, certain modules or applications may not be
listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in pro-
cess. Consult factory for latest listing status.
• UL:  S635

• ULC: CS118/CS733
• CSFM: 7300-0028:193
• MEA: 82-98-E (AFAWS-TELA)
• City of Chicago approved: Class 1, Class 2
• City of Denver approved

6135lock.jpg   6135lach.jpg

Solid doors on surface-mount models with

Keylock (left) and Latch (Right) closures.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 40/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

AFAWS Product Line Information TELEPHONE RECEPTACLES 

The front door, backbox, and telephone assembly for AFAWS FPJ: Fireman’s Phone Jack
Series telephone stations must be ordered separately. Receptacle is semi-flush mounted with a
single-gang box (box is not furnished with
HANDSET AND HOOKSWITCH ASSEMBLIES  receptacle). The receptacle has a single
AFAWS-TELC: Telephone with Coiled Cord Assembly phone jack mounted on an attractive, sin-
AFAWS-TELA: Telephone, Armored Cord Assembly gle-gang, stainless steel plate. Color-

coded
to the wires,
jack to6 enable
inches long, are accurate
fast and prewired
TELEPHONE STATION ENCLOSURES 
wiring to the system.
AFAWS-BX   Backbox
15” (381.0mm)H x 8-3/8” (212.85mm)W x 3-3/8” (85.73mm)D RPJ-1: Remote Page Jack 0083ph2-1.tif

AFAWS-LS   Latch Door for Surface-Mount Receptacle is semi-flush mounted with a

15-3/16’ (385.60mm)H x 8-9/16” (217.45mm)W single-gang box (box is not furnished with
receptacle). The receptacle has a single
AFAWS-LR   Latch Door for Recessed-Mount
phone jack mounted on an attractive sin-
16-3/16” (411.00mm)H x 9-9/16” (242.85mm)W gle-gang steel plate with a red paint fin-
AFAWS-KS   Keylock Door for Surface-Mount ish. The RPJ-1 is used to provide a
15-3/16’ (385.60mm)H x 8-9/16” (217.45mm)W remote “All Call” page to the speaker cir-
cuits. See panel manuals for specific
AFAWS-KR   Keylock Door for Recessed-Mount
installation and operation details. Color-
16-3/16” (411.00mm)H x 9-9/16” (242.85mm)W coded wires, 6 inches long, are prewired
BRKG-N   Breakglass Insert to the jack to enable fast and accurate
Includes a tempered glass plate, a hammer attached to a wiring to the system. 6135rpj1.jpg

chain, and a screw to attach the hammer to the trim ring.

EMERGENCY TELEPHONE CABINETS 
6135ccph.wmf FHSC-R: Storage Cabinet for 6 FHS Fireman’s handsets;
recessed mounting.
FHSC-S: Storage Cabinet for 6 FHS Fireman’s hansets; sur-
face mounted.

CABINET DIMENSIONS 
Dimensions FHSC-R FHSC-S
Pictured Below Recessed Mount Surface Mount
Dimension “A” 3.25” (82.6mm) 3.25” (82.6mm)
Dimension “B” 17” (432mm) 17” (432mm)
Dimension “C” 13.375 (340mm) 13.375 (340mm)
6135bkbx.wmf
Dimension “D” 18.312 (465mm) 17.312 (440mm)
AFAWS-TELC AFAWS-BX AFAWS-TELA Dimension “E” 14.625 (371mm) 13.625 (346mm)

PORTABLE FIREMAN’S TELEPHONE HANDSET 

FHS: Fireman’s Handset.
0083ph11.tif
This handset comes with a
coiled cord. The attached plug
fits Fireman’s Phone Jack,
model FPJ and RPJ-1, allowing
firefighters to make direct com-
munication with a central con-
trol area 6135FHSC.wmf

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
 ©2006 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com
85-3052 Rev. 10/06
October 2006
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2006 Honeywell International Inc.
HON-60021:A Page 2 of 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 41/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

RM-1 Series
Remote Microphone and Cabinets
RM-1, RM-1SA, CAB-RM, CAB-RMR
GENERAL
The RM-1 Series Remote Microphone  provides a cost-
effective microphone interface for paging to selected speaker
zones. The Power and Trouble LEDs provide easy-to-under-
stand visual indications of its status. Various mounting
options are available. The microphone assembly can be
mounted in a small, compact enclosure or located in a com-
prehensive paging command center.
The RM-1 Series remote microphone can be utilized with the
XLS3000 and XLS140 Fire Alarm Control Panels (FACPs) as
well as the XLS-DVC Digital Voice Command Center.

FEATURES
• Automatic gain control circuit.
• Supervised microphone.
• Form-C trouble contacts.
• Form-C contacts activated when microphone is in use.
• Power On LED.
• Trouble LED.
• Pluggable terminal blocks.
• Low-level audio (LLA) IN and THRU screws.

XLS-CAB-4 SERIES INSTALLATION

The RM-1 can mount to the back of an ADP-4B dress panel     r
     d
    c
inside a XLS-CAB-4 Series cabinet. It can be mounted in any  .
    a
    s
    m
of the four positions on the dress panel, with the following     r
     8
     2
     7
exceptions:      6

• Do NOT mount  the RM-1 in front of an AA-100/AA-100E

or AA-120/AA-120E; there is not enough room to shut the
door of the cabinet if it is placed in front of one of these
audio amplifiers.
• Do NOT mount  the RM-1 in the first position to the right of
an AA-30/AA-30E; there is not enough room for the RM-1 CAB-RM: Stand-alone cabinet, gray.
wiring in this position. An RM-1 can fit only in the far-right CAB-RMR: Stand-alone cabinet, red.
position of a row if an AA-30/AA-30E is in the far-left posi-
tion of the same row. However, an RM-1 can fit into either AGENCY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS
of the two left positions of the row if the AA-30/AA-30E is
in the far-right position of that row. These listings and approvals apply to the RM-1 Series
Remote Microphone. In some cases, certain modules may
See page 2 for illustrations of mounted units.
not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be
in process. Consult factory for latest listing status.
SPECIFICATIONS
• UL: S635
Power requirements: 20 mA primary, non-fire alarm cur-
rent; 66 mA when microphone is activated; 20 mA secondary, • ULC: CS118/CS733 Vol. 12
non-fire alarm current. • City of Denver
Operating voltage: 17 to 26.4 volts. • City of Chicago
• MEA: 327-94-E Vol.III 317-01-E (XLS140)
PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION • CSFM: 7170-1130:255 and 7165-1130:256 (XLS3000),
RM-1: Remote microphone assembly for mounting on an 7170-1130:235 (XLS140)
ADP-4B dress panel. • FM: Approved (RM-1, RM-1SA)

RM-1SA: Remote microphone assembly for mounting in a

CAB-RM(R), for remote applications.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 42/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

RM-1 MOUNTING & CABI-

NET DIMENSIONS
AT RIGHT: RM-1SA (right) and
in CAB-RM or CAB-RMR.

BELOW: RM-1 (left) and on

ADP-4B dress panel.

     f      f
    m     m
    w
 .     w
 .
     1
     t     a
    s
    m     m
     8     r
     2      8
     7      2
     6      7
     6

     f
    m
    w
 .
     2
     t
    m
     8
     2
     7
6728rm1.wmf   6

CAB-RM/CAB-RMR
DIMENSIONS inches (mm)

DEPTH WITHOUT DOOR

     f
    m
    w
 .
     b
    a
    c
     8
     2
     7
     6
HEIGHT/WIDTH WITHOUT DOOR

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com HON-60003:A
85-3053 Rev. 12-06
4/29/10
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 43/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

EQ Cabinet
Equipment Backboxes
with Ventilated Locking Doors
GENERAL
EQ Series cabinets provide an effective solution for applica-
tions that require distributed components such as power sup-
plies, amplifiers, and multiple I/O modules. The EQ Series
provides superior ventilation for devices such as amplifiers and
field power supplies, ample room for wire or fiber-optic media
between each row, and a space efficient package that allows
for the consolidation of multiple system components in a single
enclosure.
Equipment cabinets use a perforated blank door for enhanced
ventilation, and do not support the mounting of backbox
mounted dress plates. Therefore these cabinets are not appro-
priate for equipment that would be normally accessed by a
system operator such as control equipment, annunicators, or     g
    p
     j
remote microphones.  .
     b
    a
     C
     Q
EQ cabinets share the same external dimensions as the famil-      E

iar CAB 4 Series cabinets. EQ Series cabinets differ in that

they do not include a separate battery row. See illustrations
below for examples of EQ cabinet row spacing.

SPECIFICATIONS • XP10-MA Modules

• Equipment cabinets are fabricated from 16-gauge steel.
The cabinet assembly consists of two basic parts: a back- AGENCY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS
box and a locking door. Cabinets are available in black.
These listings and approvals below apply to the EQ cabinet. In
• The key-locked door is provided with a pin-type hinge, two some cases, certain modules or applications may not be listed
keys and the necessary hardware to mount the door to the
backbox. by certain approval agencies, or listing may be process. Con-
sult factory for latest listing status.
• The backbox has been engineered to provide ease-of-entry
• UL Listed: S635, S470
for the installer. Knockouts are positioned at numerous
points to aid the installer in bringing a conduit into the • ULC Listed: S635, S470
enclosure with a minimum of hardship. • CSFM:  7165-1130:265 (XLS140-2), 7165-1130:256
• Right- or left-hand hinges, selectable in the field. Door (XLS3000)
opens 180°. • FDNY: COA #6031, #6039 (XLS140-2)
• Cabinets are arranged in 3 standard sizes, B (two tiers)
through D (four tiers). See Ordering Information. ORDERING INFORMATION
• Trim ring options are available for semi-flush mounting. A complete cabinet assembly consists of: a door, a backbox,
and an optional semi-flush trim ring. For each cabinet
EQUIPMENT COMPATIBLE FOR USE IN EQ required, order one "EQDR" door and one "EQBB" backbox.
SERIES CABINETS The optional trim ring is an attractive "picture frame"-style
• AA-30 Audio Amplifiers black metal ring.
• AA-100 Audio Amplifiers TWO TIERS, "B" SIZE: 
• AA-120 Audio Amplifiers EQDR-B4: Door assembly, vented door, two tiers, BLACK.
• ACPS-610 Power Supply EQBB-B4: Backbox assembly, two tiers, BLACK.
• AMPS-24 Power Supply TR-B4: Semi-flush-mount trim ring, two tiers.
• DAA-50 Series Amplifiers
THREE TIERS, "C" SIZE: 
• DAA-75 Series Amplifiers
EQDR-C4: Door assembly, vented door, three tiers, BLACK.
• XP6-C Modules
• XP6-MA Modules EQBB-C4: Backbox assembly, three tiers, BLACK.
• XP6-R Modules TR-C4: Semi-flush-mount trim ring, three tiers.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 44/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

FOUR TIERS, "D" SIZE:  EQBB-D4: Backbox assembly, four tiers, BLACK.
EQDR-D4: Door assembly, vented door, four tiers, BLACK. TR-D4: Semi-flush-mount trim ring, four tiers.

CABINET DRAWINGS AND FEATURES

Top knockout:
Inner 1.375" (3.49)
Outer 1.750" (4.45)

24" (60.96) 5-5/32" 2-1/16"

(10.16) 1-5/8"
24-1/8" (61.28) 16" (40.64) (13.1) (5.24)
4" (4.13)

11-1/2"
(29.21)

2"
(5.08 )
1”
(2.54)   11"
37-1/32" (27.94)
(94.06)

11"
(27.94)
45-7/8" 45-3/4"
(116.52) (116.21)

5/16" dia. 5/16" dia.

(0.79) (0.79)

19-1/2" (49.53) 2-1/4"

(5.72)
2-1/4"
(5.72) (cm)

eqcab-d.wmf 2-5/8"
1-7/8”
(4.699) (6.604)
EQDR-D4 EQBB-D4 Box Four lower knockouts
Inner 0.875" (2.22)
Outer 1.125" (2.86)

Page 2 of 4 — 1/7/10 • 85-3110 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 45/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Top knockout:
Inner 1.375" (3.49)
Outer 1.750" (4.45)

24" (60.96) 5-5/32" 2-1/16”

(10.16) 1-5/8"
24-1/8" (61.28) 16" (40.64) (13.1) (5.2324)
4" (4.13)

11-1/2"
(29.21)

2"
28-3/32"
(5.08)
(71.36) 1”
(2.54) 11"
(27.94)
37-1/4" 37-1/8"
(94.62) (94.3)
5/16" dia. 5/16" dia.
(0.79) (0.79)

19-1/2" (49.53) 2-1/4"

(5.72)
2-1/4"
(5.72) (cm)

eqcab-c.wmf 1-7/8” 2-5/8”

(4.699) (6.604)
EQDR-C4 EQBB-C4 Box
Three lower knockouts
Inner 0.875" (2.22)
Outer 1.125" (2.86)

Top knockout:
Inner 1.375" (3.49)
Outer 1.750" (4.45)

24" (60.96) 5-5/32" 2-1/16”

(10.16) 1-5/8"
24-1/8" (61.28) 16" (40.64) (13.1) (5.2324)
4" (4.13)

11-1/2”
(29.21)
19-3/4”
(50.24)

2"
28-5/8"
(72.71) 5/16" dia. 5/16" dia. 28-1/2"
(72.39) 1” (5.08)
(0.79) (0.79)
(2.54)

19-1/2" (49.53) 2-1/4"

(5.72)

(cm)

60229cab2.wmf
1-7/8” 2-5/8”
2-1/4" (5.72) (4.699) (6.604)
EQDR-B4 EQBB-B4 Box Two lower knockouts
Inner 0.875" (2.22)
Outer 1.125" (2.86)

www.honeywell.com 85-3110 • 1/7/10 — Page 3 of 4

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 46/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Top knockout:
Inner 1.375" (3.49)
Outer 1.750" (4.45)

5-5/32" 2-1/16"
(13.1) (5.24)

11-1/2"
(29.21)
   f
  m
  w
 . 2"
  o
   k
   7 (5.08)
   5
   8
1”
   6 11"
(2.54)
(27.94)
Mounting Hole  c 
 a
 b  
4 
k  
 e
  y 
11" h  
 o
l    
 e
(27.94) .w
m
45-3/4" f   
(116.21)
Top View of Backbox

   f
  m
  w
 .
  e
   d
   i
  s
   9
   2
   2
   0
   6

1-17/20” 2-9/16"
(4.699) (6.51)
Four lower knockouts
Inner 0.875" (2.22)
Outer 1.125" (2.86)

Side View of Backbox

(EQBB-D4)

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9

www.honeywell.com 85-3110
April Rev. 01/10
2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 4 of 4

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 47/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

AFL-RM, AFL-TM,
AFL-RS, AFL-TS
Audio Fiber Link Modules  ,
  g
  p
   j
 .
   1
  v
  o
General   c
   0
   8
   9
   6
The AFL-TS/AFL-TM (single- or multi-mode transmitters) and
AFL-RS/AFL-RM (single- or multi-mode receivers) are Audio
Fiber Link Modules that distribute low-level audio signals via
fiber-optic media.
The AFL-TS/-TM transmitter accepts low-level audio signals
from the DVC-AO. The AFL-TS/-TM then converts the low-
level audio signals to modulated light, which is transmitted
through fiber-optic cable. The AFL-RS/-RM receiver accepts
that modulated light at the other end of the fiber-optic cable,
   G
then converts the modulated light to low-level audio to feed    G
   P
   J
   P
 .
   J
   2
 .
AA-30, AA-100, AA-120, or XPIQ amplifiers, or (if required) the   v
   2
  v
  o
   0
  o
  c
next daisy-chained AFL-TS/-TM.    0
   8
   8
   9
   9
   6
   6
   h
Audio Fiber Link (AFL) modules are powered from nonresetta-
ble 24 DVC output from power supplies that are listed for fire
protective signaling service.

Applications Installation
Audio Fiber Link modules may be used in systems where:  The AFL transmitters or receivers may be mounted in a CHS-4
• The use of wire media is not possible due to security or CHS-4L chassis, which in turn mounts into a CAB-3 or
requirements. CAB-4 Series cabinet. When mounting AFL modules on the
• Fiber-optic cable is already installed and available for low- CHS-4 and CHS-4L, adequate clearance above the board is
level audio distribution. required. Mounting AFL modules onto the outer position of the
CHS-4 is possible only if the AFL board is mounted with com-
• Significant distances between DVC-AO and remote ampli- ponents facing inward. AFL modules attach to CHS-4 and
fier cabinets dictate the use of fiber.
• High-intensity electromagnetic fields of audible frequencies CHS-4L chassis via screws to PEM standoffs or studs.
could be coupled to low-level audio over wire.
FIber Optic Link
• Both distance and physical location of remote cabinets
require the use of star topology. The attenuation of fiber-optic cablins between the AFL trans-
mitter of receiver must not exceed a 10 dB limit. See Installa- 
Up to 50 AFL transmitters  maybe be connected to the output tion Document   52230 for formulas to establish limits in the
of a DVC-AO. system design stage. The actual attenuation can be measured
A maximum of ten amplifiers  may be fed from AFL receiver end-to-end with standard fiber-optic test equipment, using a
output; and a maximum of ten AFL transmitters   may be fed signal wavelength of 850 nanometers.
by a single AFL receiver. The following are supported by Audio Fiber Link: 
The maximum series connection   of audio fiber links is two • Connectors: ST®-style
AFL transmitters/receiver pairs deep.
• Fiber type:  multi-mode for AFL-TM and AFL-RM; single-
APPLICATION NOTES:  mode for AFL-TS and AFL-RS.
• A system requiring many fiber links may also require larger • Core size:  62.5/125 micrometers for multi-mode; or 9/125
batteries and external chargers. Please refer to the micrometers for single-mode.
POWER REQUIREMENTS section on page 2. • Wavelength:  850 nanometers for multi-mode; or 1300
nanometers for single-mode.
• AFL transmitters should be powered by the 24 VDC UL-
listed power supply connected to the same reference (bat- • Maximum attenuation of fiber-optic link between AFL-TS/-
tery negative) as the audio signal source (DVC-AO, AFL TM and AFL-RS/-RM cannot exceed 10 dB.
receiver).
• Class A low-level audio riser cannot be implemented when Power Requirements
using AFL modules. Operating Voltage: 20.4 to 26.4 VDC
• Any combination of up to 50 AFL transmitters and AA-30, Current for AFL-TS/-TM: 130 mA
AA-100, and AA-120 series amplifiers may be connected to
Current for AFL-RS/-RM: 120 mA
the output of any one DVC-AO. All of the AFL-transmitters
must remain in the same cabinet as the DVC-AO. Battery calculations: Refer to fire panel instructions.
• Once audio system installation is complete, the audio gain
level must be adjusted. See Installation Document   52230
for instructions.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 48/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Product Line Information AFL-TM: Audio fiber link multi-mode transmitter. Includes trans-
mitter, mounting bracket and hardware, and instruction manual.
AFL-TS: Audio fiber link single-mode transmitter. Includes
transmitter, mounting bracket and hardware, and instruction AFL-RM: Audio fiber link multi-mode receiver. Includes receiver,
manual. mounting bracket and hardware, and instruction manual.
AFL-RS: Audio fiber link single-mode receiver. Includes receiver,
mounting bracket and hardware, and instruction manual.

Application Example
 AFL-Tx  AFL-Rx  AFL-Tx  AFL-Tx

Fiber Optic cable   r

  e
   R
   E
   I
   L
   O   r    R    R
   t    E   r

to another AFL-Rx
   t    W            V   r    R   e
   t   e    E
   i    O                  42   e    E                        V42    t    W            V    t    W
  m    P           +   v    i    O                   42    t
   i
   i    W          +   m    P           +    O                  4V
  s       D
  e    O                  ND   m    P            2
  s
     +
  n
      N

  a
      G   c    P       G
  n
      D
      N   s       D

  r   r   e   r   a

      G
  n       N

  a
      G
   T   e    R   b
  e   r   r   r
     S   i    b
   i
  o   F    i    T  r
  e
_      S   i
  o   F
_      S   i    b
   i
  o   F
   T  e
   b
     T   d   e      R    d  e _      S   i    i
  o   F
   -   u   d
  o    O
   I             D    -   u   d
  o    O            D
   I      T
   -    d   e
     T    d  e _
     L   A   M    D                        LEI      L   A  -
  m    D                        LEI   u   d
  o    O             D
   I    -   u   d    O            D
     F   i
  -
  c   l
  e    U                  HS      F   i
  c   l
  e    U                  HS      L   A   M    D                         LEI      L
  o
   A   M
   I
  -    D                        LEI

in a remote
     A   t   g    A   g    A      F   i
  c   l
  e    U                   HS   -
  n
  p   i      A   t   n
   i
  p   S      A   t   g    A      F   i
  c   l
  e    U                  HS
   S      +      +   n
  p   i      A   t   g    A

Fiber Optic cable

   O    O   n
  -   -    S      +    i
  p   S      +
  r   r    O
  -    O
  e   e   r   -
  r
   b
   i    b
   i   e   e
   F    R    F    R    b
   i    b
   E    E    F    R    i    R
   B
   I    B
   I    E    F    E
   F    F    B
   I    B
   F    I
   F

cabinet to another AFL-Rx

in a remote
P3
cabinet
 AA-100/A100E
or 
 AA-120/AA-120E
DVC-AO

P3
P3   P8

 AA-100/AA-100E
or   AA-30/AA-30E
 AA-120/AA-120E

P3 P3 P8

 AA-100/AA-100E
 AA-30/AA-30E or
 AA-120/AA-120E    f
  m
  w
 .
  a
  e
   l
  p
  m
  a
  x
  e
Compatible Compatible   p
  p
Power Supply Power Supply   a
   L
   F
   A

Remote Amplifier Cabinet Main Control Panel Cabinet

NOTE: Origin of the main Audio Riser 
• This drawing is not intended to accurately represent a proper fiber bend radius.
Refer to the specifications from the fiber manufacturer for the correct bend radius.
• The Compatible Power Supply should be a Regulated, Power-Limited Power Supply
UL/ULC-listed for Fire Protective Signal Use.

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
ST®-style is a registered trademark of AT&T.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3119 Rev. 05-09
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2
85-3119

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 49/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Notes

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 50/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

3.0 Accessories
  Displays
  Control and Network Modules
  Power Supplies
  Cabinets
  Printers

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 51/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

LCD-160
Liquid Crystal Display

General
The LCD-160 is a 640-character Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
annunciator and remote control for the XLS3000 Fire Alarm
Control Panel (FACP). The LCD-160 will mimic the top portion
(160 characters) of the XLS3000’s 640-character display. This
provides the event and preprogrammed custom messages as
displayed on the main panel. The full screen contains soft key
functions, and can display other panel information.

LCD-160 Features
• 640-character Liquid Crystal Display with backlit control.
• On-board input, output, and status indicators to support
diagnostics.
• Software upgrades and foreign-languages character sets
via serial port from a panel or other device using the
Remote Data Port (RDP) interface. Upgrades do not require
the replacement of any programmable devices.
• Rubberized keypad.
Current draw: Standby current:   0.300 A with backlight on,
• Input for XLS-AKS-1B key switch.
0.075 A with backlight off. Alarm current:   0.325 A with back-
• Fits in two ACS annunciator module locations. light on, all LEDs active.
• Display and Control Center (DCC) participation/indication.
RDP BUS WIRING SPECIFICATIONS 
RDP Interface Wiring distance: 4000 feet (1219.2 m) at 18 AWG (0.78
mm²) between the panel and the last device on the RDP bus
Any communication between the control panel and any RDP (subject to system’s power restrictions).
device, such as the LCD-160, occurs over an RDP interface. Wiring size: 18 to 12 AWG (0.78 to 3.1 mm²) twisted-pair
• RDP interface communication is supervised by the FACP cable, with characteristic impedance of 120 ohms ± 20%.
and the LCD-160.
Wire resistance: Limit total wire resistance to 100 ohms on
• RDP bus can drive up to 32 RDP devices. The FACP must
the RDP bus, and 10 ohms on the RDP device power circuit.
be at one end of the bus; the last RDP device on the circuit
Unloaded resistance between RDP connectors must be
must have an enabled end-of-line resistor.
greater than 1K ohm. A remote power supply is required if total
• Each LCD-160 on the bus requires a non-resettable 24 power wiring resistance exceeds 10 ohms.
VDC power connection. The power circuit is inherently
NOTES: 1) DO NOT RUN CABLE  adjacent to, or in the same con- 
supervised and a loss of power registers as a communica-
duit as: 120 VAC service; “noisy” electrical circuits that are power- 
tion failure at the control panel. ing mechanical bells or horns; audio circuits above 25 Vrms; motor 
• The LCD-160 can be powered by a regulated remote power control circuits; SCR power circuits; or non-power-limited circuits.
supply listed for fire-protective signaling use. If the 24 VDC 2) Refer to LCD-160 Manual, document no. 51850, if RDP devices 
power comes from a non-power-limited source, it must are to be mounted in SEPARATE CABINETS   or powered by 
remain separate from the power-limited RDP bus. REMOTE POWER SUPPLIES .

TEMPERATURE/HUMIDITY RANGE: 
Specifications
This system meets NFPA requirements for operation at 0   
Input supply voltage (TB2): Regulated, filtered 24 VDC via
49ºC/32   120ºF and at a relative humidity 93% ± 2% RH
non-resettable power supply interface listed for fire-protective
(noncondensing) at 32ºC ± 2ºC (90ºF ± 3ºF). However, the
signaling use. Sources can be: panels with integrated power
supplies, main power supplies (AMPS-24, etc.), auxiliary useful life of the system's standby batteries and the electronic
power supplies (APS-6R, etc.); or a compatible accessories components may be adversely affected by extreme tempera-
output. If RDP devices are to be powered by separate power ture ranges and humidity. Therefore, it is recommended that
supplies, a common reference connection must be estab- this system and its peripherals be installed in an environment
lished. with a normal room temperature of 15   27ºC/60   80ºF.
Data communications port (TB1): Power-limited RDP inter-
face.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 52/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

LCD-160 Interface and Indicators Security: Scroll/display a list of associated events.

Supervisory: Scroll/display a list of associated events.
The liquid crystal display is 40 characters wide and 16 lines
deep, and displays all programming screens and other infor- Trouble: Scroll/display a list of associated events.
mation. The keypad is functional only when an entry is Other Event: Scroll between prealarm and disabled events.
requested by the system. Enter or change fields and issue
commands on the display by using the two types of keys on For complete information on key functions and effects on dif-
the keypad: fixed function and soft keys. ferent panels, refer to the LCD-160 Manual   and panel manu-

Fixed function keys are the ten keys labeled on the front of als.
the LCD-160, operating at all times on all screens unless oth- Soft keys are the six keys to the right and left of the display.
erwise noted. With both an active command center and DCC Use them to select commands that appear on the display for
enabled at the panel, Acknowledge, Signal Silence, System each different screen. Refer to the screens in the LCD-160 
Reset, and Drill require permission before they can be pro- Manual  for descriptions of the applicable soft keys.
cessed.
STATUS LED INDICATORS 
Acknowledge: Press to respond to any event or trouble sig- Power (green)   illuminates when AC power is within normal
nal. If enabled, silences the LCD-160 piezo sounder. Sends an operating limits.
acknowledge message to the panel.
Fire Alarm (red)  illuminates when at least one fire alarm event
Signal Silence: Press to send a system silence command to exists. It will flash if any of these events are unacknowledged.
the panel, with the particular silencing action information
stored at the FACP. Verification screen appears on networked Pre-Alarm (red)  illuminates when at least one pre-alarm event
displays. exists. It will flash if any of these events are unacknowledged.
System Reset: Press to send a system reset command to Security (blue)   illuminates when at least one security event
the panel, with the particular reset action information stored at exists. It will flash if any of these events are unacknowledged.
the FACP. Verification screen appears on networked displays. Supervisory (yellow)   illuminates when at least one supervi-
Drill: Press (hold for two seconds) to activate all silenceable sory event exists. It will flash if any of these events are unac-
fire output circuits. knowledged.

Lamp Test: Press to test the LED indicators and the piezo, or System Trouble (yellow)   illuminates when at least one trou-
display firmware version numbers. ble event exists. It will flash if any of these events are unac-
knowledged.
Fire Alarm: Scroll/display a list of associated events.
Other Event (yellow)  (future release).

LCD-160

   f
  m
  w
 .
   d
  r
  o
   b
   0
   4
   9
   6

Page 2 of 4 — HON-60001:A • 85-3058 • 12/01/06 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 53/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Signals Silenced (yellow)   illuminates if notification appli- work control to alternate network control centers. This protocol
ances have been silenced. It flashes if some, but not all, of the allows for a “request for control” from another networked
NACs have been silenced. panel, which will be accepted or rejected from the current
Point Disabled (yellow)   illuminates when at least one device DCC. A 15-second time-out allowance provides for an auto-
has been disabled. It will flash until all disabled points have matic passing of control in the event there is no response from
been acknowledged. the original DCC. If the XLS3000 panel associated with an
LCD-160 has been programmed to participate in DCC, all
Controls Active (green)   illuminates when the LCD-160 remote displays with Local Control ON will automatically par-
assumes control of the node as a primar y display. ticipate.
DIAGNOSTIC LED INDICATORS 
Agency Listings and Approvals
Status, LED11 (green) , blinks when the LCD-160 is on. Visi-
ble to the installer/troubleshooter only. These listings and approvals apply to the LCD-160. In some
cases, certain modules or applications may not be listed by
Receive, LED12 (green) , blinks when data is received from
certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Con-
the panel. Visible to the installer/troubleshooter only.
sult factory for latest listing status.
Transmit, LED13 (green) , blinks when data is transmitted to
• UL: S635
the panel. Visible to the installer/troubleshooter only.
• ULC: CS100
Microfail, LED14 (yellow) , illuminates if the microcontroller
fails. Visible to the installer/troubleshooter only. • City of Denver
• City of Chicago
Event Handling and the Display and Control • MEA: 232-06-E, Vol. 2
Center • CSFM: 7165-1130:256,7170-1130:255

UL and ULC require that when multiple command and control Product Line Information
centers are installed, only one operator at any location can be
in control at any given time for functions such as acknowledge, LCD-160: 640-character Liquid Crystal Display annunciator.
silence, and reset. This is called the Display and Control Cen-
ter (DCC). DCC operation provides a mechanism to pass net- BACKBOXES 
The following backboxes can be surface- or semi-flush-
RDP Bus Wire Runs mounted to provide an enclosure for remote mounting. Use
with 1/2" (1.27 cm) conduit in the provided knockouts.
XLS-ABS-2D (black) and XLS-ABS-2DR (red): surface- or
semi-flush enclosure for remote mounting. Mounts an LCD-
160 directly to the enclosure’s hinged dress plate. The XLS-
ABS-2D and XLS-ABS-2DR do NOT support the installation of
the XLS-AKS-1B key-switch or XLS-APJ-1B phone jack. Not
for use in Canadian applications. Optional trim ring TR-ABS2D
for semi-flush mounting. Dimensions, box:  12.0" (30.480 cm)
H x 12.0" (30.480 cm) W x 3.797" (9.644 cm) D (NOTE: The
black XLS-ABS-2D is slightly deeper). Dimensions, door: 
12.0" (30.480 cm) H x 12.0" (30.480 cm) W x 1.250" (3.175
cm) D.
XLS-ABS-4D (black) and XLS-ABS-4DR (red): surface- or
semi-flush enclosure for remote mounting. Mounts an LCD-

Sample Screen:
Point Event Display

www.honeywell.com HON-60001:A • 85-3058 • 12/01/06 — Page 3 of 4

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 54/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

160 and two annunciators directly to the enclosure’s hinged locks are included. For dimensions and further information,
dress plate. The XLS-ABS-4D and XLS-ABS-4DR do NOT see data sheets for XLS-CAB-4 Series .
support the installation of the XLS-AKS-1B key-switch or XLS-
APJ-1B phone jack. Dimensions, box:  11.97" (30.40 cm) H x ACCESSORIES 
19.87" (50.47 cm) W x 3.5" (8.89 cm) D. Dimensions, door:  DP-DISP: Dress Panel Display for cabinet mounting of an
11.97" (30.40 cm) H x 19.87" (50.47 cm) W x 1.250" (3.175 LCD-160. LCD-160 mounts directly to the dress panel, which
cm) D. hinge-mounts to the top tier of a CAB-4 Series backbox.
XLS-ABF-2B: black flush enclosure for remote mounting. ADP-4B: Annunciator Dress Panel-4B (black) for cabinet
Mounts an LCD-160 directly to the enclosure’s dress plate. Not mounting of an LCD-160. LCD-160 mounts directly to the
for use in Canadian applications. Includes a painted black dress panel, which hinge-mounts to the tier of a CAB-4 Series
metal trim plate [11" (27.94 cm) high x 10.625" (26.99 cm) backbox.
wide] and adhesive-backed annunciator label. 9.938" (25.24
TR-ABS2D: (black) optional trim ring for semi-flush mounting
cm) high x 9.188" (23.34 cm) wide x 3.75" (9.525 cm) deep.
XLS-ABS-2D(R).
XLS-ABF-4B: black flush enclosure for remote mounting of
VP-2B (black) and VP-2: Vented Dress Panel for use with the
one LCD-160 and two annunciator modules directly to the
ADP-4B dress panel installed in the top tier of a CAB-4 Series
enclosure’s dress plate. Knockouts are provided for use with 1/ 
cabinet. It covers the gap between the dress panel and top of
2" (1.27 cm) conduit. Includes a painted black metal trim plate
the cabinet.
[11" (27.94 cm) high x 19.375" (49.21 cm) wide] and an annun-
ciator label. 9.938" (25.24 cm) high x 17.75" (45.09 cm) wide x XLS-AKS-1B (black): Annunciator Key Switch provides
2.5" (6.35 cm) deep. access security for the control switches on the LCD-160. Key-
switch kit includes key, hardware, and an annunciator label.
XLS-CAB-4: are surface- or semi-flush-mounted, in sizes to
accommodate one to four rows of equipment plus batteries (up
to two 25separately,
ordered AH batteries).
and Four sizes
feature are available.
reversible hingesDoors are
to mount
doors on the left or right side. Doors also open a full 180°. Key-

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com HON-60001:A
85-3058 Rev. 12-06
4/29/10
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 4 of 4

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 55/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

XLS-LCD2-80
Liquid Crystal Display

General
 The XLS-LCD2-80 is an 80-character, backlit LCD display
annunciator for the Honeywell XLS140 and XLS NCA fire
alarm control panels, or the XLS-NCA/XLS-NCA-2 network
control annunciator. XLS-LCD2-80s may be connected onto
the four-wire EIA-485 terminal port.
 The XLS-LCD2-80 mimics the XLS140 and XLS-NCA dis-
plays. Up to 32 XLS-LCD2-80s can annunciate and provide
remote reset, acknowledge, drill and silence of the control
panel from remote locations.

   g
NOTE: The  XLS-LCD2-80  can also be used with Legacy panels     j
   p
 .
    0
    8
  -
that supported the LCD-80. Please refer to the  XLS-LCD2-80      2
    D
manual for more information.     C
    L
    W
    H
Features
• 80-character backlit Liquid Crystal Display (20 characters x
4 lines).
• XLS-LCD2-80 mounts with any CHS-4 chassis slot.
• Control switches for System Acknowledge, Signal Silence
• F lush/surface/panel mountoption.
Drill and SystemReset.
• No programming necessary. XLS-LCD2-80 displays time,
• Mounts up to 6000 foot segments between units
date, and custommessages received fromthe panel or net-
• Local piezo sounder with alarm/trouble resound. work annunciator
• Displays all analog, addressable points. • XLS-LCD2-80 is 8.25" (20.96 cm) high, 4.375" (11.11 cm)
• Displays device type identifiers. wide, and 1.75" (4.45 cm) deep.
• Device and zone customalpha labels. • Up to 32 XLS-LCD2-80s may be used on one EIA-485 cir-
• Time/date and Device address. cuit.
NOTE: Must have sufficient regulated 24 volt power.

6,000 ft (1828.8 m)
Maximumwire length between each LCD2-80
EIA-485
(2 wires)

24 VDC
(2 wires)

EIA-485 return (2 wires)

XLS3000, XLS140-2, XLS140 con necti ng to XLS-LCD2-80

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 56/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

The XLS-ABF-1DB Backbox Agency Listings and Approvals

 The   XLS-ABF-1DB   is a semi-flush-mount backbox for the  These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified in
XLS-LCD2-80 Series Annunciator. The XLS-ABF-1DB mounts this document. In some cases, certain modules or applications
one XLS-LCD2-80. It includes an attractive smoked-glass door may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may
with keylock. be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status.
Dimensions, BOX only: • UL Listed: S470
9.938" (25.24 cm) high, 4.625" (11.75 cm) wide, 2.5" (6.35 cm) • ULC Listed: S635
deep. • FDNY: COA#6039
Dimensions, DOOR only: • CSF M: 7165-1130:265
10.713" (27.21 cm) high, 6.0" (15.24 cm) wide, 0.75" (1.9 cm) • FM Approved
deep.

Related Options
XLS-ABF-1DB:   Semi-flush box with alternative smoked-glass
door, any keylock.
ADP-4B:   Annunciator Dress Plate, black. Allows panel
mounting of up to four LCD2-80 modules in a CAB-4 Series
cabinet.
XLS-ABF-1B:   Annunciator Flush Box, 9.938" (25.24 cm)

high,
AKS-1B4.625"
key (11.75
switchcm) wide, and
if desired. 2.5"
Can (6.35
also cm) deep.inOrder-
be mounted XLS-
ABF-2B or XLS-ABF-4B annunciator backboxes.
XLS-ABS-1TB:   Deep Surface Backbox (mounts one XLS-
LCD2-80).
AKS-1B:   Key Switch (black) to enable/disable controls when
mounted in XLS-XLS-ABS-1TB.

 This document is notintended to beused for installation purposes. Wetry to keepourproductinformation up-to-date and accurate. Wecannotcoverallspecific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this documentis strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 74-5091 Rev. 01-10
 J anuary2010
Made in the U.S.A.
®U.S. Registered Trademark
©2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 57/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

XLS-ELCM-320, XLS-ELEM-320,
LCM-320, and LEM-320
Loop Control and Expander Modules
General
The XLS-ELCM-320 and the LCM-320 Loop Control Modules,
and the XLS-ELEM-320 and the LEM-320 Loop Expander
Modules provide the XLS140/XLS140-2 and XLS3000 Fire
Alarm Control Panels (FACPs) with Signaling Line Circuits
(SLCs). The XLS140/XLS140-2 supports one LEM-320; the
XLS3000 supports up to five XLS-ELCM-320s or LCM-320s
and five XLS-ELEM-320s or LEM-320s. The LEM-320 module
is used to expand the XLS140/XLS140-2 to a second loop,
   G
and to expand each XLS-ELCM-320/LCM-320 used on the    P
   J
 .
   M
XLS3000 — each XLS3000 XLS-ELCM-320 or LCM-320 sup-    E
   L
   O
ports an expansion XLS-ELEM-320 or LEM-320. The LCM-    1
   H
   P
   8
320/LEM-320 support FlashScan® protocol and the XLS-    8
   6
 ,
ELCM-320 and XLS-ELEM-320 support Eclipse® protocol.    G
   P
   J
 .
   M
   C
   L
   1
Features    1
   O
   H
   P
   8
   8
• Up to 12,500 feet (3,810 m) on a Class B (Style 4) SLC loop    6

(twisted-unshielded).
Loop Control Loop Expander
• Built-in degraded mode increases survivability.
Module Module
• Very simple installation — plug-in style.
• Permits multiple loops in small enclosure.
Product Line Information
Specifications LCM-320: Loop Control Module (CLIP/FlashScan protocol).
Voltage: 24 VDC nominal, 27.6 VDC maximum. Adds SLCs to XLS3000; XLS3000 supports up to five LCM-
320s and five LEM-320s.
Maximum loop length: The maximum wiring distance of an
SLC using 12 AWG (3.1 mm²) twisted-pair wire is 12,500 feet LEM-320: Loop Expander Module (CLIP/FlashScan protocol).
(3810 m) per channel. For a twisted-unshielded pair, 12 AWG Expands each LCM used on the XLS3000; expands XLS140/ 
(3.1 mm²) to 18 AWG (0.78 mm²): XLS140-2 to two loops.
–Distance with 12 AWG: 12,500 ft (3,810 m). XLS-ELCM-320: Loop Control Module (Eclipse protocol).
–Distance with 14 AWG: 8,000 ft (2,438 m). Adds SLCs to XLS3000.
–Distance with 16 AWG: 4,875 ft (1,486 m). XLS-ELEM-320: Loop Expander Module (Eclipse protocol).
Used to expand the XLS-ELCM-320 only; not compatible with
–Distance with 18 AWG: 3,225 ft (983 m).
the XLS140/XLS140-2.
–50 ohms maximum per length of Style 6 & 7 loops.
–50 ohms maximum per branch for Style 4 loop. Agency Listings and Approvals
–See SLC wiring manual for latest information on accept-
able wire types and distances. The listings and approvals below apply to the basic XLS-
ELCM-320, XLS-ELEM-320, LCM-320, and LEM-320. In some
Maximum current: for LCM-320 & XLS-ELCM-320: 130 mA; cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval
for LEM-320 & XLS-ELEM-320:  100 mA; for single SLC
loop: 400 mA maximum. agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for lat-
est listing status.
NOTE: Maximum short circuit — loop will shut down until short-cir-  • UL: S470
cuit condition is corrected.
• ULC: S635/CS118
Maximum resistance: 50 ohms (supervised and power-
• ULC: S470/CS118
limited).
• FM Approved
Temperature and humidity ranges: This system meets
NFPA requirements for operation at 0 – 49°C/32 – 120°F and •  CSFM: 7165-1130:256, 7170-1130:255 (LCM-320/LEM-320 
at a relative humidity 93% ± 2% RH (noncondensing) at 32°C with XLS3000 ). 7165-1130:265, 7170-1130:264 (LEM-320 
± 2°C (90°F ± 3°F). However, the useful life of the system's with XLS140-2).
standby batteries and the electronic components may be • MEA: 232-06-E Vol 2. (LCM-320/LEM-320 with XLS3000) 
adversely affected by extreme temperature ranges and humid- • FDNY: COA# 6030 (LEM-320 with XLS140-2 ). COA#6031
ity. Therefore, it is recommended that this system and its (LCM-320/LEM-320 and XLS-ELCM-320/XLS-ELEM-320
peripherals be installed in an environment with a normal room with XLS3000).
temperature of 15 – 27°C/60 – 80°F.
NOTE: The LCM-320/LEM-320 and XLS-ELCM-320/XLS-ELEM- 
320 must be installed in corresponding pairs. For example, an 
LEM-320 cannot be used to expand an XLS-ELCM-320.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 58/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
FLASHSCAN®  and NOTIFIER®  are registered trademarks and Eclipse™ is a trademark of H oneywell International Inc.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3056-1 Rev. 08-09
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 59/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

XLS-NCA2
Network Control Annunciator

General
The XLS-NCA2 is a second-generation Network Control Annuncia-
tor for the XLS-NET network, compatible for use with nodes such
as the XLS3000, XLS140-2 and XLS140 fire alarm control panels,
as well as first-generation XLS-NCA Network Control Annunciators.
Additionally, the XLS-NCA2 may be configured with XLS-DVC
Series products (XLS-DVC-EM, XLS-DVC-EMF, and XLS-DVC-
EMSF) to create one or more Digital Audio Command Centers on
XLS-NET. The XLS-NCA2 provides system control and display
capabilities for all, or for selected network nodes.
The XLS-NCA2 display consists of a 640-character backlit LCD dis-   g
  p
   j
 .
play, and a control interface consisting of “soft” keys used to navi-    1
   h
  p
gate screen menus, and “hard” keys with fixed control functions.    7
   4
   0
   7
When connected to one or more networked panels the XLS-NCA2    h

provides network control and status/history display capabilities. It

may also be configured as the Primary Display for displayless
nodes on the network.
• Advanced/Basic Walk-Test program.
Hardware Features • Timer control for Auto Silence, AC Fail Delay.
• Listed to UL Standard 864, 9th edition. • Meets Canadian ULC display requirements.
• Full supervision of all inputs and network integrity. • Environmental adjustment controls to maximize LCD legibility.
• Enhanced-format 640-character LCD display with backlighting. • Meets NFPA requirements for Firefighter Smoke Control Sta-
tion (FSCS) and HVAC.
• ACS bus for LED or graphic annunciators (EIA-485).
• Optically isolated printer interface (EIA-232).
• 11 LED status indicators: Power, Controls Active, Fire Alarm, XLS-NCA2 Indicators and Controls
Pre-Alarm, Security, Alert, Supervisory, Trouble, Signal,
Silence, CPU Failure, Point Disabled, Other Event. LED INDICATORS 
• Rubber keypad. • POWER  (green) illuminates when 24 VDC power is applied;
• Four status relays: Alarm, Trouble, Supervisory, Security (Form-C). LED goes out if power is removed and XLS-NCA2 is using a
• Nonvolatile real-time clock can be synchronized with network battery.
by master node. • CONTROLS  ACTIVE  (green) illuminates to indicate that the
• Optional Security Keyswitch enable Keypad functions. XLS-NCA2 control functions are active.
• Optional Security Tamper switch. • FIRE  ALARM  (red) illuminates when at least one fire alarm
event exists; flashes when any of these events remain unac-
• Supports up to 32 remote ACS annunciators and modules. knowledged.
• Requires 24 VDC, and a network connection. • PRE-ALARM  (red) illuminates when at least one pre-alarm
• RDP port for LCD-160 or terminal mode LCD-80. event exists; flashes when any of these events remain unac-
NOTE: XLS-NCA2 Firmware version 14.0 (and higher) can sup-  knowledged.
port LCD-160 on the RDP port, or LCD-80 in terminal mode, but  • SECURITY  (blue) illuminates when at least one security event
not both at the same time. exists; flashes when any of these events remain unacknowl-
edged.
Function Features • SUPERVISORY (yellow) illuminates when at least one supervi-
sory event exists (i.e., sprinkler valve off normal, low pres-
• Individual Enable/Disable or Group Enable/Disable local for sure, fire pump running, guard’s tour, etc.); flashes when any
networked compatible panels. of these events remain unacknowledged.
• Control ON/OFF networked compatible panel control points. • SYSTEM TROUBLE (yellow) illuminates when at least one trou-
• Read Status networked compatible panel points and zones. ble event exists; flashes when any of these events remain
• Network paging control/HVAC control . unacknowledged.
• Network-wide: Acknowledge, Silence, Reset. • OTHER  EVENT (yellow) illuminates for any category of event
• Lamp Test (local to XLS-NCA2). not listed above; flashes when any of these events remain
unacknowledged.
• History Buffer (1000 Alarm events; 4000 System events).
• Print XLS-NCA2 programming and history reports.
• SIGNALS  SILENCED  (yellow) illuminates if the XLS-NCA2
Silence key has been pressed or if any other node sent a
• Report status of networked panels and their respective field Network Silence command; flashes if only some points on a
devices to a central station via a single UDACT. node are silenced.
• One Master level, nine User level passwords. The Master can • POINT DISABLED (yellow) illuminates when at least one disable
assign each User access levels (programming, alter status). exists on the network or in the system.
• Interactive Summary Event Count display, event handling package. • CPU FAILURE (yellow) activated by the watchdog timer hard-
• Online programming and alter-status programs. ware, indicates an abnormal hardware or software condi-
• Intuitive user guidance program including interactive soft keys. tion. Contact technical support.
• Enhanced Read Status/Alter Status displays. FIXED FUNCTION KEYS 
• New history filters for report displaying and printing: All
Events, Only Alarms, Only Troubles, Only Supervisory, Only, • ACKNOWLEDGE
Security, Time Interval, Point Range. • SIGNAL SILENCE
• Fully programmable node-mapping subsystem. • SYSTEM RESET

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 60/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

• DRILL failure. Replacements are available (P/N 31004). Power source:

• FIRE ALARM SCROLL /DISPLAY 1) AMPS-24 (120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 4.5 A maximum) or AMPS-
• SECURITY SCROLL /DISPLAY 24E (240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 2.25 A maximum) power supply; 2) the
XLS140-2 on-board power supply; or 3) a supervised +24 VDC
• SUPERVISORY SCROLL /DISPLAY
power supply that is UL/ULC-listed for fire protective service.
• TROUBLE SCROLL /DISPLAY The current of the XLS-NCA2 is 400 mA with backlight and 200
• OTHER EVENT SCROLL /DISPLAY mA with the backlight off.
The five keys labeled S CROLL /DISPLAY  allow the user to scroll
through messages for the particular event type. For example, Agency Listings and Approvals
pressing the FIRE ALARM SCROLL /DISPLAY key will scroll through
all fire alarm events, as details of each are shown in the display These listings and approvals apply to the XLS-NCA2. In some
area of the XLS-NCA2. cases, certain modules or applications may not be listed by cer-
NOTE: The OTHER  EVENT  SCROLL /DISPLAY  key also scrolls tain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult fac-
between Pre-Alarm and Disabled events. tory for latest listing status.
• UL Listed: file S470.
• ACKNOWLEDGE – press this key to acknowledge off all active
events. • ULC Listed: file S470.
• SIGNAL  SILENCE – press this key to turn off all control mod- • MEA approved: file 232-06-E Vol. 2.
ules, notification appliance circuits, and panel output circuits • CSFM approved: files 7165-1130:255, 7170-1130:256.
that have been programmed as Silenceable.
• SYSTEM  RESET  – press this key to clear all latched alarms Product Line Information
and other events and turn off event LEDs.
• DRILL  HOLD  2 SEC  – press this key, holding it down for two XLS-NCA2: Network Control Annunciator. Requires a NCM-W
seconds, to activate all silenceable output circuits. or NCM-F network communications module for networking. In
direct connect applications NCM not required.
SPECIAL FUNCTION KEYS  NCM-W, NCM-F: Standard Network Communications Mod-
• PRINT  SCREEN – press this key to print what is currently on ules. Wire and multi-mode fiber versions available. One
the LCD screen. required for each network node (XLS3000, XLS140, XLS140-2,
• LAMP TEST – press this key to test the LED indicators on the XLS-DVC, BACNET GATEWAY, FNA) on XLS-NET. Mounts in a
left of the keypad and to check firmware revision numbers. standard chassis position or on a BMP-1 plate. See 85-3007 .
• NEXT S ELECTION /PREVIOUS SELECTION – these keys are used HS-NCM-W/MF/SF/WMF/WSF/MFSF: High-speed network
when setting parameters in XLS-NCA2 data fields; for exam- communications modules. Wire, single-mode fiber, multi-mode
ple, choosing a device type as a filter for requesting a Node fiber, and media conversion models are available.
History. XLS-ABS-2D:  Annunciator Backbox, Surface, black. Mounts
• BATTERY LEVEL – press this key to display voltage and charg- one XLS-NCA2 and one NCM-W/-F.
ing current level for system batteries. Displays levels for local XLS-ABS-2DR: Same as above, but red.
AMPS-24(E) or AMPS-24(E) connected to associated
XLS3000 node. CHS-2D:  Chassis, required whenever the XLS-NCA2 is
mounted in an XLS-ABS-2D(R).
CHS-M3:  Chassis, mounts an XLS-NCA2 in a single row of a
Specifications XLS-CAB-4 Series cabinet.
Temperature and humidity ranges: This system meets NFPA CA-2:  Chassis, Audio, 2 rows. Mounts an XLS-NCA2 and the
requirements for operation at 0°C to 49°C (32°F to 120°F); and XLS-DVC Digital Voice Command in two rows of a XLS-CAB-4
at a relative humidity (noncondensing) of 85% at 30°C (86°F) Series cabinet.
per NFPA, and 93% ± 2% at 32°C ± 2°C (89.6°F ± 1.1°F) per
DP-DISP: Annunciator Dress Plate. Dress plate is used when
ULC. However, the useful life of the system’s standby batteries
XLS-NCA2 is mounted in the top row of an XLS-CAB-4 Series
and the electronic components may be adversely affected by
cabinet with a CHS-M3 chassis.
extreme temperature ranges and humidity. Therefore, it is rec-
ommended that this system and all peripherals be installed in an NCA-2RETRO: Kit for retrofit mounting the XLS-NCA2 to a DP-
environment with a nominal room temperature of 15°C to 27°C DISP dress plate.
(60°F to 80°F). Product weight is 3 lbs (1.36 kilograms). NCA/640-2-KIT:  Mounting kit for directly mounting the XLS-
NCA2 to XLS140-CPU2 chassis.
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 
LCD-160: 160 character LCD annunciator
The XLS-NCA2 may be powered from a Main Power Supply
AMPS-24(E) (see data sheet 85-3057) mounted in a seperate XLS-LCD-80: 80 character LCD annunciator
cabinet (see specifications below); or from any UL Listed non- TR-ABS2D: Trim ring for semi-flush mounting of XLS-ABS-2D
resettable 24 VDC source from a compatible fire panel (see
panel data sheets). The battery on the XLS-NCA2 motherboard
is for RTC and SRAM; holds the history memory through power

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.

 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 74-4045-2 Rev. 03-09
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 61/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

HS-NCM-W, HS-NCM-MF,
HS-NCM-SF, HS-NCM-WMF,
HS-NCM-WSF, HS-NCM-MFSF
High-Speed Network Communications Modules

General
The High-Speed Network Communications Module (HS-
NCM)  provides Honeywell’s XLS140, XLS140-2, and XLS3000
Fire Alarm Control Panels and XLS-NCA  and XLS-NCA2
Network Control Annunciators, and XLS-DVC  Digital Voice
Command with a means to connect to High-Speed XLS•NET.
Six types of HS-NCM  are available: HS-NCM-W for connecting
nodes with twisted-pair wire, HS-NCM-MF for connecting nodes
with multi-mode fiber-optic cable, HS-NCM-SF  for connecting
nodes with single-mode fiber-optic cable, HS-NCM-WMF  for
connecting wire and multi-mode fiber-optic medium on the same
network, HS-NCM-WSF  for connecting wire and single-mode
fiber-optic mediums
for connecting on theand
multi-mode same fiberHS-NCM-MFSF
network and
single-mode optic mediums HS-NCM.jpg

on the same network. HS-NCM 

Each HS-NCM  can accommodate up to two node addresses.
For example, one HS-NCM can provide network communication
for both an XLS140-2 and an XLS-NCA2.
When not connected to a fire alarm panel, the HS-NCM defaults
to repeater mode and can be used to boost signal distances or
to pass data transmissions between two differently configured • Optical isolation prevents ground loops.
network segments when wire and fiber co-exist on a network. • High-Speed XLS•NET fiber-optic medium.
• Fiber type: 62.5/125 micrometers (multi-mode); 50/125
HS-NCM-W Features micrometers (multimode), or 9/125 micrometers (single-
mode).
• Supports twisted-pair wire medium.
• Maximum attenuation is 10 dB with 62.5/125 µm cable, and
• NFPA Style 4 (Class B) operation or NFPA Style 7 (Class A) 6.5 dB with 50/125 µm cable, and 30 dB with 9/125 µm cable.
operation. • Wavelength (1): 1310 nanometers.
• Transformer coupling provides electrical isolation between
• Connectors: LC style.
nodes.
• 100 Mb baud transmission rate.
• Pluggable terminal wiring with strain relief.
• Data is regenerated at each node.
• Pluggable service connector (feeds signal directly through) in
the event that power must be removed from a node. • Two network ports to allow simultaneous connection to fire
alarm control panel and to programming computer.
• 12 Mb transmission rate.
• Enables software and database upload/download over High-
• Data is regenerated at each node.
Speed XLS•NET.
• Two network ports to allow simultaneous connection to fire
HS-NCM-MF/SF Interconnections:  When wiring consecutive
alarm control panel and to programming computer.
nodes/repeaters, fiber cable must exit one board on Transmit
• Enables software and database upload/download over High- (TX) and enter the next node/repeater on Receive (RX). The
Speed XLS•NET. fiber-optic pair (RX, TX) from Port A of one node/repeater may
• Up to 3,000 feet (914.4 m) between nodes in a point-to-point be connected to either Port A or Port B of another node/ 
fashion (actual distance varies with wire quality). repeater. A HS-NCM-MF/SF may be connected to any of the
HS-NCM-W Interconnections:  When wiring consecutive HS- following devices: HS-NCM-MF/SF  (respectively) on another
NCM-W boards, wiring may enter or exit at Port A or Port B. HS- panel, HS-NCM-WMF, HS-NCM-WSF, HS-NCM-MFSF.
NCM-W port-to-port wiring is not polarity sensitive; use of Port A
or Port B is arbitrary. An HS-NCM-W may be connected to any HS-NCM-WMF, HS-NCM-WSF, and HS-
of the following devices: HS-NCM-W  (in another panel), HS-
NCM-WMF, HS-NCM-WSF.
NCM-MFSF Features
HS-NCM-W Switch Functions: The HS-NCM-W provides one • Supports twisted-pair wire and fiber-optic medium.
set of switches to simplify network setup. Enable ground fault  • NFPA Style 4 (Class B) operation or NFPA Style 7 (Class A)
detection   by setting “ON” switch SW4-1 (Channel A); switch operation.
SW4-2 (Channel B). NOTE:  Correct configuration is dependent  • Allows wire and fiber optic nodes to communicate as one
on network design; refer to the High-Speed XLS•NET manual. network.
For further information and diagrams, refer to the HS-NCM  • Fiber type: 62.5/125 micrometers (multi-mode); 50/125
Installation Document , 54013. micrometers (multimode), or 9/125 micrometers (single-
mode).
HS-NCM-MF and HS-NCM-SF Features • Maximum attenuation is 10 dB with 62.5/125 µm cable, and
6.5 dB with 50/125 µm cable, and 30 dB with 9/125 µm cable.
• Supports fiber-optic medium.
• Wavelength (1): 1310 nanometers.
• NFPA Style 4 (Class B) or Style 7 (Class A) operation.
• Pluggable service connector (feeds signal directly through) in
• Data is immune to all environmental noise. the event that power must be removed from a node.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 62/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

• Data is regenerated at each node. Agency Listings and Approvals

• Two network ports to allow simultaneous connection to fire
The following listings and approvals apply to the HS-NCM. In
alarm control panel and to programming computer.
some cases, certain modules or applications may not be listed
• Enables software and database upload/download over High- by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process.
Speed XLS•NET. Consult factory for latest listing status.
• Up to 3,000 feet (914.4 m) between nodes in a point-to-point • UL Listed: file S635, S470.
fashion (actual distance varies with wire quality).
• ULC Listed: files CS118 Vol. 22/UL S6235 Vol. 43
HS-NCM-WMF/WSF/MFSF
consecutive nodes/repeaters,Interconnections:   When
fiber cable must exit wiring
one board on • CSFM  Approved: files 7300-0028:257, 7165-1130:265,
Transmit (TX) and enter the next node/repeater on Receive 7165-1130:256
(RX). The fiber-optic pair (RX, TX) from Port A of one node/  • FM Approved
repeater may be connected to either Port A or Port B of another • MEA approved: file 317-01-E (NCM-W )
node/repeater. An HS-NCM-WMF/WSF/MFSF   may be • FDNY: COA#6022, COA#6030, COA#6031
connected to any of the following devices: HS-NCM-WMF, HS-
NCM-WSF or HS-NCM-MFSF on another panel, HS-NCM-MF,
HS-NCM-SF.
Product Line Information
HS-NCM-W  High-Speed Network Communications Module,
Common Specifications twisted-pair wire interface.
HS-NCM-MF  High-Speed Network Communications Module,
Temperature and humidity ranges: This system meets NFPA
fiber-optic cable interface (multi-mode).
requirements for operation at 0°C to 49°C (32°F to 120°F); and
at a relative humidity (noncondensing) of 85% at 30°C (86°F) HS-NCM-SF  High-Speed Network Communications Module,
per NFPA, and 93% ± 2% at 32°C ± 2°C (89.6°F ± 1.1°F) per fiber-optic cable interface (single-mode)

ULC. However, the useful life of the system’s standby batteries HS-NCM-WMF High-Speed Network Communications Module,
and the electronic components may be adversely affected by wire and fiber-optic cable interface (wire/multi-mode).
extreme temperature ranges and humidity. Therefore, it is
HS-NCM-WSF  High-Speed Network Communications Module,
recommended that this system and all peripherals be installed in
wire and fiber-optic cable interface (wire/single-mode).
an environment with a nominal room temperature of 15°C to
27°C (60°F to 80°F).\  HS-NCM-MFSF High-Speed Network Communications Module,
fiber-optic cable interface (multi-mode/single-mode).
Weight: 5.2 ounces (147.4 grams)

Mounting
All models of the HS-NCM  can be installed in any standard
chassis such as the CHS-4L, CHS-M2, CHS-M3, CHS-4N  or
XLS140-2 chassis (see panel sheets) . Additionally, the HS-
NCM-W can be door-mounted on the ADP-4B dress panel on a
single-space blank plate (BMP-1) for mounting in an XLS-CAB-
4 Series cabinet.

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.

XLS-NET™ is a trademark; NOTIFIER ® and VeriFire®  are registered trademarks of Honeywell International Inc.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 74-4082 Rev. 02-10
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 63/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

ACS Series
Annunciators
ACM/AEM-24T, ACM/AEM-48A
General
ACS Series Annunciators provide a modular line of products
for annunciation and control of Honeywell XLS Series Intelli-
gent Fire Alarm Control Panels, and Network Control Annunci-
ators. The ACS line provides arrays of LEDs to indicate point
status and, in some versions, switches to control the state of
output circuits. These ACS units use a serial interface and may
be located at distances of up to 6,000 feet (1,828.8 meters)
from the panel.

Features
• Speaker control mode
panels: XLS140, for use
XLS140-2, with XPIQ
XLS3000. and thethefollowing
Enables ACS to ACM/AEM-24AT ACM/AEM-48AT
control operation of groups of multi-channels mapped to
groups of multi-speakers.
• Compatible with existing annunciators. ity. Therefore, it is recommended that this system and all
• Color-programmable LEDs. peripherals be installed in an environment with a nominal room
• On-board end-of-line resistors can be enabled/disabled by temperature of 15°C to 27°C (60°F to 80°F).
setting a switch.
• Alarm/Circuit On and Trouble LED per-point option or more Installation
dense Alarm-only option. The ACS Series annunciator and control subsystems use
• Touch-pad control switch option for remote control of sys- modular hardware assemblies which allow the custom configu-
tem relays; or silence, reset, and evacuate. ration of the annunciator panel to fit the individual job require-
• LEDs may be programmed to display status of indicating ments.
circuits or control relays as well as system status condi- Standard backboxes and mounting hardware schemes, includ-
tions. ing special remote cabinets, allow the annunciators to be con-
• System Trouble LED indicator. structed and configured with other system components.
• On-Line/Power LED indicator. When used with the XLS140, XLS140-2 or XLS3000, the ACS
• Alarm and trouble resound with flash of new conditions. modules can be used for manual selection of speaker and tele-
• Local sounder for both alarm and trouble conditions with phone circuits. In this application, they are typically mounted in
silence/acknowledge button (program options). the main control near the microphone and telephone handset.
• May be powered by 24 VDC from the panel or by remote For remote annunciation applications, the modules are typi-
power supplies. cally mounted in special ABF or ABS boxes. Control switch key
locks (XLS-AKS-1B) and phone jacks (XLS-APJ-1B) are avail-
• Microprocessor-controlled electronics, fully supervised.
able.
• Slip-in custom labels, lettered with standard typewriter or
LabelEase program. Communication between the ACS Series annunciators and the
host Fire Alarm Control Panel is made through an EIA-485
• Plug-in terminal blocks for ease of installation and service. multi-drop loop, eliminating the need for costly wiring
schemes. Four wires are required, two for the EIA-485 com-
Construction munications (twisted pair), and two for 24 VDC regulated
The ACS modules are provided in two basic controller mod- power.
ules, each with its expander module. The ACM-24AT provides Retrofit of ACS Series annunciators into existing systems is
24 annunciation and control points per module, each with a easily accomplished. Software may require upgrading.
red, green, or yellow Alarm/Circuit On LED, a yellow Trouble
All field-wiring terminations use removable, compression-type
LED, and a touch-key switch. The ACM-48A provides 48
terminal blocks for ease of installation, wiring, and circuit test-
annunciation points per module, each with a red, green, or yel-
ing.
low Alarm/Circuit On LED (for annunciating control relays, the
LED indicates ON/OFF).
Operation
On the ACM-24AT, each LED point is individually color-pro-
grammable. On ACM-48A, each column of 24 LED points can The ACS Series annunciator and control system provides the
be color-configured using a DIP switch. system with up to 32 remote serially connected annunciators,
each with a capacity of 96 points, for a total capacity of 3072 
Temperature and humidity ranges:  This system meets points (subject to the capability of the FACP). The XLS-
NFPA requirements for operation at 0°C to 49°C (32°F to NCA(2) is capable of using the full 96 points.
120°F); and at a relative humidity (noncondensing) of 85% at
30°C (86°F) per NFPA, and 93% ± 2% at 32°C ± 2°C (89.6°F ± Local or remote power supplies and serial communications
1.1°F) per ULC. However, the useful life of the system’s allow the ACS to be located virtually anywhere in the protected
standby batteries and the electronic components may be premises.
adversely affected by extreme temperature ranges and humid-

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 64/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

XLS140, XLS3000, and XLS-NCA(2) system alarm and/or ABS-1B: (shown below)   The Annunciator Surface Box-1B
trouble conditions may be annunciated on a per-point basis, or (black) provides for the remote mounting of one annunciator
in a grouped or zone configuration. module in a surface-mount enclosure. Knockouts are provided
Control of system operational controls, such as Signal Silence, for use with 1/2" (1.27 cm) conduit. The annunciator mounts
System Reset, and local annunciation controls (such as Local directly to the ABS-1B without a dress plate. 8.5" (21.59 cm)
Acknowledge and Lamp Test) may be accomplished through high x 4.5" (11.43 cm) wide x 2" (5.08 cm) deep. NOTE: The 
the module’s rubber keypad. ABS-1B will not support the installation of the XLS-AKS-1B 
Annunciator Key Switch.

Product Line Information 50439d2.tif

ACM-24AT: (shown below)   The Annunciator Control Mod- XLS-ABF-1B 

ule-24AT contains 24 color-programmable (red/green/yellow)
Active and 24 yellow Trouble LEDs, 24 momentary touch-pad
switches, a System Trouble LED, an On-Line/Power LED, and
a local piezo sounder with a silence/acknowledge switch for
audible indication of alarm and trouble conditions. Includes
instructions. 8.375" (21.27 cm) high; 4.375" (11.11 cm) wide.

50439d3.tif
ABS-1B 

XLS-ABS-1TB: The XLS-ABS-1TB is an attractive surface-

mount backbox for mounting one ACS Series Annunciator.
Unlike the ABS-1B, the XLS-ABS-1TB has an increased depth
that allows mounting of the XLS-AKS-1B Annunciator Key
Switch. Black, 9.938" (25.24 cm) high x 4.625" (11.75 cm)
wide x 2.5" (6.35 cm) deep.
ABS-2B: The Annunciator Surface Box-2B (black) provides
for the surface mounting of one ACM-24AT/AEM-24AT combi-
nation or one ACM-48A/AEM-48A combination. Knockouts are
provided for use with 1/2" (1.27 cm) conduit. The annunciators
ACM/AEM-24AT  ACM/AEM-48A mount directly to the ABS-2B without a dress plate. 8.5" (21.59
cm) high x 8.92" (22.66 cm) wide x 2" (5.08 cm) deep. NOTE: 
6862at24.wmf 6862a48.wmf
The ABS-2B will not support the installation of the XLS- 
AKS-1B Annunciator Key Switch.
XLS-ABF-1B: (shown above)   The Annunciator Flush Box-1B
AEM-24AT: The Annunciator Expander Module-24AT
(black) provides for the remote mounting of a single annuncia-
expands the ACM-24AT by 24 system points. The AEM-24AT
tor module in a flush-mount enclosure. Knockouts are provided
is identical in size and in frontal appearance to the ACM-24AT.
for use with 1/2" (1.27 cm) conduit. The XLS-ABF-1B includes
Up to three of these expander modules can be supported by
a painted black metal trim plate [11" (27.94 cm) high x 6.25"
an ACM-24AT, for a maximum of 96 system points. 8.375"
(15.875 cm) wide], mounting hardware, and an adhesive-
(21.27 cm) high; 4.375" (11.11 cm) wide. NOTE:   The 
backed annunciator label for the dress plate. 9.938" (25.24 cm)
AEM-24AT cannot  be used to expand the ACM-48A.
high x 4.625" (11.75 cm) wide x 2.5" (6.35 cm) deep.
ACM-48A: (shown above)   The Annunciator Control Mod-
XLS-ABF-2B: The Annunciator Flush Box-2B (black) pro-
ule-48A contains 48 color-programmable (red/green/yellow)
vides for the flush mounting of two annunciator modules.
Active LEDs, a System Trouble LED, an On-Line/Power LED,
Includes a painted black metal trim plate [11" (27.94 cm) high
and a local piezo sounder with a Silence/Acknowledge switch
x 10.625" (26.99 cm) wide] and adhesive-backed annunciator
for audible indication of alarm and trouble conditions. Includes label. 9.938" (25.24 cm) high x 9.188" (23.34 cm) wide x 3.75"
instructions. 8.375" (21.27 cm) high; 4.375" (11.11 cm) wide.
(9.525 cm) deep.
AEM-48A: The Annunciator Expander Module-48A expands
XLS-ABF-4B: (shown below)   The Annunciator Flush Box-4B
the ACM-48A by 48 system points. The AEM-48A is identical
(black) provides for the remote mounting of one to four
in frontal appearance to the ACM-48A. One expander module
annunciator modules. Knockouts are provided for use with 1/2"
can be supported by an ACM-48A, providing a maximum of 96
(1.27 cm) conduit. The flush-mounted XLS-ABF-4B includes a
points (subject to the capability of the FACP). 8.375" (21.27
painted black metal trim plate [11" (27.94 cm) high x 19.375"
cm) high; 4.375" (11.11 cm) wide. NOTE:  The AEM-48A can- 
(49.21 cm) wide] and an annunciator label. 9.938" (25.24 cm)
not be used to expand the ACM-24AT.
high x 17.75" (45.09 cm) wide x 2.5" (6.35 cm) deep.

Page 2 of 4 — 10/14/2009 • 85-3004-1 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 65/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

6858disp.wmf

XLS-ABF-4B 

DP-DISP Dress Panel with XLS-NCA

Network Control Annunciator in left two positions,
and two ACM-24AT Annunciators at right.

BMP-1: Annunciator Blank Module is a flat black dress plate

that covers unused module positions in the annunciator back-
box or in the ADP-4B. 8.375" (21.27 cm) high x 4.375" (11.11
50439d1.tif
cm) wide. Studs for a variety of module mounting options are
available.
XLS-AKS-1B: The Annunciator Key Switch-1B (black) pro-
vides access security for the control switches on the ACM/ 
XLS-ABF-1DB, ABF-2DB, XLS-ABS-4D:
ABF-2DB and XLS-ABS-4D The XLS-ABF-1DB,
are semi-flush-mount backboxes for AEM-24AT. The key switch kit includes a key and hardware for
ACS Series Annunciators. The XLS-ABF-1DB mounts one annun- mounting to the XLS-ABF-1B. Also included is an adhesive-
ciator module and the ABF-2DB mounts two modules or one XLS- backed annunciator label for use with the key switch/dress
NCA. The XLS-ABS-4D mounts up to four annunciators or   two plate assembly. NOTE:  The XLS-AKS-1B   can only   be 
annunciators with an NCA. Black with an attractive smoked glass employed with the XLS-ABS-1TB.
door with a keylock. The XLS-ABS-4D is hinged on the bottom for
stability. Agency Listings and Approvals
DIMENSIONS, XLS-ABF-1DB: Box only:   9.938" (25.24 cm) The listings and approvals below apply to the ACM/AEM-24AT
high x 4.625" (11.75 cm) wide x 2.5" (6.35 cm) deep. and the ACM/AEM-48A. In some cases, certain modules or
Door:   11" (27.94 cm) high x 6" (15.24 cm) wide x 0.75" (1.9 applications may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or
cm) deep. listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing sta-
DIMENSIONS, ABF-2DB: Box only:  9.938" (25.24 cm) high x tus.
9.188" (23.34 cm) wide x 3.75" (9.525 cm) deep. Door:   11" Additional listings relating to recent product or applications to 
(27.94 cm) high x 10.375" (26.35 cm) wide x 0.75" (1.9 cm) be released shor tly.
deep.
• UL  Listed: files S635 (ACM/AEM-24AT, ACM/AEM-48A) ,
DIMENSIONS, XLS-ABS-4D: Box only:   11.97" (30.40 cm) S470 (XLS-ABF-1B/-2B/-4B, XLS-ABF-1DB, ABF-2DB,
high x 19.87" (50.47cm) wide x 3.50" (8.89 cm) deep. XLS-ABS-1TB, XLS-ABS-4D) .
Door:  11.97" (30.40 cm) high x 19.87" (50.47 cm) wide
• ULC Listed: files CS118 Vol. 15 and UL S635 Vol. 50 (ACM/ 
x 1.25" (3.18 cm) deep.
AEM-24AT, ACM/AEM-48A) ; files CS118 Vol 27 and UL
ADP-4B: The Annunciator Dress Panel-4B (black) provides S635 Vol. 27 (XLS-ABF-1B/-2B/-4B, XLS-ABF-1DB/-2DB,
for the cabinet mounting of one to four modules. The ADP-4B XLS-ABS-1TB, XLS-ABS-4D) .
hinge-mounts to an XLS-CAB-4 Series cabinet. Modules • MEA approved: files 317-01-E, 317-01-E, Vol. 4.
mount directly to threaded studs on the ADP-4B.
• CSFM  approved: files 7120-0028:156 (ACM/AEM-24AT,
DP-DISP: The Dress Panel-Display provides for the cabinet ACM/AEM-48A) .
mounting of one to four modules in the top row   of an XLS-
• FM approved.
CAB-4 Series backbox. Modules mount directly to threaded
studs on the DP-DISP (see illustration below) . • FDNY: COA #6030 (XLS140-2), COA #6031 (XLS3000).

www.honeywell.com 85-3004-1 • 10/14/2009 — Page 3 of 4

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 66/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3004-1 Rev. 10-09
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 4 of 4

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 67/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

ACM-8R
Relay Module

General
The ACM-8R is a module in the Honeywell ACS class of annuncia-
tors. It provides the XLS3000 and XLS140 Fire Alarm Control    f
  m
Panels and XLS-NCA and XLS-NCA-2 Network Annunciators with   w
 .
   8
a mappable relay control module.   m
  c
  a
   8
   5
   5
Features    3

• Provides eight Form-C relays with 5-amp contacts.

• The relays can be employed to track a variety of devices and
panel points, in a grouped fashion.
• Removable terminal blocks for ease of installation and ser-
vice.
• DIP switch selectable memory mapping of relays.

NOTE: The ACM-8R can also be used with legacy panels. Please 
refer to the ACM-8R manual (document 15382).

Mounting ACM-8R Relay Module

The ACM-8R module will mount to CHS-4 chassis, a CHS-4L
low-profile chassis (assumes one of four positions on the chas-
sis), or CHS-4N; or for remote applications, to an ABS-8RB
Annunciator Surface-mount backbox with blank faceplate.

Limits
The ACM-8R is a member of the Honeywell ACS class of
annunciators. Up to 32 annunciators (not including expander
modules) may be installed on an EIA-485 circuit.

Wire Runs
Communication between the control panel and the ACM-8R is • Selectable points when tracking “special” annunciator points.
accomplished over a two-wire EIA-485 serial interface. This
communication, to include the wiring, is supervised by the fire Agency Listings and Approvals
alarm control panel. Power for the annunciators is provided via
These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified in
a separate power loop from the control panel, which is inher-
this document. In some cases, certain modules or applications
ently supervised (loss of power also results in a communication
failure at the control panel). may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may
be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status.
Relay Mapping • UL Listed: S635
The ACM-8R’s relays can follow the status of initiating and indi- • ULC Listed: S7566
cating circuits, control relays, and several system control func-
tions. • MEA Listed: 232-06-E Vol. 2; 317-01-E-4
The ACM-8R can track: • FM Approved: (XLS140)
• CSFM:  7120-0028:156; 7170-1130:235; 7170-1130:255;
• CPU status 7170-1130:256
• Soft zones
• City of Chicago
• Special hazard zones.
• City of Denver
• Addressable circuits
• Power supply NACs. • FDNY: #6039

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 68/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Relay Terminal Assignments

The ACM-8R provices eight relays with Form “C” contacts rated
for 5 A. The terminal assignments are illustrated below.

Relay 4 { } Relay 5 or
Trouble Relay 1

Relay 3 { } Relay 6 or
Trouble Relay 2

Relay 2 { } Relay 7 or
Trouble Relay 3

Relay 1 { } Relay 8 or
Trouble Relay 4

   f
  m
  w
 .
  s
   b
  a
   5
   5
   1
   5

   f
  m
  w
 .
   8
  m
  c
  a
   8
   5
   5
The ABS-8RB
   3

9.94”H x 4.63”W x 2.50”D

NOTE: Circuits can be annunciated as 252.5mm(H) x 117.6mm(W) x 63.5mm(D)
alarm, or alarmtwo
ble consumes and trouble. Alarm
annunciator and trou- 
points.

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3046 Rev. 01-10
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 69/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

SCS Series
Smoke Control Station
SCS-8, SCE-8, SCS-8L, SCE-8E      8
   -
      S
      C
General       S

The SCS-8 Smoke Control Station and optional SCE-8  Smoke

Control Expander, SCS-8L  Smoke Control Lamp Driver, and
SCE-8L  Smoke Control Lamp Driver Expander are used with
the Honeywell XLS140 and XLS3000 Fire Alarm Control Panels
(FACPs) and XLS-NCA and XLS-NCA2 Network Control Annun-
ciator displays, to provide the capability to control and display
the status of AHU fans or dampers. Each SCS can control and
monitor eight AHU fans or dampers. The SCS-8L and SCE-8L
must be installed in a UL-Listed Graphic Annunciator backbox.
The SCE is used with the SCS, expanding the capability to con-
trol and monitor a total of 16 AHU fans or dampers. Only one
SCE canwith
be used be used
eachfor each SCS
Honeywell and apanel.
control maximum
Withofthe
32maximum
pairs can
configuration of 32 pairs, the system has the capability to control
and monitor 512 separate AHU fans or dampers. The SCS can
be used with theIntelligent Network Annunciator (INA) Release
2.8 (or higher) and with the (without NCA display option) in Each SCS-8/SCE-8 also has two LEDs and one momentary 
HVAC mode only. switch  with the following functions:
The SCS/SCE, when used with the XLS3000 or XLS-NCA(2) • ALL AUTO LED (Green).
display with XLS140 or XLS3000 FACPs, complies with UL
• MANUAL LED (Amber).
smoke control requirements (Category UUKL) for dedicated and
non-dedicated systems as well as NFPA 90A, 92A, and 92B • LOCAL ACKNOWLEDGE/LAMP TEST momentary switch.
standards for smoke control. The SCS/SCE also complies with Each SCS-8L/SCE-8L module   has eight independent switch
UL 916 Energy Management category PAZX. When used with groups as well, however, since the SCS-8L/SCE-8L is a lamp
the XLS140 (without an XLS-NCA/-NCA2) only HVAC mode driver version of the SCS-8/SCE-8 each switch group consists of
may be used. contacts for connection of a three-position switch and contacts
for connection of three lamps or LEDs. Each SCS-8L module
Features also has contacts for connection of two LEDs and one momen-
tary switch. The SCS-8L/SCE-8L modules must be installed in a
The SCS-8/SCE-8 or SCS-8L/SCE-8L is capable of two modes UL approved Custom Graphic Annunciator panel.
of operation: Firefighter’s Smoke Control Station (FSCS) or Temperature and humidity ranges:  This system meets NFPA
Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (HVAC).
requirements for operation at 0°C to 49°C (32°F to 120°F); and
In the FSCS mode,  the SCS/SCE has the capability to: help at a relative humidity (noncondensing) of 85% at 30°C (86°F)
maintain a tenable environment in evacuation routes; help per NFPA, and 93% ± 2% at 32°C ± 2°C (89.6°F ± 1.1°F) per
restrict the movement of smoke from the fire area; help provide ULC. However, the useful life of the system’s standby batteries
conditions in non-smoke areas that will assist fire officials con- and the electronic components may be adversely affected by
duct search and rescue operations and to find and combat the extreme temperature ranges and humidity. Therefore, it is rec-
fire; and assist in protecting life and property. ommended that this system and all peripherals be installed in an
In the HVAC mode,  the SCS/SCE has the capability to monitor environment with a nominal room temperature of 15°C to 27°C
and control the building heating, ventilating and air conditioning. (60°F to 80°F).
The HVAC mode is not consistent with UL and NFPA standards
for smoke control. This mode should be used for fan shutdown Fan and Damper Operation
and building heating, ventilating, and air conditioning purposes with the SCS/SCE
only.
Communication to the SCS   is accomplished over a two-wire For a fan or damper to be used in a smoke control system, the
serial interface employing an EIA-485 communication stan- system must not only be able to control the device, but it must
dard. Power for the SCS is provided via a separate 24 VDC reg- be able to verify what state it is in (ON/OFF or OPEN/CLOSED).
ulated power loop. If power is lost, a trouble signal will result at The capability to control a fan or a damper is accomplished
the control panel. through the use of an intelligent control module . The control
module is used to control the ON/OFF state of a fan or the
Each SCS has two rotary decimal switches   for addressing OPEN/CLOSED state of a damper. The capability to monitor the
and eight dipswitches  for mode configuration. state of a fan or a damper is accomplished through the use of an
Each SCS-8/SCE-8 module has eight independent switch  intelligent monitor module . The monitor module is used to
groups  that consist of the following: monitor the ON/OFF state of a fan or the OPEN/CLOSED state
• Miniature locking toggle switch, three-position ON/AUTO/  of a damper. The figure below shows a general layout of the
OFF. components necessary to control and monitor a fan.
• Four annunciator protocol points (two control and two moni- The intelligent control and monitor modules are controlled by the
tor). FACP. The SCS communicates with the FACP over the EIA-485 
data line . Each SCS must be set for a specific address on the
• ON/OPEN indicator (Green).
EIA-485 circuit, different from that of other devices on the EIA-
• OFF/CLOSED indicator (Yellow). 485 data line. There are 32 valid EIA-485 addresses in the
• Trouble LED (Amber). FACP and each address provides 64 protocol points for the pur-

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 70/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 71/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

UDACT
Universal Digital Alarm 4 
 8 
 6 
7 
 u
Communicator Transmitter  d  
 a
 c 
.w
m
f   

General
The Universal Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter
(UDACT) is designed for use on the Honeywell XLS3000 and
XLS140, Fire Alarm Control Panels. In addition, it is also
designed for use on the Network Control Annunciator (XLS-
NCA or XLS-NCA2). When used in conjunction with the , XLS-
NCA, and XLS-NCA-2 the UDACT can report the status of all
control panels on XLS•NET. The UDACT transmits system
status to UL listed Central Station Receivers via the public
switched telephone network.
The UDACT is compact in size and may be mounted externally
in a separate cabinet. EIA-485 annunciator communications
bus and regulated 24-volt connections are required.
The UDACT is capable of transmitting the status of software
zones (Alarm and Trouble), System Trouble, Panel Off-Normal,
Supervisory, Bell Trouble, Low Battery, and AC Fail. The UDACT
UDACT is capable of transmitting all of the zone and point sta-
tus associated with each panel.
When the UDACT is used with the XLS-3000, XLS-NCA, and • Troubleshoot Mode converts keypad to DTMF touchpad.
XLS-NCA-2 it is capable of reporting up to 2,040 points. • Individual LEDs for: Power, EIA-485 Loss, Manual Test,
Reporting may be in the form of points or zones (refer to the Kissoff, Comm Fail, Primary Line Seize, Secondary Line
UDACT manual for specific reporting parameters). The first Seize and Modem Communications.
568 points transmitted may be programmed for a variety of
types, including fire, waterflow, supervisory, etc. Remaining • Open Collector relay driver for Total Communications Fail-
points transmitted are for fire alarm only. ure or UDACT trouble.
• Real-time clock.
NOTE: Descriptions regarding point capacity, listed above, are for 
receivers which receive in Ademco Contact ID format. See chart  • Extensive transient protection.
on page 2 for compatible receivers. • Simple EIA-485 interface to host panel.

Features Agency Listings and Approvals

• Maximum of 14 point trouble messages transmitted per In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain
hour. approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult fac-
• Dual phone lines. tory for latest listing status.
• Dual telephone line voltage detect. • UL Listed: S635
• Surface Mount Technology. • ULC Listed: CS100 Vol. VII
• Compact in size: 6.75" x 4.25" (17.145 x 10.795 cm). • MEA: 317-01-E Vol. IV; 232-06-E Vol. II
• Built-in programmer. • CSFM: 7165-1130:234; 7170-1130:235; 7170-1130:255;
• Built-in 4-character red 7-segment LED display. 7165-1130:256
• Manual Test Report function. • INDUSTRY CANADA
• Manual Transmission Clear function. • FCC
• Mounts in a separate enclosure (ABS-8RB or UBS-1). • FM Approved (XLS140; with Ademco 685 only)
• Communicates vital system status including: • City of Denver
– Independent zone fire alarm. • City of Chicago
– Independent zone non-fire alarm.
– Independent zone trouble. Installation
– Independent zone supervisory. The UDACT mounts is a CAB-4 Series backbox on the CHS-4,
– AC (mains) Power Loss (programmable). CHS-4L, CHS-MZ, or CHS-M3 chassis and occupies one
module position. The UDACT can also be mounted remotely
– Low Battery and Earth Fault. (up to 6,000 ft./1828.8 m) in an ABS-8RB or UBS-1 backbox.
– System Off-Normal.
– 12 or 24 hour test signal. Communication Formats
– Abnormal Test Signal per new UL requirements. • 3+1 Standard • 4+1 Standard • 4+2 Standard
– EIA-485 Communication Bus Failure. • 4+1 and 4+2 Ademco Express • Ademco Contact ID
• Annunciation of UDACT Troubles including: loss of phone NOTE: Ademco Contact ID must be used for independent zone 
lines, communication failure with either Central Station, total reporting.
communications failure.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 72/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Required Software ROM1-UDACT: EPROM upgrade kit.

• XLS-140 = ALL VERSIONS COMPATIBLE
• XLS-3000 = ALL VERSIONS COMPATIBLE
• XLS-NCA = ALL
ABS-8RB
• XLS-NCA-2 = ALL for remote mounting
* NOTE: Presently the UDACT is not capable of AC Fail delay (per 
[9.94”(25.2476cm)H x
NFPA standards) when used with the AA series Amplifier, or APS- 
6R Power Supply  4.63”(11.7602cm)W x
2.5”(6.35cm)D]
Type Mode Feature
Ademco Contact ID format only) Use Type Mode to identify
reports to Central Station as:
• Fire Alarm • Burglary
• Supervisory • 24 hour Non-Burglary
• Pull Station • High Temperature
• Heat Detector • Low Temperature
• Waterflow • Low Water Pressure
• Duct Detector • Low Water Level   f
  m
  s . w
• Flame Sensor • Pump Failure  a  b
  5  5
  5
  5  1

• Smoke Zone
486 7 hubs.w 
m

Electrical Specifications
Standby current: 40 mA.
Current while communicating: 75 mA.
Maximum current while communicating and with open collec- 
tor output activated : 100 mA.
Voltage: Regulated 24 volts. Range: 21.2 to 28.2 volts.

Ordering Information
UDACT: Universal Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter.
Includes operating and programming instructions, and mount-

ing hardware.
MCBL-7: DACT phone cord, 7 ft (2.13 m) long (two required).
ABS-8RB: Metal enclosure for externally mounting UDACT
up to 6,000 ft./1828.8 m from host FACP. 9.94" H x 4.63" W x
2.50" D (cm: 25.248 H x 11.760 W x 6.350 D).
UBS-1: Metal enclosure. Includes viewing window and
optional relay mounting capability.
R-10E: SPDT Form-C relay. Contacts rated for 10 A @ 115
VAC. Connects to open collector relay driver.
R-20E: DPDT Two Form-C relays. Contacts rated for 10A @
115 VAC. Connects to open collector relay driver. UDACT
FBD-1: Ferrite bead kit. Use for remote mounting only. shown in UBS-1

Page 2 of 3 — HON-60046:A • 85-3049 • 11/14/06 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 73/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

  n
  a
   )   m    )
   t    3
   (    f
   f    R
   h    B    5
   (    0
   0    F   o   2    0
  g
   i    0    0    H   &   s   0    0    )
  n    0    2    1   c   0    3    d
  o    K    4    2   e
  n
   i   5
  s   n   a   r   9
   (
  c   )    t
  -    P   r   l    6
   /   o   a   2
  m   1
   (    S    C   o
  o  e    i    0    G   -
  n   0    C    d   c   -
Format #   e   5   e   0
   l    I
   I    b    d   0   s   )   r   R
(Addresses 16 & 42)    d   8    i   0    B   s  o   a   0   e   7   u   L
   T    6
0 4+1 Ademco Express    A
X   6    S
   9    I    F
X    O   M    R      S   (    S
   M
X
1 4+2 Ademco Express X X X(8) X
2 3+1/Standard/1800/2300 X X(2) X X(4) X X(5,6) X X
3 (NOT USED)
4 3+1/Standard/1900/1400 X X(2) X(4) X X X
5 (NOT USED)
6 4+1/Standard/1800/2300 X X(2) X X(4) X X(5) X X
7 (NOT USED)
8 4+1/Standard/1900/1400 X X(2) X(4) X X X
9 (NOT USED)
A 4+2/Standard/1800/2300 X X(2) X X(4) X X(5) X X
B (NOT USED)
C 4+2/Standard/1900/1400 X X(2) X(4) X X X
D (NOT USED)

E Ademco Contact ID X X X X
F (NOT USED)
(1) With 685-8 Line Card with Rev. 4.4d software.
(2) With 9002 Line Card Rev. 9035 software, or 9032 Line Card with 9326A software.
(3) Rev. 4.0 software.
(4) FBI CP220FB Rec-11 Line Card with Rev. 2.6 software and a memory card with
Rev. 3.8 software.
(5) Model 6500 with Rev. 600 software.
(6) Model 6000 with Rev. 204 software.
(7) With Rev. B control card at Rev. 1.4 software and Rev. C line card at Rev. 1.5 soft-
ware.
(8) Model 2 only.
(9) Version 1.62 software.

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
 ©2006 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9

www.honeywell.com HON-60046:A
85-3049 Rev. 11/06
November 2006
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 3 of 3

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 74/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Notes

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 75/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

LDM
Lamp Driver Modules

General
The LDM Series lamp driver modules, when combined with a
custom graphic display, provide annunciation and control for
Honeywell’s intelligent fire alarm control panels. These mod-
ules use a serial communications interface, and may be
located up to 6,000 feet from the panel.
 0  
 5 
 5 
1  
L 
D
M

Features
 . w
m
f   

• ALARM/CIRCUIT ON and TROUBLE lamp/LED per-point

option, or more dense alarm-only option (field selectable).
• Control switch option for remote control per point.
• Lamps/LEDs may be programmed to display status of indi-
cating circuits or control relays as well as system status
conditions.
• System trouble lamp/LED signal.
• On-line/power LED indicator. LDM-32
• Alarm and trouble resound with flash of new conditions.
• Local sounder for both alarm/circuit-on and trouble condi- Operation
tions with silence/acknowledge switch connection. LDM Series modules, when used with a custom graphic
• Serial EIA-485 interface for reduced installation costs. annunciator, provide the Honeywell’s intelligent fire alarm con-
• May be powered by 24 VDC from the panel or by remote trol panels with up to 32 unique or redundant annunciators,
power supplies. each with a capacity of 64 points for a total capacity of 2048
points.
• Efficient switch-power converter reduces power consump-
tion. Local or remote power supplies and serial communications

• Microprocessor-controlled electronics, fully supervised. allow the custom

protected annunciators to be located anywhere on the
premises.
• Plug-in terminal blocks for ease of installation and service.
Control of system operational controls, such as Signal Silence,
• Trouble monitor option for remote power supplies.
System Reset, and local annunciation controls (such as Local
Acknowledge), and Lamp Test may be accomplished through
Construction special key- or push-switches.
Two basic models are available; the LDM-32 control module
and the LDM-E32 expander module. Each may be selected to Agency Listings and Approvals
provide 32 alarm indications; or 16 alarm, 16 trouble, and 16
These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified in
control points.
this document. In some cases, certain modules or applications
may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may
Applications be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status.
The LDM-32/LDM-E32 with a custom graphic array may be • UL Listed: S632
used to indicate point status and, in some versions, to control • ULC Listed: CS100
the state of output points. • 317-01-E4 (XLS-140); 232-06-E Vol. 2 (XLS3000)CSFM:
In addition, the LDM-R32 module may be used to provide 32 7165-1130:256 (XLS3000); 7170-1130:235 (XLS140);
dry-contact relays for electrical isolation when connecting the 7170-1130:255 (XLS3000); 7165-1130:234 (XLS-140)
system to other equipment.
• FM Approved (XLS-140)
• City of Chicago approved: Class 1, Class 2
Installation
• City of Denver approved
The LDM-32 and LDM-E32 modules mount on four standoffs
inside the custom annunciator graphic box. Alternately, the
modules may be installed in a CHS-4L chassis. The module
Product Line Information
size is approximately 4.4” (11.2cm) x 7.1” (18cm). LDM-32:  Lamp Driver Module with 32 alarm lamp-driver tran-
sistors (sink to power common on alarm). May be selected
Communications between the LDM Series annunciators and
(dip switch) for 16 alarm/circuit on, 16 trouble, and 16 switch
the host FIre Alarm Control Panel are made through a
inputs if desired. Also includes system-trouble lamp driver and
two-wire EIA-485 multi-drop loop, and a two-wire regulated 24
lamp-test/local-acknowledge switch input. Integral piezo
VDC power loop. Up to 32 LDM systems may be connected to
a single control panel. sounder sounds
with the Local for each new
Acknowledge alarmor
switch, orpermanently
trouble and isdisabled
silenced
All field-wiring terminations use removable, compression-type with a dip switch selection. Flash of new alarms or troubles is
terminal blocks for ease of installation, wiring, and circuit test- selectable through dip switches. 16 switch inputs may be used
ing.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 76/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

for panel SILENCE, RESET, or remote relay control. Instruc- Use for electrical isolation when interfacing the system to other
tions are included. equipment.
LDM-E32:  Lamp Driver Module with 32 alarm drivers; or 16 LDM-CBL24, LDM-CBL48:  Ribbon cable sets to provide
alarm, 16 trouble, and 16 switch inputs. One LDM-E32 is either a 24” (60.96cm) or 48” (121.96cm) connection between
allowed per LDM-32 in alarm-only mode. Three LDM-E32 LDM-32/LDM-E32 and LEDs or lamps on a custom graphic
modules are allowed per LDM-32 in alarm/trouble. Includes panel. Includes all cables necessary for one LDM-32 or
ribbon cable to connect to ACM. LDM-E32. Cables have connector on one end only (split, strip,
and connect other end to graphic annunciator).
LDM-R32:  Lamp
32 or LDM-E32 to Driver
convertModule which
transistor connects
outputs to 32toForm-A
any LDM-
dry
contacts (1.0 A @ 30 VDC). Provides 32 output terminal Architectural/Engineering Specifications
screw connections and a single common terminal screw. For specifications on LDM Graphic Annunciator Lamp Driver
Includes ribbon cables to connected to the LDM-32/LDM-E32. Modules, contact Honeywell.

 0  
 5 
 5 
1  
 c 
 b  
l   
 . w
m
f   

     f
     f    m
   m    w
 .
   w
 .     M
    M     D
    L
    D     R
    L     1
    E     5
    1     5
    5     0
    5
    0

LDM-CLS24,
LDM-E32 LDC-CBL48 LDM-R32

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3042:1
85-3042-1 Rev. 08/09
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 77/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

TM-4
Transmitter Module

General
The TM-4 Transmitter Module  provides Honeywell’s XLS3000
and XLS140  Fire Alarm Control Panels, and XLS-NCA2  and
XLS-NCA  Network Control Annunciators with three reverse- 
polarity outputs   (alarm, trouble, and supervisory) and one fire 
municipal box trip   on a single PC board. The TM-4 is designed
to meet NFPA 72 requirements for Auxiliary Protective Signaling
Systems and Remote Station Protective Signaling Systems.

Features
• On each TM-4 module in a system, use either   the three

reverse-polarity box trip.(alarm, trouble, and supervisory) or 

the fire municipaloutputs
• Maximum load for each reverse-polarity output circuit is 15 6860pho1.jpg
mA, 24 VDC nominal. All circuits are power cross-rated and
power-limited per UL 1950 requirements. TM-4 Transmitter Module 
• Mounts on CHS Series chassis and in panel module loca-
tions.
• Diagnostic LEDs: green for Power, ACS Data Reception and • Trip current: 0.35 A.
ACS Data Transmission; yellow for Trouble. • Coil voltage: 3.65 VDC.
• Isolated 24 V for reverse-polarity outputs. • Wire resistance: 3.0 ohms maximum.
• Disconnect mechanism provides a means for inhibiting alarm
status changes, which cause trouble indication for unit at the MOUNTING 
Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP). Operation of the discon- The TM-4 is designed to mount in CHS-M2, CHS-M3, CPU2-
nect mechanism will also create a trouble condition on the 640 chassis, CHS-4N, or CHS-4L chassis; or onto a BMP-1
reverse-polarity output circuits. blank plate for dress-panel mounting. Refer to the TM-4 Product 
• Option jumper combines alarm and trouble conditions onto Installation Document , number 51490, for further information
one circuit. and diagrams.

WIRING CONNECTIONS 
Specifications
PHYSICAL Refer to the TM-4 Product Installation Document , number
51490, for diagrams and wiring informationOperation
• Approximately 4.375" (11.11 cm) wide by 6.875" (17.30 cm)
high. Mounts onto any panel module location. Highlights
• Temperature and humidity ranges:   This system meets DIAGNOSTIC LEDS 
NFPA requirements for operation at 0°C to 49°C (32°F to
120°F); and at a relative humidity (noncondensing) of 85% at • POWER (green)   illuminates when 5 V is present on the TM-4
30°C (86°F) per NFPA, and 93% ± 2% at 32°C ± 2°C (89.6°F board.
± 1.1°F) per ULC. However, the useful life of the system’s • TROUBLE (yellow)   illuminates when ACS Trouble occurs; or if
standby batteries and the electronic components may be the Disable All Outputs switch (SW4) is on.
adversely affected by extreme temperature ranges and • RX ACS (green)   blinks when Annunciator Control System
humidity. Therefore, it is recommended that this system and all (ACS) data is received.
peripherals be installed in an environment with a nominal room • TX ACS (green)  blinks when ACS data is transmitted.
temperature of 15°C to 27°C (60°F to 80°F).
SWITCHES 
ELECTRICAL
• SW1, EOL Resistor switch – must be set to ON when the
• Input voltage range: 18.0 to 31.0 VDC, 24 V nominal. TM-4 is the last device on the ACS circuit.
• Power requirements: 165 mA. • SW2 & SW3, ACS Address switches – tens and ones posi-
• Maximum current per output:  15 mA; three isolated tions.
reverse-polarity outputs. • SW4, Disable All Outputs  switch – disables all outputs
• Supply voltage: Sufficient capacitance provided to maintain except Remote Station Trouble when turned ON (a Trouble
a minimum supply voltage for 20 ms during battery transfer message will display at FACP when on), for ease of mainte-
on a panel supply. nance.
• Current consumption: 175 mA maximum @ 24 VDC. • SW5, four DIP switches with the following functions: SW5.1,
– One isolated   24 VDC supply, capable of driving a 45 mA SW5.2   – not used. SW5.3   – when set to ON, if the Signal

load [threeBox
Municipal reverse-polarity circuits
Trip Circuit (350 mA and(15 support
mA each) OR   one
circuitry)]. Silence
initiated,button at the panel
the Remote is pushed
Station after an Box
or Municipal alarmoutput
has been
will
deactivate. A subsequent alarm will reactivate the output.
FIRE MUNICIPAL BOX TRIP  SW5.4   –   when set to ON, Alarm and Trouble signals are
• Supervisory current: 250 µA. combined onto one output (Remote Station Alarm).

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 78/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

• SW6, Isolator switch – isolates or non-isolates the Municipal Agency Listings and Approvals
Box output.
These listings and approvals apply to the TM-4. In some cases,
ANNUNCIATOR CONTROL SYSTEM  certain modules or applications may not be listed by certain
EIA-485 INTERFACE  approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory
for latest listing status.
The TM-4 communicates with the control panel over a power-
limited, one-channel, multi-drop EIA-485 serial interface using a • UL Listed: file S470.
special poll-response protocol. • ULC Listed: file CS118 (TM-4) .
• MEA  approved: files 317-01-E2 (XLS140) , 232-06-E2
OPTION TO COMBINE ALARM AND TROUBLE  (XLS3000) .
A jumper allows the user to combine Alarm and Trouble condi- • CSFM  approved: files 7165-1130:234 (XLS140) , 7170-
tions on reverse-polarity output #1. 1130:235 (XLS140) , 7165-1130:256 (XLS3000) , 7170-
1130:255 (XLS3000) .
DISCONNECT CAPABILITY 
• FM approved (XLS140 only) .
A selection switch allows the user to disconnect the TM-4 out-
• City of Chicago approved.
puts inhibiting the transmission of signals to the remote monitor-
ing station except for trouble conditions. • City of Denver approved.

Product Line Information

TM-4: Transmitter Module for XLS3000, XLS140, XLS-NCA(2).

6860tm4b.wmf

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com HON-6860:A
85-3005-1 Rev. 3-10
March 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 79/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

UZC-256
 0 
7 
 0 
4 
 u
z 
 c 
.w
m
Universal Zone Code f   

Software Release 2.0

General
The UZC-256 Universal Zone Coder enables the Honeywell
intelligent fire alam control panels (FACPs), network control
annunciators (NCAs) and compatible legacy systems to pro-
vide positive non-interfering successive zone coded outputs.
Up to 256 separate codes may be programmed to operate on
the three coded outputs. Each output is used to code or pulse
up to 3 Amps of Notification Appliance power.
Features
• Coded output from the UZC-256 can be fed to multiple out-
put circuits.
• Up to 256 individually programmed codes.
• Three 3-Amp outputs.
• Programmable rounds of code (1 to 99 rounds).
• Up to four digits per round.
• Up to 15 pulses per digit of code.
UZC-256 Universal Zone Coder 
• Optional general alarm.
• Programmable code and round(s) delay.
• Programmable pulse and digit pause times. Electrical Specifications
• Connects and communicates over panel EIA-485 interface. Standby current: 35 mA.
• Programmable for California code. Alarm current: 55 mA.
• Weight 1.75 lbs.
Installation
Release 2.0 Features Locate the system, including components and peripheral
• Secondary UZC use: counting alarm operation activates equipment in the following nominal environment:
UZC relays after specified number of alarms.
Temperature: 60° to 80°F (15.6° to 26.7°C).
• Programmable address EIA-485 range (1-32).
Relative humidity: 40% to 60% (non-condensing).
• No code/counting selection for non-fire points.
Agency Listings and Approvals
Applications In some cases, certain modules or applications may not be
The UZC-256 provides three outputs that supply unique coded listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in pro-
information to certain output circuits, depending on the alarm cess. Consult factory for latest listing status.
initiation condition. This can be useful when employing coded • UL Listed: S624
outputs in floor-above, floor-below applications, or to provide
• ULC Listed: CS118/CS733/CBP696
various numbers of rounds for bell circuits and strobe or lamp
circuits. • MEA: 317-01-E4 (XLS140); 232-06-E Vol. II (XLS3000)
• CSFM: 7165-1130:234 (XLS140); 7165-1130:256
NOTE: Due to the nature of coded outputs, the UZC-256 is not  (XLS3000); 7165-1130:265 (XLS140-2)
compatible with notification devices which do not produce a steady 
or non-periodic sound. Periodic appliances that produce their own  • FDNY: COA #6030, 6031
code (such as some codes available with electronic sounders) will  • FM Approved (XLS140)
not be compatible with the UZC-256. Refer to the UZC-256 Instal- 
lation Manual for a list of compatible panels.

Construction & Operation

The UZC-256 provides three coded output relays, each rated
for three amps at 30 VDC. These relays are controlled by a
predefined program, and can be set to respond to general
alarm conditions with the fire alarm system.
The UZC-256 and the CPU use the EIA-485 circuit for commu-
nication. When installed, the zone coder has a programmable
address on the EIA-485 interface.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 80/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

UZC-256 Programming
Programming the UZC-256 is accomplished through the serial port of an Microsoft Windows®-compatible PC. The Software
Interface (UZC-SI) enables the user to select from a variety of code options (see software coding). The UZC requires power from
the control panel to download the programmed code. Alternately, it may be powered “remotely” with a 9 VDC power transformer
which is included with the UZC Hardware Interface (UZC-HI).

 3 
 0 
4 
4 
  p
 c 
.w  0 
7 
m  0 
f    4 
 u
z 
 c 
.w
m
f   

Microsoft Windows® Compatible PC UZC-256

UZC Software Coding Product Line Information

Each code (up to 256) may be up to four digits long and each UZC-256: Universal Zone Coder, power cable and mounting
digit can be from 0 to 15 pulses. User-selectable times and hardware.
delays may also be programmed.
UZC-SI: UZC-256 Software Interface Version 2.0 (must be
Delay Time: The period from when the alarm is received at used with UZC-256 EPROM 73712 or greater). Provides the
the control panel and the code begins. Value can be 0 to 99 capability to program the UZC. Includes programming instruc-
seconds. tions and programming software. Available for download only.
Number of Rounds: The number of times the code will UZC-HI: UZC-256 Hardware Interface. Includes null modem
sound. Value can be 1 to 99. cable, 9-pin to 25-pin adapter, and a 9 VDC power transformer.
Pulse Time: The period each pulse will sound. Value can be BB-UZC: Backbox for housing the UZC for applications where
0 to 1 second in 1/100th of a second increments. the UZC will not fit in the panel enclosure. Black casing.
Digit Pause: The pause between digits of the code. Value BB-UZC-R: same as BB-UZC, but with a red casing.
can be 0 to 10 seconds in 1/10th of a second increments.
Pulse Pause: The pause between pulses of the digit. Value
can be 0 to 1 second in 1/100th of a second increments.
Round Pause: The pause between the round(s) of the code.
Value can be 0 to 10 seconds in 1/10th of a second incre-
ments.
General Alarm: Provides the UZC with the capability to turn
on selected Indicating Circuits (general alarm) after complet-
ing its code. See the appropriate installation manual for infor-
mation on the “General Alarm” feature.

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
Microsoft Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
 ©2006 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com
85-3045-1 Rev. 11/09
October 2009
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 81/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

ACPS-610
Addressable Charger/Power Supply

General
The ACPS-610(E) is an auxiliary power supply with a battery
charging option and a host of special features. Selectable
charging options allow the ACPS-610(E) to provide 6 amps of
shared power to four outputs while charging batteries from 12 to
200 AH, or 10 amps of shared power when the unit is configured
for use with an external battery charger. Four individually
addressable outputs can be independently configured for auxil-
iary power or Notification Appliance Circuits (NAC). NAC out-
puts support notification appliance synchronization for devices
manufactured by System Sensor®, Wheelock, and Gentex. An     g
    p
     j
 .
option to disable battery charging allows the system designer to     v
    o
    c
     4
     4
use the purposes,
general four built-in circuits NAC
excluding to distribute 10 amps of power for
applications.
     2
     0
     6

The ACPS-610(E) is compatible with Honeywell intelligent fire

alarm control panels using CLIP and FlashScan® protocol.

Features
Specifications
• Listed to UL Standard 864, 9th Edition.
• Primary (AC) power:
• Provides 6.0 A of NAC power or 10 A of general purpose
power. – ACPS-610: 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz input, 5.0 A maximum
• Four Class B (Style Y) or four Class A (Style Z) outputs, indi- – ACPS-610E: 220/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz input, 2.5 A maximum
vidually addressable by the FACP. • Output voltage: 24 VDC electrically regulated and power lim-
• When built-in outputs are configured for NAC operation, each ited (under primary AC mains). Under secondary power, 20.4
circuit supports strobe synchronization with the following to 26.4 VDC.
manufacturers' audio/visual devices: System Sensor (Spec- • Output circuits - TB3, TB4, TB5, TB6 on Main Board: 1.5 A
trAlert® and SpectrAlert Advance Series) or Wheelock or maximum for any
Power output with NAC output
battery circuit.
charger 2.5 A maximum for any
disabled.
Gentex.
• Each circuit can be software-selected for use as: a Notifica- • Secondary power (battery) charging circuit - lead-acid battery
tion Appliance Circuit, general purpose 24 VDC power, four- charger which will charge 12 to 200 AH batteries. Maximum
wire detector power, or door holder. charger current - 5.0 A.
• Steady, March Time (120 PPM), Two Stage, Temporal, or • Secondary power auxiliary outputs - TB2 on CPS-24 Board:
UZC Zone-Coded and Non-Coded devices - software-select- – 24V @ 0.5A, power limited
able by circuit. – 5V @ 0.15A, power limited
• Universal Zone Coder (UZC-256) option supports for pro- • Wiring: utilizes wire sizes 12 to 18 AWG (3.1 to 0.78 mm²).
grammable coded outputs. Up to 256 different codes.
• SLC specifications: Average SLC current is 1.287 mA. SLC
• Auxiliary Outputs: 24V @ 0.5A and 5V @ 0.15A data is transmitted between 24.0 VDC, 5 VDC, and 0 VDC at
• Charges 12 to 200 AH batteries with full supervision. The approximately 3.33 Kbaud.
charger on the ACPS may be disabled via software. When • Battery fuse (F2): 15A, Fast-acting
disabled, a separate, external charger is required , for exam-
ple a CHG-120. • Weight: 4.5 lb
• May be used to provide battery backup for multiple ACPS
supplies. ACPS Programming
• AC loss detection, brownout detection, and AC loss delay The ACPS-610(E) is programmable via the simple-to-use
reporting. PK-PPS programming utility, which requires a Windows® PC
• Power-limited outputs. with a USB port and cable. A copy of the PK-PPS programming
• Isolated Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) interface. utility is included with each ACPS-610(E). Programming may be
performed during an on-line session with the ACPS-610(E), or
• Selectable ground fault detection. previously saved programs may be downloaded to individual
• Canadian two stage operation. ACPS-610(E) units. The ACPS-610(E) requires the use of a
minimum of 5 SLC address points, and will use up to 14 SLC
address points to fulfill requirements for Canadian supervision
and two stage operation.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 82/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Listings and Approvals

These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified in
this document. In some cases, certain modules or applications
may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be
in process. Consult factory for latest listing status.
• UL Listed: S635
• ULC Listed: S635
• FM Approved
• CSFM: 7315-0028:248
• MEA #30-08-E
    g
    p
     j
 .
     1
    n
    r
    c
    s
Product Line Information
     4
     4
     2
     0 ACPS-610: Addressable charger power supply, with selectable
     6
built-in synchronization, and four built-in control modules.
Example of Programming Includes installation instructions and PK-PPS programming util-
for the ACPS-610 Using 6 Addresses ity CD. Requires Windows PC with USB port and USB cable.
Several mounting options available (see below).
ACPS-610E: Same as ACPS-610, but configured for 220/240
VAC operation.
CAB-PS1: The CAB-PS1 can house one ACPS-610(E) and

two
14.5"12 AH batteries.
(36.83 cm) wide xDimensions: 15.218"
3.562" (9.048 (38.654
cm) deep cm) high x
with door.
DR-PS1: When installing an ACPS-610(E) into an older version
of the CAB-PS1 used for an ACPS-2406(E), the new wider door
must be ordered for use with the older version cabinet.
BB-25: The BB-25 can house one ACPS-610(E) and two 12
volt, 26 AH batteries.
CAB-4 Series: The ACPS-610(E) can mount in any of the
CAB-4 Series cabinets. This can be in the bottom of the cabinet
    g or a tier via a CHS-PS and CHS-BH. See CAB-4 Series data
    p
     j
 .
     2
    n
sheet (85-3002).
    r
    c
    s
     4
     4
EQ Cabinet Series: The ACPS-610(E) can mount in any of the
     2
     0
     6 EQ Cabinet Series cabinets. See EQ Cabinet Series data sheet
(85-3110).
Example for ACPS-610 CHS-PS/CHS-6: Power supply mounting plate. Optional kit
Using Canadian Reporting with Two Stage. used to mount the ACPS-610(E) in a location other than the bot-
tom of the CAB-4 cabinet or in an EQ Series cabinet (e.g., 2nd,
3rd, or 4th tier).
CHS-BH: Battery mounting chassis used to mount batteries in
a location other than the bottom of the CAB-4 cabinet (e.g., 2nd,
3rd, or 4th tier).
Batteries: ACPS-610(E) battery charging circuit range is 12 -
200 AH. See BAT Series data sheet (85-3072).

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
FlashScan®, System Sensor®, and SpectrAlert® are registered trademarks of Honeywell International Inc.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3109-1 Rev. 04-09
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 83/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

APS2-6R
6.0 Amp Auxiliary Power Supply

General
The APS2-6R is a state-of-the-art, 150 watt, switching auxil-
iary power supply providing 24 VDC of filtered DC power. The      g
     p
       j
 .
APS2-6R provides three 24 VDC output circuits, rated for 6.0      r
     y
   -
       2
Amps in alarm and 4.0 Amps continuous. It is used for the      s
     p
     a

operation of peripheral devices for the Honeywell control pan-

els.
NOTE: J3 and J4 can be interchanged.
NOTE: The APS2-6R can also be used with Legacy panels.
Please refer to the APS2-6R manual for more information. Loss of AC indication:  Immediate indication (default); 1-2
hour delay (cut JP2); 2-3 hour delay (cut JP2 and JP3).
Features
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 
• UL 864 Ninth Edition compliant
• Lightweight, compact design The APS2-6R measures approximately 8.625" (21.91 cm) x
6.625" (16.83 cm) x 2.375” (6.03 cm) and weighs approxi-
• 120 or 220/240 VAC (@ 50/60 Hz) versions mately 2 lbs (0.91kg).
• Output circuits with overload protection
• Built-in “brown-out” circuitry Cabinet for Mounting
• Diagnostic trouble LED XLS-CAB-4 Series: Use CHS-4 and CHS-4L chassis, for
• Plug-in connector for in-cabinet applications and screw ter- XLS3000, XLS140-2, and XLS140 control panels.
minals for remote device applications
Product Line Information
• Trouble supervision bus
• Shares battery and charger circuit with control panel APS2-6R: 24-volt, filtered power supply (120 VAC input).
• Power-limited design, per UL requirements APS2-6RE: 24-volt, filtered power supply (220-240 VAC input)
• AC Fail supervision and reporting with field-selectable delay EOLR-1: 12/24 VDC end-of-line relay.
per UL 864
CHS-4: Four-module chassis.
• Heavy-duty clamp-type terminals accept up to 12 AWG
(3.1 mm²) wire CHS-4L: Four-module chassis (low-profile).
• Battery voltage supervision R-47K: End of Line Resistor Assembly
• Low battery disconnect
Installation Standards and Codes
• Mounts in a standard XLS-CAB-4 Series cabinet.
This power supply complies with the standards set forth by the
Construction and Operation following regulatory agencies:
When used with the XLS-CAB-4 Series (CAB-A4, -B4, -C4, or NFPA Standards
-D4), the APS2-6R mounts to a CHS-4 or CHS-4L mounting • NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code
chassis. If more than one APS2-6R is necessary to satisfy
Underwriters Laboratories:
Audible/Visual (DC) power requirements, connect additional
APS2-6R power supplies together as described in the Installa-  • UL 864 Standard for Control Units and Accessories for Fire
tion Instruction Manual #53232 . Alarm Systems
In addition, the installer should be familiar with the following
Specifications standards:
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  • NEC Article 300 Wiring Methods
AC primary input power (TB1): APS2-6R: 120 VAC, 50/60 • Applicable Local and State Building Codes
Hz, 2.9 A., APS2-6RE : 220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1.5 A. • Requirements of the Local Authority Having Jurisdiction
DC secondary input power (TB3): TB3-1 (+), TB3-2 (–). Agency Listings and Approvals
24 VDC output power (TB2): Total 6.0 A (4.0 A continuous). The listings and approvals below apply to the basic APS2-6R.
Circuit 1 (TB2-1, TB2-2): 3.0 A @ 24 VDC power-limited. Cir- In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain
cuit 2 (TB2-3, TB2-4): 3.0 A @ 24 VDC power-limited. approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult fac-
24 VDC output power (J9):  6.0 A (4.0 A continuous), Non- tory for latest listing status.
Power Limted. • UL-Listed: S635
Relay Contacts (TB4): AC Fail supervision over the SLC. • FM approved
Fuse: (F2 battery supervision): 32 VAC, 10.0 A, Fast-Acting • CSFM: 7315-0028:248
Automotive Minifuse. • FDNY: COA#6028
Trouble supervision bus: J3 output: Form-A contact (open
collector). J4 input: Form-A contact (open collector).

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 84/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.

 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 74-5072-2 Rev. 10-09
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 85/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

AMPS-24/E
Power Supply
 for the XLS3000 and XLS-NCA2
General
The AMPS-24/E is an addressable power supply and battery
charger which serves as the primary supply for the XLS3000
Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) or the XLS-NCA2 Network
Control Annunciator.

Features
• Connects directly to the XLS3000 CPU via the RS-485 con-
nection.
• Selectable charging current charges 7 AH to 200 AH batter-
ies.
• Isolated Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) interface.
• Trouble bus input for use with normally-open dry contacts or
open-collector circuit.
• USB Type B connector for programming installation param-
eters.
• Brownout detection.
• Battery/battery charger supervision. AH batteries.
• Secondary Power Auxiliary Outputs: 24V @ 0.5A and 5V @ Selectable charging current: 1.0 A, 2.0 A or 5.0 A.
0.15A. • Secondary power auxiliary outputs.
• AC loss detection and AC loss delay reporting. • Wire sizes: 10 AWG (5.26 mm²) to 22 AWG (0.326 mm²).
• Mounts in a CAB-4 Series enclosure, EQ Cabinet Series • Battery fuse (F2): 15 A, fast-acting.
enclosure, BB-25, BB-100, or BB-200 Battery Backbox. • Shipping Weight: 4.25 lb

Specifications Agency Listings and Approvals

• Primary (AC) power: These listings and approvals apply to the AMPS-24/E power
AMPS24: 110-120 VAC 50/60 Hz input, 5 A maximum; supply. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by
AMPS24E: 220-240 VAC 50/60 Hz input, 2.5 A maximum. certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Con-
• MAIN 24V Output - filtered power-limited power. Refer to sult factory for latest listing status.
table for configuration/current information.
• UL: S470
Charger Setting/ 
Main 24V (TB 1 on *Total AUX 24V (TB3 on Main • ULC: CS118
Main Control Unit) Control Unit with TB2 on CPS-
Battery Size
Max. Current 24) Max. Current • City of Chicago
1A/7-26AH Bat-
5A 3A • City of Denver
teries
• MEA: 345-02-E
2A/12-60AH Bat-
5A 3A
teries • CSFM: 7165-1130:256
5A/55-200AH • FM: Approved
Configuration 1 5A 0A
Configuration 2 3A 1A • FDNY: #6037
Disabled 5A 5A

* Maximum current for all AUX 24 volt outputs. Note that TB2 on CPS-24 is Product Line Information
limited to 0.5A.
AMPS-24: Addressable power supply/battery charger
• AUX 24V - provides filtered power-limited power for addi-
AMPS-24E: Same as AMPS-24: 220-240VAC operation
tional components. Refer to table above for configuration/ 
current information.
• Secondary power (battery) charging circuit: Current-limited,
sealed lead-acid battery charger which will charge 7 to 200

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 86/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
FlashScan® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3057-2 Rev. 10-09
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 87/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

BAT Series Batteries

Sealed Lead-Acid or Gell Cell

General
BAT Series Batteries feature a new part-numbering/listing sys-
tem — providing an improved method of delivery for Honeywell-
approved sealed lead-acid batteries for all your fire alarm sys-
tem needs. Multiple brands of batteries are now offered under
generic part numbers, reducing backorder situations and permit-
ting us to deliver these products in a more timely fashion. Hon-
6933cov.jpg
eywell has approved the multiple brands listed below as
possible product shipped for a given part number. Please note
that any incoming orders for “PS Series” batteries will be con-
verted to the equivalent BAT Series part numbers.

Features Agency Listings and Approvals

• Provide secondary power for control panels. The listings and approvals below apply to BAT Series Batteries.
In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain
• Sealed and maintenance-free.
approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory
• Overcharge protected. for latest listing status.
• Easy handling with leakproof construction.
• UL Recognized Components: files MH19884 (B & B Bat- 
• Ruggedly constructed, high-impact case (ABS, polystyrene, tery), MH20727  (UPG, previously Jolt), MH20845 (Power- 
or polypropylene, depending on models). Sonic) .
• Long service life.
• Compact design.
.

Part Number Reference

CURRENT ALTERNATES APPROVED:
BATTERY
Part DESCRIPTION manufacturers and P/Ns
Number shipped under BAT P/Ns
BP5-12 (B&B Battery); PS-1250 (Power-Sonic);
BAT-1250 12 V, 5 AH, sealed.
SA1250 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB1250 (UPG).
BP5-12 (B&B Battery); PS-1250 (Power-Sonic);
BAT-1250 12 V, 5 AH, sealed.
SA1250 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB1250 (UPG).
BP7-12 (B&B Battery); PS-1270 (Power-Sonic);
BAT-1270 12 V, 7 AH, sealed.
SA1272 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB1270 (UPG).
BP12-12 (B&B Battery); PS-12120 (Power-Sonic);
BAT-12120 12 V, 12 AH, sealed.
SA12120 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12120 (UPG).
PS-12180 (Power-Sonic); SA12180 (Jolt) to be replaced
BAT-12180 12 V, 18 AH, sealed.
with UB12180 (UPG).
PS-12180 (Power-Sonic); SA12180 (Jolt) to be replaced
BAT-12180 12 V, 18 AH, sealed.
with UB12180 (UPG).

BAT-12260 12 V, 26 AH, sealed. BP26-12 (B&B Battery); PS-12260 (Power-Sonic);

SA12260 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12260 (UPG).
PS-12550 (Power-Sonic); XSA12550 (Jolt) to be
BAT-12550 12 V, 55 AH, sealed.
replaced with UB12550 (UPG).
PS-12550 (Power-Sonic); XSA12550 (Jolt) to be
BAT-12550 12 V, 55 AH, sealed.
replaced with UB12550 (UPG).
PS-121000 (Power-Sonic); XSA121000A (Jolt) to be
BAT-121000 12 V, 100 AH, gell cell.
replaced with UB121000 (UPG).

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 88/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

POWER-SONIC 1109t1.tbl

Part Number Reference

DIMENSIONS
Nominal Discharge
Nominal Capacity Current Height over
MODEL Width Depth Height Weight
Voltage V @ 20 hr. @20 hr. terminal
rate A.H. rate mA
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb. kg.

 PS-1250 12 5 250 3.54 90 2.76 70 4.02 102 4.21 107 4.1 1.9

PS-1270 12 7 325 5.94 151 2.56 65 3.7 94 3.86 98 5.7 2.6

 PS-12120 12 12 600 5.94 151 3.86 98 3.7 94 3.86 98 8.8 4
 PS-12180 12 18 875 7.13 181 2.99 76 6.57 167 6.57 167 12.8 5.8
 PS-12250 12 25 1300 6.89 175 6.54 166 4.92 125 4.92 125 18.7 8.5
 PS-12550 12 55 3000 10.25 260 6.6 168 8.2 208 9.45 240 39.7 18
 PS-121000 12 100 5000 12 305 6.6 168 8.2 208 9.45 240 65.7 29.8

Characteristic Discharge Curves  Effect of Temperature on Capacity 

     f
     i
     t
 .
     1
     f      f
    r     m
    g     w
     9  .
     0      2
     f
     1     r
     1     g
     9
     0
     1
     1

at left: 
PS-121000 
Shelf-Life 
and Storage 

     f
    m
    w
 .
     3
     f
    r
    g
     9
     0
     1
     1

at left: 
PS-1210000 
Discharge 
Characteristics 

     f
    m
    w
 .
     4
     f
    r
    g
     9
     0
     1
     1

Page 2 of 9 — HON-60074:A • 85-3072-1 • 2/12/2010 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 89/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

B & B BATTERY
Terminal Dimensions
Nominal Capacity (AH) Weight
Model V Standard Optional L W H TH

20 hr 10 hr 5 hr 1 hr kg lbs Type Pos. Type Pos. mm in mm in mm in mm in

BP5-12 12 5.00 4.75 4.25 3.00 1.86 4.10 T1 3 T2 90 3.54 70 2.76 102 4.02 106 4.17
BP7-12 12 7.00 6.65 5.95 4.20 2.60 5.73 T2 5 T1 151 5.94 65 2.56 93 3.66 98 3.86
BP12-12 12 12.00 11.40 10.20 7.20 4.03 8.89 B1 5 T1 151 5.94 98 3.86 94 3.70 98 3.86
BP26-12 12 26.00 24.70 22.10 15.60 9.40 20.73 B1 7 T2.I1 9 175 6.89 166 6.54 125 4.92 125 4.92

Charging Procedure
Temperature Charging time 0.1 CA,
Maximum
Charging compensation 20°C (h)
charging
Application Charging method voltage at coefficient of Temp (°C)
current 100% 50%
20°C (V/cell) charging voltage
(CA) discharge discharge
(mV/°C/cell)
For standby Constant voltage and 2.25 ~ 2.30 –3 0.3 24 20
power source constant current 0 – 40°C
For cycle charging (with current (32 ~104°F)
restriction) 2.40 ~ 2.50 –4 0.3 16 10
service
Temperature compensation of charging voltage is not needed when using the batteries within 5°C to 35°C range.

Discharge Time: for Model BP5-12

Final
5 min 10 min 15 min 30 min 1 hr 3 hr 5 hr 10 hr 20 hr
Voltage
Battery Output Power (W): for Model BP5-12
Constant Power Discharge
10.80 V 180.8 133.1 106.6 63.5 36.39 14.57 10.05 5.62 2.94 Characteristics at 25°C/77°F 
10.50 V 209.2 144.2 111.5 65.9 37.48 14.87 10.20 5.70 3.00
10.20 V 222.3 149.4 115.0 67.4 38.16 15.00 10.26 5.73 3.01
for BP5-12 
9.90 V 232.3 152.9 117.6 68.3 38.61 15.10 10.29 5.75 3.02
9.60 V 240.0 156.0 120.0 69.0 39.0 15.20 10.32 5.75 3.02

Discharge Time: for Model BP7-12

Final
5 min 10 min 15 min 30 min 1 hr 3 hr 5 hr 10 hr 20 hr
Voltage
Battery Output Power (W): for Model BP7-12
Constant Power Discharge
10.80 V 253.1 186.3 149.3 88.8 50.95 20.40 14.07 7.86 4.11 Characteristics at 25°C/77°F 
10.50 V 292.9 201.8 156.2 92.2 52.47 20.81 14.28 7.98 4.20
10.20 V 311.2 209.1 161.0 94.3 53.42 21.00 14.36 8.02 4.22
for BP7-12 
9.90 V 325.2 214.1 164.7 95.6 54.06 21.15 14.41 8.04 4.23
9.60 V 336.0 218.4 168.0 96.6 54.60 21.27 14.45 8.04 4.23

Discharge Time: for Model BP12-12

Final
5 min 10 min 15 min 30 min 1 hr 3 hr 5 hr 10 hr 20 hr
Voltage
Battery Output Power (W): for Model BP12-12
Constant Power Discharge
10.80 V 433.9 319.4 256.0 152.3 87.34 34.98 24.12 13.48 7.05
Characteristics at 25°C/77°F 
10.50 V 502.2 346.0 267.7 158.1 89.96 35.68 24.48 13.68 7.20
10.20 V 533.6 358.5 276.0 161.7 91.57 36.00 24.61 13.75 7.23
9.90 V 557.5 367.1 282.4 164.0 92.67 36.25 24.70 13.79 7.25
for BP12-12 
9.60 V 576.0 374.4 288.0 165.6 93.60 36.47 24.77 13.79 7.25

Discharge Time: for Model BP26-12

Final
5 min 10 min 15 min 30 min 1 hr 3 hr 5 hr 10 hr 20 hr
Voltage
Battery Output Power (W): for Model BP26-12 Constant Power Discharge
10.80 V 940.0 692.0 554.6 330.0 189.23 75.79 52.25 29.20 15.26 Characteristics at 25°C/77°F 
10.50 V 1088.0 749.7 580.0 342.5 194.91 77.30 53.04 29.64 15.60
10.20 V 1156.0 776.7 598.0 350.3 198.41 78.00 53.33 29.79 15.67
for BP26-12 
9.90 V 1208.0 795.3 611.8 355.2 200.79 78.54 53.52 29.88 15.71
9.60 V 1248.0 811.2 624.0 358.8 202.80 79.01 53.68 29.88 15.71

www.honeywell.com HON-60074:A • 85-3072-1 • 2/12/2010 — Page 3 of 9

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 90/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

B & B BATTERY
BP5-12 Battery Discharge
Characteristics (25°C/77°F) 

BP7-12 Battery Discharge

Characteristics (25°C/77°F) 

BP05dis.tif

BP12-12 Battery Discharge

Characteristics (25°C/77°F) 

BP07dis.tif

BP26-12 Battery Discharge

Characteristics (25°C/77°F) 

BP12dis.tif

BP26dis.tif

BP05-12  BP26-12 
BP12-12 

    g
    p
     j
 .
     6
     2
    g     p
    g     p      b
    p
     j      j
 .      3
 .      2      3
     5      1      9
     0     p      6
    p      b
     b      3
     3      3
     3      9
     9      6
     6

Page 4 of 9 — HON-60074:A • 85-3072-1 • 2/12/2010 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 91/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

UB1250 has the same specifications as previous Jolt SA1250; 

SA1272 to be replaced with UB1270 (specs/diagrams pending).

UB1250 (previously SA1250) Diagrams SA1272 Diagrams

UB1250/SA1250 discharge current vs. time  SA1272 discharge current vs. time 

6933up01.tif 6933up03.tif

UB1250/SA1250 discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F)  SA1272 discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F) 

6933up02.tif 6933up04.tif

UB1250, SA1250 Specifications SA1272 Specifications

• Nominal voltage: 12 V. • Nominal voltage: 12 V.
• Nominal capacity (20 hr): 5.0 AH. • Nominal capacity (20 hr): 7.2 AH.
• Dimensions: total height 107 mm (4.21"); container height • Dimensions: total height 100 mm (3.94"); container height 94
101 mm (3.98"); length 90 mm (3.54"); width 70 mm (2.76"). mm (3.70"); length 151 mm (5.95"); width 65 mm (2.56").
• Weight: approximately 1.83 kg (4.03 lbs). • Weight: approximately 2.66 kg (5.85 lbs).
• Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS. • Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS.
• Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): ~ 32 m. • Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): ~ 22 m.
• Discharge capacity under different temperatures: • Discharge capacity under different temperatures:
40°C: ~ 102% 40°C: ~ 102%
25°C: ~ 100% 25°C: ~ 100%
0°C: ~ 85% 0°C: ~ 85%
• Capacity 25°C/77°F: • Capacity 25°C/77°F:
20 hr @ 0.25 A: 5.0 AH. 20 hr @ 0.36 A: 7.2 AH.
5 hr @ 0.8 A: 4.0 AH. 5 hr @ 1.15 A: 5.76 AH.
1 hr @ 3.0 A: 3.0 AH. 1 hr @ 4.32 A: 4.32 AH.
1 C @ 5.0 A: 2.5 AH. 1 C @ 7.2 A: 3.6 AH.
• Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F): • Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F):
Standby use: 13.65 V ± 0.15 V. Standby use: 13.65 V ± 0.15 V.
Cycle use: 14.7 V ± 0.3 V. Cycle use: 14.7 V ± 0.3 V.
• Maximum discharge current: 60 A (5 sec). • Maximum discharge current: 90 A (5 sec).
• Maximum charging current: 1.5 A. • Maximum charging current: 2.16 A.
• Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F): • Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F):
After 3 months: ~ 90%. After 3 months: ~ 90%.
After 6 months: ~ 82%. After 6 months: ~ 82%.
After 12 months: ~ 70%. After 12 months: ~ 70%.

www.honeywell.com HON-60074:A • 85-3072-1 • 2/12/2010 — Page 5 of 9

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 92/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

UPG BATTERY
Same specifications as previous Jolt models; 
packaging and part numbers are the only changes.

UB12120 (was SA12120) Diagrams UB12180 (was SA12180) Diagrams

UB12120/SA12120 discharge current vs. time  UB12180/SA12180 discharge current vs. time 

6933up05.tif 6933up07.tif

UB12120/SA12120 discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F)  UB12180/SA12180 discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F) 

6933up06.tif 6933up08.tif

UB12120, SA12120 Specifications UB12180, SA12180 Specifications

• Nominal voltage: 12 V. • Nominal voltage: 12 V.
• Nominal capacity (20 hr): 12.0 AH. • Nominal capacity (20 hr): 18.0 AH.
• Dimensions: total height 100 mm (3.94"); container height 94 • Dimensions: total height 167 mm (6.58"); container height
mm (3.70"); length 151 mm (5.95"); width 98 mm (3.86"). 167 mm (6.58"); length 181 mm (7.13"); width 76 mm (2.29").
• Weight: approximately 4.10 kg (9.04 lbs). • Weight: approximately 6.06 kg (13.36 lbs).
• Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS. • Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS.
• Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): ~ 14 m. • Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): ~ 13 m.
• Discharge capacity under different temperatures: • Discharge capacity under different temperatures:
40°C: ~ 102% 40°C: ~ 102%
25°C: ~ 100% 25°C: ~ 100%
0°C: ~ 85% 0°C: ~ 85%
• Capacity 25°C/77°F: • Capacity 25°C/77°F:
20 hr @ 0.6 A: 12.0 AH. 20 hr @ 0.9 A: 18.0 AH.
5 hr @ 1.92 A: 9.6 AH. 5 hr @ 2.88 A: 14.4 AH.
1 hr @ 7.2 A: 7.2 AH. 1 hr @ 10.8 A: 10.8 AH.
1 C @ 12.0 A: 6.0 AH. 1 C @ 18.0 A: 9.0 AH.
• Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F): • Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F):
Standby use: 13.65 V ± 0.15 V. Standby use: 13.65 V ± 0.15 V.
Cycle use: 14.7 V ± 0.3 V. Cycle use: 14.7 V ± 0.3 V.
Maximum discharge current: 120 A (5 sec). • Maximum discharge current: 300 A (5 sec).
Maximum charging current: 3.6 A. • Maximum charging current: 5.4 A.
Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F): • Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F):
After 3 months: ~ 90%. After 3 months: ~ 90%.
After 6 months: ~ 82%. After 6 months: ~ 82%.
After 12 months: ~ 70%. After 12 months: ~ 70%.

Page 6 of 9 — HON-60074:A • 85-3072-1 • 2/12/2010 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 93/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

UPG BATTERY
Same specifications as previous Jolt models; 
packaging and part numbers are the only changes.

UB12260 (was SA12260) Diagrams UB12550 (was SA12550) Diagrams

UB12260/SA12260 discharge current vs. time  UB12550/SA12550 discharge current vs. time 

6933up09.tif 6933up11.tif

UB12260/SA12260 discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F)  UB12550/SA12550 discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F) 

6933up10.tif 6933up12.tif

UB12260, SA12260 Specifications UB12550, SA12550 Specifications

• Nominal voltage: 12 V. • Nominal voltage: 12 V.
• Nominal capacity (20 hr): 26.0 AH. • Nominal capacity (20 hr): 55.0 AH.
• Dimensions: total height 125 mm (4.92"); container height 125 • Dimensions: total height 234.5 mm (9.23"); container height
mm (4.92"); length 166 mm (6.54"); width 175 mm (6.89"). 216.5 mm (8.52"); length 229 mm (9.02"); width 138 mm (5.43").
• Weight: approximately 8.80 kg (19.40 lbs). • Weight: approximately 19.0 kg (41.8 lbs).
• Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS. • Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS.
• Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): ~ 10 m. • Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): ~ 8 m.
• Discharge capacity under different temperatures: • Discharge capacity under different temperatures:
40°C: ~ 102% 40°C: ~ 102%
25°C: ~ 100% 25°C: ~ 100%
0°C: ~ 85% 0°C: ~ 85%
• Capacity 25°C/77°F: • Capacity 25°C/77°F:
20 hr @ 1.3 A: 26.0 AH. 20 hr @ 2.75 A: 55.0 AH.
5 hr @ 4.16 A: 20.8 AH. 5 hr @ 8.8 A: 44.0 AH.
1 hr @ 15.6 A: 15.6 AH. 1 hr @ 33.0 A: 33.0 AH.
1 C @ 26.0 A: 13.0 AH. 1 C @ 55.0 A: 27.5 AH.
• Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F): • Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F):
Standby use: 13.65 V ± 0.15 V. Standby use: 13.65 V ± 0.15 V.
Cycle use: 14.7 V ± 0.3 V. Cycle use: 14.7 V ± 0.3 V.
• Maximum discharge current: 300 A (5 sec). • Maximum discharge current: 600 A (5 sec).
• Maximum charging current: 7.8 A. • Maximum charging current: 16.5 A.
• Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F): • Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F):
After 3 months: ~ 90%. After 3 months: ~ 90%.
After 6 months: ~ 82%. After 6 months: ~ 82%.
After 12 months: ~ 70%. After 12 months: ~ 70%.

www.honeywell.com HON-60074:A • 85-3072-1 • 2/12/2010 — Page 7 of 9

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 94/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

UPG BATTERY
Same specifications as previous Jolt models; 
packaging and part numbers are the only changes.

UB121000 (XSA121000A) Diagrams UPG Summary Diagrams

UB121000/XSA121000A discharge current vs. time  Summary discharge characteristics 

6933up15.wmf

Summary discharge current vs. time curve (25°C/77°F) 

6933up13.tif

UB121000/XSA121000A discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F) 

6933up16.wmf
6933up14.tif

UB121000 (XSA121000A) Diagrams

• Nominal voltage: 12 V.
• Nominal capacity (20 hr): 100.0 AH.
• Dimensions: total height 221 mm (8.70"); container height 214
mm (8.43"); length 329 mm (12.95"); width 172 mm (6.77").
• Weight: approximately 34.00 kg (74.8 lbs).
• Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS.
• Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): ~ 6.5 m.
• Discharge capacity under different temperatures:
6933ub1280.jpg
40°C: ~ 102%
25°C: ~ 100%
0°C: ~ 85%
• Capacity 25°C/77°F:
20 hr @ 5.0 A: 100.0 AH.
5 hr @ 16.0 A: 80.0 AH.
1 hr @ 60.0 A: 60.0 AH.
1 C @ 100.0 A: 50.0 AH.
• Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F):
Standby use: 13.65 V ± 0.15 V.
Cycle use: 14.7 V ± 0.3 V.
• Maximum discharge current: 600 A (5 sec).
• Maximum charging current: 30 A.
• Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F):
After 3 months: ~ 90%.
After 6 months: ~ 82%. 6933ub12260.jpg
After 12 months: ~ 70%.

Page 8 of 9 — HON-60074:A • 85-3072-1 • 2/12/2010 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 95/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Same specifications as previous Jolt models; 

packaging and part numbers are the only changes.

Charging Procedure: UPG Battery

Temperature Charging time 0.1 CA,
Charging compensation Maximum
charging 25°C (h)
Application Charging method voltage at coefficient of Temp (°C)
current 100% 50%
25°C (V/cell) charging voltage
(CA) discharge discharge
(mV/°C/cell)
For standby Constant voltage and – 3.3
2.25 ~ 2.30 0.3 T³ 24 T³ 20
power source constant current (–1.8 mV/°F/cell) 0 – 40°C
For cycle ser- charging (with current –5 (32 – 104°F)
restriction) 2.40 ~ 2.50 0.3 16 < T < 24 10 < T < 24
vice (–2.8 mV/°F/cell)
Temperature compensation of charging voltage is not needed when using the batteries within 5°C to 35°C range.

www.honeywell.com HON-60074:A • 85-3072-1 • 2/12/2010 — Page 9 of 9

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 96/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Notes

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 97/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

411 Series
Slave Digital Alarm
Communicator Transmitters
General
The 411 Series are compact, multifaceted, slave Digital Alarm
Communicator Transmitters (DACTs) designed for a variety of
fire, security, and non-fire applications. The series features the
411 and 411UD, which provide three and four monitoring
channels (inputs) respectively. These slave DACTs are a solu-
tion for applications that require an existing (or new) fire alarm
control panel (FACP) to transmit system status to an off-site 6619ph1.jpg

monitoring facility for Central or Remote Station compliance.

Due to extremely flexible programming options, the 411 Series
slave DACTs are also ideal for monitoring non-fire and security
control panels. With fifteen selectable transmission formats
(including ADEMCO Contact ID) compatibility with virtually all
Digital Alarm Communicator Receivers (DACR) is ensured.
Programming can be accomplished on-site with a hand-held
programmer (PRO-411), or remotely (411UD only) utilizing an
optional PK-CD Windows®-based remote upload/download • Field-programmable utilizing PRO-411 hand-held program-
software package. The PK-CD upload/download software also mer.
permits system interrogation and revision from a remote site.
• Programmable from remote site with optional PK-CD pro-
gramming software (model 411UD only).
Features
• View 411 Series status offsite in real time, with optional PK-
• Three (411) or four (411UD) monitoring channels (inputs). CD programming software, without ever compromising
• Inputs may be individually programmed to monitor the host monitoring protection at the protected premises (model
control panel for: 411UD only).
• Fire Alarm • Integral piezo sounder (both models) with local silence
switch (model 411UD only).
• Fire Trouble
• Fire Supervisory • One Form-C relay, fully programmable (model 411UD only).
• Complies with NFPA 72 (Central Station and Remote Sta-
• Process Monitoring
tion [DACT only - not polarity reversal] Fire Alarm Systems).
• AC Power Loss
• Surface Mount Technology (SMT).
• Security Alarm
• Extremely compact enclosure, measuring only 6.75"
• Other (Fire and Non-Fire Events) (17.145 cm) W x 4.40" (11.176 cm) H x 1.05" (2.667 cm) D.
• Fully supervised trigger inputs require a contact closure for
activation. Host Panel Compatibility
• 12- or 24-VDC operation, jumper-selectable.
Host panels must include AC Fail Delay option to meet NFPA
• Industry-first, UL recognized, “dialer-runaway” prevention Central Station Requirements.
feature.
• Dual-line, rotary or touch-tone-dial DACT interfaces to pub- Housing
lic switched telephone network (leased phone lines are not
required). The 411 Series DACTs are fully enclosed in a compact hous-
• Includes 15 reporting formats, including the popular ing measuring only 6.75" (17.145 cm) W x 4.40" (11.176 cm) H
ADEMCO Contact ID format. x 1.05" (2.667 cm) D. The housing enclosure consists of an
aluminum backbox painted red with a matching cover secured
• Capable of transmitting the following DACT information, in by two captive screws. The overlay includes large areas to
addition to vital system status of the host control panel: independently mark programming options for the three or four
• DACT troubles. channels (inputs), relay, and also includes printed terminal and
• Telephone line 1 and 2 voltage fault. diagnostic LED designations. The overall compact size of the
enclosure permits mounting of these DACTs in virtually any
• Primary or Secondary Central Station communication
control panel’s enclosure, or alternately, adjacent to the host
fault.
control panel.
• System off-normal.
• 24-hour normal test. Phone Line Connections
• 24-hour abnormal test.
Two modular phone connections on the 411 Series are acces-
• Long-distance Carrier Access Code (CAC) compliant, sible with the cover in place and provide connections for two
accepting up to 20-digit Central Station telephone numbers. separate telephone lines using standard RJ31X or RJ38X
• Fully programmable transmittal codes for fire, security, pro-  jacks. Both telephone lines are constantly supervised for
cess monitoring, and others. proper operation and integrity. Should one phone line go into
fault, and the remaining is operational, a report is sent to the
central or remote station.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 98/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Diagnostic LEDs Form-C Relay: 

• Communication Fail (visible with front cover in place). • Contact rating: 2.0 amps @ 30 VDC (resistive).
• DACT Trouble (visible with front cover in place) (411UD).
• Channel Active (visible with front cover in place) (411UD).
Specifications — 411
• Primary Phone Line Active (411UD). FCC Registration: OAAUSA-25431-AL-E. Ringer Equiva-
lence: 0.5 B.
• Secondary Phone Line Active (411UD).

• Modem Active (411UD). For

9028Canadian
A. Ringer Applications: IC Certificate
Equivalence Number Number: 2132
(REN): 0.2.
Specifications — 411UD Programming: A digital programming unit with a keypad,
model PRO-411, is available for programming the 411 Series.
Listings and Approvals:
Operating Power: The 411 may be powered from UL-listed
• NFPA 72: Central Station Fire Alarm Systems. control panels that output nonresettable and power-limited 12
• NFPA 72: Remote Station Fire Alarm Systems. or 24 VDC power. The configuration of Jumper J4 determines
• UL Standard 1635: Digital Alarm Communicator/Transmit- whether 12 VDC power is to be supplied directly to the 411 cir-
ters. cuit board, or 24 VDC power is to be supplied and then inter-
nally regulated down to 12 VDC.
• UL Standard 864: Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems.
FCC Registration: OAAUSA-25431-AL-E. Ringer Equiva- DC Power: TB1 Terminals 1(+) and 2(–); Terminal 3 is Earth
lence: 0.5 B. Ground.

For Canadian Applications: IC Certificate Number: 2132 • J4 Jumper removed: Filtered, nonresettable, and power-lim-
9028 A. Ringer Equivalence Number (REN): 0.2. ited 24 VDC (nominal) power must be supplied at TB1 Ter-

Programming: A digital programming unit with a keypad, minals 1(+) and 2(–). Operating voltage provided must be
within 21.3 to 24.0 VDC (UL tested range: –15%, +10%).
model PRO-411, is available for programming the 411 Series. Current requirements are 78 mA in standby and 126 mA*
Operating Power: The 411UD circuit board operates on fil- while communicating.
tered 12 VDC. The configuration of Jumper J4 determines • J4 Jumper installed: Filtered, nonresettable, and power-lim-
whether 12 VDC power is to be supplied directly to the circuit ited 12 VDC (nominal) power must be supplied at TB1 Ter-
board, or 24 VDC power is to be supplied and then internally minals 1(+) and 2(–). Operating voltage must be within 11.2
regulated down to 12 VDC. to 12.4 VDC (UL tested range: –15%, +10%). Current
DC Power: requirements are 78 mA in standby and 126 mA* while
communicating.
• J4 Jumper REMOVED: Filtered, nonresettable and power-
*NOTE: A maximum of 240 mA is possible with all input channels 
limited 24 VDC (nominal) power must be supplied at TB1
active, the 411 communicating, the Programmer connected, and 
Terminals 7(+) and 8(–). Current requirements are 100 mA Lamp Test active.
in standby and 170 mA* while communicating.
Channels/Inputs ** — TB2 Terminals 1 through 6:
• J4 Jumper INSTALLED: Filtered, nonresettable and power-
limited 12 VDC (nominal) power must be supplied at TB1 • Programmable Channels 1 through 3.
Terminals 7(+) and 8(–). Current requirements are 100 mA • Power-limited circuitry.
in standby and 170 mA* while communicating.
• Fully supervised.
*NOTE: A maximum of 300 mA is possible with all channels active,
• Operation: All channels NFPA Style B (Class B). Requires
the 411UD communicating, the PRO-411 connected, and Lamp 
Test active.
Normally Open contact to trigger.
• Normal operating voltage: 12 VDC.
Channels/Inputs:**
• Maximum line resistance: 100 ohms per channel.
• Programmable Channels 1 through 4.
• Alarm current: 3.34 mA.
• Power-limited circuitry.
• End-of-line resistor: 2.2K ohms, 1/2 watt (P/N 27070).
• Fully supervised.
• Short circuit current: 3.8 mA per channel/input.
• Operation: All channels NFPA Style B (Class B). Requires
**NOTE: Channels/inputs do NOT support two-wire smoke detec- 
Normally Open contact to trigger.
tors.
• Normal operating voltage: 12 VDC.

• Alarm current: 3.34 mA.

• End-of-line resistor: 2.2K ohms. Agency Listings and Approvals
These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified in
• Short-circuit current: 3.8 mA per channel/input. this document. In some cases, certain modules or applications
**NOTE: Channels/inputs do NOT support two-wire smoke detec-  may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may
tors. be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status.
• UL Listed: S2424
• ULC Listed: CS635
• MEA Listed: 328-94-E Vol. III (411UD); 328-94-E Vol. IV
(411)
• CSFM: 7300-0075:174

Page 2 of 4 — HON-60154:A • 85-3063 • 3/5/07 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 99/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Product Line Information ming software for remote programming and real-time diagnos-
tics.
411: Three-channel, dual-line, slave Digital Alarm Communi-
cator Transmitter. Includes housing, operating and program- PRO-411: Hand-held programmer for local programming of
ming instructions. Requires PRO-411 hand-held DACT 411 Series DACTs.
programmer for local programming. PK-CD: Remote upload/download, Windows®-compatible
411UD: Same as above with four input channels, Form-C pro- programming software kit (for use with 411UD only).
grammable relay, silence switch and remote upload/download MCBL-7: DACT phone cord, seven feet long (two required).
capability. Requires PRO-411 hand-held DACT programmer
for local programming or PK-CD Windows-based program-

Osborn
Ademco Silent ITI Sescoa SurGuard
Format # (addresses FBI Hoffman Radiovonics
685 Knight CS4000 3000R MLR-2
16 & 42) CP220FB Models 6000/6500 (5)
(1) 9000 (3) (7) (9)
1& 2
0 4+1 Ademco Express • •
1 4+2 Ademco Express • • •(8) • •
2 3+1/Standard/1800/2300 • •(2) • •(4) • •(5, 6) • •
3 3+1/Expanded/1800/2300 • •(2) • •(4) • • •
4 3+1/Standard/1900/1400 • •(2) •(4) • • •
5 3+1/Expanded/1900/1400 • •(2) •(4) • • •
6 4+1/Standard/1800/2300 • •(2) • •(4) • •(5) •
7 4+1/Expanded/1800/2300 • •(2) •(4) • • •
8 4+1/Standard/1900/1400 • •(2) •(4) • • •
9 4+1/Expanded/1900/1400 • •(2) •(4) • • •
A 4+2/Standard/1800/2300 • •(2) • •(4) • •(5) • •
B 4+2/Expanded/1800/2300 • •(2) •(4) • • •
C 4+2/Standard/1900/1400 • •(2) •(4) • • •
D 4+2/Expanded/1900/1400 • •(2) •(4) • • •
E Ademco Contact ID • • • •
KEY:
(1)  With 685-8 Line Card with Rev 4.4d software.
(2)  With 9002 Line Card Rev 9035 software or 9032 Line Card with 9326A software.
(3)  Rev. 4.0 software.
(4)  FBI CP220FB Rec-11 Line Card with Rev 2.6 software and a memory card with Rev 3.8 software.
(5)  Model 6500 with Rev 600 software.
(6)  Model 6000 with Rev 204 software.
(7)  With Rev B control card at Rev 1.4 software and Rev C line card at Rev 1.5 software.
(8)  Model 2 only.
(9)  Version 1.62 software.

www.honeywell.com HON-60154:A • 85-3063 • 3/5/07 — Page 3 of 4

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 100/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
Windows ® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com HON-60154:A

85-3063
April Rev. 03/07
2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 4 of 4   85-3063

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 101/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Multi-Voltage
Conventional Relays

General 7  
 0  
1  
 5  
   g

Honeywell’s multi-voltage conventional relays are used for

r  
 o
 u
  p

high-current switching applications such as fan and damper

.
  j     
  p
   g

assembly control, door control, air handling unit controls, and

other types of system interfacing.
The R-10T(A)/20T(A) and R-14T(A)/R-24T(A) models are
multi-voltage relays with terminal strip field wiring connections,
mounting track and hardware. The R-10T(A) is a single
FORM-C (SPDT) relay with a red activation LED, and the
R-14T(A) is a 4-gang 1 FORM-C (SPDT) relay with 4 red acti-
vation LEDs. The R-20T(A) is a single 2 FORM-C (DPDT)
relay with red activation LED, and the R-24T(A) is a 4-gang 2
FORM-C (DPDT) relay with 4 red activation LEDs. Multi-Voltage Conventional Relays
The R-10E(A)/R-20E(A) and R-14E(A)/R-24E(A) are similar to R-10E(A)/ R-14E(A)/R-20E(A)/ R-24E(A) 
the T series track mount relays, but they are mounted into a
Operating Voltage Range: 18-35 VDC,. 18-35 VAC, 115
steel enclosure. The enclosure has a removable front cover
that provides easy access and a LED viewing hole on the top VAC, 230 VAC.
of the cover. Operating Current: 23 mA DC max. @ 24 V, 59 mA
PR-1(A)/PR-2(A)/PR-3(A) are epoxy encapsulated multi-volt- @ 24 VAC, 150mA @ 120 VAC,
age relays. They are single pole double throw relays that use a 180 mA @ 240 VAC [R-10E(A)/ 
red LED as a visible indication of relay coil energization. PR-3 R-14E(A)].
is identical to PR-2 except it has an extra pair of wires for -40 mA DC max. @ 24 VDC,
redundant power input. 24 VAC, 115 VAC, 230 VAC (R-
Model EOLR-1(A) is an epoxy encapsulated single pole single 20E/R-24E).
throw, normally open relay that can be used as an end of line Humidity Range: 10% to 93% (non-condensing).
device in fire alarm systems, e.g. to supervise power supplies.
Dimensions: R-10E(A)/R-20E(A): 5.1”L x
3.75”W x 2.5”H.
Specifications
R-14E(A)/R-24E(A): 11”L x
R-10T(A)/R-14T(A)/R-20T(A)/ R-24(A)T  5.3”W x 2.5”H.
Operating Voltage Range: 18-35 VDC, 18-35 VAC, 115 Operating Temperature: -40° F to 158° F (-40° C to 70°
VAC, 230 VAC. C).
Operating Current: 23 mA @ 24 VDC , 59 mA @ Contact Ratings: 24 VDC: 7 A with L/R = 5mS.
24 VAC,150 mA @ 120 VAC,
120 VAC: 10 A.
180 mA @ 240 VAC [R-10T(A)/ 
R-14T(A)]. 120 VAC: 1/6 HP.
40 mA DC max. @ 24 VDC, 24 230 VAC: 7 A.
VAC, 92 mA @ 24 VAC, 220
mA @ 120 VAC, 260 mA @ PR-1(A) 
240 VAC [R-20T(A)/R-24T(A)]
Operating Voltage Range: 18-35 VDC, 18-35 VAC, 120
Humidity Range: 10% to 93% (non-condensing). VAC.
Dimensions: R-10T(A)/ R-20T(A): 2.5”L x Operating Current: 15 mA DC max. @ 24 VDC, 24
3.35”W x 1.2”H. VAC,120VAC.
R-14T(A)/R-24T(A): 10”L x Humidity Range: 10% to 93% RH.
3.35”W x 1.2”H.
Dimensions: 0.87” H x 2.01” W x 1.42” D.
Operating Temperature: -40° F to 158° F (-40°C to
70°C) Operating Temperature: -40° F to 158° F (-40° C to 70°
C).
Contact Ratings: 24 VDC: 7A with L/R = 5 mS.
Contact Ratings: 24 VDC: 7 A with LR = 5 mS.
120 VAC: 10 A.
120 VAC: 7 A max. (0.35 PF).
120 VAC: 1/6 HP.
250 VAC: 10 A resistive.
230 VAC: 7 A.
30 VDC: 10 A resistive.
Wire Length: 8” minimum.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 102/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

PR-2(A)/PR-3(A)  Agency Listings and Approvals

Operating Voltage Range: 10 to 40 VDC. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain
Operating Current: 30 mA DC max. approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult fac-
tory for latest listing status.
Humidity Range: 10% to 93% RH.
• UL/ULC Listed: S3705
Dimensions: 0.91” H x 1.65” W x 1.22” D.
• ULC Listed: CS669
Operating Temperature: -40° F to 158° F (-40° C to 70°
C). • MEA: 419-04-E
• CSFM: 7300-1653:173
Contact Ratings: 120 VAC: 10 A (resistive load).
120 VAC: 7 A max. (0.35 PF). PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION
250 VAC: 10 A max. (resistive NOTE: “A” suffix indicates ULC listed model.
load). PR-1(A): Epoxy encapsulated single pull double throw
30 VDC: 10 A max. (resistive (SPDT) relay. It also uses a red LED as a visible indication of
load). relay coil energization with pigtails.
Wire Length: 8” minimum. PR-2(A): Epoxy encapsulated single pull double throw
(SPDT) activated by 10 to 40 VDC. It uses a red LED as a vis-
EOLR-1(A)  ible indication of relay coil energization with pigtails.

Operating Voltage Range: 9 to 40 VDC. PR-3(A): Epxoy encapsulated single pull double throw
(SPDT) activated by 10 to 40 VDC. It contains an additional
Operating Current: 20 mA DC max. black and red wire for redundant power input with pigtails.
Humidity Range: 10% to 93% RH. EOLR-1(A): Epoxy encapsulated single pull single throw
Operating Temperature: -22° F to 140° F (-30° C to 60° (SPST) normally open relay that is activated by 9 to 40 VDC.
C). This relay can be used as an end of line device in fire alarm
systems, e.g., to supervise power supplies.
Contact Ratings: 120 VAC: 0.5 A max. (resistive
R-10T(A): Single (SPDT) relay with a red activation LED.
load).
R-14T(A): 4-gang (SPDT) relay with 4 red activation LEDs.
30 VDC: 3 A max. (resistive
load). R-20T(A): Single (DPDT) relay with a red activation LED.
Wire Length: 8” minimum. R-24T(A): 4-gang (DPDT) relay with 4 red activation LEDs.
R-10E(A): Single (SPDT) relay with a red activation LED.
R-14E(A): 4-gang (SPDT) relay with 4 red activation LEDs.
R-20E(A): Single (DPDT) relay with a red activation LED.

R-24E(A): 4-gang (DPDT) relay with 4 red activation LEDs.

Page 2 of 4 — 1/27/09 • 85-3113-2 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 103/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

7   7  
 0    0  
1   1  
 5    5  
  p   p
r   r  
1   2  
. .
  j        j     
  p
  p
   g    g

PR-1(A) PR-2(A)

7  
 0  
1  
 5   7  
  p  0  
r   1  
 3    5  
.
  j       e
  p  o
   g l     
r  
1  
.
  j     
  p
   g

PR-3(A) EOLR-1(A)

7  
 0  
1  
 5  
r  
1  
4  
 t    
.
  j     
  p
   g

7  
 0  
1  
 5  
r  
1  
 0  
 t    
.
  j     
  p
   g

R-10T(A) R-14T(A)

7  
 0  
7   1  
 0    5  
1   r  
1  
 5    0  
r   -
2   1  
 0   4  
-  e
2  
4   .
  j     
  p
 e    g
.
  j     
  p
   g

R-20E(A) & R-24E(A) R-10E(A) & R-14E(A)

Enclosures Enclosures

www.honeywell.com 85-3113-2 • 1/27/09 — Page 3 of 4

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 104/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.

 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3113-2 Rev. 01/09
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 4 of 4
85-3113-2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 105/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

XLS-CAB-4 Series
Cabinets, Solid or with Windows —
Backboxes with Locking Doors
General
All cabinets for Honeywell’s XLS140  and XLS3000  are fabri-
cated from 16-gauge steel. The cabinet assembly consists of
two basic parts: a backbox and a locking door. Cabinets are
available in either black or red, with or without LEXAN® win-
dows. The LEXAN model provides a tasteful combination to
accent the decor of the finest lobby setting.
• The key-locked door   is provided with a pin-type hinge, two
keys and the necessary hardware to mount the door to the
backbox.
     g
• The backbox   has been engineered to provide ease-of-entry      p
       j
  .
     v
for the installer. Knockouts   are positioned at numerous      o
     c
       7
       5
points to aid the installer in bringing a conduit into the enclo-        8
       6
       h
sure with a minimum of hardship.
• Right- or left-hand hinges , selectable in the field. Door XLS3000 in “B” sized 
opens 180°. XLS-CAB-4 cabinet 
• Cabinets are arranged in four standard sizes , A (one tier)
through D (four tiers), plus a mini cabinet  (AA, one tier with- NOTE: Black trim rings are used with red or black cabinets.
out a battery compartment). See Ordering Information .
BP-4: Battery panel for XLS140 only. Used to cover battery
• A trim ring option  is available for semi-flush mounting.
and power supply when lower position is used in backbox.
• Chassis bridge   available for assembling multiple CHS-4
XLS-BP2-4: Battery panel for XLS3000 only. Used to cover bat-
chassis external to the backbox.
tery and power supply when lower position is used in backbox.

Ordering Information TWO TIERS, “B” SIZE: 

A complete cabinet assembly consists of: a door, a backbox, an XLS-DR-B4: Door assembly, LEXAN window, two tiers,
optional battery plate, and an optional semi-flush trim ring. For BLACK.
each cabinet required, order one “DR” door and one “SBB” XLS-DR-B4R: Door assembly, LEXAN window, two tiers, RED.
backbox. The BP-4 or XLS-BP2-4 battery plate is required for XLS-DR-B4B: Door assembly, solid door, two tiers, BLACK.
each cabinet assembly that mounts batteries and/or a power
supply in the lower position of the cabinet. The optional trim ring XLS-DR-B4BR: Door assembly, solid door, two tiers, RED.
is an attractive “picture frame”-style black metal ring. SBB-B4: Backbox assembly, two tiers, BLACK.
SBB-B4R: Backbox assembly, two tiers, RED.
MINI “AA” SIZE, ONE TIER: 
TR-B4: Accessory semi-flush-mount trim ring, two tiers (open-
XLS-DR-AA4: Door assembly, LEXAN window, one tier (no
ing 24.062" [61.118 cm] W x 28.562" [72.548 cm] H), BLACK.
battery compartment), BLACK.
NOTE: Black trim rings are used with red or black cabinets.
XLS-DR-AA4R: Door assembly, LEXAN window, one tier (no
battery compartment), RED. BP-4: Battery panel for XLS140 only. Used to cover battery
XLS-DR-AA4B: Door assembly, solid door, one tier (no battery and power supply when lower position is used in backbox.
compartment), BLACK. XLS-BP2-4: Battery panel for XLS3000 only. Used to cover bat-
tery and power supply when lower position is used in backbox.
XLS-DR-AA4BR: Door assembly, solid door, one tier (no bat-

tery compartment), RED. THREE TIERS, “C” SIZE: 

SBB-AA4: Backbox assembly, one tier (no battery compart- XLS-DR-C4: Door assembly, LEXAN window, three tiers,
ment), BLACK. BLACK.
SBB-AA4R: Backbox assembly, one tier (no battery compart- XLS-DR-C4R: Door assembly, LEXAN window, three tiers,
ment), RED. RED.
TR-AA4: Accessory semi-flush-mount trim ring, one tier (no XLS-DR-C4B: Door assembly, solid door, three tiers, BLACK.
battery compartment).
XLS-DR-C4BR: Door assembly, solid door, three tiers, RED.
NOTE: Black trim rings are used with red or black cabinets.
SBB-C4: Backbox assembly, three tiers, BLACK.
ONE TIER, “A” SIZE:  SBB-C4R: Backbox assembly, three tiers, RED.
XLS-DR-A4: Door assembly, LEXAN window, one tier, BLACK. TR-C4: Accessory semi-flush-mount trim ring, three tiers (open-
XLS-DR-A4R: Door assembly, LEXAN window, one tier, RED. ing 24.062" [61.118 cm] W x 37.187" [94.455 cm] H), BLACK.
XLS-DR-A4B: Door assembly, solid door, one tier, BLACK. NOTE: Black trim rings are used with red or black cabinets.
XLS-DR-A4BR: Door assembly, solid door, one tier, RED. BP-4: Battery panel for XLS140 only. Used to cover battery
SBB-A4: Backbox assembly, one tier, BLACK. and power supply when lower position is used in backbox.
XLS-BP2-4: Battery panel for XLS3000 only. Used to cover bat-
SBB-A4R: Backbox assembly, one tier, RED.
tery and power supply when lower position is used in backbox.
TR-A4: Accessory semi-flush-mount trim ring, one tier (opening
24.062" [61.118 cm] W x 20.062" [50.958 cm] H), BLACK.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 106/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

FOUR TIERS, “D” SIZE:  CB-1: Chassis bridge. Provides a bridge between CHS Series
XLS-DR-D4: Door assembly, LEXAN window, four tiers, chassis.
BLACK. DP-1B: Blank dress panel, covers one CAB-4 tier, BLACK.
XLS-DR-D4R: Door assembly, LEXAN window, four tiers, RED. ADP-4B: Annunciator dress panel.
XLS-DR-D4B: Door assembly, solid door, four tiers, BLACK.
XLS-DR-D4BR: Door assembly, solid door, four tiers, RED. Agency Listings and Approvals
SBB-D4: Backbox assembly, four tiers, BLACK. These listings and approvals below apply to the XLS-CAB-4
SBB-D4R: Backbox assembly, four tiers, RED. Series Cabinets. In some cases, certain modules or applications
may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be
TR-D4: Accessory semi-flush-mount trim ring, four tiers (open- in process. Consult factory for latest listing status.
ing 24.062" [61.118 cm] W x 45.812" [116.363 cm] H), BLACK.
• UL Listed: file S470 (except AA size) .
Note:  Black trim rings are used with red or black cabinets. • ULC Listed: file CS118 Vol. 27 (except AA size) .
BP-4: Battery panel for XLS140 only. Used to cover battery MEA approved (except AA size) : files 317-01-E Vol. IV
•
and power supply when lower position is used in backbox.
• CSFM  approved (except AA size) : files 7165-1130:234
XLS-BP2-4: Battery panel for XLS3000 only. Used to cover bat-
(XLS140) , 7170-1130:235 (XLS140) .
tery and power supply when lower position is used in backbox.
• FM approved (except AA size) .
ACCESSORIES: 
WC-2: Wire channel. Provides a pair of wire trays to neatly
route wiring between CHS chassis.

Cabinet Dimensions and Features

CAB4keyhole.wmf

Knockouts on 
top of cabinets.

Height of
mounting bolt
after installation

     f
Keyhole      m
    w
 .
dimensions      o
     k
     7
     5
     8
     6

“A” SIZE
CABINET

cab-a4-2003.wmf

Page 2 of 4 — HON-6857:A • 85-3002 • 11/30/2006 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 107/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

“AA” SIZE
CABINET

cab-b4-2003.wmf

“B” SIZE
CABINET

cab-b4-2003.wmf

“C” SIZE
CABINET

cab-c4-2003.wmf

www.honeywell.com HON-6857:A • 85-3002 • 11/30/2006 — Page 3 of 4

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 108/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

“D” SIZE

CABINET

cab-d4-2003.wmf

6857bp4.wmf
The BP-4 Battery Dress Panel 
covers the Main Power Supply 
and the batteries in the cabinet.      f
“D” sized cabinet 
Only one BP-4 or XLS-BP2-4 is required      m
    w
 .
with solid door.
     b
per cabinet unless an AA cabinet is used       4
     d
Solid door option available 
     7
(no battery compartment).
     9
     8
     6
on all sizes in black or red.

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
LEXAN ® is a registered trademark of GE Plastics, a subsidiary of General Electric Company.
 ©2006 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée

1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com HON-6857:A
85-3002 Rev. 11-06
November 2006
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2006 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 4 of 4

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 109/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

!"#$%&%
!'()*+ "-.)/ #.+)(0-*)

1).)(-/
-./ !"#$%&%  !'()*+ "-.)/ #.+)(0-*)  '1 2 1&/3'24'5/% +6%/+
,67 /89/:%':; <=>?(@( 1/7'24 %292 4':A1 96 7/+69/4B 46329/% 36:?
9764 &2:/41 2:%C67 &/7'&./7241)
The DPI-232 is used with: 
D -./ ':9/44';/:9 E'7/ >427+ F6:9764 G2:/4 HE>FGIJ KLM?NF>
2:% KLM?NF>( N/9*67A F6:9764 >::O:3'29671)
D -./ NFP N/9*67A F6:9764 P6%O4/1)
D Q/+69/ FQ-1 2:% &7':9/71)
Applications include extending distance between: 
D E>FG 2:% &/7'&./724 %/R'3/ HFQ-J &7':9/7I)
D E>FG 2:% KLMDN<- 36::/39'6: +6%O4/)      ,
    +
    *
 )
D N/9*67A 2::O:3'2967 2:% KLMDN<- 36::/39'6: +6%O4/)      (
     '
    &
     %
S463A %'2;72+1 6, 2&&4'329'6:1 2:% 36::/39'6:1 3.2791 27/      $
     #
     "
     !
2R2'42T4/ ': 9./ UG=?(@( P2:O24J :O+T/7 VWXYY)

2)-+3()4 2:% 244 &/7'&./7241 T/ ':19244/% ': 2: /:R'76:+/:9 *'9. 2

D Z9'4'5/1 9*6 [%7B 36&&/7\ 3.45')/6)6 +7'4+)6$8-'(4 6, W! 96 :6+':24 766+ 9/+&/729O7/ 6, WVhF 96 (#hF H!$hE 96 "$hEI)
(! >]^ HW)@ 96 $)W@ ++_I *'7/) D  #.83+ A;/+-=) (-.=)G W")$ 96 @W)$ fUFJ (X f :6+':24)
D   9-8-:/) ;0 *-((<'.=  ,O44 %O&4/8 972:1+'11'6: *'9. %292 D  ";7)( ()H3'()?).+4G (XV +> *'9. M]W 1/9 96 [V#)!\J WX"
729/1 6, O& 96 V#)! `T2O% ': /23. %'7/39'6: 6R/7 2 %'192:3/ +> *'9. M]W 1/9 96 [Lm]\)
6, O& 96 W$J$$$ ,//9 H@$X" +I) D  ")(0;(?-.*) -.6 *-8-*'+< H&/7 NEG> MLF 34211','329'6:I G
D <23. 03// 638/)> +(-.4?'44';. /'.@  7/aO'7/1 6:/ UG=?(@( I M9B4/ X ,67 %292 729/1 O& 96 Y!$$ T2O%)
6: /23. /:% 6, 9./ 9*6 &2'71)
I M9B4/ @)V ,67 %292 729/1 O& 96 V#)! `T2O%)
D <23. *'7/ &2'7 '1 36::/39/% 96 +(-.4?'++)( +)(?'.-/4 Hb-KJ
J !'4+-.*) /'?'+-+';.4G
c-KI 6, 9./ UG=?(@( 6: 6:/ /:% 2:% 96 9./ ()*)'A)( +)(?'$
.-/4 HbQKJ cQKI 6, 9./ UG=?(@( 6: 9./ 69./7 /:%) I Z& 96 W$J$$$ ,//9 H@J$X" +I 6: W! 96 (X >]^ HW)@ 96 $)(
++_I O:1.'/4%/% 9*'19/%?&2'7 *'7/)
D <23. UG=?(@( 438)(A'4)4 0;( =(;3.6 0-3/+4 6: 9./ *'7/
&2'7 36::/39/% 96 b-K 2:% c-K 9/7+':241) -./ ;76O:% ,2O49 OR   H*.'3./R/7 36+/1 ,'719I)))
%/9/3967 .21 2: L<U ':%'32967 21 */44 21 E67+?F 976OT4/ I Z& 96 V"$ 6.+ 96924 H(Y$ 6.+ /23. *'7/I 6, *'7/ 7/1'1?
36:92391) 92:3/)
D G2:/4C&/7'&./724 9/7+':241 27/ )/)*+('*-//< '4;/-+)6 ,76+ J K'('.= 0(;? +5) !"#$%&% +5-+ '4 '.4+-//)6 ;3+4'6) +5)
9./ 9*'19/% &2'7 9/7+':241) :3'/6'.=G
D <aO'&&/% *'9. 2 8;7)($4-A'.= 47'+*5 9.29 2446*1 &6*/7 I   Cannot  /83//% WJ$$$ +/9/71 H@J("$ ,//9I)
36:1/7R29'6: 29 9./ 46*/7 %292 729/1 6, O& 96 YJ!$$ T2O%)
I  Must  T/ ': 36:%O'9)
d';./7 %292 729/1 9.2: YJ!$$ T2O% 7/aO'7/ 1/99':; 1*'93.
&61'9'6: 96 [V#)!\) I   Cannot  37611 2:B &6*/7 4':/1)
D   BC$%DE!9 ZL?L'19/% &6*/7 1O&&4B HZL "!X Z-Qe L'19/%I D   L;3.+'.=G -./ UG=?(@( '1 %/1';:/% 96 +6O:9 ': FdM?P(J
&4O;1 ':96 2 W($ f>F *244 6O94/9 2:% 1O&&4'/1 b(X fUF 96 FdM?XNJ 67 FdM?XL 3.211'1i 67 6: 9./ >UG?XS 2::O:3'2?
&6*/7 9./ UG=?(@( +6%/+) -.'1 &6*/7 1O&&4B +O19 T/ 967 %7/11 &2:/4) Q/,/7 96 9./ UG=?(@( P2:O24J :O+T/7
O1/% *./: 9./ +6%/+ '1 .;+ T/':; &6*/7/% %'7/394B ,76+ 2 VWXYYJ ,67 ,O79./7 ':,67+29'6: 2:% %'2;72+1)
E>FG 67 69./7 ZL?L'19/% &6*/7?4'+'9/% &6*/7 1O&&4B) L'19/%
,67 ,'7/ &769/39'R/ 1';:24':;) M8)(-+';. N'=5/'=5+4
DIAGNOSTIC LEDS 
F8)*'0'*-+';.4
D   ";7)(  H;7//: L<U WI '44O+':29/1 96 ':%'329/ &7/1/:3/ 6,
D   "5<4'*-/ 6'?).4';.4G 2&&768'+29/4B X)@#Vg HWW)WW 3+I UF &6*/7)
*'%/ TB !)"#Vg HW#)@$ 3+I .';.) P6O:91 6:96 2:B &2:/4
+6%O4/ 46329'6:) D   OP Q'.) H;7//: L<U (I '44O+':29/1 *./: 9./ QK 4':/ '1 36:?
:/39/% 96 9./ 7/3/'R/7 *'9. &76&/7 &6427'9'/1)
D   B)?8)(-+3() -.6 53?'6'+< (-.=)4G -.'1 1B19/+ +//91
NEG> 7/aO'7/+/:91 ,67 6&/729'6: 29 $hF 96 XYhF H@(hE 96 D   OP %&%  HL<U @I *./: QK L':/ HL<U (J 2T6R/IJ '1 '44O+'?
W($hEIi 2:% 29 2 7/429'R/ .O+'%'9B H:6:36:%/:1':;I 6, "Vj :29/%J QK (@( HL<U @I '44O+':29'6: ':%'329/1 %292 '1 T/':;
29 @$hF H"!hEI &/7 NEG>J 2:% Y@j k (j 29 @(hF k (hF 7/3/'R/%)
H"Y)!hE k W)WhEI &/7 ZLF) d6*/R/7J 9./ O1/,O4 4',/ 6, 9./ D   BP %&%  HL<U XI *./: -K L':/ HL<U VJ T/46*IJ '1 '44O+'?

1B19/+l1 192:%TB T299/7'/1

+2B T/ 2%R/71/4B 2,,/39/% TB2:%/897/+/
9./ /4/3976:'3 36+&6:/:91
9/+&/729O7/ 72:;/1 :29/%J -K (@( HL<U XI '44O+':29'6: ':%'329/1 %292 '1 T/':;
972:1+'99/%)
2:% .O+'%'9B) -./7/,67/J '9 '1 7/36++/:%/% 9.29 9.'1 1B19/+

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 110/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide
D   BP Q'.) H;7//: L<U VI '44O+':29/1 *./: 9./ -K 4':/ '1 36:? V%DE c 36::/39'6: 96 b(X fUF &6*/7)
:/39/% 96 9./ 7/3/'R/7 *'9. &76&/7 &6427'9'/1) 9;??;. c 36::/39'6: 96 (X fUF 36++6:)
D   R-(+5 2-3/+ HB/446* L<U !I '44O+':29/1 *./: 2 ;76O:% ,2O49
D   XZ"G R#C$%&% 9-:/) 9;..)*+';. WXZ"Y  c 36::/39'6: ,67
'1 %/9/39/% 6: 9./ 9*'19/%?&2'7 36::/39/% 96 9./ 972:1+'99/7)
NZG H:/9*67AI 32T4/ ,76+ NZG?36+&29'T4/ /aO'&+/:9)
SWITCHES AND CONNECTIONS 
D   FKST ";7)($F-A) 47'+*5  c .21 9*6 1/99':;1J [V#)!\ 2:% C=).*< Q'4+'.=4 -.6 C88(;A-/4
[L6*\) U292 729/1 2T6R/ YJ!$$ T2O% 7/aO'7/ 1/99':; 9./ -./1/ 4'19':;1 2:% 2&&76R241 2&&4B 96 9./ UG=?(@() =: 16+/
1*'93. 96 [V#)!\ &61'9'6:) M/9 9./ 1*'93. 96 [L6*\ 96 36:? 321/1J 3/792': +6%O4/1 67 2&&4'329'6:1 +2B :69 T/ 4'19/% TB
1/7R/ /:/7;B ,67 %292 729/1 O& 96 YJ!$$ T2O%) 3/792': 2&&76R24 2;/:3'/1J 67 4'19':; +2B T/ ': &763/11) F6:?
J BUSG 1O49 ,23967B ,67 429/19 4'19':; 1929O1)

$BPT VBP [-72:1+'9\ 36::/39'6:1 96 7/+69/ %/R'3/ ,67 O1/ D   ZQG  M!@V HL'19/% ,67 F2:2%'2: 2:% :6: F2:2%'2: 2&&4'32?
*'9. W! c (! >]^ HW)@ 96 $)W@ ++_I 9*'19/%?&2'7 9'6:1I
O:1.'/4%/% *'7/)
D   LRCG  (V@?$(?<
R-(+5 c 36::/39 96 ;76O:% 6, 32T':/9C3.211'1) D   9F2LG #W!V?WW@$p(@Xi #W#$?WW@$p(@V HKLMWX$Ii#W!V?
$OPT VOP [Q/3/'R/\ 36::/39'6:1 96 7/+69/ %/R'3/ ,67 O1/ WW@$p(V!i #W#$?WW@$p(VV HKLM@$$$I
*'9. W! c (! >]^ HW)@ 96 $)W@ ++_I 9*'19/%?&2'7 D   9'+< ;0 95'*-=;  2&&76R/%i F4211 WJ F4211 (
O:1.'/4%/% *'7/) D   9'+< ;0 !).A)( 2&&76R/%
J BU%G
R#C$%&% BP  c [-72:1+'9\ 36::/39'6: 96 <=>?(@( -K 36:? "(;63*+ Q'.) #.0;(?-+';.
:/39'6: 6, &2:/4C&/7'&./724)
!"#$%&%G U'7/39 G2:/4 =:9/7,23/ +6%/+ ,67 /89/:%':; <=>?(@(
R#C$%&% OR2  c [Q/,/7/:3/\ 36::/39'6: 96 <=>?(@( Q<E 1/7'24 %292 4':A1)
36::/39'6: 6, &2:/4C&/7'&./724) BC$%DE!9G ZL?L'19/% &6*/7 1O&&4B ,67 UG=?(@() MO&&4'/1
R#C$%&% OP  c [Q/3/'R/\ 36::/39'6: 96 <=>?(@( -K 36:? b(X fUF ,76+ 2 W($ f>F *244 6O94/9)
:/39'6: 6, &2:/4C&/7'&./724)
R-(+5 2/+ WXMT X9T 9Y   c :67+244B 6&/: HNmIJ :67+244B
3461/% HNFIJ 2:% 36++6: HFI /279. ,2O49 976OT4/ 36:92391)
 
DPI-232 BLOCK DIAGRAM: XLS-NCA OR XLS140 TO XLS•NET 

-.'1 %63O+/:9 '1 :69 ':9/:%/% 96 T/ O1/% ,67 ' :1924429'6: &O7&61/1) ]/ 97B 96 A//& 6O7 &76%O39 ':,67+29'6: O&?96?%29/ 2:% 233O729/) ]/ 32::69 36R/7 244 1&/3','3
2&&4'329'6:1 67 2:9'3'&29/ 244 7/aO'7/+/:91) >44 1&/3','329'6:1 27/ 1OTo/39 96 3.2:;/ *'9.6O9 :69'3/)
G423/ -72%/+27A S463A ./7/

C3+;?-+';. -.6 9;.+(;/ F;/3+';.4

d6:/B*/44 =:9/7:29'6:24 =:3) d6:/B*/44 L'+'9/%?d6:/B*/44 L'+'9n/
WY"V U6O;421 U7'R/ N679. @V UB:2+'3 U7'R/
^64%/: f244/BJ PN VVX(( M327T676O;.J m:927'6 PWf XeY
***).6:/B*/44)36+ dmN?!$$(Xp>
"V?@$$! Q/R) W$C$!
N6R/+T/7 ($$!
P2%/ ': 9./ Z)M)>)
 q Z)M) Q/;'19/7/% -72%/+27A
 r ($$! d6:/B*/44 =:9/7:29'6:24 =:3)
G2;/ ( 6, (

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 111/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

XLS-PRN-6
Printer

General
The XLS-PRN-6 printer is used with Honeywell fire alarm control 6769cov.tif
panels (FACPs) with printer capability to provide a written record
of system events and status changes.

Features
• Provides a hard copy printout of all system events and status
changes.
• Time stamps printed on the record of each event and status
change with the current time-of-day and date.
Printer Specifications
• Uses standard 9” x 11” tractor-feed fan-fold paper. Printer Method: Serial printing with 9-pin matrix print head.
• Provides 80 columns of data at 10 characters per inch. Printing Speed (copy draft): 310 cps at 10 cpi.
• Provides printed records of system configuration and addres- Character Density: 10 cpi standard (12, 15, 17.1, and 20 cpi
sable device parameters. available via front panel).
• Nine-pin print head. Graphic Resolution (VxH): 144 x 240 dpi.
• Very quiet (approximately 53 dBA). Ribbon Life (approx.): 4 million characters (DPQ).
Acoustic Noise Level: 53 dBA (approx.).
Applications Dimensions: 19”(48.26 cm)W x 7.9”(20.08cm)H x 9.7
Printed transaction records reduce the man-hours required to (24.64cm)D.
install and maintain a system. A printed record of all system Weight: 17.6 pounds (7.9 kg).
events (alarms, troubles, etc.) and status changes can be espe-
cially valuable in the event of a disputed incident. Power Supply: 120 VAC (only).
Power Consumption: 50 watts (operating).
Construction and Operation Operating Environment Temperature: 50°F to 104°F (10°C
to 40°C).
The printer is housed in its own separate enclosure and is suit- Operating Environment Humidity: 20% to 80% (non-con-
able for placement on a desk top, counter, or table.
densing).
Installation
Agency Listings and Approvals
The XLS-PRN-6 should be placed in a secure area to prevent
theft of the printer and/or printed records. These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified in
this document. In some cases, certain modules or applications
The XLS-PRN-6 must not be located further than 50 ft/15.24 m
may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be
(actual cable length) from the control panel.
in process. Consult factory for latest listing status.
Consult the control panel installation manual for the proper
• UL Listed: S470
method and PIN numbers used to complete the electrical con-
nection to the control panel. • CSFM:  7300-1130:236. 7165-1130:265 and 7170-1130:264
(XLS140-2). 7165-1130:255 and 7170-1130:255 (XLS3000).
NOTE: If printer operation is required during failure of primary 
power, use of a separate UL-listed Uninterruptable Power Supply 
(UPS) system is recommended. Product Line Information
XLS-PRN-6: 9-pin dot-matrix printer, 120 VAC power.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 112/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.

XLS-NET™ is a trademark of Honeywell International Inc.

 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3073-1 Rev. 03/09
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 113/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Notes

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 114/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

4.0 Eclipse Intelligent Devices

  Heat / Smoke Detectors
  Input / Output Modules
  Manual Call Points
  Detector Accessories

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 115/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

TC906A, TC907A, TC908A

Eclipse™ Series: Intelligent

Low-Profile Plug-In Detectors

General
The Honeywell Eclipse Series of intelligent fire sensors uti-
lizes a peer-to-peer, all digital protocol that provides faster 60106cov.jpg
device response time with more flexibility than ever possible
before. In addition, this digital, peer-to-peer protocol is more
resilient than other types of systems because of its signifi-
cantly high noise immunity. The Honeywell Eclipse Series is Specifications
compatible with the Honeywell XLS-ELCM-320 Eclipse Loop
Control Module and the Honeywell XLS-ELEM-320 Eclipse ELECTRICAL RATINGS: 
Loop Expander Module. Voltage range: 15 to 30 VDC peak.
When used with the XLS3000 Fire Alarm Control Panel Standby current (maximum/average): Thermal:   215 A at
(FACP), the Eclipse system distributes intelligence to the net- 24 VDC (continuous broadcasts). Photo/photo with thermal: 
worked devices. In fact, Eclipse turns every networked device 250 A at 24 VDC (continuous broadcasts). Ion:  314 A at 24
into a peer, capable of generating messages readable by the VDC (continuous broadcasts).
entire system. Additionally, with Eclipse, no special communica-
LED current (maximum): 6.5 mA at 24 VDC (ON).
tion cables are required, making it ideal for retrofit applications.
All of these sensors have on-board short-circuit isolators to PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS: 
prevent shorts on the signaling line circuit (SLC) from disabling Temperature ratings: Configuration tool, operating:   32°F
all devices on the intelligent loop. to 122°F (0°C to 50°C). Photo and ion:  32°F to 120°F (0°C to
The TC906A  photoelectric detectors and TC907A ionization 49°C). Photo with thermal:   32°F to 100°F (0°C to 38°C).
detectors have state-of-the-art sensing chambers that are Thermal:   4°F to +100°F (20°C to +38°C); 135°F to 174°F
engineered to sense smoke produced by a wide range of com- (57°C to 79°C) setpoint. High-temperature thermal:   4°F to
bustion sources. The sensing chambers employ features that +150°F (20°C to +66°C); 175°F to 190°F (79°C to 88°C) set-
minimize the effects of settled dust on their performance. The point.
detectors are designed with tri-color LEDs to indicate detector Humidity ratings: 10% to 93% RH, non-condensing.
status and can be programmed to either make the LEDs blink,
Thermal ratings: Fixed temperature setpoint:   135°F (57°C).
or be steady on in green, amber or red. Dual electronic ther- Rate-of-rise detection:  15°F/minute (8.3°C/minute). High tem- 
mistors add 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature thermal sensing
perature heat:  190°F (88°C).
on the TC906A1010 model.
Thermal detector spacing: 50 ft. (15.2 m) spacing:  for detec-
The TC908A1000 is a spot-type heat detector designed to be
tors set between 135°F to 155°F (57°C to 68°C) or 175°F to
programmable for a setpoint range of 135°F to 174°F (57°C to
190°F (79°C to 88°C). 15 ft. (4.6 m) spacing:   for detectors set
79°C) for ordinary detection, or 175°F to 190°F (79°C to 88°C)
between 156°F to 174°F (69°C to 79°C).
for intermediate detection. A detector in the ordinary range
may be programmed for either fixed, or 15°F (8.3°C) rate-of- Configuration tool:  communication range: up to 30 ft. (9 m).
rise operation. Battery life: 168 hours (typical usage).

CONFIGURATION TOOL Dimensions: Detectors:   2.125"  (51 mm) high; diameter

installed in 50001947-002   base: 6.125"  (155 mm); diameter
The EA-CT  is a remote control which communicates with installed in installed in 50001947-001  base: 4.125"  (104 mm).
Eclipse devices via infrared signals at line-of-sight distances Configuration tool, overall:  2.25" (57 mm) wide x 1.313" (33
up to 30 feet (9 meters). The remote control provides the user mm) high x 7.75" (196 mm) length.
with the ability to communicate with the panel and other
devices through any selected device on the loop. The EA-CT Shipping weight: 
Thermal, and Thermal: 
Ion:   5.2   4.8g).oz.
oz. (147 (136 g). Photo,
Configuration tool: Photo/ 
  1.0 lb.
can read device information such as type, loop, and address
along with set loop, address, branch, and service date. It can (0.45 kg).
also initiate a walk test and a device test. The EA-CT features SLC compatibility:  XLS-ELCM-320 and XLS-ELEM-320 Eclipse
a 16-character liquid crystal display and a 17-button keypad. Loop Control/Expander Modules.

Features Agency Listings and Approvals

 Built-in isolation. The listings and approvals below apply to the Eclipse Series
 Distributed intelligence. Intelligent Low-Profile Plug-In Detectors. In some cases,
 Peer-to-peer communication. certain modules or applications may not be listed by certain
approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult
 Digital communication protocol. factory for latest listing status.
 Fast response time.
   UL  Listed: files S1196  (TC906A1002, TC906A1010,
 Sleek, low-profile design. TC907A1001), S751 (TC908A1000).
 Low standby current.    CSFM  approved (except TC907A1001): files 7272-1130:259
 Superior immunity to electrical noise. (TC906A1002, TC906A1010); 7272-1130:260 (TC908A1000).
 Communicate with devices via hand-held wireless configu-    City of Chicago approved.
ration tool.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 116/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Product Line Information

DETECTORS: 
TC906A1002: Eclipse Series photoelectric smoke detector
with isolator.
TC906A1010: Eclipse Series thermal/photoelectric smoke
detector with isolator.

TC907A1001: Eclipse Series ionization smoke detector with

isolator.
TC908A1000: Eclipse Series fixed-temperature/rate-of-rise/ 
high-temperature thermal detector with isolator.

BASES AND MOUNTING KITS: 

50001947-001: Flangeless mounting base with isolator.
50001947-002: Flanged mounting base with isolator.
EBS: Eclipse Series sounder base with isolator and temporal
tone selection.
EBR: Eclipse Series relay base with isolator.
RMK400: Recessed mounting kit.
SMK400E: 4" (102 mm) flangeless surface-mounting kit.

ACCESSORIES: 
EA-CT: Eclipse Series configuration tool (requires two “AA” 
batteries, not included).
RA400Z: Remote LED annunciator.
XR2B: Detector removal tool, T55-127-000 detector removal
head included.
XP-4: Extension pole for XR2B (5 to 15 ft/1.524 to 4.572 m).
BCK-200B: Black detector kit.

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
Eclipse is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc.
 ©2007 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com HON-60106:A
74-3986-2 Rev. 01-07
January 2007
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2007 Honeywell International Inc.
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 117/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

TC906D Eclipse™ Series

Intelligent Duct Smoke Detector
and DNRECL Housing
General
The Honeywell Eclipse™ Series Duct Smoke Detector sam-
ples air currents passing through a duct and gives dependable
performance for shutdown of fans, blowers and air conditioning
systems — preventing the spread of toxic smoke and fire Innovairflexintelligent.jpg

gases through the protected area. The Eclipse TC906D Series

Photoelectric Air Duct Smoke Detectors are capable of sens- • Continuous sensitivity monitoring from the panel.
ing smoke in air velocities from 300 to 4000 feet per minute
(91.44 to 1219 meters per minute). The Eclipse Series duct • Intelligent photo isolator head with twist-in/twist-out removal.
housing has a twist-in, twist-out head for quick and easy clean- • Easy to clean.
ing or application changes without removing the duct housing. • Meets requirements for UL 268A.
The Honeywell Eclipse Series of intelligent fire sensors utilize • Transparent cover for convenient visual inspection.
a peer-to-peer, all digital protocol that provides faster device • Outputs for remote LED display, remote test.
response time with more flexibility than ever possible before. In
• No auxiliary power needed.
addition, this digital, peer-to-peer protocol is more resilient
than other types of systems because of its significantly high • Powered outputs for remote LED and remote test.
noise immunity. The Eclipse Series is compatible with the Hon- • Remote test station and remote annunciator accessories.
eywell XLS-ELCM-320 Eclipse Loop Control Module and the • Communicate with devices via hand-held wireless configu-
Honeywell XLS-ELEM-320 Eclipse Loop Expander Module. ration tool.
When used with the XLS3000 Fire Alarm Control Panel
(FACP), the Eclipse system distributes intelligence to the net- Specifications
worked devices. In fact, Eclipse turns every networked device
into a peer capable of generating messages readable by the Models: TC906D1006   Eclipse Series Intelligent Duct Smoke
entire system. Additionally, with Eclipse, no special communica- Detector;   DNRECL  Eclipse Series Intelligent Duct Smoke
tion cables are required, making it ideal for retrofit applications. Detector Housing. Detector and housing meet UL 268A stan-
dards.
All of these sensors have on-board short-circuit isolators to
prevent shorts on the signaling line circuit (SLC) from disabling TC906D DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR: 
all devices on the intelligent loop. Temperature rating: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C).
This intelligent sensor communicates and is continuously mon- Humidity rating: 10% to 93% RH, non-condensing.
itored through the communication line. Detector sensitivity
changes caused by dirt, temperature, or humidity are reported Duct air velocity rating: 300 to 4000 ft/min. (91.44 to 1219 m/ 
to the panel allowing compensation algorithms to maintain the min.).
sensor.s set sensitivity. An advance indication at the panel Dimensions:   5.0" (127 mm) wide x 14.5" (368 mm) high x 4.0"
specifies the sensor address allowing for selected mainte- (102 mm) deep.
nance to be performed as needed.
SLC compatibility: XLS-ELCM-320 and XLS-ELEM-320 Eclipse
Remote alarm annunciation can be accomplished by using the Loop Control/Expander Modules.
RA100Z Remote Annunciator, or the RTS151 or RTS151KEY
Shipping weight (with DNRECL): 1.6 lbs (0.73 kg).
Remote Test Station. These devices allow testing of the detec-
tor from a remote location. DNRECL HOUSING: 
The Eclipse Series is designed for simplified installation and Electrical ratings (using no accessories): Power supply 
easy maintenance. Refer to NFPA 72 and 90A for additional voltage:   14 to 30 VDC. Standby current:   360 µA maximum.
duct smoke detector application information. Alarm current:  7 mA maximum at 24 VDC (LEDs on).
CONFIGURATION TOOL Temperature rating: -4F - 158F (-20C to 70C).
The EA-CT  is a remote control which communicates with Alarm response time: 30 seconds.
Eclipse devices via infrared signals at line-of-sight distances Power-up time: 2 seconds.
up to 30 feet (9 meters). The remote control provides the user
with the ability to communicate with the panel and other Self-test initiation time: 1 second.
devices through any selected device on the loop. The EA-CT Relay contact ratings  (each set of Form-C contacts): see 
can read device information such as type, loop, and address table below.
along with set loop, address, branch, and service date. It can
also initiate a walk test and a device test. The EA-CT features Accessory current loads @ 24 VDC: For RA100Z:  Standby
a 16-character liquid crystal display and a 17-button keypad. 0 mA, Alarm 4.6 mA maximum. For RTS151/RTS151KEY: 
Standby 0 mA, Alarm 4.6 mA maximum.
Features Terminal connections: strip and clamp suitable for 18 AWG
• Built-in isolation. to 2 AWG (0.821 mm² to 3.31 mm²) wiring.
• Air velocity rating from 300 to 4000 feet per minute (91.44 to EA-CT CONFIGURATION TOOL: 
1219 meters per minute). Temperature rating: 32°F to 122° F (0°C to 50°C).
• Operates from the control panel communication line. Humidity rating: 10% to 90% RH, non-condensing.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 118/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Communication range: Up to 30 ft. (9 m). NOTE: Inlet tube (DST-___, below) is required and must be pur- 
chased separately. Order one inlet tube for each duct smoke 
Battery life: 168 hours (typical usage). detector ordered.
Dimensions:  2.25"  (57 mm) wide x 1.313 "  (33 mm) high x DST1(A): Metal sampling tube duct width up to 1 ft (0.3m)
7.75" (197 mm) deep.
DST1.5(A): Metal sampling tube duct widths up to 1 ft to 2 ft (0.3
to 0.6 m)
Agency Listings and Approvals
DST3(A): Metal sampling tube duct widths up to 2 ft to 4 ft (0.6
The listings and approvals below apply to the Eclipse Series
Intelligent Duct Smoke Detector and Housing. In some cases, to 1.2 m)
DST5(A): Metal sampling tube duct widths up to 4 ft to 8 ft (1.2
certain modules or applications may not be listed by certain to 2.4 m)
approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult fac-
tory for latest listing status. DST10(A): Metal sampling tube duct widths up to 8 ft to 12 ft
(2.4 to 3.7 m)
• UL Listed: file S1196.
RA100Z(A): Remote annunciator alarm LED.
• CSFM approved: file 7272-1130:259.
RTS151(A): Remote test station. Mounts in single-gang box.
• City of Chicago approved. Includes red alarm LED and magnet test switch.
RTS151KEY(A): Key-activated remote test station.
Product Line Information
P48-21-00: Replacement end cap for metal sampling tube.
NOTE: “A or “CDN” suffix indicates ULC listed model.
ETX: Metal exhaust tube duct, width 1 ft (0.3 m)
TC906D1006(CDN): Eclipse Series intelligent duct smoke
detector head. M02-04-00: Test magnet

DNRECL: Eclipse
housing. Order Series intelligent
TC906D1006(CDN) duct smoke detector
seperately.
EA-CT: Eclipse Series configuration tool (two “AA” batteries 
required, not included) .

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
Eclipse™ is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc.
 ©2007 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com HON-60107:A
74-3988-1 Rev. 04-10
April 2010
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 119/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

TC909A and B, TC910N and R

Eclipse™ Series: Intelligent

Monitor, Control, and Relay Modules

General
The Honeywell Eclipse  Series of Intelligent Monitor, Control,
and Relay Modules utilize a peer-to-peer, all-digital protocol that
allows for numerous applications, such as fire, security, access,
and HVAC control. Eclipse provides faster device response time
with more flexibility than ever possible before. In addition, this dig-
ital peer-to-peer protocol is more resilient than other types of sys-
tems because of its significantly high noise immunity. The
Honeywell Eclipse Series is compatible with the Honeywell XLS-
ELCM-320 Eclipse Loop Control Module and the Honeywell XLS-
ELEM-320 Eclipse Loop Expander Module.
When used with the XLS3000 Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP), 60105cov.jpg

the Eclipse system distributes intelligence to the networked

devices. In fact, Eclipse turns every networked device into a with the ability to communicate with the panel and other
peer, capable of generating messages readable by the entire devices through any selected device on the loop. The EA-CT
system. Additionally, with Eclipse, no special communication can read device information such as type, loop, and address
cables are required, making it ideal for retrofit applications. along with set loop, address, branch, and service date. It can
These modules have on-board short-circuit isolators to prevent also initiate a walk test and a device test. The EA-CT features
shorts on the signaling line circuit (SLC) from disabling all a 16-character liquid crystal display and a 17-button keypad.
devices on the intelligent loop.
Eclipse monitor, control, and relay modules can be used to Features
supervise and activate sounders, strobes, door closers, pull sta-
tions, waterflow switches, and more. Each module is rigorously  Built-in isolators.
designed and tested for electromagnetic compatibility and envi-  Distributed intelligence.
ronmental reliability, in many cases exceeding industry stan-  Peer-to-peer communication.
dards. Full-size modules mount in a standard 4.0" x 4.0" x  Digital communication protocol.
2.125" (102 mm x 102 mm x 54 mm) junction box. Wiring termi-

nals are easily accessible for troubleshooting purposes. Relay 
Fast response
Numerous time. (fire, security, access, and HVAC control).
applications
modules are designed for activating products connected to an
alarm system and the mini monitor module can monitor the wir-  Low standby current.
ing to the device for open circuits via an end-of-line resistor.  Superior immunity to electrical noise.
 Wiring terminals easily accessible.
MONITOR MODULE 
 Communicate with the devices via hand-held configuration tool.
The TC909A Monitor Modules monitor the normally open con-
tacts of an auxiliary device. In addition to monitoring the contact,
the device will supervise the wiring to the device for open cir- Module Physical Specifications
cuits via an end-of-line resistor. This device is capable of Class Models: TC909A1009  monitor module with isolator; TC909B1007 
A or Class B operation. mini-monitor module with isolator; TC910N1007 supervised control
module with isolator; TC910R1009  relay module with isolator.
MINI MONITOR MODULE 
Electrical ratings: voltage range 15 to 30 VDC.
The small size of the TC909B Mini Monitor Module allows it to fit
either inside devices or in junction boxes behind devices. Alarm current: 2.0 mA (red LED ON).

SUPERVISED CONTROL MODULE  Temperature ratings: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C).

Humidity ratings: 10% to 93% RH, non-condensing.
The TC910N Supervised Control Modules are used to switch an
external power supply or audio amplifier to notification appli- Dimensions: (except mini-module)  4.313" (110 mm) wide x
ances. The devices will supervise the wiring to the auxiliary 4.25" (108 mm) high x 1.25" (32 mm) deep.
device for open and short circuits via an end-of-line resistor. The SLC compatibility:  XLS-ELCM-320 and XLS-ELEM-320 Eclipse
control module will also have the capability to monitor the exter- Loop Control/Expander Modules.
nal power input for loss of power (DC voltage supplies only). Shipping weight: 8 oz. (227g).
This module is capable of Class A or Class B operation.

RELAY MODULE  Module Electrical Ratings

The TC910R Relay Modules are designed for use in activation of
TC910N SUPERVISED CONTROL MODULE 
products that are connected to an intelligent fire alarm system.
They provide two sets of Form-C contacts that switch together WITH ISOLATOR 
(one DPDT relay). There is also an input that is capable of moni- Standby current average: 560 A maximum average (continu-
toring a dry set of contacts for open or closed conditions. ous broadcasts).

CONFIGURATION TOOL External power supply:  9 to 80 VDC (normal range); 0 to 2

VDC (trouble range).
The EA-CT  is a remote control which communicates with
End-of-line resistance: 39K ohms (included).
Eclipse devices via infrared signals at line-of-sight distances
up to 30 feet (9 meters). The remote control provides the user Maximum NAC wiring resistance: 100 ohms.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 120/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Maximum NAC current rating: Class B wiring:  3.0 A. Class A Agency Listings and Approvals
wiring:  2.0 A.
The listings and approvals below apply to the Eclipse Series
TC910R RELAY MODULE WITH ISOLATOR  Intelligent Monitor, Control, and Relay Modules. In some cases,
Standby current average: 500 A maximum average (continu- certain modules or applications may not be listed by certain
ous broadcasts). approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory
for latest listing status.
Dry-contact short-circuit current: 30 A maximum average.
   UL Listed: file S470.
Relay contact ratings: 3.0 A @ 30 VDC resistive, non-coded;
2.0 A @ 30 VDC resistive, coded; 0.9 A @ 70.7 VAC resistive,    CSFM approved: file 7300-1130:261.
non-coded; 0.7 A @ 70.7 VAC inductive (PF = 35), non-coded.    City of Chicago approved.

TC909A MONITOR MODULE, TC909B MINI-MONITOR Product Line Information

MODULE WITH ISOLATOR 
TC909A1009: Eclipse Series monitor module with isolator.
Standby current average:  485 A maximum (continuous
TC909B1007: Eclipse Series mini monitor module with isolator.
broadcasts).
TC910N1007: Eclipse Series supervised control module with
IDC voltage: 5.4 VDC maximum.
isolator.
Maximum NAC wiring resistance: 100 ohms.
TC910R1009: Eclipse Series relay module with isolator.
EA-CT: Eclipse Series configuration tool (requires two “AA” 
EA-CT Physical Specifications batteries, not included).
Temperature ratings: 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C). CB500: Control module barrier.
Humidity ratings: 10% to 90% RH, non-condensing. SMB500: Surface-mount box.
Communication range: up to 30 feet (9 meters).
Battery life: 168 hours (typical usage).
Dimensions: 2.25" (57 mm) wide x 1.313" (33 mm) high x 7.75"
(197 mm) deep.

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
Eclipse is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc.
 ©2007 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com HON-60105:A
74-3987-1 Rev. 01-07
January 2007
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2007 Honeywell International Inc.
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 121/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

EBR Relay Base

& EBS Sounder Base

General
The EBR Relay Base and EBS Sounder Base are used with
System Sensor sensor heads. Refer to the listed compatible
control panel manual for more information on sensors.
 The EBR  relay base is intended for use with intelligent sys-
tems. Refer to the panel manual for maximum allowable
number of units per loop.
Form C latching relay contacts are included for control of an
auxilary function. The relay operates 3.7 seconds (nomi-
nally) after activation of the sensor head remote annuncia-
tor output.
 The EBS   sounder base is intended for use with intelligent
systems. Refer to the panel manual for the maximum allow-
able number of units per loop. The sounder base requires
an external 24VDC supply. The connections for the external 60197pho1.jp
supply (terminals 1 and 2) and the communication loop (ter-
minals 3, 4 and 5) are isolated to prevent electrical interac-
tion between them.
When the sensors remote annunciator is activated, the likelihood of wiring errors. Improper connections can prevent a
associated horn sounds. A loop of horns can be made to system from responding properly in the event of a fire.
sound by configuring the panel to activate all remote annun-
For signal wiring (the wiring between interconnected sensors
ciators when one is activated.
or modules), it is recommended that the wire be no smaller
NOTE: When not used as a supplementary evacuation system, than 18 gauge (1.0 square mm). Wire sizes up to 12 gauge
the external 24 VDC supply shall be treated as a component of 
(2.5 square mm) may be used with the base. For best system
the main power supply system and shall fall under the require- 
performance, the power (+ and ]) wires and the communica-
ments of the main power supply system per NFPA 72.
tion circuit wires should be twisted pair or shielded cable
installed in separate grounded conduit to protect the communi-
Specifications cation loop from electrical interference.
 Operating Temperature Range:  32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C) Make wire connections by stripping about 3/8   of insulation
 Operating Humidity Range: 10% to 93% Relative Humidity from the end of the wire. Then, slide the bare end of the wire
 Shipping Weight:  0.4 lb. (181 gm) under the clamping plate, and tighten the clamping plate
screw. Do NOT loop the wire under the clamping plate.
 Relay Resistive Contact Rating:  2 A @ 30 VDC, .5 A @
125 VAC The zone wiring of the sensor base should be checked before
 Relay Inductive Contact Rating:  1 A @ 30 VDC, .25 A @ the sensor heads are installed. Check the wiring for continuity
125 VDC and polarity in the base.
 Power Supply Voltage:  15 to 30 VDC See the individual sensor manual for the maximum sensor
installation temperature.
 Set Time:  4.7 seconds maximum
 Reset Time:  4.7 seconds maximum
Mounting
Before Installation Mount directly to an electrical box, using the mounting kit
supplied. (See drawing on following page.)
Please read the System Smoke Detector Application Guide,
which provides detailed information on sensor spacing, place- The bases are 1.1 inches deep (2.794 cm). Electrical boxes
ment, zoning, wiring. and special applications. Copies of this must be 4 inches square (10.16 cm) by at least 1.5 inches
manual are available from System Sensor. NFPA 72 and deep (3.81 cm); 2.125 inches is recommended (5.4 cm).
NEMA guidelines should be observed. NOTE: A maximum space of 1/8 inch from the outside edge of the 
CAUTION: The detector used with this base must be tested and  electrical box to the inside edge of the drywall or ceiling tile is 
allowable.
maintained regularly following NFPA 72 requirements. The detec- 
tor should be cleaned at least once a year.

Wiring Guidelines
All wiring must be installed in compliance with the National
Electrical Code and the local codes having jurisdiction and
must not be of such length or wire size which would cause the
base to operate outside of its published specifications. The
conductors used to connect smoke sensors to control panels
and accessory devices should be color coded to reduce the

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 122/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Agency Listings and Approvals

These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified in
this document. In some cases, certain modules or applications
may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be
in process. Consult factory for latest listing status.
UL Listed: S1196

   f
  m
   w
  1 .
   b  d
   7
   9
   0  1
  6

Mounting a Base into an Electrical Box

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
 ©2009 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9

www.honeywell.com 85-3086 Rev. 02-09

February 2009
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2009 Honeywell International Inc.
PRELIMINARY

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 123/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

EA-CT
Configuration Tool

General
The EA-CT is a hand-held remote control that is designed to
communicate with Eclipse devices via infrared signals. The
remote control will give the user the ability to communicate
with the panel and other devices through any selected device
on the loop. The EA-CT can read device information such as
type, loop, address and sensitivity along with write loop,
address, branch and service date, and initiate walk test and
device test. The EA-CT features a 16-character liquid crystal
display and a 17-button keypad.

Specifications
  G
 Communication Range: Up to 30 feet (9.14 m)    P
  J
   T .
  -  C
  A
 Battery Life: 168 hours (typical usage)    E

 Operating Temperature Range: 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C)

 Relative Humidity: 10-90% RH noncondensing
 Dimensions: 1.3H x 2.2W x 7.7L
(3.302cm H x 5.588cm W x 19.558cm L)
device within the EA-CT field of view will be selected. To dese-
lect a device, aim the EA-CT at the device and press the
General Instructions DESELECT key. A device can be selected or deselected at
For more detailed instructions please refer to the EA-CT  any time.
Configuration Tool Installation and Maintenance Instructions  When a device is selected by the EA-CT, the LED on the
(System Sensor document I56-2245). device will change to a blinking green pattern. This will help
Press the PWR button on the EA-CT. For first time users or the user ensure the correct Eclipse device is selected. The
only exception is the mini monitor module. This unit s LED will
devices without
played. The mainamenu
PIN consists
number, ofthe mainchoices
seven menu for
willthe
beuser.
dis- temporarily turn off because it does not have a bi-color LED.
You can select each choice by pressing the up or down keys to NOTE: There must be a clear line of sight between the EACT and 
highlight your selection and pressing enter or by pressing the the device it is communicating with.
number of the selected item.
NOTE: EA-CT automatically shuts down after four minutes of non-  Listings and Approvals
use.
 UL: S2522
Before communication is enabled, the device must be  CSFM: 7300-1653:174
selected by the EA-CT. To select a device, aim the EA-CT at

the device and press the SELECT key. In situations where

there is more than one device in close proximity, the desired Product Line Information
device may not be initially selected. Simply press the SELECT EA-CT: Eclipse Series configuration tool (requires two AA
key again and that device will be deselected and another batteries, not included).

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 124/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Select Key SELECT   DESELECT Deselect Key

Scroll Up Key Scroll Down Key

Escape Key ESC ENTER Enter Key

1   2   3

4 5 6
7   8 9

Power Button

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.

 ©2008 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3080 Rev. 12-08
December 2008
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2008 Honeywell International Inc.
 
85-3080

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 125/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

S464H Eclipse™ Series

Intelligent Manual
Fire Alarm Pull Station
General
The S464H is a feature packed, manual, non-coded fire alarm
station. The station is fabricated in a highly visible red LEXAN
plastic (or polycarbonate equivalent) with white lettering. The
words NORMAL and ACTIVATED are molded into the plastic
adjacent to the alarm switch (located inside). The S464H has a
status LED that is visible through the translucent handle. The
Honeywell Eclipse Series Intelligent Manual Fire Alarm Sta-
tion is compatible with the Honeywell XLS-ELCM-320 Eclipse
Loop Control Module and the Honeywell XLS-ELEM-320
52004cov.jpg
Eclipse Loop Expander Module. h6643logo.tif

When used with the XLS3000 Fire Alarm Control Panel

(FACP), the Eclipse System distributes intelligence to the net-
worked devices. In fact, Eclipse turns every networked device  Key-lock reset feature.
into a peer, capable of generating messages readable by the  Meets ADA 5 lb. maximum pull force and UL38 Standard.
entire system. Additionally, with Eclipse, no special communica-
 Operation described with arrows and Braille text.
tion cables are required, making it ideal for retrofit applications.
 Station can be opened for inspection and maintenance
CONFIGURATION TOOL without initiating an alarm.
The EA-CT  is a remote control which communicates with
Eclipse devices via infrared signals at line-of-sight distances Specifications
up to 30 feet (9 meters). The remote control provides the user
Model:   S464H1006   Eclipse Series Intelligent Fire Alarm Sta-
with the ability to communicate with the panel and other
tion with English labeling.
devices through any selected device on the loop. The EA-CT
can read device information such as type, loop, and address Electrical ratings for pull station: Standby current:  485 A
along with set loop, address, branch, and service date. It can average. Switch contacts:  0.25 A @ 30 VDC or 30 VAC. Volt- 
also initiate a walk test and a device test. The EA-CT features age range:  5 to 30 VDC. Alarm current:  20 mA (red LED on).
a 16-character liquid crystal display and a 17-button keypad. Switching action: SPST, normally open.
CONSTRUCTION  Wiring connections: screw terminals accomodate 18 AWG to
The cover, backplate and operation handle of the S464H are 12 AWG (0.821 mm² to 3.31 mm²) wiring.
molded of durable polycarbonate material. The cover features Temperature rating: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C).
white lettering and trim.
Humidity rating: 10% to 93% RH, non-condensing.
OPERATION  Dimensions: Pull station  (see figure below): 5.5" (13.97 cm)
The S464H Manual Fire Alarm Station provides a textured fin- H x 4.121" (10.467 cm) W x 1.390" (3.531 cm) D. SB-10 back- 
ger-hold area that includes Braille text. In addition to PUSH IN box:  5.5" (13.97 cm) H x 4.125" (10.478 cm) x 1.375" (3.493 cm).
and PULL DOWN text, arrows indicate how to operate the sta- SB-I/O backbox:   5.601" (14.23 cm) H x 4.222" (10.72 cm) W x
tion for non-English-speaking people. 1.439" (3.66 cm) D.
Pushing in and then pulling down on the handle activates the Mounting options for S464H1006:
normally-open alarm switch. When latched in the down posi-  Single-gang backbox, 2.75" (70 mm) deep.
tion, the word  ACTIVATED appears at the top in bright yellow
lettering with a portion of the handle protruding at the bottom  Double-gang backbox, 2.75" (70 mm) deep.
as a visible flag. Resetting the station is simple   insert the  4.0"  (102 mm) or 4.688"  (119 mm) square backbox,
key, twist one quarter-turn, then open the front cover of the 2.125" (54 mm) deep with double plaster ring.
station, causing the spring-loaded operation handle to return  4.688" (119 mm) square backbox, 2.125" (54 mm) deep
its original position. The alarm switch can then be reset, either with double plaster ring.
manually to its normal (non-alarm) position, or by closing the   SB-10 surface-mounting backbox, metal (dimensions above).
front cover of the station which automatically resets the switch.
  SB-I/O surface-mounting backbox, plastic (dimensions above).
Finish: Red LEXAN (or polycarbonate equivalent) plastic with
Features white lettering.
 Built-in isolation.
Shipping weight: 10.5 oz. (298 g).
 Reliable gold-plated switch contacts.
SLC compatibility:  XLS-ELCM-320 and XLS-ELEM-320 Eclipse
 Easily operated, yet designed to prevent false alarms when Loop Control/Expander Modules.
bumped, shaken or jarred.
EA-CT configuration tool: Communication range:   up to 30
 Dual-action PUSH IN/PULL DOWN handle latches in the
down position for clear indication that the station has been ft. (9 m). Battery life:  168 hours (typical usage). Dimensions: 
2.25" (57 mm) wide x 1.313 " (33 mm) high x 7.75" (197 mm)
operated.
deep. Temperature rating, operating:   32°F to 122°F (0°C to
  ACTIVATED appears on the top of the handle in bright yel- 50°C).
low lettering when station has been operated.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 126/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Agency Listings and Approvals Product Line Information

The listings and approvals below apply to the Eclipse Series S464H1006: Eclipse Series intelligent manual fire alarm pull
Intelligent Fire Alarm Station. In some cases, certain modules station, English labeling, key/lock to reset.
or applications may not be listed by certain approval agencies, EA-CT: Eclipse Series configuration tool (two “AA” batteries
or listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing sta- required, not included).
tus.
SB-10: Surface-mounting backbox, metal.
   C(UL)US Listed: file S5749.
   CSFM approved: file 7150-1130:262. SB-I/O: Surface-mounting backbox, plastic.
   City of Chicago approved. BG-TR: Trim ring.
   MEA approved: file 62-05-E Vol. II. 17051: Standard Honeywell 2126 key, set of two (one key is
included with station).

Pull Station Dimensions

6643dim2.wmf

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
Eclipse is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc.
 ©2007 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com HON-60108:A
74-4014-1 Rev. 01-07
January 2007
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2007 Honeywell International Inc.
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 127/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Notes

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 128/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

5.0 Flashscan Intelligent Devices

  Heat / Smoke Detectors
  Manual Call Points
  Detector Accessories
  Relay and Output Control Modules
  Release Control Modules

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 129/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

TC806B1076(CDN) and
TC806B1084
Intelligent Plug-In Photoelectric
Smoke Detectors with FlashScan

General
Honeywell intelligent plug-in smoke detectors with integral
communication provide features that surpass conventional TC806B1076 with 14507371-001 base
detectors. Detector sensitivity can be programmed in the con-
trol panel software. Sensitivity is continuously monitored and
reported to the panel. Point ID capability allows each detec-
tors address to be set with decade address switches, provid-
ing exact detector location for selective maintenance when
chamber contamination reaches an unacceptable level. The
TC806B1076 photoelectric detectors unique optical sensing
chamber is engineered to sense smoke produced by a wide
range of combustion sources. Dual electronic thermistors add
135°F (57°C) fixed-temperature thermal sensing on the
TC806B1084. TC806B1076 and TC806B1084 detectors are
compatible with Honeywell fire alarm control panels (FACP). TC806B1084 with 14507371-001 base
FlashScan®  (U.S. Patent 5,539,389) is a communication pro-
tocol that greatly increases the speed of communication
between analog intelligent devices. Intelligent devices com-
Shipping Weight: 5.2oz. (147g).
municate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices in the
group has new information, the panel s CPU stops the group Operating Temperature: TC806B1076, 0°C to 49°C (32°F to
poll and concentrates on single points. The net effect is 120°F); TC806B1084, 0°C to 38°C (32°F to 100°F). Low tem-
response speed greater than five times that of earlier designs. perature signal for TC806B1084 at 45°F +/- 10°F (7.22°C +/-
5.54°C).
Features UL/ULC Listed Velocity Range: 0-4000 ft/min. (1219.2 m/ 
min.), suitable for installation in ducts.
 Sleek, low-profile design.
 Addressable-analog communication. Relative Humidity: 10%-93% noncondensing.
 Stable communication technique with noise immunity. Thermal Ratings: Fixed-temperature setpoint 135°F (57°C).
 Low standby current. DETECTOR SPACING AND APPLICATIONS 
 Two-wire SLC connection. Honeywell recommends spacing detectors in compliance with
 FlashScan (XLS140-2, XLS3000) and classic CLIP sys- NFPA 72. In low airflow applications with smooth ceiling,
tems (XLS140-2, XLS1000, XLS3000, FS90 Plus) compat- space detectors 30 feet (9.144m) for ceiling heights 10 feet
ible. (3.148m) and higher. For specific information regarding
 Rotary, decimal addressing (1-99 on CLIP systems, 1-159 detector spacing, placement, and special applications refer to
on FlashScan systems). NFPA 72. System Smoke Detector Application Guide ,
 Optional remote, single-gang LED accessory. document A05-1003, is available at systemsensor.com
 Dual LED design provides 360° viewing angle. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 
 Visible bi-color LEDs blink green every time the detector is Voltage Range: 15-32 volts DC peak.
addressed, and illuminate steady red on alarm (FlashScan 
systems only) . Standby Current (max. avg.):  300A @ 24VDC (one com-
munication every five seconds with LED enabled).
 Remote test feature from the panel.
LED Current (max.): 6.5mA @ 24VDC (ON).
 Walk test with address display (an address on 121 will blink
the detector LED: 12-[pause]-1(FlashScan systems only) . BASES AVAILABLE
 Built-in functional test switch activated by external magnet. NOTE: “CDN” or suffix indicates ULC Listed model.
 Built-in tamper-resistant feature. 14507371-001(CDN):  Standard flanged base. Measures 6.1
 Sealed against back pressure. (15.5cm) diameter.
 Constructed of off-white Bayblend®, designed to commer- 14506414-002(CDN):  Standard flangeless base. Measures
cial standards, and offers an attractive appearance. 4.1 (10.4cm) diameter.
 94-5V plastic flammability rating. B501BH-2(A) or B501BHT-2(A): Sounder base assembly.
 SEMS screws for wiring of the separate base. Includes B501 base.
 Optional relay, isolator, and sounder bases. B224RB(A) Relay Base: Screw Terminals , up to 14AWG
2

Specifications (2.0mm ); Relay

tive, 0.3A Type , Form-C;
@ 110VDC Rating 
inductive, 1.0A, 2.0A @ 30VDC
@ 30VDC resis-
inductive;
Dimensions , 6.2  (15.748cm) x 1.2  (3.048cm) x 1.2
Size:  2.1  (5.3cm) high x 4.1  (10.4cm) diameter installed in
(3.048cm).
14506414-002 base, 6.1  (15.5cm) diameter installed in
14507371-001 base.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 130/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

14507371-005(CDN) Isolator Base: Dimensions , 6.2 Product Line Information

(15.748cm) x 1.2 (3.048cm) x 1.2 (3.048cm); Maximum , 25
devices between isolator bases. TC806B1076:Low-profile intelligent photoelectric sensor.
Must be mounted to one of the bases listed below.
Installation TC806B1076CDN:Same as TC806B1076 but with ULC listing.

TC806B1076 plug-in detectors use a separate base to simplify TC806B1084:Same as TC806B1076 but includes a built-in
installation, service, and maintenance. A special tool allows 135°F (57°C) fixed-temperature thermal device.

maintenance personnel to plug in and remove detectors with-

out using a ladder. BASES 
B710LP: Standard U.S. low-profile base.
Mount base on an electrical backbox which is at least 1.5 
(3.81cm) deep. Suitable mounting base boxes include: 14507371-001:Standard U.S. low-profile base, .

 4.0 (10.16cm) square box. 14507371-001BP:Standard U.S. low-profile base, pkg. of 10.

 3.5 (8.89cm) or 4.0 (10.16cm) octagonal box. 14507371-001CDN:Standard U.S. low-profile base, ULC listing.
 Single-gang box (except relay or isolator base). 14506414-002 :Standard European flangeless base, .
 With B501BH-2 or B501BHT-2 base, use a 4.0  (10.16cm) 14506414-002BP :Standard European flangeless base, pkg. of 10.
square box.
14506414-002CDN: Standard European flangeless base, ULC listing.
 With B224RB or 14507371-005 base, use a 3.5  (8.89cm)
octagonal box, or a 4.0 (10.16cm) octagonal or square box. B501BH-2(A):Sounder base, includes B501(A) base.
NOTE: 1) Because of inherent supervision provided by the SLC  B501BHT-2(A):Same as B501BH-2(A), but includes temporal
loop, end-of-line resistors are not required. Wiring “T-taps” or  sounder.
branches are permitted for style 4 (Class “B”) wiring. 2) When 
using relay or sounder bases, consult data sheet 77-4555  B224RB(A):Intelligent relay base.
(TC811A1006) for device limitations between isolator modules and  14507371-005(CDN):Intelligent isolator base. Isolates SLC
isolator bases. from loop shorts.

ACCESSORIES 
Agency Listings and Approvals
F110:Retrofit replacement flange for older style bases. Con-
These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified in verts older high profile base for use with FlashScan detectors.
this document. In some cases, certain modules or applications
may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may RA100Z(A):Remote LED annunciator. 3-32VDC. Fits U.S.
be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status. single-gang electrical box. Supported by 14507371-001(CDN)
and 14506414-002(CDN) bases only.
 UL Listed: S1196
SMK400E:Surface mounting kit provides for entry of surface
 ULC Listed: S6959 for TC806B1076
wiring conduit. For use with 14506414-002(CDN) base only.
 MEA Listed: 214-02-E
RMK400(A):Recessed mounting kit. For use with 14506414-
 FM Approved
002(CDN) base only.
 CSFM: 7272-1130:205 SMB600-C:Surface mounting kit for use with 14507371-001(CDN).
BCK-200B:Black detector covers, box of 10. For use with
TC806B1076 only.
WCK-200B: White detector covers, box of 10. For use with
TC806B1076 only.
M02-04-00:Test magnet.
M02-09-00:Test magnet with telescope stick.
XR2B:Detector removal tool. Allows installation and/or
removal of FlashScan Series detector heads from base in high
ceiling installations.
T55-127-010:Detector removal tool without pole.
XP-4:Extension pole for XR2B. Comes in three 5-ft. sections.

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.

FlashScan® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc. Bayblend® is a registered trademark of Bayer Corporation.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 74-1941-2 Rev. 07-09
July 2009
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2009 Honeywell International Inc.
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 131/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

TC807B1059(CDN)
Intelligent Plug-In Ionization
Smoke Detector with FlashScan®
General
TC807B1059(CDN) intelligent plug-in ion detectors with integral
communication has features that surpass conventional detec-
tors. Detector sensitivity can be programmed in the control
panel software. Sensitivity is continuously monitored and 6934pho1.jpg
reported to the panel. Point ID capability allows each detector’s
address to be set with decade address switches, providing exact
detector locations for selective maintenance when chamber TC807B1059(CDN)
contamination reaches an unacceptable level.
with 14507371-001 base
The TC807B1059(CDN) ionization detector incorporates a
unique single-source, dual-chamber design to respond quickly
and dependably to a broad range of fires. TC807B1059(CDN)
detectors are compatible with Honeywell intelligent Fire Alarm UL/ULC-Listed Velocity Range: ION: 0 – 1200 ft./min. (365.76
Control Panels (FACPs). m/min.).
FlashScan® (U.S. Patent 5,539,389) is a communication proto- Relative Humidity: 10% – 93% noncondensing.
col that greatly improves the speed of communication between
analog intelligent devices and certain systems. Intelligent ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 
devices communicate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices Voltage Range: 15 - 32 volts DC peak.
within the group has new information, the panel’s CPU stops the
group poll and concentrates on single points. The net effect is Standby Current (max. avg.): 300 µA
response speed greater than five times that of other protocols. LED Current (max.): 6.5 mA @ 24 VDC (“ON”).

Features Installation
• Sleek, low-profile design. TC807B1059(CDN) plug-in detectors use a separate base to
• Addressable-analog communication. simplify installation, service, and maintenance. A special tool
• Stable communication technique with noise immunity. allows maintenance personnel to plug in and remove detectors

• Low standby current. without using a ladder.

Mount base on an electrical backbox which is at least 1.5" (3.81
• Two-wire SLC connection.
cm) deep. Suitable mounting base boxes include:
• Compatible with FlashScan® and CLIP systems
• 4.0" (10.16 cm) square box.
• Direct-dial entry of address 01– 159 for FlashScan loops, 01
– 99 for CLIP mode loops • 3.5" (8.89 cm) or 4.0" (10.16 cm) octagonal box.
• Optional remote, single-gang LED accessory (RA400Z). • Single-gang box (except relay or isolator base).
• Dual LED design provides 360° viewing angle. • With B501BH-2 or B501BHT-2 base, use a 4.0" (10.16 cm)
square box.
• Visible bicolor LEDs blink green every time the detector is
addressed, and illuminate steady red on alarm. • With B224RB or B224BI base, use a 3.5" (8.89 cm) octago-
nal box, or a 4.0" (10.16 cm) octagonal or square box.
• Remote test feature from the panel.
NOTES: 1) Because of the inherent supervision provided by the 
• Walk test with address display (an address of 121 will blink SLC loop, end-of-line resistors are not required. Wiring “T-taps” or 
the detector LED: 12-(pause)-1) (FlashScan® systems only). branches are permitted for Style 4 (Class “B”) wiring. 2) When 
• Built-in functional test switch activated by external magnet. using relay or sounder bases, consult install sheet I56-1385-002 
for device limitations between isolator modules and isolator bases 
• Built-in tamper-resistant feature.
• Sealed against back pressure.
• Constructed of off-white Bayblend®, designed to commercial Agency Listings and Approvals
standards, and offers an attractive appearance. These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified in
• 94-5V plastic flammability rating. this document. In some cases, certain modules or applications
• SEMS screws for wiring of the separate base. may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be
in process. Consult factory for latest listing status.
• Optional relay, isolator, or sounder bases.
• Listed to UL 268. • UL Listed: S470
• ULC Listed: S6959
Specifications • CSFM: 7271-1130:142
• FM Approved
Size: 2.0" (51 mm) high x 4.1" (10.4 cm) diameter installed in
14506414-002(CDN) base, 6.1" (15.5 cm) diameter installed in
14507371-001(CDN) base. Product Line Information
Shipping Weight: 5.4 oz. (153 g). NOTE: “CDN” or “A” suffix indicates ULC Listed model.
Operating Temperature: 0°C to 49°C (32°F to 120°F). TC807B1059: Low-profile intelligent ionization sensor. Must be
mounted to one of the bases listed below.
TC807B1059CDN: Same as above but with ULC Listing.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 132/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

INTELLIGENT BASES  ACCESSORIES 

14506414-002: Flangeless mounting base. F110: Retrofit replacement flange for older style base. Converts
14506414-002CDN: Flangeless mounting base, ULC Listed. older high profile base for use with FlashScan® detectors.
14506414-002BP: Flangeless mounting base, ULC Listed. RA400Z(A): Remote LED annunciator. 3 – 32 VDC. Fits U.S.
single-gang electrical box. Supported by 14507371-001(CDN)
14507371-001: Flanged mounting base. and 14506414-002(CDN) base bases only.
14507371-001CDN: Flanged mounting base, ULC Listed. SMK400E: Surface mounting kit provides for entry of surface
14507371-001BP:
Flanged mounting base. wiring conduit. For use with 14506414-002(CDN) base only.
B501BH-2: Plug-in System Sensor standard sounder  detec-tor RMK400(A): Recessed mounting kit. For use with 14506414-
base, steady tone. Includes 14506414-002 base. 002(CDN) base only.
B501BHT-2: Plug-in System Sensor temporal tone   sounder SMB600-C: Surface mounting kit for use with 14507371-
base. 001(CDN).
B501BHA: Plug-in System Sensor standard sounder detec-tor BCK-200B: Black detector covers, box of 10.
base, steady tone, with ULC Listing. Includes 14506414-002 M02-04-00: Test magnet.
base.
M02-09-00: Test magnet with telescope stick.
B501BHTA : Plug-in System Sensor temporal tone   sounder
base, with ULC listing. XR2B: Detector removal tool. Allows installation and/or removal
of FlashScan® Series detector heads from base in high ceiling
B224RB: Relay base. installations.
B224RBA: Relay base, ULC Listed. T55-127-010: Detector removal tool without pole.
14507371-005: Isolator base. XP-4: Extension pole for XR2B. Comes in three 5-ft. sections.
14507371-005CDN: Isolator base, ULC Listed.

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.

FlashScan® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc. Bayblend® is a registered trademark of Bayer Corporation.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3089 Rev. 06-09
April 2010
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 133/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

TC840M1021(CDN)
Acclimate™ Multi-Sensor
Low-Profile Intelligent Detector
General
 j6935ph1.jpg
The TC840M1021(CDN) Acclimate™ detector is an intelligent,
addressable, multi-sensing, low-profile detector designed for
use with Honeywell (CLIP or FlashScan® modes) Fire Alarm
Control Panels.
The Acclimate™ detector uses a combination of photoelectric
TC840M1021(CDN) in 14507371-001 base
and thermal sensing technologies to increase immunity to
false alarms. Unlike traditional intelligent detectors, the Accli-
mate™ detector has a microprocessor in the detector head
that processes alarm data. As a result, the Acclimate™ detec-
tor adjusts its sensitivity automatically, without operator inter- • Backwards-compatible on most panels.
vention or control panel programming.
• Low-temperature
5.54°C). signal at 45°F +/– 10°F (7.22°C +/–
Areas where the Acclimate™ detector is especially useful
include office complexes, schools, college campuses, manu-
facturing and industrial facilities, and anywhere else the use of Specifications
a particular area may change. The Acclimate™ detector auto-
Sensitivity: auto-adjusting levels : 1 to 2%/ft. and 2 to 4%/ft.
matically adjusts its sensitivity to the environment.
with classic CLIP systems; 1 to 2, 2 to 3, and 3 to 4%/ft. with
FlashScan (U.S. Patent 5,539,389) is a communication proto- systems; fixed-sensitivity levels:   1, 2, and 4%/ft. with classic
col developed to greatly enhance the speed of communication CLIP systems; 0.5, 1, 2, 3, and 4%/ft. with FlashScan systems.
between analog intelligent devices and compatible systems.
Size: 2.0" (5.3 cm) high x 4.1" (10.4 cm) diameter installed in
Intelligent devices communicate in a grouped fashion. If one of
14506414-002 base, 6.1" (15.5 cm) diameter installed in
the devices within the group has new information, the panel’s
14507371-001 base.
CPU stops the group poll and concentrates on single points.
The net effect is response speed greater than five times that of Shipping weight: 5.2 oz. (147 g).
earlier designs. Operating temperature: 0°C to 38°C (32°F to 100°F).

Features Operating altitude: up to 10,000 feet.

UL-Listed velocity range: 0 – 4000 ft./min. (1219.2 m/min.),
• Automatically adjusts sensitivity levels without operator
suitable for installation in ducts.
intervention or programming. Sensitivity increases with
heat. Relative humidity: 10% – 93% noncondensing.
• Microprocessor-based, combination photo and thermal Thermal sensing rating:  fixed-temperature setpoint 135°F
technology. (57°C).
• FlashScan (XLS140-2 and XLS3000) and CLIP system
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS: 
(XLS140, XLS3000, XLS1000, and FS90 Plus) compatible.
Voltage range: 15 – 32 volts DC peak.
• Addressable-analog communication.
• Sleek, low-profile design. Standby current (max. avg.): 300 µA.
• Two-wire SLC connection. Loop resistance:  50 ohms maximum; varies according to
control panel used. Refer to panel installation manuals.
• Direct-Dial entry of address: (1 – 159 on FlashScan sys-
tems; 1 – 99 on CLIP systems). LED current (max.): 6.5 mA @ 24 VDC (“ON”).
• Addresses can be viewed and changed without electronic
programmers. Installation
• Dual bi-color LED design provides 360° viewing angle. The TC840M1021(CDN) plug-in detector uses a separate
• LEDs lock red when in alarm. In FlashScan, LEDs flash base to simplify installation, service, and maintenance. A spe-
green in standby for normal condition. cial tool allows maintenance personnel to plug-in and remove
• Built-in tamper-resistant feature. detectors without using a ladder. Mount base on an electrical
backbox at least 1.5" (3.81 cm) deep. Suitable mounting base
• Sealed against back pressure.
boxes include:
• Constructed of off-white Bayblend®, designed to commer-
cial standards, and offers an attractive appearance. • 4.0" (10.16 cm) square box.
• SEMS screws for wiring of the separate base. • 3.5" (8.89 cm) or 4.0" (10.16 cm) octagonal box.
• Several base options, including relay, isolator, and sounder. • Single-gang box (except relay or isolator base).
APPLICATION NOTE: The TC840M1021(CDN) detector has the 
• Built-in functional test switch activated by external magnet.
unique ability to adjust sensitivity according to the environment,
• Listed to UL 268. based on heat and smoke levels. Avoid installing these detectors 
• Capable of heat-only alarm mode, enabled by a special in locations that are susceptible to rapid and high temperature 
command from the panel. Smoke alarms are ignored. changes. An example of an incorrect application would be near or 
in line with the output of a self-contained heater.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 134/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

DETECTOR SPACING: Honeywell recommends spacing detec-  B501BHA: Plug-in System Sensor standard sounder detec-tor
tors in compliance with NFPA 72. In low airflow applications with  base, steady tone, with ULC Listing. Includes 14506414-002
smooth ceilings, space detectors 30 feet (9.144 m). For specific  base.
information regarding detector spacing, placement, and special 
B501BHTA : Plug-in System Sensor temporal tone   sounder
applications, refer to NFPA 72. System Smoke Detector Applica- 
tion Guide, document A05-1003, is available at systemsen-  base, with ULC listing.
sor.com. B224RB:  Relay base Screw terminals: up to 14 AWG (2.0
mm²). Relay type: Form-C. Rating: 2.0 A @ 30 VDC resistive;
0.3 A @ 110 VDC inductive; 1.0 A @ 30 VDC inductive.
Agency Listings and Approvals Dimensions: 6.2" (15.748 cm) x 1.2" (3.048 cm)..
These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified in
B224RBA: Relay base, ULC Listed.
this. In some cases, certain modules or applications may not
be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in pro- 14507371-005: Isolator base. Dimensions: 6.2" (15.748 cm) x
cess. Consult factory for latest listing status. 1.2" (3.048 cm). Maximum: 25 devices between isolator bases.
14507371-005CDN: Isolator base, ULC Listed.
• UL Listed: S1196
• ULC Listed: S6959CS308S6963 ACCESSORIES: 
• FM Approved F110: Retrofit replacement flange for older high profile bases.
• CSFM: 7272-1130:144 Converts bases for use with FlashScan® detectors.
RA100Z: Remote LED annunciator. 3 – 32 VDC. Fits U.S. sin-
gle-gang electrical box. Supported by 14507371-001 and
Ordering Information 14506414-002 bases only.
TC840M1021: Low-profile intelligent multi-sensor detector. SMK400E: Surface mounting kit provides for entry of surface

Must be mounted to one of the bases listed below. wiring conduit. For use with 14506414-002 base only.
TC840M1021CDN: Same as TC840M1021 but with ULC List- RMK400: Recessed mounting kit. For use with 14506414-002
ing. base only.
SMB600: Surface mounting kit for use with 14507371-001.
INTELLIGENT BASES 
BCK-200B: Black detector covers, box of 10.
14506414-002: Flangeless mounting base. 4.1" (10.4 cm) diame-
ter. M02-04-00: Test magnet.
14506414-002CDN: Flangeless mounting base, ULC Listed. M02-09-00: Test magnet with telescope stick.
14506414-002BP: Flangeless mounting base, ULC Listed. XR2B: Detector removal tool. Allows installation and/or
14507371-001: Flanged mounting base. 6.1" (15.5 cm) diameter removal of FlashScan® Series detector heads from base in
14507371-001CDN: Flanged mounting base, ULC Listed. high ceiling installations.
14507371-001BP: Flanged mounting base. T55-127-010: Detector removal tool without pole.
B501BH-2: Plug-in System Sensor standard sounder   detector XP-4: Extension pole for XR2B. Comes in three 5-ft. sections.

base, steady tone. Includes 14506414-002 base.

B501BHT-2: Plug-in System Sensor temporal tone   sounder
base.

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.

FlashScan® is a registered trademark and Acclimate™ is a trademark of Honeywell International Inc. Bayblend® is a registered trademark of Bayer Corp.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 74-3387-3 Rev. 06/09
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 135/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

TC846A Series
Pinnacle™ High Sensitivity
Laser Smoke Detectors
General
The TC846A1013 and TC846A1005 Laser Detectors provides
a revolutionary advance in early warning smoke detection
technology. The unique design of this detector, combined with
enhanced intelligent sensing algorithms in the Honeywell con-
trol panels, allows smoke detection sensitivity that is up to 50
times higher than present photoelectric technology. Because TC846A with 14507371-001 base
of this high sensitivity, the TC846A Series can provide very
early warning of slow smoldering fires. Its performance is com-
parable to present aspiration technology, at a substantially Specifications
lower installed cost.
Operating voltage range: 15 to 32 VDC peak.
The TC846A uses an extremely bright laser diode, combined
with special lens and mirror optics (U.S. patent pending), to Maximum average standby current: 230 µA @ 24 VDC (no
communication). 330 µA @ 24 VDC (one communication
achieve a signal-to-noise ratio that is much higher than tradi-
every 5 seconds with LED blink enabled).
tional photoelectric sensors. In addition, the tightly focused
light beam, combined with the intelligent sensing algorithms, Maximum alarm current: 6.5 mA @ 24 VDC (LED “ON”).
allow the system to differentiate between dust and smoke par- Operating humidity range:  10% to 93% relative humidity,
ticles. Because of this differentiation, the TC846A can be set to non-condensing.
extremely high sensitivity, yet can reject false signals caused
by larger airborne particles such as dust, lint, and small Operating temperature range: 0° to 38°C (32° to 100°F).
insects . Loop resistance: 40 ohms maximum.
The TC846A is an intelligent (analog/addressable) detector. Dimensions:  Height: 1.66 inches (42.16 mm) installed in
Using CLIP mode, up to 99 TC846A detectors may be 14507371-001 base. Diameter: 4.0 inches (154.94 mm)
installed per loop. On FlashScan® systems (XLS140/  installed in 14507371-001 base; 4 inches (101.6 mm). Weight:
XLS3000), up to 159 addresses are available. The TC846A 5.6 oz. (102 g).
may be mixed in any combination with other Honeywell intelli-
gent sensors on the same loop and is quickly installed using BASES AVAILABLE: 
the panel autoprogram feature. The TC846A provides dual bi- 14507371-001: Standard flanged base. Measures 6.1 inches
color LEDs, which blink green in normal operation and illumi- (154.94 mm) diameter.
nate steady red in alarm.
14506414-002:  Standard flangeless base. Measures 4.1
FlashScan ® (U.S. Patent 5,539,389) is a communication pro- inches (104.14 mm) diameter.
tocol that greatly enhances the speed of communication
between analog intelligent devices. Intelligent devices commu- B501BH-2: Sounder base assembly, constant tone. Includes
nicate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within the 14506414-002 base.
group has new information, the panel CPU stops the group poll B501BHT-2:  Sounder base assembly, temporal three-tone.
and concentrates on single points. The net effect is response Includes 14506414-002 base.
speed greater than five times that of other designs.
B224RB Relay Base: Screw terminals: Up to 14 AWG (2.00
mm²). Relay type: Form-C. Rating: 2 A @ 30 VDC resistive;
Features 0.3 A @ 110 VDC inductive; 1.0 A @ 30 VDC inductive.
• Intelligent Early Warning smoke detection. Dimensions: 6.2 in. (157.48 mm) x 1.2 in. (30.48 mm).
14507371-005 Isolator Base:  Dimensions: 6.2 in. (157.48
• Advanced laser light source and patented optical design. mm) x 1.2 in. (30.48 mm). Maximum: 25 devices between iso-
• Sleek low-profile housing (1.66"/42.164 mm height).
lator bases.
• Honeywell Analog Addressable communications protocol
provides extremely reliable operation proven in millions of
worldwide detector installations.
Recommended Coverage Per Detector
• Sensitivity: In order to support sophisticated smoke/dust discrimination
algorithms (cooperating multi-detector), it is recommended
–  0.02% to 2.00%
that at least two TC846A detectors be installed in each room
• Rotary DECADE address switches. Set 01 – 99 on legacy or enclosed area.
systems and 01 – 159 on FlashScan® systems . These
switches allow quick selection of address without resorting Recommended coverage per detector is 400 square feet
to binary switches, special programmers, or bar coding (37.16 square meters).
devices.
• Dual bi-color (red/green) LEDs flash green when Normal Installation
and are steady red in Alarm. The TC846A plug-in detector uses a separate base to simplify
• Dual LED design provides 360° viewing angle. installation, service, and maintenance. A special tool allows
• Built-in magnetic test switch, or automatic test commanded maintenance personnel to plug-in and remove detectors with-
from panel. out using a ladder.
• Optional relay, isolator, or sounder bases.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 136/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Mount base on a box which is at least 1.5" (38.1 mm) deep. 14506414-002CDN: Same as 145073171-001, but with ULC
Suitable mounting base boxes include: listing.
• 4" (101.6 mm) square box. B501BH-2: Sounder base, includes B501 base.
• 3-1/2" (88.9 mm) or 4" (101.6 mm) octagonal box. B501BH-2A: Same as B501BH-2, but with ULC listing.
• Single-gang box (except relay or isolator base). B501BHT-2:  Sounder base assembly. Temporal three-tone.
Includes 14506414-002 base.
Agency Listings and Approvals B501BHT-2A: Same as B501BHT-2, but with ULC listing.
These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified in B224RB: Intelligent relay base.
this document. In some cases, certain modules or applications
may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may B224RBA: Same as B224RB, but with ULC listing.
be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status. 14507371-005: Intelligent isolator base. Isolates SLC from
• UL Listed: S1196 loop shorts.
• ULC Listed: S6959 14507371-005CDN: Same as 14507371-005, but with ULC
• MEA Listed: 232-06-E Vol. II (XLS3000) listing.
• CSFM: 7272-1130:224 ACCESSORIES 
F110: Retrofit replacement flange for BX-501 base.
Ordering Information
RA400Z: *Remote LED annunciator. 3 – 32 VDC. Fits U.S.
TC846A1013: Laser Detector. Intelligent laser sensor with single-gang electrical box.
FlashScan® only capabilities. Mounts to one of the bases listed
MOD400R: Detector sensitivity test tool. Use with most ana-
below.
TC846A1005: Laser Detector. Intelligent laser sensor with log or digital
sensitivity multimeters. Satisfies requirement of NFPA72 for
testing.
CLIP capabilities only. Mounts to one of the bases listed below.
SMK400E: Surface mounting kit provides for entry of surface
TC846A1013CDN: Same as TC846A1013, but with ULC list- wiring conduit. For use with 14506414-002 base only.
ing.
RMK400: Recessed mounting kit. For use with 14506414-002
TC846A1005CDN: Same as TC846A1005, but with ULC list- base only.
ing.
M02-04-00: Test magnet.
BASES:  M02-09-00: Test magnet with telescoping handle.
14507371-001BP: Standard U.S. flanged low-profile base,
XR2: Detector removal tool. Allows installation and/or removal
package of ten (10).
of 700 Series detector heads from base in high ceiling installa-
14507371-001CDN: Same as 145073171-001, but with ULC tions.
listing.
XP-4: Extension pole for XR-2. Comes in three 5-ft. (1.524 m)
B501: Standard European Flangeless base. sections.
14506414-002BP: Standard European flangeless base, pack- *Supported by 14507371-001 and 14506414-002 bases only.
age of ten (10).

  03/02/2009 • 74-3373-1 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 137/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

TC846A Design

The TC846A incorporates an extremely bright laser diode and integral lens that focuses the light beam to a very small volume
near the receiving photo sensor. The light then passes into a light trap and is absorbed. The photo sensor is activated by a scat-
tering of smoke particles in this small-volume light beam. In a typical photoelectric detector, the light beam is very wide and can
reflect off the chamber walls into the photo sensor because dust accumulation changes the wall color from flat black to gray. With
the TC846A the concentrated light beam does not touch the walls, therefore it is much less susceptible to dust accumulation.
Smoke scatters light in all directions and, in a typical photoelectric detector, only a small portion of that scattered light reaches the
photo sensor itself. In the TC846A, a special mirror reflects and concentrates most of the scattered light into the photo sensor.
See laser detail drawings on this page. Compared to smoke, airborne dust particles are very large and very sparse. Since a) they
are in motion; b) the illuminated volume is very small; and c) the TC846A flashes the laser only every few seconds; then the occa-
sional dust particle cannot remain in the light volume for more than one or two samples. This transient signal from dust is the key
to the dust discrimination performed by the TC846A system.

Test LED
Smoke direction baffles
Laser diode &
integral lens
assembly Sensing chamber

Laser beam

Light trap

Photo receiver
Mirror Detail

5306mir.wmf
Mirror
5306d2.wmf
(see detail at right)
Protective housing

RF shield Safety interlocks (4)

Chamber cover Smoke sensing chamber

cover/screen
Bug screen
Smoke sensing chamber base
Spring contact to bug screen
Circuit board
Contacts to
mounting brackets

Photo diode 5306d1.wmf

Smoke detector base

www.honeywell.com 74-3373-1 • 03/02/2009

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 138/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.

FlashScan ® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 74-3373-1 Rev. 03-09
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 139/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

TC840C1000 COPTIR
Advanced Multi-Criteria Detector
with four unique sensing elements
General
This latest addition to the Advanced Detection line combines
four complementary technologies into one device to convey
accurate fire sensing information for locations where absolute
certainty is required.
It is designed for use with Honeywell fire alarm control panels
(FACPs) compatible with the FlashScan protocol.

Features
• Unique ability to detect all four major elements of a fire
     f
• Highest nuisance alarm immunity      i
     t
 .
    v
    o
    c
• Advanced algorithms interpret and respond to the multiple      2
     1
     4
inputs      0
     6

• Six levels of sensitivity

• CO sensing for fastest response to slow developing, smol-
dering fires
• Fully integrated infrared sensing to support the fire alarm NOTE: The CO cell is specifically deployed as a component of 
decision smoke detection in this device. This device is not listed for applica- 
• Automatic drift compensation of smoke sensor and CO cell tions in which standalone CO detection is required for life safety.
• Superior EMI protection The IR light sensor recognizes specific situations such as
• Twin LED indicators providing 360° visibility welding and makes adjustments rapidly to further reduce the
potential for nuisance alarms. The thermal detection function
• LEDs can be panel controlled to blink, latch on, latch off
uses thermistor technology with a software-corrected linear
• Built-in test switch temperature response to offer exceptional nuisance alarm
This
mentsplug-in
in onefire detector combines four separate sensing ele-
unit: immunity and excellent fire detection.

1. Electrochemical cell technology that monitors carbon Product Line Information

monoxide (CO) produced by smoldering fires TC840C1000(CDN): Advanced Multi-Criteria Detector
2. Infrared (IR) sensing that measures ambient light levels
Accessories
and flame signatures
3. Photo-electric smoke detection 14506414-002: Flangeless mounting base. 4.1” (10.4 cm) diameter
4. Thermal detection for temperature monitoring 14506414-002CDN: Flangeless mounting base, ULC Listed.
The integration of continual monitoring for all four major ele- 14506414-002BP: Flangeless mounting base, ULC Listed.
ments of a fire leads to a detector that responds more quickly 14507371-001: Flanged mounting base. 6.1” (15.5 cm) diameter.
to an actual fire with the highest immunity to nuisances. This 14507371-001CDN: Flanged mounting base, ULC Listed.
advanced multi-criteria detector operates at a high immunity
14507371-001BP: Flanged mounting base.
level, changing to become very sensitive to identify those that
should be ignored, reducing false alarms. B501BH-2: Plug-in System Sensor standard sounder  detec-tor
14506414-002
Its on-board intelligence runs advanced algorithms that base, steady tone. Includes  base.
dynamically adjust detection parameters to respond to the B501BHT-2: Plug-in System Sensor temporal tone   sounder
inputs from the sensors, enabling instant response as ambient base.
conditions change. B501BHA: Plug-in System Sensor standard sounder detec-tor
The program changes sensor thresholds, sensor gain, time, base, steady tone, with ULC Listing. Includes 14506414-002
base.
delays, combinations, sampling rates, and averaging rates. If
any sensor fails, the detector automatically adjusts the sensi- B501BHTA : Plug-in System Sensor temporal tone   sounder
tivity of the remaining sensors. It also recognizes a fault condi- base, with ULC listing.
tion. B224RB:  Relay base Screw terminals: up to 14 AWG (2.0
The CO cell has an expected lifetime of approximately six mm²). Relay type: Form-C. Rating: 2.0 A @ 30 VDC resistive;
years. It is not a field replaceable component. An internal 0.3 A @ 110 VDC inductive; 1.0 A @ 30 VDC inductive.
timer signals the control panel to indicate the approach of the Dimensions: 6.2" (15.748 cm) x 1.2" (3.048 cm)..
CO cell’s end of life. Upon expiration, you should contact the B224RBA: Relay base, ULC Listed.
system supplier to arrange for replacement of the unit. Detec- 14507371-005: Isolator base. Dimensions: 6.2" (15.748 cm) x
tion is not
rithms compromised
automatically when
adjust the CO weight
to properly cell expires. The algo-
the inputs from 1.2" (3.048 cm). Maximum: 25 devices between isolator bases.
14507371-005CDN: Isolator base, ULC Listed.
the photo-electric, heat, and IR sensors.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 140/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Listings and Approvals Level 5: 4% per foot (30.48 cm) of smoke. Equipment rooms,
Kitchens, Paint Shops.
• UL Listed: S1196
Level 6: Thermal alarm at 135°F (57°C).
• FM Approved
• CSFM: 7272-1130:272 NOTE: Once the CO cell has reached the end of life, any device 
set to Level 3 or Level 4 will default to Level 5 and Level 5 will drop 
to 3%. The following sensitivities apply to devices with expired CO 
Specifications cells: 

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Level 1: 1% per foot (30.48 cm) of smoke. Very clean environ-
ments - Laboratories.
Size: H : 2.4" (6.1 cm), Diam : 4.0" (10.16 cm)
Level 2: 2% per foot (30.48 cm) of smoke. Clean environ-
Shipping Weight: 4.6 ounces ments - Offices.
Color: Ivory Level 5: 3% per foot (30.48 cm) of smoke. Moderately clean
Operating Humidity Range: 10 to 93% relative humidity environments - Hotel Room, Dorm Room.
(non-condensing) Level 6: Thermal alarm at 135°F (57°C).
Application Temperature Range:  32°F to 100°F (0°C to
38°C)

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 
Operating Voltage Range: 15 to 32VDC
Maximum Standby Current: 200µA at 24VDC (no communi-
cations)
Maximum Alarm Current (LED on): 7mA at 24VDC      f
    m
    w
 .
    a
SENSITIVITY SETTINGS & SUGGESTED APPLICATION      i
     d
     2
     1
     4
Level 1: 1% per foot (30.48 cm) of smoke. Very clean environ-      0
     6

ments - Laboratories.
4.0" 2.4"
Level 2:  2% per foot (30.48 cm) of smoke. Clean environ-
(10.16 cm) (6.096 cm)
ments - Offices.
Level 3: 3% per foot (30.48 cm) of smoke. Moderately clean
TC840C1000
environments - Hotel Room, Dorm Room.
Advanced Multi-Criteria Detector
Level 4: 3% per foot (30.48 cm) of smoke with different algo-
rithm processing and weighting of sensor elements. Hotel
rooms near a shower, Boiler Rooms.

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
FlashScan ® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 74-5070-1 Rev. 07-09
April 2010
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 141/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

TC847A1004(A)
Single-Ended, Reflector-Type
TC847A with
Addressable Beam Smoke Detector Reflective Plate

GENERAL
The Honeywell TC847A1004 are intelligent, addressable
reflected beam smoke detectors for protecting open areas with
high and sloping ceilings, and wide-open areas, where spot-type
smoke detectors are difficult to install and maintain. Ideal
applications are atriums, cathedral ceilings, aircraft hangars, 6975reflect.jpg

warehouses, sporting arenas, concert halls, and enclosed

parking facilities. They are compatible with Honeywell’s
Intelligent Fire Alarm Control Panels in FlashScan® or CLIP
mode, as well as with the FS90, XLS200, and XLS1000 in CLIP
mode only. Installation of the single-ended reflective design is
much quicker than a dual-ended projected beam detector.
Alignment is easily
two-digit signal accomplished
strength with an optical
meter incorporated intosight
the and
beama TC847A with
detector. Listed for operation from –22°F to 131°F, the BEAMMMK
TC847A1004 are usable in open area applications where
6975beammk.jpg
temperature extremes exceed the design limits of other types of
smoke detection.
The TC847A1004 are a transmitter/receiver unit and a reflector.
When smoke enters the area between the unit and the reflector
it causes a reduction in the signal strength. When the smoke
level (signal strength) reaches the predetermined threshold, an SPECIFICATIONS
alarm is activated. The detectors have four standard sensitivity
selections as well as two Acclimate® settings. When either OPERATIONAL SPECIFICATIONS 
Acclimate® setting is selected, the detector’s advanced Protection Range: 16 to 230 feet (5 to 70 m), 230 to 328 feet
software algorithms automatically adjust to the optimum (70 to 100 m) using optional BEAMLRK kit.
sensitivity for the specific environment. Adjustment Angle: ±10° horizontal and vertical. Note that the

The
filter TC847A1004
attached to has an integral inside
a servomotor sensitivity
the test feature
detector of a
optics. optics move independently of the unit.
Sensitivity (6 levels):
Activation of the RTS151 or RTS151KEY remote test stations
NOTE: Sensitivity settings are a feature of specific control panels.
moves the filter into the pathway of the light beam, testing the
detector’s sensitivity. This sensitivity test feature allows the user • Level 1 — 25%.
to quickly and easily meet the annual maintenance and test • Level 2 — 30%.
requirements of NFPA 72, without physical access to the • Level 3 — 40%.
detector. The servomotor must be powered by +24 VDC, not
• Level 4 — 50%.
SLC power.
• Acclimate® Level 5 — 30% to 50%.
FEATURES • Acclimate® Level 6 — 40% to 50%.
Fault Condition (trouble):
• Listed to UL 268, ULC CAN/ULC S529.
• 96% or more obscuration blockage.
• Transmitter/receiver built into same unit.
• In alignment mode.
• Six user-selectable sensitivity levels.
• Improper initial alignment.
•• 16' to 328' (use
Removable BEAMLRK
plug-in terminalbeyond
blocks. 230') protection range. • Self-compensation limit reached.
Alignment Aid:
• Digital display — no special tools required.
• Optical gunsight.
• Built-in automatic gain control compensates for signal deteri-
oration from dust buildup. • Integral signal strength indication.
• Optional remote test station. • Two-digit display.
• Optional long-range kit (BEAMLRK) for applications in Indicators:
excess of 230' (70 m). • Alarm — local red LED and remote alarm.
• Optional multi-mount kit (BEAMMMK) providing ceiling or • Trouble — local yellow LED and remote trouble.
wall mount capability with increased angular adjustment. • Normal — local flashing green LED.
• Optional heater kits (BEAMHK and BEAMHKR) for Test/reset features:
prevention of condensation (not intended to increase or
reduce the specified operating temperature). • Integral sensitivity test filter (TC847A1004 only, requires
external power supply).
• Paintable cover.
• Sensitivity filter (incremental scale on reflector).
• Local alarm test switch.
• Local alarm reset switch.
• Remote test and reset switch (compatible with RTS151 and
RTS151KEY test stations).

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 142/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Smoke Detector Spacing:  On smooth ceilings, 30 – 60 feet SENSITIVITY SELECTION

(9.1 to 18.3 m) between projected beams and not more than
one-half that spacing between a projected beam and a sidewall. The detector has six sensitivity selections (sensitivity settings
Other spacing may be used depending on ceiling height, airflow are a feature of specific control panels). Each of these
characteristics, and response requirements. See NFPA 72. selections is only acceptable over a specific distance separation
between the detector and the reflector per UL 268. The chart
below determines which selections are acceptable for your
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS installed distance. The sensitivity of the detector can be set only
when the housing is removed and the detector is not in the fine
Temperature:  –22°F to 131°F (–30°C to 55°C). adjustment step of the alignment mode, indicated by the
Humidity:  10 – 93% RH noncondensing.
illumination of the dual digital display. To set the sensitivity,
depress the sensitivity button one time. See Switch Locations
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS diagram. Once the switch is pressed, the digital display will
• Voltage:  15 to 32 VDC. illuminate and read the current sensitivity setting in percent
obscuration. To change the sensitivity, continue to depress the
• Average Standby Current (24 VDC): 2 mA maximum (LED
sensitivity switch until the desired setting is achieved. The digital
flashing, SLC @ 24 V).
display will turn off automatically if no further switch presses
• Alarm Current (LED on):  8.5 mA maximum. occur.
• Trouble Current (LED on):  4.5 mA maximum.
Acceptable Acceptable
• Alignment Current: 20 mA maximum.
DISTANCE DISTANCE
• External Supply between between
Voltage — 15 to 32 VDC Sensitivity Percent Display
Detector Detector
Current — 0.5 A maximum. Setting Obscuration Reading
and and
• Remote Output (Alarm): Reflector  Reflector 
Voltage  - 15 to 32 VDC (Output voltage same as device input (ft) (m)
voltage) Level 1 25% 25 16.4 to 120 5.0 to 36.6
Current  - 15 mA maximum, 6 mA minimum (Output current is Level 2 30% 30 25 to 150 7.6 to 45.7
limited by 2.2K ohm resistor)
Level 3 40% 40 60 to 220 18.3 to 67
• Heater Kit BEAMHK: Voltage  - 15 to 32 V; Current   - 92 mA Level 4 50% 50 80 to 328 24.4 to 100
maximum @ 32 V (heater only); Power Consumption   -
 Acclimate ®
nominal 1.6 W @ 24 V, maximum 3.0 W @ 32 V. 30% to 50% A1 80 to 150 24.4 to 45.7
Level 1
• Reflector Heater Kit BEAMHKR: Voltage   - 15 to 32 V;
 Acclimate ®
Current   - 450 mA maximum @ 32 V (per reflector); Power  40% to 50% A2 80 to 200 24.4 to 67
Level 2
Consumption (per reflector)   - nominal 7.7 W @ 24 V,
maximum 15.0 W @ 32 V. In addition to the four standard sensitivity selections, the
detector has two Acclimate® settings. When either Acclimate® 
setting is chosen the detector will automatically adjust its
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS sensitivity using advanced software algorithms to select the
Shipping Weight: 3.7 lbs (1.68 kg) optimum sensitivity for the environment. The sensitivity will be
Detector Dimensions: 10.0" H x 7.5" W x 3.3" D (254 mm H x continuously adjusted within the ranges specified in the chart
191 mm W x 84 mm D). above.
Reflector Dimensions for 16' to 230' (5 to 70m) Total obscuration   can be converted to percent per foot,
Applications:  7.9" x 9.1" (200 x 230 mm). assuming uniform smoke density for the entire length of the
beam. The chart below converts total obscuration percent per
Reflector Dimensions for Applications Beyond 230'/70m: foot for all acceptable sensitivity settings.
15.7" x 18.1" (400 x 460 mm).

  11/16/09 • 74-3940-4 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 143/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

 6 
 9 
 8 
 5 
 s 
w
l    
 o
.w
m
f   

     f
     i
     t
 .
     h
    p
    a
    r
    g
     5
     8
     9
     6

Table 1: Total Obscuration

 6 
 9 
 8 
 5 
w
i    
r  
1 
-2 
.w
m
f   

Switch Locations

Listed
Remote
Power 
Source

From Panel  Communication Line To Next

 or Previous 32 VDC Maximum Device
device. Twisted pair is
recommended 

Wiring Diagram      f

     i
     t
 .
    c
    o
     l
     j
     d
    a
     5
     8
     9
TC847A      6

 6 
Pin 1 Remote Alarm Out
 9 
 8 
 5 
Alignment and Adjustment Locations
w
Pin 2 i    
r  
 e
 AUX (-) r  
 t   
 s 
PARTS LIST
1 
Pin 4  5 
Reset Input 1 
.
 t   
ItemQuantity
i    
Pin 3 Test Input f   
Transmitter/Receiver Unit1
Pin 5
See RTS151/KEY Installation Instructions
for electrical ratings of the RTS151/KEY
Paintable Trim Ring1
RTS151/KEY Reflector1
Wiring Diagram with RTS451/KEY Plug-In Terminal Blocks3
Isolator Shunts2
Instruction Manual1
Orange Sticky Paper1

     f
     i
     t
 .
    s
    c
    o
     l
    w
    e
    r
    c
    s
     5
     8
     9
     6
     f
    m
    w
 .
     t
    r
    a
    p
     5
     8
Housing Screw Locations      9
     6

www.honeywell.com 74-3940-4 • 11/16/09

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 144/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

AGENCY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION

These listings and approvals apply to the devices specified in TC847A1004: Intelligent beam smoke detector with integral
this document. In some cases, certain modules or applications sensitivity test.
may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be TC847A1004A: Same as TC847A1004 with ULC Listing.
in process. Consult factory for latest listing status.
BEAMLRK: Long range accessory kit (required for applications
• UL Listed: S1196 in excess of 230 ft/70 m).
• ULC Listed: S1196 BEAMMMK: Multi-mount kit (provides ceiling or wall mount
• CSFM: 7260-1130:237 capability with increased angular adjustment).
• MEA: 158-04-E BEAMSMK: Surface-mount kit.
• FM Approved RTS151: Remote test station.
RTS151A: Same RTS151 with ULC listing.
RTS151KEY: Remote test station with key lock.
RTS151KEYA: Same as the RTS151KEY with ULC listing.
BEAMHK: Heating kit for use with the transmitter/receiver unit
of TC847A1004. For prevention of condensation.
BEAMHKR: Heating kit for use with the reflector on
TC847A1004. For prevention of condensation
6500-MMK: Heavy-duty multi-mount kit for installations prone
to vibration or where there is difficulty mounting the set angle.
When installed with the transmitter/receiver unit, the 6500-SMK
must be used as well.
6500-SMK: Surface-mount kit (required when using 6500-MMK
to mount transmitter/receiver).

r  
 t   
 s 
1 
 5 
1 
k  
 e
  y 
.w
m
f   

    g
    p
     j
 . 6985hk.tif
     k
    m      f
    m     m
    a     w
    e
     b
     5      1
 .
     5
     7      1
     9     s
     t
     6     r

BEAMMMK BEAMHK
RTS151 RTS151KEY
(ceiling or wall mount kit sold sepa-
rately)

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.

Acclimate® is a trademark of Honeywell International Inc.

 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 74-3940-4 Rev. 11/09
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 145/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Intelligent Bases
    g
    p
     j
 .
     b
    r
     4
     5
     0
     0
B200SR, 14506414-002(CDN),      6

    g
    p
     j
     5
 .
14507371-001(CDN), B501BH-2,      b
     4
B501BHT-2, B501BHA, B501BHTA,      5
     0
     0
     6

B224RB(A), 14507371-005(CDN), Flangeless Mounting Base Relay Base

Mounting Kits, and Accessories

    g
    p
     j
 .
General      k
    m
    r
     4
     5
Intelligent FlashScan® and CLIP mounting bases and kits pro-      0
     0
  6
    g
vide a variety of ways to install Honeywell detectors in any appli-     p
     j
 .
     P
     L
cation. Intelligent detectors can be mounted in either flanged or      4
     5
     0
flangeless bases depending on junction box selection (see       0
     6
Recessed Mounting
Junction Box Selection Guide) . Across this product line, detec- Flanged Mounting Base
tors plug in easily to the base with SEMS screws; and models
employ various 12 to 24 AWG wire ranges.     g
    p
     j
 .
Relay, isolator, and sounder bases  can be used to meet local      k
    m
     4
    s
code requirements. Relay bases provide one Form-C contact      5
     0
     0
relay for control of auxiliary functions such as door closure and      6

elevator recall. Isolator bases allow loops to continue to operate     g

    p
     j
 .
    r
    s
under fault conditions and automatically restore when the fault is      4
     5
     0
removed. Sounder bases are available in temporal and non-tem-      0
     6
poral pattern versions depending on whether the signal is to be Standard Sounder Base Flangeless Surface
used for evacuation purposes. Mounting
The RMK400 recessed mounting kit   provides the most aes-
thetically pleasing installation. Surface mounting boxes are
available when flush mounting isn’t possible. SLC standby current: 300 µF.
– Sound output: measured in a UL reverberant room at 10
Specifications feet, 24 Volts (continuous tone). Greater than 85 dBA mini-
mum.
Diameter:
– 14506414-002:  4.1" (104 mm).
FOR B224RB, 14507371-005:

– 14507371-005, B224RB, 14507371-001:  6.1" (155 mm). Operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC (powered by SLC).
– B501BH-2, B501BHT-2: 6.0" (152 mm). Standby ratings: <500 µA maximum @ 24 VDC.
– B200SR: 6.875" (17.46 cm). Set time (B224RB only): short delay 55 to 90 msec; long delay
Wire gauge: 6 to 9 seconds.
– 14507371-005, B224RB:  14 to 24 AWG. Reset time (B224RB only): 20 msec maximum.
– 14507371-001, 14506414-002, B501BH-2, B501BHT-2, Relay characteristics (B224RB only): two-coil latching relay;
B200SR:   12 to 24 AWG. one Form-C contact; ratings (UL/CSA): 0.9 A @ 125 VAC, 0.9 A
@ 110 VDC, and 3.0 A @ 30 VDC.
Temperature range:
– 14507371-005, B224RB, B501BH-2, B501BHT-2, B200SR:  FOR B501BH-2, B501BHT-2: 
32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). External supply voltage: 17 to 32 VDC.
– 14506414-002 and 14507371-001,  -4°F to 150°F (0°C to Standby current: 1.0 mA maximum.
66°C).
Alarm current: 15 mA maximum.
Humidity range: 10% to 93% RH, non-condensing.
Maximum ripple voltage: 10% of supply voltage.
System temperature and humidity ranges:   This system Startup capacitance: 200 µF.
meets NFPA requirements for operation at 0°C to 49°C (32°F to
120°F); and at a relative humidity (noncondensing) of 85% at Sounder delay time: For B501BH-2 and B501BHT-2,  0.75 to
30°C (86°F) per NFPA, and 93% ± 2% at 32°C ± 2°C (89.6°F ± 5.7 seconds.
1.1°F) per ULC. However, the useful life of the system’s standby
Sound output:  greater than 90 dBA measured in anechoic
batteries and the electronic components may be adversely
room at 10 feet (3.048 m), 24 volts. 85 dBA minimum in UL
affected by extreme temperature ranges and humidity. There-
reverberant room.
fore, it is recommended that this system and all peripherals be
installed in an environment with a nominal room temperature of
15°C to 27°C (60°F to 80°F). Recessed Mounting Kit
The RMK400 can be used with drywall or suspended ceilings.
Electrical Ratings The aesthetically pleasing design can be used with standard
 junction boxes — suitable for use with 4.0” (10.16 cm) octago-
FOR B200SR:  nal, 50 mm, and 60 mm junction boxes connected to flexible
External supply voltage: 16 to 33 VDC (VFWR) conduit. Note that junction boxes are not included in the kit. As

Standby current: 500 µA maximum. an application

RMK400 example,
provides a simplewith the 14506414-002
installation base, the
solution in applications
– Alarm current: 35 mA maximum. that demand a lower-profile smoke detector.
SLC operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 146/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Product Line Information SMB600: Surface mounting kit, flanged.

F110: Retrofit flange for B501B, B524.
INTELLIGENT BASES 
RA100Z: Remote LED annunciator.
14506414-002: Flangeless mounting base.
RA100ZA: Remote LED annunciator, ULC Listed.
14506414-002CDN: Flangeless mounting base, ULC Listed.
M02-04-00: Detector test magnet.
14506414-002BP: Bulk pack of 14506414-002 (10).
M02-09-00: Test magnet with telescoping handle.
14507371-001: Flanged mounting base.
14507371-001CDN: Flanged mounting base, ULC Listed. XR2B: Detector removal tool (T55-127-000 included) .
XP-4: Extension pole for XR2B (5 to 15 ft/1.524 to 4.572 m) .
14507371-001BP: Flanged mounting base.
T55-127-000: Detector removal head.
B200SR: Intelligent sounder base capable of producing sound
output with T3 or continuous tone. Replaces the B501BH BCK-200B: Black detector kit, package of 10 (for use with photo
series bases in retrofit applications. and ion detectors).

B501BH-2: Plug-in System Sensor standard sounder   detector WCK-200B: White detector kit, package of 10 (for use with
base, steady tone. Includes 14506414-002 base. photo and ion detectors).
B501BHT-2: Plug-in System Sensor temporal tone   sounder
base. Agency Listings and Approvals
B501BHA: Plug-in System Sensor standard sounder detector The listings and approvals below apply to intelligent bases as
base, steady tone, with ULC Listing. Includes 14506414-002 noted. In some cases, certain modules or applications may not
base. be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in pro-
cess. Consult factory for latest listing status.
B501BHTA: Plug-in System Sensor temporal tone   sounder
• UL Listed: S911
base, with ULC listing. • ULC Listed: S911
B224RB: Relay base.
B224RBA: Relay base, ULC Listed. • FM Approved
• MEA: 22-95-E, 205-94-E Vol. 2; 257-06-E
14507371-005: Isolator base.
• CSFM:  7300-1130:131, 7300-1653:109; 7300-1653:126,
14507371-005CDN: Isolator base, ULC Listed. 7300-1653:191
MOUNTING KITS AND ACCESSORIES 
RMK400: Recessed mounting kit.
SMK400E: Surface mounting kit, flangeless.

Junction Box Selection Guide

4.0" Sq.
Single Double with 3.0"
Base Models Gang Gang 3.5" Oct. 4.0" Oct. 4.0" Sq. mud ring 50 mm 60 mm 70 mm 75 mm
B200SR Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No
14506414-002 No No Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No
14507371-001 Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No
B224RB No No Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes
14507371-005 No No Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes
B501BH-2 No No No No Yes No No No No No
B501BHT-2 No No No No Yes No No No No No
NOTE: Box depth contingent on base and wire size.
Refer to National Electric Code or applicable local codes for appropriate recommendations.
 

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.

FlashScan®  and System Sensor ® are registered trademarks of Honeywell International Inc.

 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3043-2 Rev. 01-10
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 147/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

TC809A, TC809B,
TC841A, TC809D
Monitor Modules with FlashScan®

General
Four different monitor modules are available for Honeywell’s
intelligent control panels for a variety of applications. Monitor
modules supervise a circuit of dry-contact input devices, such
as conventional heat detectors and pull stations, or monitor
and power a circuit of two-wire smoke detectors
(TC841A1000).
TC809A is a standard-sized module (typically mounts to a 4"     g
    p
[10.16 cm] square box) that supervises either a Style D (Class      j
 .
    v
    o
    c
A) or Style B (Class B) circuit of dry-contact input devices.      9
     9
     9
     6
TC809B is a miniature monitor module a mere 1.3" (3.302 cm)
H x 2.75" (6.985 cm) W x 0.5" (1.270 cm) D that supervises a
Style B (Class B) circuit of dry-contact input devices. Its com- TC809A1059 (Type H)
pact design allows the TC809B1008(CDN) to often be
mounted in a single-gang box behind the device it monitors.
TC841A is a standard-sized module that monitors and super-
vises compatible two-wire, 24 volt, smoke detectors on a Style may be wired as an NFPA Style B (Class B) or Style D (Class
D (Class A) or Style B (Class B) circuit. A) Initiating Device Circuit. A 47K ohm End-of-Line Resistor
TC809D  is a standard-sized dual monitor module that moni- (provided) terminates the Style B circuit. No resistor is
tors and supervises two independent two-wire Style B (Class required for supervision of the Style D circuit.
B) dry-contact initiating device circuits (IDCs) at two separate,
TC809A OPERATION 
consecutive addresses in intelligent, two-wire systems.
Each TC809A uses one of the available module addresses on
FlashScan® (U.S. Patent 5,539,389) is a communication pro- an SLC loop. It responds to regular polls from the control panel
tocol that greatly increases the speed of communication and reports its type and the status (open/normal/short) of its
between analog intelligent devices. Intelligent devices commu- Initiating Device Circuit (IDC). A flashing LED indicates that
nicate in anew
group has grouped fashion.
information, theIf panel
one of thestops
CPU devices
the within the
group poll the module is in communication with the control panel. The
LED latches steady on alarm (subject to current limitations on
and concentrates on single points. The net effect is response the loop).
speed greater than five times that of other design protocols.
TC809A SPECIFICATIONS 
TC809A Monitor Module Nominal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC.
• Built-in type identification automatically identifies this device Maximum current draw: 5.0 mA (LED on).
as a monitor module to the control panel. Average operating current: 350 µA (LED flashing), 1 com-
• Powered directly by two-wire SLC loop. No additional power munication every 5 seconds, 47k EOL.
required.
Maximum IDC wiring resistance: 40 ohms.
• High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity.
EOL resistance: 47K ohms.
• SEMS screws with clamping plates for ease of wiring.
• Direct-dial entry of address: 01 – 159 on FlashScan loops; Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C).
01 – 99 on CLIP loops. Humidity range: 10% to 93% noncondensing.
• LED flashes green during normal operation (this is a pro- Dimensions: 4.5" (11.43 cm) high x 4" (10.16 cm) wide x
grammable option) and latches on steady red to indicate 1.25" (3.175 cm) deep. Mounts to a 4" (10.16 cm) square x
alarm. 2.125" (5.398 cm) deep box.
The TC809A Monitor Module is intended for use in intelligent,
two-wire systems, where the individual address of each mod- TC809B Mini Monitor Module
ule is selected using the built-in rotary switches. It provides
either a two-wire or four-wire fault-tolerant Initiating Device Cir- • Built-in type identification automatically identifies this device
cuit (IDC) for normally-open-contact fire alarm and supervisor y as a monitor module to the panel.
devices. The module has a panel-controlled LED indicator. • Powered directly by two-wire SLC loop. No additional power
required.
TC809A APPLICATIONS 
• High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity.
Use to monitor a zone of four-wire smoke detectors, manual
• Tinned, stripped leads for ease of wiring.
fire alarm pull stations, waterflow devices, or other normally-
open dry-contact alarm activation devices. May also be used • Direct-dial entry of address: 01 – 159 on FlashScan loops;
to monitor normally-open supervisory devices with special 01 – 99 on CLIP loops.
supervisory indication at the control panel. Monitored circuit

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 148/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

 6 
• Direct-dial entry of address: 01 – 159 on FlashScan loops,
7 
2 
 0 
m
01 – 99 on CLIP loops.
1 
 0 
1  • LED flashes during normal operation; this is a programma-
.w
m
f   
ble option.
• LED latches steady to indicate alarm on command from
control panel.
The TC841A Interface Module is intended for use in intelligent,

addressable systems,
module is selected where
using therotary
built-in individual address
switches. This of each
module
allows intelligent panels to interface and monitor two-wire con-
ventional smoke detectors. It transmits the status (normal,
open, or alarm) of one full zone of conventional detectors back
to the control panel. All two-wire detectors being monitored
must be UL compatible with the module. TC841A

TC841A APPLICATIONS 
Use the TC841A to monitor a zone of two-wire smoke detec-
tors. The monitored circuit may be wired as an NFPA Style B
(Class B) or Style D (Class A) Initiating Device Circuit. A 3.9 K
The TC809B Mini Monitor Module can be installed in a single- ohm End-of-Line Resistor (provided) terminates the end of the
gang junction directly behind the monitored unit. Its small size Style B or D (class B or A) circuit (maximum IDC loop resis-
and light weight allow it to be installed without rigid mounting. tance is 25 ohms). Install ELR across terminals 8 and 9 for
The TC809B is intended for use in intelligent, two-wire sys- Style D application.
tems where the individual address of each module is selected
using rotary switches. It provides a two-wire initiating device TC841A OPERATION 
circuit for normally-open-contact fire alarm and security Each TC841A uses one of the available module addresses on
devices. an SLC loop. It responds to regular polls from the control panel
and reports its type and the status (open/normal/short) of its
TC809B APPLICATIONS  Initiating Device Circuit (IDC). A flashing LED indicates that
Use to monitor a single device or a zone of four-wire smoke the module is in communication with the control panel. The
detectors, manual fire alarm pull stations, waterflow devices, or LED latches steady on alarm (subject to current limitations on
other normally-open dry-contact devices. May also be used to the loop).
monitor normally-open supervisory devices with special super-
visory indication at the control panel. Monitored circuit/device TC841A SPECIFICATIONS 
is wired as an NFPA Style B (Class B) Initiating Device Circuit. Nominal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC.
A 47K ohm End-of-Line Resistor (provided) terminates the cir- Maximum current draw: 5.1 mA (LED on).
cuit.
Maximum IDC wiring resistance: 25 ohms.
TC809B OPERATION  Average operating current: 300 µA, 1 communication and 1
Each TC809B uses one of the available module addresses on LED flash every 5 seconds, 3.9k eol.
an SLC loop. It responds to regular polls from the control panel
EOL resistance: 3.9K ohms.
and reports its type and the status (open/normal/short) of its
Initiating Device Circuit (IDC). External supply voltage (between Terminals T3 and T4):
DC voltage: 24 volts power limited. Ripple voltage: 0.1 Vrms
TC809B SPECIFICATIONS  maximum. Current: 90 mA per module maximum.
Nominal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC. Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C).
Average operating current: 350 µA, 1 communication every Humidity range: 10% to 93% noncondensing.
5 seconds, 47k EOL; 600 µA Max. (Communicating, IDC
Shorted). Dimensions: 4.5" (11.43 cm) high x 4" (10.16 cm) wide x
1.25" (3.175 cm) deep. Mounts to a 4" (10.16 cm) square x
Maximum IDC wiring resistance: 40 ohms. 2.125" (5.398 cm) deep box.
Maximum IDC Voltage: 11 Volts.
TC809D Dual Monitor Module
Maximum IDC Current: 400 µA.
EOL resistance: 47K ohms. The TC809D Dual Monitor Module is intended for use in intelli-
gent, two-wire systems. It provides two independent two-wire
Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). initiating device circuits (IDCs) at two separate, consecutive
Humidity range: 10% to 93% noncondensing. addresses. It is capable of monitoring normally open contact fire
alarm and supervisory devices; or either normally open or nor-
Dimensions: 1.3" (3.302 cm) high x 2.75" (6.985 cm) wide x
mally closed security devices. The module has a single panel-
0.65" (1.651 cm) deep.
controlled LED.
Wire length: 6" (15.24 cm) minimum. NOTE: The TC809D provides two Style B (Class B) IDC circuits 
ONLY. Style D (Class A) IDC circuits are NOT supported in any 
TC841A Interface Module application.

• Supports compatible two-wire smoke detectors. TC809D SPECIFICATIONS 

• Supervises IDC wiring and connection of external power Normal operating voltage range: 15 to 32 VDC.
source.
Maximum current draw: 6.4 mA (LED on).
• High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity. Average operating current: 750 µA (LED flashing).
• SEMS screws with clamping plates for ease of wiring.

  11/19/09 • 74-3993-3 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 149/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Maximum IDC wiring resistance: 1,500 ohms. wiring must conform to applicable local codes, ordinances, and
Maximum IDC Voltage: 11 Volts. regulations.

Maximum IDC Current: 240 µA

Agency Listings and Approvals
EOL resistance: 47K ohms.
In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain
Maximum SLC Wiring resistance: 40 Ohms. approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult fac-
Temperature range: 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). tory for latest listing status.

Humidity range: 10% to 93% (non-condensing). • UL: S470

• ULC: S7567
Dimensions: 4.5" (11.43 cm) high x 4" (10.16 cm) wide x
2.125" (5.398 cm) deep. • FM Approved
• CSFM: 7300-1130:115, 7300-1130:218
TC809D AUTOMATIC ADDRESSING 
• MEA: 457-99-E Vol. 4 (does not apply for TC809D1004)
The TC809D automatically assigns itself to two addressable
points, starting with the original address. For example, if the
TC809D is set to address “26”, then it will automatically assign Product Line Information
itself to addresses “26” and “27”. NOTE: “CDN” suffix indicates ULC-listed model.
NOTE: “Ones” addresses on the TC809D are 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8 only. TC809A1059: Monitor module.
Terminals 6 and 7 use the first address, and terminals 8 and 9 use 
the second address.
TC809A1067CDN: Monitor module, ULC.
TC809B1008: Monitor module, miniature.
CAUTION: TC809B1016CDN: Monitor module, miniature, ULC.
!  Avoid duplicating addresses on the system. TC841A1000: Monitor module, two-wire detectors.
TC841A1000CDN: Monitor module, dual, two-wire detectors,
ULC.
Installation
TC809D1004: Monitor module, dual, two independent Class
TC809A, TC841A, and TC809D  modules mount directly to a B circuits.
standard 4" (10.16 cm) square, 2.125" (5.398 cm) deep, elec-
trical box. They may also be mounted to the SMB500 surface- TC809D1004CDN: Monitor module, dual, two independent
mount box. Mounting hardware and installation instructions Class B circuits, ULC.
are provided with each module. All wiring must conform to SMB500: Optional surface-mount backbox.
applicable local codes, ordinances, and regulations. These
NOTE: See installation instructions and refer to the SLC Wiring 
modules are intended for power-limited wiring only. Manual, PN 95-7675 (51932).
The TC809B module is intended to be wired and mounted
without rigid connections inside a standard electrical box. All

www.honeywell.com 74-3993-3 • 11/19/09

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 150/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.

FlashScan® is a registered trademark and FireWatch™ is a trademark of Honeywell International Inc.

 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 74-3993-3 Rev. 11-09
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 151/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

TC810N1013(CDN),
TC810R1024(CDN)
Control and Relay Modules
with FlashScan®
General
TC810N1013(CDN) Control Module: The TC810N1013(CDN)
Addressable Control Module provides Honeywell intelligent fire
alarm control panels a circuit for Notification Appliances
(horns, strobes, speakers, etc.) Addressability allows the
TC810N1013(CDN) to be activated, either manually or through
panel programming, on a select (zone or area of coverage)
basis.      G
     P
     J
 .
TC810R1024(CDN) Relay Module: The TC810R1024(CDN)     v
    o
    c
     0
Addressable Relay Module provides the system with a dry-      0
     0
     7
contact output for activating a variety of auxiliary devices, such
as fans, dampers, control equipment, etc. Addressability
allows the dry contact to be activated, either manually or TC810N1013
through panel programming, on a select basis.
FlashScan® (U.S. Patent 5,539,389) is a communication pro-
tocol that greatly enhances the speed of communication • The TC810N1013(CDN) is configured for a single Class B
between analog intelligent devices. Intelligent devices commu- (Style Y) or Class A (Style Z) Notification Appliance Circuit.
nicate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within the • The TC810R1024(CDN) provides two Form-C dry contacts
group has new information, the panel CPU stops the group poll that switch together.
and concentrates on single points. The net effect is response
speed greater than five times that of other designs. Operation
Each TC810N1013(CDN) or TC810R1024(CDN) uses one of
Features 159 possible module addresses on a SLC loop (99 on CLIP
• Built-in type identification automatically identifies these loops). It responds to regular polls from the control panel and
devices to the control panel. reports its type and status, including the open/normal/short
• Internal circuitry and relay powered directly by two-wire status of its Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC). The LED
SLC loop. The TC810N1013(CDN) module requires power blinks with each poll received. On command, it activates its
(for horns, strobes, etc.), or audio (for speakers). internal relay. The TC810N1013(CDN) supervises Class B
(Style Y) or Class A (Style Z) notification or control circuits.
• Integral LED “blinks” green each time a communication is
received from the control panel and turns on in steady red Upon code command from the panel, the TC810N1013(CDN)
when activated. will disconnect the supervision and connect the external power
• LED blink may be deselected globally (affects all devices). supply in the proper polarity across the load device. The dis-
connection of the supervision provides a positive indication to
• High noise immunity (EMF/RFI). the panel that the control relay actually turned ON. The exter-
• The TC810N1013(CDN) may be used to switch 24-volt nal power supply is always relay isolated from the communica-
NAC power, audio (up to 70.7 Vrms). tion loop so that a trouble condition on the external power
• Wide viewing angle of LED. supply will never interfere with the rest of the system.
• SEMS screws with clamping plates for wiring ease. Rotary switches set a unique address for each module. The
• Direct-dial entry of address 01– 159 for FlashScan loops, address may be set before or after mounting. The built-in

01 – 99 for CLIP mode loops. TYPE CODE

trol panel, (nottosettable)
so as will identify
differentiate betweenthe module and
a module to the con-
a sen-
• Speaker, and audible/visual applications may be wired for
sor address.
Class B or A (Style Y or Z).

Applications Specifications for TC810N1013(CDN)

Normal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC.
The TC810N1013(CDN) is used to switch 24 VDC audible/ 
visual power, high-level audio (speakers), or control telephone Maximum current draw: 6.5 mA (LED on).
devices. The TC810R1024(CDN) may be programmed to Average operating current: 350 µA direct poll, 375 µA group
operate dry contacts for applications such as door holders or poll with LED flashing, 485 µA Max. (LED flashing, NAC
Air Handling Unit shutdown, and to reset four-wire smoke shorted.)
detector power.
Maximum NAC Line Loss:  4 VDC.
NOTE: Refer to the SLC Manual (PN 95-7675 (51932)) for details 
regarding releasing applications with the TC810N1013(CDN). External supply voltage (between Terminals T10 and
T11): Maximum (NAC): Regulated 24 VDC; Maximum

Construction (Speakers): 70.7 V RMS, 50W.

Drain on external supply: 1.7 mA maximum using 24 VDC
• The face plate is made of off-white heat-resistant plastic.
supply; 2.2 mA Maximum using 80 VRMS supply.
• Controls include two rotary switches for direct-dial entry of
address (01-159).

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 152/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Max NAC Current Ratings:  For class B wiring system, the Contact Ratings for TC810R1024(CDN)
current rating is 3A; For class A wiring system, the current rat-
ing is 2A. Current Maximum Load
Application
Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). Rating Voltage Description

Humidity range: 10% to 93% non-condensing. 3A 30 VDC Resistive Non-Coded

Dimensions: 4.5" (114.3 mm) high x 4" (101.6 mm) wide x 2A 30 VDC Resistive Coded
1.25" (31.75 mm) deep. Mounts to a 4" (101.6 mm) square x
2.125" (53.975 mm) deep box. .9 A 110 VDC Resistive Non-Coded
.9 A 125 VDC Resistive Non-Coded
Accessories:  SMB500 Electrical Box; CB500 Barrier
Inductive
.5 A 30 VDC Coded
(L/R=5ms)
Specifications for TC810R1024(CDN)
Inductive
Normal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC. 1A 30 VDC Coded
(L/R=2ms)
Maximum current draw: 6.5 mA (LED on). Inductive
.3 A 125 VAC Non-Coded
Average operating current: 230 µA direct poll; 255 µA group (PF=0.35)
poll. Inductive
EOL resistance: not used. 1.5 A 25 VAC (PF=0.35) Non-Coded

Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C).

Inductive
Humidity range: 10% to 93% non-condensing. .7 A 70.7 VAC (PF=0.35) Non-Coded

Dimensions: 4.5"deep.
1.25" (31.75 mm) (114.3Mounts
mm) high
to a x4"4"(101.6
(101.6mm)
mm)square
wide xx
Inductive
2.125" (53.975 mm) deep box. 2A 25 VAC (PF=0.35) Non-Coded
Accessories:  SMB500 Electrical Box; CB500 Barrier
NOTE: Maximum (Speakers): 70.7 V RMS, 50 W 
Agency Listings and Approvals
In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain Product Line Information
approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult fac- NOTE: “CDN” suffix indicates ULC Listed model.
tory for latest listing status.
TC810N1013(CDN): Intelligent Addressable Control Module.
• UL: S470
TC810R1024(CDN): Intelligent Addressable Relay Module.
• ULC: S7567 (CDN version only)
A2143-20: Capacitor, required for Class A (Style Z) operation
• FM Approved
of speakers.
• CSFM: 7300-1130:218
SMB500: Optional Surface-Mount Backbox.
• MEA: 2-02-E CB500: Control Module Barrier — required by UL for separat-
• FDNY: COA #6030, #6031
ing power-limited and non-power limited wiring in the same
 junction box as TC810N1013(CDN).
NOTE: For installation instructions, see the following documents: 
•  TC810N1013(CDN) Installation document I56-3800.
•  TC810R1024(CDN) Installation document I56-3802.
•  Honeywell SLC Wiring Manual, document 95-7675 (51932).

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.

FlashScan ® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc.

 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 74-3995-3 Rev. 04-10
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 153/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

TC811A
Fault Isolator Module

General
The Honeywell TC811A Fault Isolator Module is used with the
Honeywell Intelligent Fire Alarm Control Panels (FACP) CLIP
and FlashScan™ SLC’s to protect the system against wire-to-
wire short circuits.

Features
• Powered by SLC loop directly, no external power required.
• Mount in standard 4.0" (10.16 cm) square (2.125" [5.398     g
    p
     j
 .
    v
cm] deep) junction boxes.     o
    c
     A
     1
• Integral LED blinks to indicate normal condition. Illuminates      1
     8
     T
    c
steady when short circuit condition is detected.
• High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity.
• Wide viewing angle of LED.
• SEMS screws with clamping plates for ease of wiring. TC811A
• Opens SLC loop automatically on detection of short, pre-
venting the short from causing failure of the entire loop.
• Automatically resets on correction of short. ately switch to an open circuit state and isolate the groups of
sensors between them. The remaining units on the loop con-
• Supports Style 4, 6, or 7 wiring.
tinue to fully operate.

Applications In Style 4 loops, the TC811A is generally used at each T-tap

branch, to limit the effect of short circuits on a branch to the
The Fault Isolator Modules should be spaced between groups devices on that branch. The LED indicator is on continuously
of sensors in a loop to protect the rest of the loop. Use to iso- during a short circuit condition.
late short circuit problems within a section of a loop so that
other sections can continue to operate normally. The TC811A The TC811A Fault Isolator Module automatically restores the
shorted portion of the communications loop to normal condi-
supports a maximum of 25 devices in-between isolators,
tion when the short circuit condition is removed.
except when using relay bases.
NOTE: ON LOADS PER RELAY BASE AND ISOLATORS/ISOLA- 
TOR BASES: the maximum number of addressable devices
Installation
between isolators (or 14507371-005 isolator bases) is 25 devices. • Mount on a standard 4" (10.16 cm) mounting junction box
which is at least 2.125" (5.398 cm) deep.
• Terminal screws are provided for “in and out” wiring.
• Installation instructions are provided with each module.
• Surface-mount box is available as an option.
g2243dia1.wmf

14507371-003 relay bases draw more current than all other Specifications
intelligent devices. When calculating the 25-device maximum: Operating voltage: 15 – 32 VDC (peak).
14507371-003
2) represents 2.5 devices  (see example on page Current range: 5 mA for LED latched in alarm.
NOTE: ON MAXIMUM NUMBER OF DEVICES: See the SLC Standby current: 400 µA maximum, plus supervision cur-
Manual (Form Number 95-7675) for information on loss of rent.
addresses due to current limitations. Each module or base added Pulsing current: 30 mA for 15 mS (TC810A, TC810N, XLS-
reduces the capacity of address positions in an SLC. Require- CM-N).
ments differ as applied to relay bases (see note above).
Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C).
Construction Relative humidity: 10% to 93%.
The face plate is made of off-white plastic. Includes yellow Weight: (5 oz.) 150 grams.
LED indicator that pulses when normal and illuminates steady
when a short is detected. Agency Listings and Approvals
In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain
Operation approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult fac-
Automatically opens circuit when the line voltage drops below tory for latest listing status.
four volts. Fault Isolator Modules should be spaced between • UL: S470
groups of addressable devices (maximum 25, see notes on
• ULC: S7567 (TC811A1014CDN)
page 1) in a loop to protect the rest of the loop. If a short
occurs between any two isolators, then both isolators immedi-

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 154/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

• FM Approved shall not be necessary to replace or reset an Fault Isolator

• CSFM: 7300-1130:115 Module after its normal operation. The Fault Isolator Module
shall mount in a standard 4.0" (10.16 cm) deep electrical box,
in a surface-mounted backbox, or in the Fire Alarm Control
Architectual/Engineering Specifications Panel. It shall provide a single LED which shall flash to indi-
Fault Isolator Modules shall be provided to automatically iso- cate that the Isolator is operational and shall illuminate steadily
late wire-to-wire short circuits on an SLC loop. The Fault Isola- to indicate that a short circuit condition has been detected and
tor Module shall limit the number of modules or detectors that isolated.
may be rendered inoperative by a short circuit fault on the SLC
Loop. If a wire-to-wire short occurs, the Fault Isolator Module Product Line Information
shall automatically open-circuit (disconnect) the SLC loop.
When the short circuit condition is corrected, the Fault Isolator TC811A1006: Isolator Module.
Module shall automatically reconnect the isolated section of TC811A1014: Isolator Module. Canadian (ULC) version.
the SLC loop. The Fault Isolator Module shall not require any
SMB500: Surface Mount Backbox
address-setting, and its operations shall be totally automatic. It

Examples of Device Counts

(see notes under Applications )

  g
 5 
2 
 3 
 8 
 9 
 d  
2 
.w
m
f   

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com HON-60113:1
77-4555 Rev. 12/09
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 155/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

TC810S1000(CDN)
Releasing Control Module

General
The TC810S1000 Releasing Control Module is specifically
designed for fire suppression releasing applications in Flash-
Scan® systems. Power to the release agent solenoid(s) runs
through the module for full-time monitoring and supervision.
The TC810S1000 Releasing Control Module uses a redun-
dant protocol; the module must be armed with a pair of sig-
nals in order to activate. It will then enter a 3-second window
awaiting a pair of confirmation signals. If no confirmation is
received, the module will automatically reset. It also super-     g
    p
vises the wiring to the connected load and reports the status      j
 .
    v
    o
    c

to the panel as NORMAL, OPEN, or SHORT CIRCUIT. The      0

     9
     3
module has two pairs of output termination points available      0
     6

for fault-tolerant wiring and a panel-controlled LED indicator.

The module may be connected to either one 24VDC solenoid TC810S1000
or up to two 12VDC solenoids (in series). To ensure proper
operation, this module shall be connected to a compatible
Honeywell system control panel only (list available from Hon-
eywell). In addition, please refer to Honeywell Device Com-  EXTERNAL SUPPLY 
patibility Document   PN 51939 for the list of compatible • Normal Operating Voltage: 24 VDC Nominal
solenoids.
• Maximum Line Loss: 2.3 VDC (total allowable loss from
NOTE: TC810S1000 is required for all new FlashScan-mode  power supply to module and from module to solenoid)
releasing applications with XLS3000 (version 14.0 or higher) and 
XLS140-2 (version 12.0 or higher). Use TC810N1013 or XLS-CM-  • Minimum Operating Voltage to Activate Solenoid:
N for releasing applications on XLS140. 18 VDC (at solenoid)
• Standby Current: 6.4 mA
Features • Activation Current: 10 mA
• Redundant protocol for added protection
SOLENOID 
• Configurable for Class A or Class B operation
• Supervisory Loop Voltage: 3.3 V
• External supply voltage monitoring
• Supervisory Loop Current (Normal): 30 mA
• Can power one 24V or two 12V solenoids
• Maximum Activation Current: 2 A
• SEMS screws for easing wiring
• Panel controlled status LED Product Line Information
• Analog communications TC810S1000: Releasing Control Module.
• Rotary address switches
TC810S1000CDN: ULC-listed Releasing Control Module.
• Low standby current
SMB500: Optional Surface-Mount Backbox.
• Mounts in standard 4" (10.16 cm) junction box
CB500: Control Module Barrier — required by UL for sepa-
• FlashScan operation rating power-limited and non-power limited wiring in the
same junction box as TC810S1000(CDN).
Specifications
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS  Agency Listings and Approvals
• Operating Voltage: 15 to 32 VDC These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified
• Communication Line Loop Impedance: 40 Ohm max. in this document. In some cases, certain modules or applica-
tions may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or list-
• Temperature Range: 14°F to 140°F (-10° to 60°C) ings may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing
• Relative Humidity: 10% to 95% noncondensing status.
• Shipping Weight: 5.5 oz (156 g) • UL Listed: S470
• Dimensions: 4.275" W × 4.675" H × 1.400" D • ULC Listed: S7567 (TC810S1000CDN)
(10.86 cm W × 11.87 cm H × 3.56 cm D)
• FM Approved
SLC 
• CSFM: 7300-1130:273
• Average Operating Current:  700 µA max @ 24 VDC
(one communication every 5 sec. with LED enabled)
• Maximum Activation Current: 9.0 mA (LED on)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 156/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
FlashScan® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 74-5068 Rev. 08-09
April
Made2010in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 157/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

TC809C1004(CDN)
Analog Input Module

General
The TC809C1004 Analog Input Module allows the XLS3000
fire alarm control panel (FACP) to monitor industry-standard,
linear-scale, 4–20 mA protocol sensors. The module converts
the sensor output to communication protocol that can be inter-
preted by the FACP for monitoring and display. There are
numerous sensors available in the marketplace that communi-
cate using a 4–20 mA output, including gas sensors, tempera-
ture sensors, air speed sensors, and more.

Features      g
     p
       j
 .
     v
     o
     c
• SEMS screws for easing wiring        1
       1
• Panel controlled status LED (bi-color)        4
       0
       6
       h

• Analog communications
• Rotary address switches
TC809C1004
• Low standby current
• Mounts in standard 4" (10.16 cm) junction box
• FlashScan® operation device is equipped with a panel-controlled LED for local status
The TC809C1004 Module includes numerous safeguards and indication. The standard SEMS terminals will accept wiring
protective features to ensure trouble-free operation. The exter- from 12 AWG to 18 AWG.
nal power supply is isolated from the communication line. In
addition, a 500 mA current limiter and a cutoff circuit protect Ordering Information
the module’s electrical supply from short circuits. In the event TC809C1004: Analog input module
of a short, the output voltage will cycle within safe limits until
the short is removed. The output signal is sampled and filtered TC809C1004CDN:  Same as TC809C1004 listed for use in
for transients and noise prior to passing the signal along to the Canada.
FACP. If the current running through the sensing circuitry
exceeds 25 mA, the output voltage will shut down and the Listings and Approvals
short protection process will begin. The module accepts both
3-wire (device sink) and 2-wire configurations. • UL Listed: S8380
• cUL Listed: S8380 (TC809C1004CDN)
The XLS3000 panel with compatible firmware supports up to
five programmable thresholds for each TC809C1004. • FM approved
• FM6320 approved: Class 6320 for Gas Detection
The TC809C1004 Analog Input Module is rigorously designed
and tested for electromagnetic compatibility and environmental • CSFM: 7300-1130:271
reliability, in most cases exceeding industry standards. The

4–20 mA Sensor
4–20 mA Signal SLC &
& Device Power Device Power
  g
  p
   j
 .
  g
  p
   j
 .
  v
  o
  c
   1
   1
   4
   0
   6
 ,
  g
  p
   j
 .
  r
  -
7070covg.jpg    h
  v
  o
  c
TC809C1004 Forming the Interface    0
   7
   0
   7
 .
Between 4–20 mA Sensor
and the XLS3000 XLS3000

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 158/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Specifications
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS  CURRENT-DRAW SPECIFICATIONS 
• Operating Voltage: 15 to 32 VDC • Standby Current: 700 µA max. @ 24 VDC (one communi-
• Communication Line Loop Impedance: 40 Ohm max. cation every 5 sec. with LED enabled)
• Temperature Range: 14°F to 140°F (-10° to 60°C) • External Power Supply: 12 to 28 VDC
• Relative Humidity: 10% to 93% noncondensing • External Supply Standby Current: 10 mA @ 24 VDC
• Shipping Weight: 5.5 oz (156 g) (nominal - module only, does not include sensor current)
• External Supply Sensor Current: 500 mA (maximum)
• Dimensions: 4.275" W × 4.675" H × 1.400" D
(10.86 cm W × 11.87 cm H × 3.56 cm D) • LED Current: 6mA (with LED latched on)

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
FlashScan® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 74-5071 Rev. 06-09
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 159/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

XP10-M(A)
Ten-Input Monitor Module

General
The XP10-M ten-input monitor module  is an interface
between a control panel and normally open contact devices
in intelligent alarm systems such as pull stations, security
contacts, or flow switches.
The first address on the XP10-M is set from 01 to 150 and
the remaining modules are automatically assigned to the
next nine higher addresses. Provisions are included for dis-
abling a maximum of two unused addresses.
The supervised state (normal, open, or short) of the moni-
tored device is sent back to the panel. A common SLC input      g

is used for all modules, and the initiating device loops share a        j
     p
 .
       0
       1
     p
common supervisory supply and ground — otherwise each      x
       3
       2
       9
monitor operates independently from the others.        6

Each XP10-M module has panel-controlled green LED indi-

cators. The panel can cause the LEDs to blink, latch on, or
latch off.
NOTE: Unless otherwise specified, the term XP10-M is used in  Mounting options: 
this data sheet to refer to both the XP10-M and the XP10-MA
(ULC-listed version) . – CHS-6 chassis: Up to 6 modules.
– BB-25 cabinet: Up to 6 modules.
Features – BB-XP cabinet: One or two modules.
• Listed to UL Standard 864, 9th edition. – XLS-CAB-4 Series cabinet: See 85-3002.
• Ten addressable Class B or five addressable Class A initi- – EQ Cabinet Series: See 85-3110 .
ating device circuits. Wire gauge: 12 AWG (3.31 mm²) to 18 AWG (0.821 mm²).
• Removable 12 AWG (3.31 mm²) to 18 AWG (0.821 mm²)
plug-in terminal blocks. Power-limited circuits  must employ type FPL, FPLR, or
FPLP cable as required by Article 760 of the NEC.
• Status indicators for each point.
• Unused addresses may be disabled. XP10-M is shipped in Class B position; remove shunt for
Class A operation.
• Rotary address switches.
Maximum SLC wiring resistance:  40 or 50 ohms, panel
• Class A or Class B operation.
dependent.
• FlashScan® or CLIP operation. NOTE:   Not compatible 
with the XLS1000 or FS90 Plus. Maximum IDC wiring resistance: 1500 ohms.
• Flexible mounting options. Maximum IDC voltage: 10.2 VDC.
• Mounting hardware included. Maximum IDC current: 240 µA.

Specifications Agency Listings and Approvals

Standby current:  3.5 mA (SLC current draw with all The listings and approvals below apply to the XP10-M(A) Ten-
addresses used; if some addresses are disabled, the Input Monitor Module. In some cases, certain modules or
standby current decreases). applications may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or
listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing
Alarm current: 55 mA (assumes all ten LEDs solid ON). status.
Temperature range:  32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) for UL • UL Listed: S635
applications; –10°C to +55°C for EN54 applications.
• ULC Listed: S635 (XP10-MA)
Humidity: 10% to 85% noncondensing for UL applications; • CSFM approved: 7300-0028:219
10% to 93% noncondensing for EN54 applications.
• FM approved
Dimensions:  6.8" (172.72 mm) high x 5.8" (147.32 mm) • MEA approved: 43-02-E
wide x 1.25" (31.75 mm) deep.
• Maryland State Fire Marshal approved: Permit #2106
Shipping weight: 0.76 lb. (0.345 kg) including packaging.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 160/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Product Line Information BB-25: Optional cabinet for up to six modules mounted on

CHS-6 chassis (below) . Dimensions, DOOR:   24.0" (60.96
XP10-M: Ten-input monitor module.
cm) wide x 12.632" (32.0852 cm) high, x 1.25" (3.175 cm)
XP10-MA: Same as above with ULC Listing. deep, hinged at bottom; BACKBOX:  24.0" (60.96 cm) wide x
BB-XP:  Optional cabinet for one or two modules. Dimen-  12.550" (31.877 cm) high x 5.218" (13.2537 cm) deep.
sions, DOOR:  9.234" (23.454 cm) wide (9.484" [24.089 cm] CHS-6: Chassis, mounts up to six modules inan XLS-CAB-4
including hinges), x 12.218" (31.0337 cm) high, x 0.672" Series cabinet (see 85-3002), EQ Cabinet Series (see 85- 
(1.7068 cm) deep; BACKBOX:  9.0" (22.860 cm) wide (9.25"
[23.495 cm] including hinges), x 12.0" (30.480 cm) high x 3110) , or BB-25.
2.75" (6.985 cm); CHASSIS (installed):  7.150" (18.161 cm)
wide overall x 7.312" (18.5725 cm) high interior overall x
2.156" (5.4762 cm) deep overall.

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.

FlashScan® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc. Microsoft® and Windows® are registered trademarks of the Microsoft Corporation.
 ©2010. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3068-2 Rev. 05-09
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 161/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

XP6-MA
Six Zone Interface Module

General
The XP6-MA six-zone interface module  provides an inter-
face between the intelligent alarm system and a two-wire con-
ventional detection zone. A common SLC input is used for all
modules, and the initiating device circuits share a common
external supervisory supply and ground. Otherwise, each
module operates independently from the others.
The first module is addressed from 01 to 154 while the remain-
ing modules are automatically assigned to the next five higher
addresses. Provisions are included for disabling a maximum of
two unused modules. All two-wire detectors being monitored
must be two-wire-compatibility-listed with the modules. The
XP6-MA transmits the status of a zone of two-wire detectors to
the fire alarm control panel. Status conditions are reported as
normal, open, or alarm. The interface module supervises the
6925xp6m.jpg
zone of detectors and the connection of the external power
supply.
Each XP6-MA module has panel-controlled bicolor LED indi-
cators. The panel can cause the LEDs to blink, latch on, or
Maximum SLC wiring resistance: 40 or 50 ohms, panel
latch off.
dependent.

Features Maximum IDC wiring resistance: 25 ohms.

External supply voltage: DC voltage: 18 – 28 volts power-
• Six addressable Class B or three addressable Class A initi-
limited. Ripple voltage: 0.1 Vrms maximum. External supply
ating device circuits.
current: 90 mA maximum per address in alarm. In Class B
• Removable 12 AWG (3.1 mm²) to 18 AWG (0.78 mm²) plug- operation, 540 mA maximum for all six addresses in alarm. In

• in
terminal blocks.for each point. Class A operation, 270 mA maximum for all three addresses in
Status indicators alarm.
• Up to two unused addresses may be disabled. Compatible detectors: See the Device Compatibility   docu-
• Rotary address switches. ment. Contact Honeywell.
• Class A or Class B operation.
• FlashScan® or CLIP operation (NOTE: Not compatible with Agency Listings and Approvals
the FS90 or XLS1000). These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified in
• Mount one or two modules in a BB-XP cabinet (optional). this document. In some cases, certain modules or applications
• Mount up to six modules on a CHS-6 chassis in a CAB-4 may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may
Series, or BB-25 cabinet (optional), or EQ Cabinet Series. be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status.
• Mounting hardware included. • UL Listed: S635
• ULC Listed: S635 (XP6-MAA)
Specifications • MEA Listed: 386-02-E

Standby current: 2.0 mA (SLC current draw with all • FM Approved

addresses used; if some addresses are disabled, the standby • CSFM: 7300-0028:219
current decreases). • City of Chicago
Alarm current: 40 mA (assumes all six LEDs solid ON). • City of Denver
Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C).
Humidity: 10% to 85% noncondensing. Product Line Information
Dimensions: 6.8" (172.72 mm) high x 5.8" (147.32 mm) wide XP6-MA: Six-zone conventional-detector interface module.
x 1.25" (31.75 mm) deep. XP6-MAA: Same as above with ULC Listing.
Shipping weight: 1.1 lb. (0.499 kg) including packaging. BB-XP: Optional cabinet for one or two modules. Dimensions,
Mounting options: CHS-6 chassis, BB-6F cabinet, BB-2F DOOR: 9.234" (23.454 cm) wide (9.484" [24.089 cm] including
cabinet, CAB-4 Series (see DN-6857) cabinet, or EQ Cabinet hinges), x 12.218" (31.0337 cm) high, x 0.672" (1.7068 cm)
Series. deep; BACKBOX: 9.0" (22.860 cm) wide (9.25" [23.495 cm]
including hinges), x 12.0" (30.480 cm) high x 2.75" (6.985 cm);
Wire gauge: 12 AWG (3.1 mm²) to 18 AWG (0.78 mm²). CHASSIS (installed): 7.150" (18.161 cm) wide overall x 7.312"
XP6-MA is shipped in Class B position: Remove shunt for (18.5725 cm) high interior overall x 2.156" (5.4762 cm) deep
Class A operation. overall.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 162/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

BB-25:  Optional cabinet for up to six modules mounted on CHS-6: Chassis, mounts up to six modules in a CAB-4 Series
CHS-6 chassis (below). Dimensions, DOOR: 24.0" (60.96 cm) (see 85-3002) cabinet, EQ Cabinet Series (see 85-3110), or
wide x 12.632" (32.0852 cm) high, x 1.25" (3.175 cm) deep, BB-25.
hinged at bottom; BACKBOX: 24.0" (60.96 cm) wide x 12.550"
(31.877 cm) high x 5.218" (13.2537 cm) deep.

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
FlashScan®  is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3070-2 Rev. 06-09
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 163/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

XP6-C
Six Circuit Supervised Control Module
and SYNC-1 Accessory Card
General
The XP6-C six-circuit supervised control module provides
intelligent alarm systems with supervised monitoring of wiring
to load devices that require an external power supply to oper-
ate, such as horns, strobes, or bells. Each module is intended
for switching applications involving AC, DC, or audio, which
require wiring supervision. Upon command from the control
panel, the XP6-C will disconnect the supervision and connect
the external power supply across the load device.
The first module is addressed from 01 to 154 while the remain-
ing modules are automatically assigned to the next five higher
addresses. Each XP6-C module has terminals for connection
     g
to an external supply circuit for powering devices on its notifi-      p
       j
 .
     c
       6
cation appliance circuit (NAC). One or multiple power supplies      p
     x
       4

or amplifiers may be used.        2

       9
       6

NOTE: Provisions are included for disabling a maximum of three 

unused addresses.
Each XP6-C module features a short-circuit-protection monitor
to protect the external power supply against short-circuit con- Alarm current:  35 mA (assumes all six NACS have been
ditions on the NAC. When an alarm condition occurs, the relay switched once and all six LEDs solid ON).
which connects the external supply to the NAC will not be
allowed to close if a short-circuit condition currently exists on Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) for UL appli-
the NAC. Additionally, an algorithm is incorporated to find cations; –10°C to +55°C for EN54 applications.
shorts when the module is active. The XP6-C module will Humidity:  10% to 85% noncondensing for UL applications;
close all circuits that are not shorted to find the NAC with the 10% to 93% noncondensing for EN54 applications.
problem.
Dimensions:  6.8" (172.72 mm) high x 5.8" (147.32 mm) wide
Each XP6-C module has panel-controlled green LED indica- x 1.25" (31.75 mm) deep.
tors. The panel can cause the LEDs to blink, latch on, or latch
Shipping weight: 1.1 lb. (0.499 kg) including packaging.
off.
Mounting options:  CHS-6 chassis, BB-25 cabinet, BB-XP
The SYNC-1 accessory card  provides the XP6-C with
cabinet, CAB-3/CAB-4 series backboxes and doors, or EQ
additional functionality with compatible System Sensor
Series cabinet.
SpectrAlert® and SpectrAlert Advance® audio/visual devices.
Wire gauge:  12 AWG (3.31 mm²) to 18 AWG (0.821 mm²),
Features grounded.
XP6-C is shipped in Class B position; remove shunt for
• Six addressable Style B (Class B) or three addressable
Class A operation.
Style D (Class A) outputs that function as notification appli-
ance/speaker/telephone circuits. Maximum SLC wiring resistance:  40 or 50 ohms, panel
• Removable 12 AWG (3.31 mm²) to 18 AWG (0.821 mm²) dependent.
plug-in terminal blocks. Maximum NAC wiring resistance: 40 ohms.

• Status indicators for each point. Power rating per circuit: 63 W @ 70.7 VAC (UL applications
• Unused addresses may be disabled(up to 3). only); 22.5 W @ 25 VAC.
• Rotary address switches. Current ratings:
• FlashScan® or CLIP operation. • 3.0 A @ 30 VDC maximum, resistive, non-coded.
NOTE: Not compatible with the FS90 Plus or XLS 1000. • 2.0 A @ 30 VDC maximum, resistive, coded.
• Optional SYNC-1 accessory card for SpectrAlert and Spec- • 1.0 A @ 30 VDC maximum, inductive (L/R = 2 ms), coded.
trAlert Advance devices.
• 0.5 A @ 30 VDC maximum, inductive (L/R = 5 ms), coded.
• Mount one or two modules in a BB-XP cabinet (optional).
• 0.9 A @ 70.7 VAC maximum (UL only), resistive, non-
• Mount up to six modules on a CHS-6 chassis in a CAB-3 coded.
Series, CAB-4 Series, EQ Series, or BB-25 cabinet
• 0.7 A @ 70.7 VAC maximum (UL only), inductive (PF =
(optional).
0.35), non-coded.
• Mounting hardware included.
Compatible devices: See the documentation for your panel,
and the Honeywell Device Compatibility document. Contact

Specifications Honeywell. See also list of devices compatible with SYNC-1

below.
Standby current:  2.25 mA (SLC current draw with all
addresses used; if some addresses are disabled, the standby
current decreases).

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 164/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

SYNC-1 Accessory Card BB-XP: Optional cabinet for one or two modules.   Dimen- 
sions, DOOR:   9.234" (23.454 cm) wide (9.484" [24.089 cm]
The SYNC-1 accessory card is designed to operate with the including hinges), x 12.218" (31.0337 cm) high, x 0.672"
XP6-C. It works with the SpectrAlert and the SpectrAlert (1.7068 cm) deep; BACKBOX:   9.0" (22.860 cm) wide (9.25"
Advance series of horns, strobes, and horn/strobes to provide [23.495 cm] including hinges), x 12.0" (30.480 cm) high x 2.75"
a means of synchronizing the temporal-coded horns; synchro- (6.985 cm); CHASSIS (installed):   7.150" (18.161 cm) wide
nizing the one-second flash timing of the strobe; and silencing overall x 7.312" (18.5725 cm) high interior overall x 2.156"
the horns of the horn/strobe combination over a two-wire cir- (5.4762 cm) deep overall.
cuit
cardwhile leavingofthe
is capable strobes active.
synchronizing six Each
ClassSYNC-1 accessory
B circuits or three BB-25: Optional cabinet for up to six modules mounted on
Class A circuits. CHS-6 chassis (below) . Dimensions, DOOR:   24.0" (60.96
cm) wide x 12.632" (32.0852 cm) high, x 1.25" (3.175 cm)
Maximum load on a loop: 3 A. deep, hinged at bottom; BACKBOX:   24.0" (60.96 cm) wide x
Operating temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). 12.550" (31.877 cm) high x 5.218" (13.2537 cm) deep.
Wire size: 12 to 18 AWG (3.31 to 0.821 mm²). CHS-6: Chassis, mounts up to six modules in a CAB-4 Series
(see 85-3002) cabinet, or EQ Series cabinet.
Operating voltage range:  11 to 30 VDC FWR, filtered or
unfiltered. Refer to notification appliance installation instruc-
tions for number of notification appliances and wire size. Agency Listings and Approvals
Compatible A/V devices:  The SYNC-1 Accessory Card is These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified in
compatible with all System Sensor SpectrAlert and SpectrAlert this document. In some cases, certain modules or applications
Advance Audio Visual Devices that have synchronization may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may
capability. Other manufacturers may be supported as well. be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status.
Please refer to the latest Device Compatibility Document,
PN 51939. • UL Listed: S635 (S635 SYNC-1)
• ULC Listed: S635 (XP6-CA)
NOTE: *SpectrAlert and SpectrAlert Advance products utilizing 
• MEA Listed: 43-02-E / 226-03-E (SYNC-1)
SYNC-1 module below.
• FM Approved (Local Protective Signaling) - XP6-C only
Product Line Information • CSFM:  7165-1130:234 7170-1130:235 7300-1653:100
(SYNC-1)
XP6-C: Six-circuit supervised control module.
• Maryland State Fire Marshal:  Permit # 2106 (XP6-C)
XP6-CA: Same as above with ULC Listing.
SYNC-1: Optional accessory card for synchronization of com-
patible System Sensor SpectrAlert horns, strobes, and horn/ 
strobes.

SYNC-1
Module setup: Before installing the
accessory card on the XP6-C module,
add the shunt to the board where
indicated if any horns are required to
sound in temporal pattern.
Parts included with SYNC-1: Two
shunts, four screws, and two standoffs.
See installation instructions for details on
mounting and wiring the accessory card
and module.
XP6-C

6924sync.wmf

Figure 1 Mounting the SYNC-1 accessory card to the XP6-C module

  08/25/09 • 85-3069 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 165/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Wiring Diagrams

   f
  m
  w
 .
   k
  c
  o
   l
   b
  r
   i
  w
   4
   2
   9
   6

   f
  m
  w
 .
   1
  r
   i
  w
   4
   2
   9
   6

NOTE: If the FACP does not inherently monitor for loss of external power to the module, an external EOLR- 
1 Relay Module may be required on each NAC that has a dedicated supply. Refer to the Honeywell SLC 
manual for more information.

Figure 2 Example of Class B, Style Y NAC configuration

with a single supply dedicated to a single NAC

   f
  m
  w
 .
   2
  r
   i
  w
   4
   2
   9
   6

Figure 3 Example of Class B, Style Y NAC configuration with a single supply shared by two NACs

www.honeywell.com 85-3069 • 08/25/09

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 166/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

   f
  m
  w
 .
   3
  r
   i
  w
   4
   2
   9
   6

Figure 4 Example of Class A, Style Z NAC configuration

with a single supply dedicated to a single NAC

   f
  m
  w
 .
   4
  r
   i
  w
   4
   2
   9
   6

Figure 5 Example of Class A, Style Z NAC configuration with a single supply shared by 2 NACs

  08/25/09 • 85-3069 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 167/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

   f
  m
  w
 .
   5
  r
   i
  w
   4
   2
   9
   6

Figure 6 Example of Class B, Style Y audio NAC configuration

   f
  m
  w
 .
   6
  r
   i
  w
   4
   2
   9
   6

Figure 7 Example of Class A, Style Z audio NAC configuration

www.honeywell.com 85-3069 • 08/25/09

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 168/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

   f
  m
  w
 .
   7
  r
   i
  w
   4
   2
   9
   6

NOTE: Supply is shared by NACs +0 and +1 (on PCB #1) as well as +3, +4, and +5 (on PCB # 2). Refer to 
Figure 2 through Figure 5 for typical NAC wiring. Make certain that the lip on the long power supply jumper 
engages the retaining tab on T10 or T16 as shown in detail view A-A.

Figure 8 Example of multiple boards sharing the same external power supply

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
FlashScan®, SpectrAlert®, SpectrAlert Advance®, and System Sensor®  are registered trademarks of Honeywell International Inc.
 ©2007 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3069 Rev. 08/09
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2007 Honeywell International Inc.
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 169/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

XP6-R
Six Relay Control Module

General
The XP6-R six-relay control module provides an intelligent fire
alarm system with six Form-C relays.
The first module is addressed from 01 to 154 while the remain-
ing modules are automatically assigned to the next five higher
addresses. Provisions are included for disabling a maximum of
three unused modules. A single isolated set of dry relay con-
tacts is provided for each module address, which is capable of
being wired for either a normally-open or normally-closed
operation. The module allows the control panel to switch these
contacts on command. No supervision is provided for the con-
trolled circuit.
  g
  p
   j
 .
  r
Each XP6-R module has panel-controlled green LED indica-    6
  p
  x
tors. The panel can cause the LEDs to blink, latch on, or latch    6
   2
   9
   6
off.

Features
• Six addressable Form-C relay contacts. Relay current: 30 mA/relay pulse (15.6 ms pulse duration),
pulse under panel control.
• Removable 12 AWG (3.25 mm²) to 18 AWG (0.9 mm²) plug-
in terminal blocks. Relay contact ratings: 30 VDC; 70.7 VAC.
• Status indicators for each point.
• Unused addresses may be disabled. Current ratings:
• Rotary address switches. • 3.0 A @ 30 VDC maximum, resistive, non-coded.
• FlashScan® or CLIP operation (NOTE: Not compatible with • 2.0 A @ 30 VDC maximum, resistive, coded.
the XLS1000 or FS90 Plus). • 1.0 A @ 30 VDC maximum, inductive (L/R = 2 ms), coded.
• Mount one or two modules in a BB-XP cabinet (optional).
• 0.5 A @ 30 VDC maximum, inductive (L/R = 5 ms), coded.
• Mount up to six modules on a CHS-6 chassis in a CAB-4
Series, EQ Series, or BB-25 cabinet (optional). • 0.9 A @ 110 VDC maximum, resistive, non-coded.
• Mounting hardware included. • 0.9 A @ 125 VAC maximum, resistive, non-coded.
• 0.7 A @ 70.7 VAC maximum, inductive (PF = 0.35), non-
coded.
Specifications
• 0.3 A @ 125 VAC maximum, inductive (PF = 0.35), non-
Standby current: 1.45 mA (SLC current draw with all coded.
addresses used; if some addresses are disabled, the standby
current decreases). • 1.5 A @25 VAC maximum, inductive (PF = 0.35), non-
coded.
Alarm current: 32 mA (assumes all six relays have been
• 2.0 A @25 VAC maximum, inductive (PF = 0.35), non-
switched once and all six LEDs solid ON).
coded.
Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C).

Humidity: 10% to 93% noncondensing. Agency Listings and Approvals

Dimensions: 6.8" (172.72 mm) high x 5.8" (147.32 mm) wide These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified in
x 1.0" (25.40 mm) deep. this document. In some cases, certain modules or applications
Shipping weight: 1.1 lb. (0.499 kg) including packaging. may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may
be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status.
Mounting options: CHS-6 chassis, BB-25 cabinet, BB-XP
cabinet, CAB-4 Series (see 85-3002) cabinet, or EQ Series • UL Listed: S635
(see 85-3110) cabinet. • ULC Listed: S635 (XP6-RA)
Wire gauge: 12 AWG (3.25 mm²) to 18 AWG (0.9 mm²). • MEA Listed: 368-01-E
• CSFM: 7300-0028:219
Maximum SLC wiring resistance: 40 or 50 ohms, panel
dependent. • Maryland State Fire Marshall: Permit # 2099
• FM Approved (Light Protective Signaling Only)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 170/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Product Line Information (18.5725 cm) high interior overall x 2.156" (5.4762 cm) deep
overall.
XP6-R: Six-relay control module.
BB-25: Optional cabinet for up to six modules mounted on
XP6-RA: Same as above with ULC Listing. CHS-6 chassis (below). Dimensions, DOOR: 24.0" (60.96 cm)
BB-XP: Optional cabinet for one or two modules. Dimensions, wide x 12.632" (32.0852 cm) high, x 1.25" (3.175 cm) deep,
DOOR: 9.234" (23.454 cm) wide (9.484" [24.089 cm] including hinged at bottom; BACKBOX: 24.0" (60.96 cm) wide x 12.550"
hinges), x 12.218" (31.0337 cm) high, x 0.672" (1.7068 cm) (31.877 cm) high x 5.218" (13.2537 cm) deep.
deep; BACKBOX: 9.0" (22.860 cm) wide (9.25" [23.495 cm]
including hinges), x 12.0" (30.480 cm) high x 2.75" (6.985 cm); CHS-6: Chassis, mounts up to six modules in a CAB-4 Series
(see 85-3002), BB-25, or EQ Series (see 85-3110) cabinet.
CHASSIS (installed): 7.150" (18.161 cm) wide overall x 7.312"

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
FlashScan® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com HON-60159:A
85-3071 Rev. 2/10
February 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 171/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Notes

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 172/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

6.0 Detectors for Hazardous Areas

  Intrinsically Safe Detectors
  Intrinsically Safe MCPs
  Explosion Proof Detectors

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 173/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Conventional

INTRINSICALLY SAFE - Ionisation Smoke Detector 

Model 1151EIS
Overview
Features
 Low profile design
 Low current draw
 Remote LED option
 Two alarm LEDs providing 360o visibility
 Removable cover for ease of maintenance
 Simple plug-in installation
 Compatible with standard B401 mounting base
 Built-in test switch
 Tamper-resistant
 Suitable for use in up to Zone 0 environments
  Approved for use with Zener safety barriers or galvanic isolators
 BASEEFA approval to EEx ia IIB T5
 Tested and approved to EN54 – 7:2000 (Amendment 1)
 118b/09 Baseefa03ATEX0156X G296051

Description
Model 1151EIS ionisation smoke detectors use state-
of-the-art sensing chambers and SMD circuitry for
maximum reliability. These detectors are designed to
afford open area protection and are for use in hazardous
areas where potentially explosive atmospheres are likely
to arise (confirm classification of equipment required
with your responsible authority). 1151EIS detectors are
designed to be used with compatible panels only and
must be used in conjunction with a compatible zener
barrier or galvanic isolator.

Each detector has two integral alarm LEDs to provide

local visual indication of detector status. Once the
detector senses a fire, it latches in alarm and remains
in this condition until it is reset by a momentary power
interruption.

Model 1151EIS smoke detectors include a tamper

feature that prevents removal from the base without the
use of a tool. In addition, these detectors can be tested
by activating an internal reed switch with a test magnet.
This test simulates smoke in the detector and performs a
full check of the operating circuitry.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 174/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

 Architect/Engineer Speci fications
Typical 1151EIS System Diagram

Electrical Speci fications
Operating Voltage Range 15 to 32VDC
Maximum Standby Current 30µA at 24VDC
Latching alarm reset by momentary power interruption

Environmental Speci fications
 Application Temperature Range -10°C to 55°C
Humidity 10% to 93% Relative Humidity (non-condensing)
IP Ratings On application
Intrinsic Safety Rating EEx ia IIB T5

Mechanical Information
Height 43mm
Diameter 104mm
Weight 110g (excluding base)

Product Range
Compatible Bases B401, B401DG

System Sensor Europe (Technical Services)

Charles Avenue
Burgess Hill
RH15 9TQ 
United Kingdom
Tel: +44 (0)1444 238820
Fax: +44 (0)1444 248123
Email: sse.technical@systemsensor.com
www.systemsensoreurope.com

Copyright © 2005 System Sensor. All rights reserved.

 All technical data is correct at time of publication and is subject to change without notice. All trademarks acknowledged.
Installation information: in order to ensure full functionality, refer to the installation instructions as supplied.   DS1151EIS-07

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 175/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Conventional

INTRINSICALLY SAFE - Rate of Rise Temperature Detector

Model 5451EIS
Overview
Features

 Low profile design

 Low current draw
 Remote LED option
 Simple plug-in installation
 Compatible with standard B401 mounting base
 Built-in test switch
 Tamper-resistant


Suitable for use in up to Zone 0 environments
  Approved for use with Zener safety barriers or galvanic isolators
 BASEEFA approval to EEx ia IIB T5
 Tested and approved to EN54 – 5:2000 (Amendment 1) Class A1R 118a/04 Baseefa03ATEX0155X G296050

Description
Model 5451EIS is an intrinsically safe rate of rise Model 5451EIS rate of rise detectors include a tamper
detector with fixed temperature alarm. It uses state-of- feature that prevents removal from their mounting base
the-art dual thermistor technology to provide maximum (if enabled) without the use of a tool. In addition, these
sensitivity. This detector is designed to afford open detectors can be easily tested by activating an internal
area protection and is for use in hazardous areas where reed switch with a test
potentially explosive atmospheres are likely to arise magnet.
(confirm classification of equipment required with your
responsible authority). Model 5451EIS detectors are
designed to be used with compatible panels only.

Each detector has two LEDs to provide a local visual

indication of detector status. Once the detector senses
a fire, it latches in alarm and remains in this condition
until it is reset by a momentary power interruption.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 176/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

 Architect/Engineer Speci fications
5451EIS Intrinsically Safe Rate of Rise Temperature Detector

One channel from a single or dual channel d.c. Shunt Zener Diode Safety Barrier certified by Baseefa or any EU
 Approved Body to [EEx ia] IIC having the following, or lower parameters:
Uo = 28V
Io = 93.3mA
Po = 0.67W
In any safety barrier used the output current must be limited by a resistor “R” such that Io = Uo/R
OR one of the following isolation barriers may be used:
MTL: MTL4061 (BAS01ATEX7176), MTL5061 (BAS01ATEX7160)
Pepperl + Fuchs: KFDO-CS-Ex1.5IP (BAS98ATEX7343), KFDO-CS-Ex2.5IP (BAS98ATEX7343)

Electrical Speci fications
Operating Voltage Range 15 to 32VDC Latching alarm reset by momentary power interruption
Standby Current (maximum) 100µA at 24VDC

Environmental Speci fications
 Application Temperature Range -10°C to 55°C
Humidity 10% to 93% Relative Humidity (non-condensing)
IP Ratings On application
Intrinsic Safety Rating EEx II1G EEx ia IIB T5

Mechanical Information
Height 54mm
Diameter 104mm
Weight 80g (excluding base)
Max Wire Gauge for Terminals 2.5mm2
Colour Pantone Warm Grey 1C
Material Bayblend FR110

Product Range
Compatible Bases B401, B401DG

System Sensor Europe (Technical Services)

Charles Avenue
Burgess Hill
RH15 9TQ 
United Kingdom
Tel: +44 (0)1444 238820
Fax: +44 (0)1444 248123
Email: sse.technical@systemsensor.com
www.systemsensoreurope.com

Copyright © 2005 System Sensor. All rights reserved.

 All technical data is correct at time of publication and is subject to change without notice. All trademarks acknowledged.
Installation information: in order to ensure full functionality, refer to the installation instructions as supplied. DS5451EIS-07

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 177/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Intelligent

INTRINSICALLY SAFE - Photoelectric Smoke Sensor

Model 22051EISE

Overview
Features

 Compatible with existing System Sensor Protocol

 Low profile design
 Reliable analogue addressable communications
 Rotary decade address switches
 Tamper Resistant
 Twin LED indicators provide 360 0 visibility
 Built in test switch
 Must be used in conjunction with IST200
Translator Module and Y72221 Galvanic Isolator
 Compatible with the existing standard intelligent 199p/03 Baseefa08 ATEX0278X 0832-CPD-199
sensor base
 BASEEFA Approved to EEx ia IIC T5 for use in up to Zone 0 hazardous environments

Description
The 22051EISE analogue addressable photoelectric The individual loop address of each 22051EISE can be
sensor is a plug in intrinsically safe smoke sensor easily set and read, using the rotary decade address
combining an optical sensing chamber with analogue switches located on the rear of each sensor. The use
addressable communications. As an intrinsically safe of decimal address codes significantly reduces the
sensor, the 22051EISE has been designed specifically to potential for incorrect address selection.
provide fire protection for most hazardous environments,
and has therefore been engineered so that it cannot Each sensor base includes a tamper resistant option
become a source of ignition in areas where potentially which, when activated, prevents the removal of the
explosive atmospheres are likely to arise. sensor from it’s base without the use of a tool. Full
circuit functionality can be easily confirmed on site by
The 22051EISE sensors are approved by BASEEFA to use of the sensor test switch. Operation of this magnetic
EEx ia IIC T5, for use in hazardous environments. The switch will generate an alarm response to the fire alarm
22051EISE sensor is therefore suitable for use in all control panel, making system testing both convenient
hazardous areas up to Zone 0 areas and with most and simple.
gases, excluding hydrogen and acetylene.
 All System Sensor products are covered by our extended
The 22051EISE has two integral LED’s which provide 3 year warranty.
local visual indication of the sensor status. These LED’s
provide a dual function. In the event of an alarm, they
can be switched ON continuously, and can also be
programmed to either blink when polled by the panel or
remain off during normal conditions.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 178/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

 Architect/Engineer Speci fications
IST200 Intelligent Translator Module

Description

The IST200 translator module is intended for use with analogue addressable systems and in conjunction with 22051EISE intrinsically safe photoelectric

smoke sensors.
The IST200 mustThealsoIST200 translator
be used modulewith
in conjunction serves as an interface
a Y72221 galvanicbetween the control
isolator barrier (see panel and
below). Toup to a maximum
ensure of 15 x 22051EISE
correct operation, the IST200smoke sensors.
must only be
connected to a listed compatible Control Panel.

The IST200 translator module can be easily mounted within System Sensor’s existing SMB500 surface mount box (see diagram). The IST200 must be
located within a safe environment.

 Y72221 Galvanic Isolator

Description

The Y72221 Galvanic Isolator is a single channel isolated repeater. It is suitable for use as an intrinsically safe isolator between an IST200 translator
module and up to a maximum of 15 x 22051EISE intrinsically safe photoelectric smoke sensors. The Y72221 is designed to transfer a DC current
from a safe area to the hazardous area load, from a 24V DC nominal voltage. An AC signal ranging from 0.6 to 24V will then be transferred, allowing
communication to the 22051EISE sensors in the hazardous area.

We would recommend the use of the Y72221 with all installations of 22051EISE sensors. We do not recommend the use of zener barriers, as they need to
be tied to a high integrity earth, which can lead to earth fault indications on some Fire Control Panels. Please refer to the Fire Control Panel manufacturer
for compatibility information. The Y72221 is certified intrinsically safe to EEx ia IIC, (Baseefa00ATEX087X).

The Y72221 is suitable for DIN rail mounting and can therefore be mounted within any electrical box with suitable DIN rail.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 179/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Intrinsically Safe Outdoor Call Points

Resistor & Clean Contact Model
(Red Versions)

> Product Benefits

• Sealed to IP67
• Unique ‘Plug & Play’ installation concept
• Total ‘Flex-Ability’ in the choice of operating
element
• Anti-Tamper facility
• Enhanced aesthetics and compact design
• Fully approved to the latest standards

  1GD Ex ia   C T4 Ga
  Sira 06ATEX2131X
IECEx SIR 08.0105X
166b

Product Overview
An Intrinsically Safe version of our WCP1A outdoor call point is available for installation in
hazardous areas. These call points are manufactured to protect against other hazards, as defined
in paragraph 1.2.7 of annex II of the ATEX Directive 94/9/EC. They are intended for outdoor use
within Intrinsically Safe (I.S.) systems using suitable I.S. barriers (contact KAC for a list of approved
barriers).

Installation efficiency, flexibility and full compliance with the latest standards are at the heart of the
new WCP outdoor Call Point range.

The outdoor WCP is an IP67 sealed manual call point product. The enhanced environmental
protection allows the unit to be installed in many external environments where water and dirt are likely
to be present, making it a true waterproof and outdoor product.

Installation time and ultimately cost, are of paramount importance to any fire or security installer.
The WCP range directly reflects this need by providing a unique ‘plug and play’ concept designed
specifically to reduce installation time. All new WCP products utilise a special terminal block,
where all of
the back initial installation
the WCP. cabling
Simple, but is terminated.
effective This
with no terminal block
re-termination is thenand
required simply connected
no time wasted.to In
addition, all WCP products are supplied with three standard 20mm threaded holes for cable entries,
accommodating all types of surface wiring installations.

Through new standards and legislation, both break glass and re-settable operating elements can
now be used within a manual call point. To provide you with the greatest ‘flex-ability’, the new
WCP range can be configured as either a break glass or re-settable unit by simply changing from
one element to another. No other additional parts or alternative products need to be ordered.

All WCP Outdoor Call Point products also help preserve the integrity of the overall system as illegal removal
of the product lid will result in the call point operating and the system going in to alarm.

Full compliance with the latest standards is essential and the new WCP indoor call point range is
fully approved to the latest EN54-11 standard.
The WCP1A product version is supplied with both a resistor and normally open clean
contact electrical options. These options are easily utilised by simply connecting the
terminal block to the required connection in the back of the WCP1 product. A variety of
resistor versions are available, with both 470 Ω and 680Ω offered as standard. However, ISWCP1
other resistor types can be provided upon request. Rev. No. 1

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 180/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Electrical Specification Figure .1

Connection Details: See Figure .1 WCP1A-X WCP1B-X

Cable Termination: 0.5-2.5mm2

Maximium Voltage: 30VDC
Switch Rating: 2 Amps
fi ≤ a≤
Certi cation Details: II 1GD Ex ia IIC T4 Ga (-30°C T +70°C)
Ex iaD T135°C Da (-20°C≤Ta≤+40°C) when Pi = 0.75W
  (-20°C≤Ta≤+70°C) when Pi = 0.65W
Sira 06ATEX2131X
IECEx SIR 08.0105X

Suitable IS Barriers:
Pepperl & Fuchs - KFDO-Cs-Ex 1.51P (BAS98ATEX7343), KFDO-Cs-Ex 2.51P (BAS98ATEX7343)
MTL - MTL4061 (BAS01ATEX7176), MTL5061 (BAS01ATEX7160)
A certified shunt zener barrier may be used having the following output parameters;
  Uz - 28V, Imax - 93.3mA, Wmax - 0.67W

Environmental Specification
Humidity: 0-95% non-condensing
Operating Temperature: -300C to +700C
Storage Temperature: -300C to +700C
Ingress Protection (IP) Rating: IP67

Mechanical Specification
97.5mm 71mm 84mm

Material: PC/ABS
Weight: 240g
Colour: Red, Ral 3001
    m
    m     m
     3     m
     9      7
     7

Ordering Information
Model Electrical Configuration Mounting Operating Markings
Element
Non-Stock
WCP1A-R470SG-01 470Ω Resistor & N\O 30VDC Surface Glass EN54-11
WCP1A-R470SF-01 470Ω Resistor & N\O 30VDC Surface Flexi EN54-11
WCP1A-R680SG-01 680Ω Resistor & N\O 30VDC Surface Glass EN54-11
WCP1A-R680SF-01 680Ω Resistor & N\O 30VDC Surface Flexi EN54-11

WCP1B-R470SG-01 470Ω Resistor & N\O 30VDC (SAV) Surface Glass EN54-11

WCP1B-R470SF-01 470Ω  Resistor & N\O 30VDC (SAV) Surface Flexible EN54-11
WCP1B-R680SG-01 680Ω  Resistor & N\O 30VDC (SAV) Surface Glass EN54-11
WCP1B-R680SF-01 680Ω  Resistor & N\O 30VDC (SAV) Surface Flexible EN54-11

N\O = Normally Open Contact

SAV = Savwire system

Accessories
Code Description
SC070 Pack Of Ten Test Keys
KG1 x 5 Pack Of Five Glass Elements
PS210 Flexible Operating Element
PS200 Plain Hinged Cover
SC071 Pack Of Ten Terminal Blocks

> KAC Alarm Company Ltd

KAC House, Thornhill Road,
North Moons Moat, Redditch,

B98 9ND,(0)
Tel: +44 United
1527Kingdom
406655
Fax: +44 (0) 1527 406677
e-mail: marketing@kac.co.uk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 181/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Intrinsically Safe Outdoor Call Points

Double Pole Changeover Contact Model
(Red Versions)

> Product Benefits

• Sealed to IP67
• Unique ‘Plug & Play’ installation concept
• Total ‘Flex-Ability’ in the choice of operating
element
• Anti-Tamper facility
• Enhanced aesthetics and compact design
• Fully approved to the latest standards

  1GD Ex ia   C T4 Ga
  Sira 06ATEX2131X
IECEx SIR 08.0105X
166b

Product Overview
An Intrinsically Safe version of our WCP4A outdoor call point is available for installation in
hazardous areas. These call points are manufactured to protect against other hazards, as defined
in paragraph 1.2.7 of annex II of the ATEX Directive 94/9/EC. They are intended for outdoor use
within Intrinsically Safe (I.S.) systems using suitable I.S. barriers (contact KAC for a list of approved
barriers).

Installation efficiency, flexibility and full compliance with the latest standards are at the heart of the
new WCP outdoor Call Point range.

The outdoor WCP is an IP67 sealed manual call point product. The enhanced environmental
protection allows the unit to be installed in many external environments where water and dirt are likely
to be present, making it a true waterproof and outdoor product.

Installation time and ultimately cost, are of paramount importance to any fire or security installer.
The WCP range directly reflects this need by providing a unique ‘plug and play’ concept designed
specifically to reduce installation time. All new WCP products utilise a special terminal block,
where all initial installation cabling is terminated. This terminal block is then simply connected to
the back of the WCP. Simple, but effective with no re-termination required and no time wasted. In
addition, all WCP products are supplied with three standard 20mm threaded holes for cable entries,
accommodating all types of surface wiring installations.

Through new standards and legislation, both break glass and re-settable operating elements can
now be used within a manual call point. To provide you with the greatest ‘flex-ability’, the new
WCP range can be configured as either a break glass or re-settable unit by simply changing from
one element to another. No other additional parts or alternative products need to be ordered.

All WCP Outdoor Call Point products also help preserve the integrity of the overall system as illegal removal
of the product lid will result in the call point operating and the system going in to alarm.

Full compliance with the latest standards is essential and the new WCP indoor call point range is
fully approved to the latest EN54-11 standard.

The WCP4A product version is supplied with a double pole changeover set of contacts. The
product utilises two
blocks provides terminal
either blocksopen’
a ‘normally and wiring to the closed’
or ‘normally relevantoperation
terminals(see
on these
wiringterminal
diagramconnector
overleaf).
ISWCP4
Rev. No. 1

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 182/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Electrical Specification Figure .1

Connection Details: See Figure .1 WCP4A-X

Cable Termination: 0.5-2.5mm2
Maximium Voltage: 30VDC
Switch Rating: 2 Amps or
fi
Certi cation Details: II 1GD Ex ia IIC T4 Ga (-30°C≤Ta≤+70°C)
Ex iaD T135°C Da (-20°C ≤Ta≤+40°C) when Pi = 0.75W
  (-20°C≤Ta≤+70°C) when Pi = 0.65W
Sira 06ATEX2131X
IECEx SIR 08.0105X

Suitable IS Barriers:
Pepperl & Fuchs - KFDO-Cs-Ex 1.51P (BAS98ATEX7343), KFDO-Cs-Ex 2.51P (BAS98ATEX7343)
MTL - MTL4061 (BAS01ATEX7176), MTL5061 (BAS01ATEX7160)
A certified shunt zener barrier may be used having the following output parameters;
  Uz - 28V, Imax - 93.3mA, Wmax - 0.67W

Environmental Specification
Humidity: 0-95% non-condensing
Operating Temperature: -300C to +700C
Storage Temperature: -300C to +700C
Ingress Protection (IP) Rating: IP67

Mechanical Specification
Material: PC/ABS 97.5mm 71mm 84mm
Weight: 240g
Colour: Red, Ral 3001

    m
    m     m
     3     m
     9      7
     7

Ordering Information
Model Electrical Configuration Mounting Operating Markings
Element
Non-Stock
WCP4A-R000SG-01 N\O & N\C Contacts 30VDC Surface Glass EN54-11
WCP4A-R000SF-01 N\O & N\C Contacts 30VDC Surface Flexi EN54-11

N\C = Normally Closed Contact

N\O = Normally Open Contact

Accessories
Code Description
SC070 Pack Of Ten Test Keys
KG1 x 5 Pack Of Five Glass Elements
PS210 Flexible Operating Element
PS200 Plain Hinged Cover
SC071 Pack Of Ten Terminal Blocks

> KAC Alarm Company Ltd

KAC House, Thornhill Road,
North Moons Moat, Redditch,
B98 9ND, United Kingdom
Tel: +44 (0) 1527 406655
Fax: +44 (0) 1527 406677
e-mail: marketing@kac.co.uk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 183/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Intrinsically Safe Call Point Range

Resistor & Clean Contact Model
(Red Versions)

> Product Benefits

• Unique ‘Plug & Play’ installation concept
• Total ‘Flex-Ability’ in the choice of operating
element
• Anti-Tamper facility
• Enhanced aesthetics
• Fully approved to the latest standards
• Backward compatibility

166b

Product Overview

An Intrinsically
hazardous Safe
areas. version
These callof our MCP1A
points indoor call to
are manufactured point is available
protect against for installation
other hazards,inas
defined in paragraph 1.2.7 of annex II of the ATEX Directive 94/9/EC. They are intended
for use within Intrinsically Safe (I.S.) systems using suitable I.S. barriers. For a list of
suitable barriers see reverse.

Installation efficiency, flexibility and full compliance with the latest standards are at the
heart of the new Indoor Call Point range.

Installation time and ultimately cost, are of paramount importance to any fire or security
installer. The MCP range directly reflects this need by providing a unique ‘plug and play’
concept designed specifically to reduce installation time. All new MCP products utilise
a special terminal block, where all initial installation cabling is terminated. This terminal
block is then simply connected to the back of the MCP. Simple, but effective with no
re-termination required and no time wasted.

Through new standards and legislation, both break glass and resettable operating
elements can now be used within a manual call point. To provide you with the greatest
‘flex-ability’, the new MCP range can be configured as either a break glass or resettable
unit by simply changing from one element to another. No other additional parts or
alternative products need to be ordered.

All MCP Indoor Call Point products also help preserve the integrity of the overall system
as illegal removal of the product lid will result in the call point operating and the system
going in to alarm.

The MCP1A product version is supplied with both a resistor and normally open clean
contact electrical options. These options are easily utilised by simply connecting the
terminal block to the required connection in the back of the MCP1 product. A variety of
resistor versions are available, with both 470 Ω and 680Ω offered as standard. However,
other resistor types can be provided upon request. The MCP1B product version allows IS-MCP1
for connection to ‘Savwire’ systems.
Rev. No. 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 184/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Electrical Specification Figure .1

IS-MCP1A-X IS-MCP1B-X
Connection Details: See Figure .1
Cable Termination: 0.5-2.5mm2
Maximum Voltage: 30VDC
Maximum current: 500mA

Maximum Power:
Certification Details: 1W

Suitable IS Barriers:
Pepperl & Fuchs - KFDO-Cs-Ex 1.51P (BAS98ATEX7343), KFDO-Cs-Ex 2.51P (BAS98ATEX7343)
MTL - MTL4061 (BAS01ATEX7176), MTL5061 (BAS01ATEX7160)
A certified shunt zener barrier may be used having the following output parameters;
  Uz - 28V, Imax - 93.3mA, Wmax - 0.67W

Environmental Specification
Humidity: 0-95% non-condensing
Ambient Temperature Range: -300C to + 700C

Ingress Protection (IP) Rating: IP24D

72mm
89mm 27.5mm 32mm
Mechanical Specification 60mm

Material: PC/ABS
Weight: 110g Flush     m
    m     m
  160g Surface      3
     9
    m
     2
     7
Colour: Red, Ral 3001

Ordering Information
Model Electrical Configuration Mounting Operating Element Markings
MCP1A-R470FG-01IS 470Ω  Resistor & N\O 30VDC Flush Glass EN54-11
MCP1A-R470FF-01IS 470Ω  Resistor & N\O 30VDC Flush Flexi EN54-11
MCP1A-R470SG-01IS 470Ω  Resistor & N\O 30VDC Surface Glass EN54-11
MCP1A-R470SF-01IS 470Ω  Resistor & N\O 30VDC FSurface Flexi EN54-11
MCP1A-R680FG-01IS 680Ω  Resistor & N\O 30VDC Flush Glass EN54-11
MCP1A-R680FF-01IS 680Ω  Resistor & N\O 30VDC Flush Flexi EN54-11
MCP1A-R680SG-01IS 680Ω  Resistor & N\O 30VDC Surface Glass EN54-11
MCP1A-R680SF-01IS 680Ω  Resistor & N\O 30VDC Surface Flexi EN54-11

MCP1B-R470FG-01IS 470Ω  Resistor & N\O 30VDC Flush Glass EN54-11

MCP1B-R470FF-01IS 470Ω  Resistor & N\O 30VDC Flush Flexi EN54-11
MCP1B-R470SG-01IS 470Ω  Resistor & N\O 30VDC Surface Glass EN54-11
MCP1B-R470SF-01IS 470Ω  Resistor & N\O 30VDC Surface Flexi EN54-11
MCP1B-R680FG-01IS 680Ω  Resistor & N\O 30VDC Flush Glass EN54-11
MCP1B-R680FF-01IS 680Ω  Resistor & N\O 30VDC Flush Flexi EN54-11
MCP1B-R680SG-01IS 680Ω  Resistor & N\O 30VDC Surface Glass EN54-11
MCP1B-R680SF-01IS 680Ω  Resistor & N\O 30VDC Surface Flexi EN54-11

N\O = Normally Open Contact

SAV = Savwire system

Accessories
Code Description
SC070 Pack Of Ten Test Keys
KG1 x 5 Pack Of Five Glass Elements
PS210 Flexible Operating Element
PS200 Plain Hinged Cover
SC071 Pack Of Ten Terminal Blocks

> KAC Alarm Company Ltd

KAC House, Thornhill Road,
North Moons Moat, Redditch,
B98 9ND, United Kingdom
Tel: +44 (0) 1527 406655
Fax: +44 (0) 1527 406677
e-mail: marketing@kac.co.uk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 185/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Intrinsically Safe Call Point Range

Intelligent Model - System Sensor Protocol
(Red Versions)

> Product Benefits

• Unique ‘Plug & Play’ installation concept
• Total ‘Flex-Ability’ in the choice of operating
element
• Anti-Tamper facility
• Enhanced aesthetics
• Fully approved to the latest standards
• Backward compatibility

II 1G Ex ia IIC T4
Baseefa 07ATEX0200X
IECEx BAS 07.0060X

166b

Product Overview

An Intrinsically
hazardous Safe
areas. version
These callof our MCP5A
points indoor call to
are manufactured point is available
protect against for installation
other hazards,inas
defined in paragraph 1.2.7 of annex II of the ATEX Directive 94/9/EC. They are intended
for use within Intrinsically Safe (I.S.) systems using suitable I.S. barriers. For a list of
suitable barriers see reverse.

Installation efficiency, flexibility and full compliance with the latest standards are at the
heart of the Indoor Call Point range.

Installation time and ultimately cost, are of paramount importance to any fire or security
installer. The MCP range directly reflects this need by providing a unique ‘plug and play’
concept designed specifically to reduce installation time. All new MCP products utilise a
special terminal block, where all initial installation cabling is terminated. This terminal block
is then simply connected to the back of the MCP. Simple, but effective with no re-termination
required and no time wasted.

Both break glass and resettable operating elements can now be used within a manual
call point. To provide you with the greatest ‘flex-ability’, the new MCP range can be
configured as either a break glass or resettable unit by simply changing from one element
to another. No other additional parts or alternative products need to be ordered.

All MCP Indoor Call Point products also help preserve the integrity of the overall system as
illegal removal of the product lid will result in the call point operating and the system going in to
alarm.

The MCP5A product is supplied with System Sensors protocol embedded. This allows
the device to be used in addressable systems running compatible protocols.

IS-MCP5
Rev. No.2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 186/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Electrical Specification Figure .1

IS-MCP5A-X
Connection Details: See Figure .1
Cable Termination: 0.5-2.5mm2
Maximum Voltage: 24VDC
Standby current: 400uA
Operating current: 4.8mA (Typical)
Certification Details: II 1G Ex ia IIC T4
Baseefa 07ATEX0200X
IECEx BAS 07.0060X

Suitable IS Barriers:
P & F Smart Fire Detector Isolator
Type KFDO-CS-Ex1.54-Y72221
(BAS00ATEX7087x)

One channel from:

P & F Smart Fire Detector Isolator
Type KFDO-CS-Ex2.54-Y72222
(BAS00ATEX7087x)

Environmental Specification
Humidity: 0-95% non-condensing
Ambient Temperature Range: -300C to + 70 0C
Ingress Protection (IP) Rating: IP24D

72mm
Mechanical Specification 89mm 27.5mm 32mm 60mm

Material: PC/ABS
Weight: 110g Flush
  160g Surface     m     m
    m
Colour: Red, Ral 3001      3     m
     9      2
     7

Ordering Information
Model Electrical Mounting Operating Markings
  Configuration Element

MCP5A-RP01FG-K013-01IS N\O Flush Glass EN54-11

MCP5A-RP01FF-K013-01IS N\O Flush Flexi EN54-11
MCP5A-RP01SG-K013-01IS N\O Surface Glass EN54-11
MCP5A-RP01SF-K013-01IS N\O Surface Flexi EN54-11

N\C = Normally Closed Contact

N\O = Normally Open Contact

Accessories
Code Description
SC070 Pack Of Ten Test Keys
KG1 x 5 Pack Of Five Glass Elements
PS210 Flexible Operating Element
PS200 Plain Hinged Cover
SC071 Pack Of Ten Terminal Blocks

> KAC Alarm Company Ltd

KAC House, Thornhill Road,
North Moons Moat, Redditch,
B98 9ND, United Kingdom
Tel: +44 (0) 1527 406655
Fax: +44 (0) 1527 406677
e-mail: marketing@kac.co.uk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 187/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

XAL-53
Hazardous Location Pull Station

Applications
KILLARK® fire alarm stations are suitable for:
• Hazardous areas due to the presence of flammable gases
or vapors, combustible dusts or easily ignitable fibers or fly-
ings.
• Installation at petroleum refineries, chemical and petro-
    g
chemical plants, storage areas, and other processing facili-     p
     j
 .
    o
ties where hazardous substances are handled and stored.      h
    p
     4
     7
     2
• Areas where emergency control of fire alarm or signal cir-      5

cuits is required.

Features
• Enclosure is made of copper-free aluminum alloy.
• Conduit openings are 3/4" (19.05 mm) NPT feed-through. XAL-53
• Red, textured powder epoxy paint finish is standard on box Pull Ring
and cover and provides high visibility for alarm station.
• Universal (1) normally open and (1) normally closed contact
furnished standard.
• Bilingual nameplates included per CSA requirement. • Dow Corning Molykote™ 33 Grease, light consistency, to
operator shaft.
• Internal ground screw is standard.
2. Keep all flanges clean and free of scratches.
• Wiring range is #12 AWG through #24 AWG, solid or
stranded. 3. Some internal service parts are available. Consult the
Killark factory for parts breakdowns.

Operation
The alarm station is activated by lifting the front cover and pull- Agency Listings and Approvals
ing down ring. This quick, easy-to-use two-step process pre- These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified in
vents unintentional operation. Operator is reset by depressing this document. In some cases, certain modules or applications
shaft and returning plate to original position. may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may
be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status.

Hazardous Area Classifications • UL Listed: E50498

• ULC Listed: E50498
• Class I, Divison 1 and 2, Groups C and D.
• CSA: LR31085
• Class I, Zones 1 and 2, Groups IIB, IIA.
• CSFM: 7150-1439:100
• Class II, Division 1 and 2, Group E, F, and G.
• Class III, Hazardous Locations.
Contact Arrangement
• NEMA 7CD, 9EFG.

Not Activated Position

Operational Data
This enclosure is made of cast, copper-free aluminum alloy. It
is suitable for: Class I, Groups C and D; Class II, Groups E, F,
and G; and Class III hazardous locations. All installations
must comply with applicable local and/or National Electrical 5274con1.wmf
Code.
Like all electromechanical devices, these control stations
require occasional maintenance. Parts may wear out or Activated Position
become defective due to adverse environmental conditions.
See Maintenance Data below.

Maintenance Data
CAUTION: Disconnect this device from the supplying circuit before  5274con2.wmf
removing the cover.

1. To prevent corrosion, lubricant should be occasionally

applied, as follows:
• Killark® “LUBG” lubricant to box/cover flanges.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 188/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Contact Block Rating

AC DC
Continuous Continuous
Make Break
Volts VA VA Carrying Volts Make Break   Carrying
Amperes Amperes
Amperes Amperes
120 60 7200 6.0 720 10 125 1.10 10
240 30 7200 3.0 720 10 250 0.55 10
480 15 7200 1.5 720 10 600 0.20 10
600 12 7200 1.2 720 10

4-1/2" (114.3 mm) 3" (76.2 mm)

2-1/4" 2-1/4"
(57.15 mm) 1" (57.15 mm)
(25.4
mm)

5-3/8" 4-5/8"
6-3/8"
(136.53mm) (117.48mm)
(161.93 mm)
     f
     i
     t
 .
     1
    m
     i
     d
     4
     7
     2
     5

5/8" dia.
(7.94 mm)
(2 holes)

Product Line Information

XAL-53: Explosion-proof, N/O and N/C Contacts.

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
KILLARK® is a registered trademark of Hubbell®. Molykote™ is a trademark of the Dow Corning C orporation.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3094-1:1
85-3094-1 Rev. 1/10
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 189/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

30-3003
Explosion-Proof Smoke Detector

General
The Pyrotector Model 30-3003 Explosion Proof Smoke Detec-
tor is a sensitive yet rugged protection device that is designed
for use in hazardous industrial and commercial locations. The
detector is designed to operate effectively with both slow smol-
     f
dering and fast burning fires.      i
     t
 .
    s
    o
    r
    c
     6
     4
Features      8
     3

• Rugged construction.
• Self checking and compensating circuitry maintains desired
sensitivity.
• Heightened sensitivity triggered when smoke is increasing,
but has not yet reached the preset sensitivity setting.
• Form A (SPST) N.O. contacts for connection to alarm out-
put circuitr y.
• SPST N.C. contacts for supervision of input power.
• 2.3% fixed sensitivity.
Cross Section of Sensing Chamber Assembly
Applications
• Combustible storage facilities.
that exceeds a preset rate causes the rate-compensation cir-
• Munitions manufacturing. cuit to increase the intensity of the light source, which
• Volatile chemical storage. increases detector sensitivity. If the smoke continues to build
• Chemical processing plants. at this rate, an amplifier circuit is triggered and the unit gener-
ates an alarm. If not, the detector reverts to normal sensitivity.
• Petroleum refineries. In normally smoky atmospheres, the detector will not go into
• Turbine enclosures.
alarm as long as the concentration is less than the fixed sensi-
tivity of the detector. This results in a sensitive and positive
Construction & Operation response with a very low potential for unwanted alarms.
The photoelectric smoke detector uses a solid-state infrared- The main enclosure of the detector contains the electronic cir-
emitting diode (IRED) and a light-sensing photovoltaic cell cuitry, alarm relay, and supervision relay.
arranged in a labyrinth assembly. The labyrinth permits free
access to smoke but restricts external light. Because of its Fail-safe Operation.  To ensure reliable operation, the Model
critical function to the operation of the detector, each IRED is 30-3003 is equipped with self-checking circuitry. A regulation
selected with extreme care and is subjected to rigorous pre- photodiode, which is matched to the smoke detection circuit,
production testing to ensure long-term reliability and perfor- continuously monitors the output intensity of the IRED and
mance. adjusts it as necessary to compensate for an accumulation of
dust or other contaminants, or any other variation that can
During normal operation (no smoke), the detector samples the occur with temperature and time. A power supervision relay in
air approximately every four seconds for a period of less than the detector provides a trouble output signal in the event of an
one
at anmillisecond.
angle to theThe photovoltaic
pulsed invisible smoke cell, which
light source, is placed
is sensitive to input power failure.
the infrared light in the specified frequency emitted by the The detector uses extensive filtering against RF and transient
IRED light source and is designed to receive a signal only interference. In addition, there is a two-second time delay
when the pulsed IRED source is activated. See “Cross Sec- before an alarm is generated.
tion of Sensing Chamber Assembly” at top of opposite column. The printed circuit board inside the detector is coated to mini-
When smoke enters the chamber, the light from the IRED mize the possibility of problems caused by moisture accumula-
reflects off the smoke particles and reaches the photovoltaic tion.
smoke cell. When the amount of light reflected by smoke Detector Outputs.  The detector provides a set of Form A
reaches the factory-set threshold level, the smoke alarm circuit (SPST) N.O. contacts for connection to the alarm output cir-
is actuated. cuitry and a set of SPST N.C. contacts for supervision of input
The detector will respond to a slow smoldering fire when power. An auxilliary set of Form C (SPDT) NO/NC alarm relay
smoke in the chamber reaches the preset sensitivity setting, contacts is also provided for controlling remote annunication
typically 2.3%. devices. The alarm output latches on in the event of an alarm
and an LED located on the outer surface of the housing is illu-
If a fast-burning
liquids and other fire shouldsuch
materials occur,
as including firesgenerate
plastics that in flammable
black minated to provide a visual indication that an alarm condition
has occurred. The detector is reset by momentarily interrupt-
smoke, the abnormally rapid movement of smoke into the ing input power.
detection chamber is sensed by a special rate-compensating
circuit. An increase in smoke within the detection chamber Classification.  The Model 30-3003 is designed to meet NEC
requirements for Class I, Division 2, Groups A,B, C and D;

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 190/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

hazardous areas. CSA certified for use in Class 1, Division 2, 2. One set of N.C. Trouble contacts close when the detector
Groups A,B, C, and D hazardous locations. is powered.
Explosion-Proof Certification.  The Model 30-3003 is certi-
fied by the German Electric Industry Association, VDE, to Maintenance
meet Standards 0171/ “Special Protection” (Ex)sG5 (sand Regularly scheduled maintenance is normally not needed,
encapsulated), and PTB/CENELEC approved as EEx q II T5. however, periodic cleaning of the smoke chamber may be nec-
essary when detectors are located in abnormally dirty or dusty

Specifications
Operating Voltage:  20 to 28 volts DC.
environments. Vacuuming
ing prior to blowing out thearound thewith
chamber smoke chamber
a “dry hous-
air” hose is
recommended.
Operating Current:  Standby: 10 milliamperes. Alar m: 35
NOTE: The Model 30-3003 is NOT   designed to be serviced or 
milliamperes.
repaired in the field. Disassembly of the detector in the field will 
Temperature Range:  –13°F to +140°F (–25°C to +60°C). VOID both the explosion-proof rating and the warranty. If service 
or repairs are required, RETURN THE ENTIRE UNIT TO THE 
Alarm and Supervisory Relay Contact Rating: 1.0 ampere
FACTORY .
at 30 vdc. SPST.
The smoke detector can be tested using the same methods
Auxiliary Alarm Relay Contact Rating:  2.0 amperes at 30 employed for any photoelectric detector.
vdc. Form C. SPDT.
DO NOT USE  canned aerosol smoke devices to test the
Dimensions:  Diameter: 5-5/16". Depth: 3-1/2". detector, since damage can result.
Junction Box: Body Material:   Copper-free aluminum,
Cover:   Feraloy, Conduit Fitting:  25 mm (female). Engineering Specifications
Installation The detector shall be a 2.3% fixed sensitivity photoelectric
smoke detector, providing minimum response time to all fire
The Model 30-3003 is intended for surface mounting. The types.
mounting screw holes are counterbored for No. 8 flat-head The detection chamber shall extend beyond the main housing
screws. Electrical equipment that is used in conjunction with into the area to be protected, to provide maximum smoke entry
the smoke detector is connected to the detector using a termi- capability into the chamber from any direction.
nal strip located in the junction box that is furnished with the
unit. The detector light source shall be an IRED (Infrared Emitting
Diode). Typical detector current consumption in the standby
condition shall be 10 milliamperes.
Detector Location
The detector shall lock in on alarm and have a visible alarm
The smoke detector is normally mounted on the ceiling not
indicator LED.
less than six inches from a side wall. The exact location of the
detector must be determined by an evaluation based on engi- The detector shall have SPST alarm relay contacts for connec-
neering judgment supplemented, if possible, by field tests. tion to the fire alarm control panel and also power supervision
contacts.
For additional information on detector location and spacing, The detector enclosure shall be an explosion-proof flanged
contact the National Fire Protection Association, Battery-
march Park, Quincy, Massachusetts 02269, and request a housing designed to meet CSA certification for use in Class 1,
copy of NFPA Number 72, the Standard on Automatic Fire Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D hazardous locations.
Detectors. The detector shall be intended for surface mounting and con-
nection to the system wiring shall be within a rated enclosure
Detector Connections (furnished).
The Model 30-3003 contains two sets of relay contacts.
Product Line Information
1. One set of N.O. Alarm contacts close upon detection of
smoke. 30-3003 Explosion-Proof Smoke Detector.

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3088:2
85-3088-2 Rev. 04/10
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 191/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

SpectrAlert® Advance
Indoor Selectable Output Speaker Strobes and
Dual Voltage Evacuation Speakers

General
The SpectrAlert Advance Series of speakers and speaker
strobes is designed to reduce ground faults. The plug-in design
allows the installer to pre-wire mounting plates and dress the
wires before plugging in the speakers. The plastic cover pre-
vents nicked wires by covering exposed speaker components.
This design also allows faster installations with instant feedback
to ensure that wiring is properly connected, rotary switches to      g  
     p    
      j
 .
select voltage and power settings, and 11 field selectable can-       1
     o
      h
     p  
dela settings for wall and ceiling speaker strobes.       7
      2
      3
      0 
The low total harmonic distortion of the SP speaker offers high       6 

fidelity sound output while the SPV speaker offers high volume
sound output for use in high ambient noise applications.
SpectrAlert Advance makes installation easy 
• Attach a universal mounting plate to a 4” x 4” x 2-1/8” back
box. Flush mount applications are achievable without the Humidity Range: 10 to 93% non-condensing
need for an extension ring. Dimensions, Wall-Mount:
• Connect the notification appliance circuit or speaker wiring to
SPS Speaker Strobe: 6.0”L x 5.0”W x 4.7”D
the PEMS terminals on the mounting plate.
(includes lens and speaker)
• Attach the speaker or speaker strobe to the mounting plate
by inserting the product tabs into the mounting plate grooves. SPSV Speaker Strobe: 6.0”L x 5.0”W x 4.9”D
Rotate the device into position to lock the product pins into (includes lens and speaker)
the mounting plate terminals. The device will temporarily hold SP Speaker: 6.0”L x 5.0”W x 2.8”D
in place with a catch until it is secured with a captured mount- SPSV Speaker: 6.0”L x 5.0”W x 2.9”D
ing screw. Dimensions, Ceiling-Mount:
SPS Speaker Strobe: 6.8”Dia x 4.7”D
Features (includes lens and speaker)
• Plug-in design SPSV Speaker Strobe: 6.8”Dia x 4.8”D
• Protective cover isolates speaker components, reduces (includes lens and speaker)
ground faults SP Speaker: 6.8”Dia x 2.8”D
• Electrical compatibility with existing SpectrAlert products SPSV Speaker: 6.8”Dia x 2.9”D
• Field selectable candela settings on wall and ceiling units: ELECTRICAL/OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS 
– Standard: 15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95, 110, 115 Nominal Voltage (speakers): 25 Volts or 70.7 Volts (nominal)
– High: 135, 150, 177, 185 Maximum Supervisory Voltage (speakers): 50VDC
• Shorting spring on mounting plate tests continuity before Strobe Flash Rate: 1 flash per second
installation Nominal Voltage (strobes): Regulated 12VDC/FWR or regu-
• Rotary switch simplifies field selection of speaker voltage and lated 24DC/FWR
power settings Operating Voltage Range (includes fire alarm panels with
• Universal mounting plate for wall- and ceiling-mount units built-in sync): 8 to 17.5V (12V nominal) or 16 to 33V (24V
nominal)
• Compatible with System Sensor synchronization protocol Operating Voltage with MDL Sync Module: 9 to 17.5V (12V
• SP speakers offer high fidelity sound output nominal) or 17 to 33V (24V nominal)
• SPV speakers offer high volume sound output Frequency Range: 400 to 4000 Hz
• Automatic selection of 12 or 24 volt operation at 15 and 15/75 Power: ¼, ½, 1, 2 watts
candela
• No extension ring required Agency Listings and Approvals
• Ceiling and wall mount application In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain
• Optional tamper resistant Torx head screw included approval agencies, or listing may be in progress. Consult fac- 
tory for latest listing status.
Specifications • UL Listed: S4048
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS  • MEA: 10-08-E
Operating Temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) • CSFM: 7320-1653:201
• FM Approved

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 192/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

7.0 Audio / Visual Devices

  Speaker Strobes
  Horns
  Bells
  Sounders

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 193/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

range of 400 to 4000Hz. Speaker shall have power taps which are
UL Maximum Strobe Current Draw (mA RMS) selected by rotary switch. The strobe shall comply with the NFPA 72
requirements for visible signaling appliances, flashing at 1Hz over the
8 to 17.5 Volts 16 to 33 Volts strobe’s entire operating voltage range. The strobe light shall consist of a
Candela
DC FWR DC FWR xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector system.
15 123 128 66 71
SYNCHRONIZATION MODULE 
15/75 142 148 77 81 The module shall be a System Sensor Sync Circuit model MDL listed to
Standard 30 NA NA 94 96 UL 464 and shall be approved for fire protective service. The module shall
Candela 75 NA NA 158 153 synchronize SpectrAlert strobes at 1Hz. The module shall mount to a

Range 95 NA NA 181 176 4-11/16”

Style x 4-11/16”
Y (class x 2-1/8”
B) circuits backbox.
or one The
Style Z module
(class shall also
A) circuit. The control
moduletwo
shall
110 NA NA 202 195 synchronize multiple zones. Daisy chaining two or more synchronization
115 NA NA 210 205 modules together will synchronize all the zones they control. The module
135 NA NA 228 207 shall not operate on a coded power supply.
High
150 NA NA 246 220
Candela
177 NA NA 281 251 Ordering Information
Range
185 NA NA 286 258 NOTE: (W) indicates white coloring; (R), red.
WALL MOUNT 
Sound Output SP(W)(R): Speaker only.
UL Reverberant (dBA @ 10ft) 2W 1W ½W ¼W SP(W)(R)V: Speaker only, high dB; white.
Wall Mount SP Series   86 83 80 77 SPS(W)(R)*: Speaker strobe, selectable candela (15, 15/75,
Wall Mount SPV Series   90 87 84 81 30, 75, 95, 110, 115).
Ceiling Mount SPC Series   86 83 80 77 SPS(W)(R)H*: Speaker strobe, selectable candela, high cd
Ceiling Mount SPCV Series   90 87 84 81 (135, 150, 177, 185).
Wall Mount SPS Series   85 82 79 76 SPS(W)(R)V*: Speaker strobe, selectable candela, high dB.
Wall Mount SPSV Series   89 86 83 80
CEILING MOUNT 
Ceiling Mount SPSC Series   85 82 79 76
SPC(W)(R): Speaker only.
Ceiling Mount SPSCV Series   89 86 83 80
SPC(W)(R)V: Speaker only, high dB.
SPSC(W*)(R): Speaker strobe, selectable candela (15, 15/75,
Architectural/Engineering 30, 50, 75, 95, 110, 115)
Specifications SPSC(W*)(R)H: Speaker strobe, selectable candela, high cd
GENERAL (135, 150, 177, 185)
SpectrAlert Advance speaker and speaker strobes shall mount to a SPSC(W*)(R)V: Speaker strobe, selectable candela, high dB
4” x 4” x 2-1/8” backbox. A universal mounting plate shall be used for (15, 15/75, 30, 50, 75, 95, 110, 115).
mounting ceiling and wall products. The notification appliance circuit and
amplifier wiring shall terminate at the universal mounting plate. Also, SPSC(W*)(R)VH: Speaker strobe, selectable candela, high dB,
SpectrAlert Advance speaker strobes, when used with the Sync Circuit. high cd (135, 150, 177, 185).
Module accessory, shall be powered from a non-coded notification appli-
ance circuit output and shall operate on a nominal 12 or 24volts. When ACCESSORIES 
used with the Sync.Circuit Module, 12 volt rated notification appliance cir- RFP: Retrofit plate (5 pack), red.
cuit outputs shall operate between nine and 17.5 volts; 24 volt rated notifi-
cation appliance circuit outputs shall operate between 17 and 33 volts. RFPW: Retrofit plate (5 pack), white.
Indoor SpectrAlert
120°F from Advance
a regulated DC, orproducts
full-waveshall operate
rectified, between
unfiltered 32°F
power and
supply. SPBBSC: Ceiling mount backbox skirt, red.
Speaker strobes shall have field-selectable candela settings including 15, SPBBSCW: Ceiling mount backbox skirt, white.
15/75, 30, 75, 95, 110, 115, 135, 150, 177, 185.
SPBBS: Wall mount backbox skirt, red.
SPEAKER  SPBBSW: Wall mount backbox skirt, white.
The speaker shall be a System Sensor SpectrAlert Advance model
_______ dual-voltage transformer speaker capable of operating at 25.0 or TR: Wall mount trim ring, red.
70.7 nominal Vrms. It should be listed to UL 1480 and shall be approved TRW: Wall mount trim ring, white.
for fire protective service. The speaker shall have a frequency range of
400 to 4000Hz and shall have an operating temperature between 32°F TRC: Ceiling mount trim ring, red.
and 120°F. Speaker shall have power taps and voltage that are selected TRCW: Ceiling mount trim ring, white.
by rotary switches.
*NOTE: Add -P to model number for plain housing (no ‘FIRE’ 
SPEAKER STROBE COMBINATION  marking on the cover), e.g. SPSW-P 
The speaker strobe shall be a System Sensor SpectrAlert Advance model
__________ listed to UL1480 and UL 1971 and be approved for fire pro-
tective signaling systems. Speaker shall be capable of operating at 25.0 or
70.7 nominal Vrms selected via rotary switch, and shall have a frequency

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
SpectrAlert® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3130-1 Rev. 03/09
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
 

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 194/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

SpectrAlert ®  Advance
Selectable Output CHR, CHW Chimes
and CHSR, CHSW Chime/Strobes
7089pho1.tif P2F-P-rgb.bmp

General
Honeywell’s System Sensor SpectrAlert® Advance selectable-
output chimes and chime/strobes are private-mode notification
appliances used to alert trained personnel to investigate possi-
ble emergency situations and to take appropriate action. Secu-
rity guard and nurse workstations are ideal locations for chime
products.
SpectrAlert Advance chimes and chime/strobes are rich with
features guaranteed to cut installation times and maximize
profits. The SpectrAlert Advance series of notification appli-
ances is designed to simplify your installations, with features
such as: plug-in designs, instant feedback messages to
ensure correct installation of individual devices, and seven Chime (CHW) Chime/Strobe (CHSR)  
field-selectable candela settings for chime/strobes.
More specifically, when installing Advance products, first
Sync•Circuit™ Module accessory, shall be powered from a
attach a universal mounting plate to a four-inch (10.16 cm)
non-coded notification appliance circuit output and shall
square, four-inch octagonal, single-gang, or double-gang junc-
operate on a nominal 12 or 24 volts. When used with the
tion box.
Sync•Circuit Module, 12-volt rated notification appliance circuit
Then, connect the notification appliance circuit wiring to the outputs shall operate between 9 and 17.5 volts; 24-volt rated
SEMS terminals on the mounting plate. notification appliance circuit outputs shall operate between 17
Finally, attach the chime or chime/strobe to the mounting plate and 33 volts. Indoor SpectrAlert Advance products shall
by inserting the product’s tabs in the mounting plate’s grooves. operate between 32°F and 120°F from a regulated DC, or full-
The device will rotate into position, locking the product’s pins wave-rectified, unfiltered power supply. Chime/strobes shall
into the mounting plate’s terminals. The device will temporarily have field-selectable candela settings of 15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95,
hold in place with a catch until it is secured with a captive 110, and 115.
mounting screw.
SpectrAlert Advance products allow you to choose: CHIME/STROBE COMBINATION 
The chime/strobe shall be a System Sensor SpectrAlert
• 12 or 24 volts. Advance Model _______ listed to UL/ULC 1638 and UL/ULC
• At 24 volts, 15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95, 110, or 115 candela by 464. The chime/strobe shall comply with the Americans with
way of rear-mounted slide-switch and front-view window. Disabilities Act requirements for visible signaling appliances,
flashing at 1 Hz over the strobe’s entire operating voltage
• Chime tones and volume by way of rotary switch. range. The strobe light shall consist of a xenon flash tube and
associated lens/reflector system. The chime shall have two
Features audibility options and an option to switch between a temporal
• Plug-in design. three-pattern and a non-temporal (continuous) pattern. These
options are set by a multiple position switch.
• Shorting spring on mounting plate for pre-installation conti-
nuity check. SYNCHRONIZATION MODULE 
• Captive mounting screw. The module shall be a System Sensor Sync•Circuit _______
• Torx screw for tamper resistance. listed to UL/ULC 464 and shall be approved for fire protective
• Field-selectable candela settings: 15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95, service.
Hz and The module
chimes at shall synchronize
Temporal SpectrAlert
3. Also, strobes at
while operating the1
110, 115.
strobes, the module shall silence the chimes on chime/strobe
• Automatic selection of 12- or 24-volt operation at 15 and 15/  models over a single pair of wires. The module shall mount to
75 candela. a 4.688" x 4.688" x 2.125" backbox. The module shall also
• Minimal intrusion into the backbox. control two Style Y (Class B) circuits or one Style Z (Class A)
• Rotary switch for tone selection. circuit. The module shall synchronize multiple zones. Daisy-
• Two volume settings. chaining two or more synchronization modules together will
synchronize all the zones they control. The module shall not
• Electrically compatible with existing SpectrAlert products. operate on a coded power supply.

Engineering Specifications Operating Specifications

SpectrAlert Advance chimes and chime/strobes shall mount to • Standard operating temperature: 32°F to 120°F.
a standard 4.0" x 4.0" x 1.5" backbox, 4.0" octagonal backbox,
• Humidity range:  10% to 93% non-condensing (indoor
single-gang 2.0" x 4.0" x 1.875" backbox, or double-gang
products).
backbox. A universal mounting plate shall be used for • Strobe flash rate: 1 flash per second.
mounting products. The notification appliance circuit wiring
shall terminate at the universal mounting plate. Also, • Nominal voltage: regulated 12 VDC/FWR or regulated 24
SpectrAlert Advance products, when used with the VDC/FWR.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 195/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

• Operating voltage range: 8 V to 17.5 V (12 V nominal); or Agency Listings and Approvals
16 V to 33 V (24 V nominal). NOTE:  CHS products will 
operate at 12 V nominal only for 15 cd and 15/75 cd. The listings and approvals below apply to SpectrAlert Advance
Selectable Output Chimes and Chime/Strobes. In some cases,
• Input terminal wire gauge: 12 to 18 AWG. certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agen-
• Chime/strobe dimensions (including lens): 5.6" H x 4.7" cies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest list-
W x 2.5" D. ing status.
• Chime dimensions: 5.6" H x 4.7" W x 1.3" D. • UL/ULC Listed: file S4011.
• FM approved.
• MEA approved: file 452-05-E.
• CSFM  approved: file 7125-1653:188 (CHSR, CHSW); file
7135-1653:189 (CHR, CHW).

Ordering Information
CHR: Chime, red.
CHRA: Same as above with ULC listing.
CHW: Chime, white.
CHWA: Same as above with ULC listing.
CHSR: Chime/strobe, red.
CHSRA: Same as above with ULC listing.
CHSW: Chime/strobe, white.
CHSWA: Same as above with ULC listing.
BBS-2: Backbox skirt, wall, red.
BBS-2A: Same as above with ULC listing.
BBSW-2: Backbox skirt, wall white.
BBSW-2A: Same as above with ULC listing.

Current Draw, UL Maximum (mA RMS)

8 – 17.5 Volts 16 – 33 Volts

Input, Pattern, dB Out 15 cd 15/75 cd 15 cd 15/75 cd 30 cd 75 cd 95 cd 110 cd 115 cd

DC, 1-Second Chime, HIGH 131 142 65 76 94 160 185 207 213
DC, 1-Second Chime, LOW 131 142 64 75 92 157 183 203 212
DC, 1/4-Second Chime, HIGH 129 142 66 75 95 159 184 205 212
DC, 1/4-Second Chime, LOW 129 142 64 74 91 155 181 204 211
DC, Temporal Chime, HIGH 125 142 64 74 91 156 181 205 211
DC, Temporal Chime, LOW 129 141 65 75 92 155 180 200 209
DC, 5-Second Whoop, HIGH 133 145 70 81 99 165 189 210 217
DC, 5-Second Whoop, LOW 130 143 66 77 95 160 186 206 214

DC, One-Time Chime 127 141 64 76 93 156 182 203 210

FWR, 1-Second Chime, HIGH 128 150 72 82 98 158 183 202 210
FWR, 1-Second Chime, LOW 127 150 71 81 97 157 182 202 210
FWR, 1/4-Second Chime, HIGH 129 149 72 82 99 160 183 203 211
FWR, 1/4-Second Chime, LOW 128 149 71 81 97 154 179 196 205
FWR, Temporal Chime, HIGH 128 148 71 81 97 157 179 199 206
FWR, Temporal Chime, LOW 125 147 71 81 97 156 180 200 206
FWR, 5-Second Whoop, HIGH 136 152 84 93 110 170 193 212 220
FWR, 5-Second Whoop, LOW 132 150 77 86 102 161 184 203 214
FWR, One-Time Chime 127 147 72 82 97 157 181 200 210

  85-0306:2 • 85-0306 • 4/20/2010 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 196/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Tone Selection Chime Patterns

Chime tone selection is accomplished by using the rotary switch on the back Setting Repetition Rate dB Out
of the product. The current draw and sound measurements for various
chime tones are listed below. 1 1-Second Chime HIGH
2 1-Second Chime LOW
Chime Current Draw,
3 1/4-Second Chime HIGH
UL Maximum (mA RMS)
4 1/4-Second Chime LOW
8 – 17.5 Volts 16 – 33 Volts
5 Temporal Chime HIGH
Sound Pattern dB DC FWR DC FWR 6 Temporal Chime LOW

1-Second Chime HIGH 34 mA 50 mA 58 mA 51 mA 7 5-Second Whoop HIGH

1-Second Chime LOW 30 mA 51 mA 51 mA 54 mA 8 5-Second Whoop LOW

1/4-Second Chime HIGH 34 mA 51 mA 50 mA 50 mA 9 One Test Chime HIGH

1/4-Second Chime LOW 31 mA 51 mA 50 mA 52 mA

Temporal Chime HIGH 30 mA 50 mA 48 mA 54 mA
Temporal Chime LOW 30 mA 47 mA 50 mA 51 mA
5-Second Whoop HIGH 32 mA 52 mA 34 mA 54 mA
5-Second Whoop LOW 30 mA 40 mA 34 mA 52 mA
One Test Chime HIGH 48 mA 49 mA 50 mA 50 mA

Sound Output (dBA), Chime and Chime/Strobe

8 – 17.5 Volts 16 – 33 Volts
Switch
Setting Sound Pattern dB DC FWR DC FWR
1 1-Second Chime HIGH 58 dBA 59 dBA 61 dBA 61 dBA
2 1-Second Chime LOW 53 dBA 54 dBA 55 dBA 55 dBA
3 1/4-Second Chime HIGH 63 dBA 64 dBA 66 dBA 66 dBA
4 1/4-Second Chime LOW 58 dBA 59 dBA 60 dBA 60 dBA
5 Temporal Chime HIGH 62 dBA 64 dBA 68 dBA 69 dBA
6 Temporal Chime LOW 55 dBA 57 dBA 60 dBA 60 dBA
7 5-Second Whoop HIGH 68 dBA 71 dBA 75 dBA 77 dBA
8 5-Second Whoop LOW 62 dBA 64 dBA 67 dBA 68 dBA
9 One Test Chime HIGH 57 dBA 55 dBA 61 dBA 57 dBA

SpectrAlert Advance Chime/Strobe Dimensions

7089dim1.tif

www.honeywell.com 85-0306:2 • 85-0306 • 4/20/2010

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 197/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

This document is not intended to be used for installation purpo ses. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
Sync•Circuit™ is a trademark, and SpectrAlert ® and System Sensor ® are registered trademarks of Honeywell International Inc.
 ©2009 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibite d.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com
85-0306 Rev. 4-10
April
 ® U.S.2010
Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
 
85-0306:2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 198/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

SpectrAlert® Advance
Outdoor Selectable Output Speaker Strobes and
Dual Voltage Evacuation Speakers

General
The SpectrAlert Advance series offers the broadest line of out-
door speakers and speaker strobes in the industry. From metal
and plastic outdoor back boxes, to white and red plastic hous-
ings, to wall and ceiling mounting options, virtually every appli-
cation is covered. SpectrAlert Advance outdoor speakers and
speaker strobes offer reliable operation over the entire tempera-
ture range of -40°F to 151°F. They may be used indoors or out-
doors in wet or dry applications. In addition, these speakers
provide a broad frequency response range and low harmonic     g
    p
     j
 .
distortion to provide an accurate and intelligible broadcast of      1
    o
     h
evacuation messages. High sound pressure level at all tap set-     p
     3
     2
     3
     0
     6
tings ensures that messages are clearly heard.
The plug-in design allows the installer to pre-wire mounting
plates and dress the wires before plugging in the speakers to
help reduce ground faults. This design also allows faster instal-
lations with instant feedback to ensure that wiring is properly
connected, rotary switches to select voltage and power settings,
and field selectable candela settings for wall and ceiling speaker Specifications
strobes.
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS 
The new weatherproof back boxes have plastic and metal ver-
sions. They are now designed to accommodate in-and-out wir- Operating Temperature: -40°F to 151°F (-40°C to 66°C)
ing for daisy chaining outdoor devices. The plastic weatherproof
back boxes shipped with the product feature removable side
DIMENSIONS 
flanges and improved resistance to salt water corrosion. The Dimensions, Wall-Mount:
screw hole knockouts located on the back of the weatherproof • SPS Speaker Strobe: 6.0”L x 5.0”W x 4.7”D
back box eliminate the need to drill holes for screw-in mounting. (including lens and speaker)
Both weatherproof
and bottom conduit back boxes
entries areinch
and 3/4 available with 3/4
knock-outs inch
at the top
back. • SP Speaker: 6.0”L x 5.0”W x 2.9”D
Included with each back box is a screw-in NPT plug with an O- Dimensions, Ceiling-Mount:
ring gasket for a watertight seal. Metal back boxes are available • SPS Speaker Strobe: 6.8” in Diameter x 4.7”D
separately.
(including lens and speaker)
• SP Speaker: 6.8” in Diameter x 2.9”D
Features
Dimensions, Wall-Mount Weatherproof Backbox
• Plug-in design
• 6.5”L x 5.5”H x 2.9”D
• Electrical compatibility with existing SpectrAlert products
Dimensions, Ceiling-Mount Weatherproof Backbox
• Shorting spring on mounting plate tests continuity before
installation • 7.2”Dia x 29”H
• Rotary switch simplifies field selection of speaker voltage and ELECTRICAL/OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS 
power settings
Nominal Voltage (speakers): 25 Volts or 70.7 Volts (nominal)
• Universal mounting plate for wall- and ceiling-mount units
Maximum Supervisory Voltage (speakers): 50VDC
• Weatherproof per NEMA 4x, IP56 Strobe Flash Rate: 1 flash per second
• Compatible with System Sensor synchronization protocol
Nominal Voltage (Strobes): Regulated 12VDC/FWR or
• Automatic selection of 12 or 24-volt operation at 15 and 15/ 
24VDC/FWR
75 candela
• Field selectable candela settings on wall and ceiling units Operating Voltage Range (includes fire panels with built-in
sync): 8 to 17.5V (12V nominal) or 16 to 33V (24 nominal)
• Ceiling and wall mount application
Operating Voltage with MDL Sync Module:
Agency Listings and Approvals 9 to 17.5V (12V nominal) or 17 to 33V (24V nominal)
Frequency Range: 400 to 4000Hz
In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain
approval agencies, or listing may be in progress. Consult factory  Power:  ¼, ½, 1, 2 watts
for latest listing status.  

Sound Output
• UL/ULC Listed: S4048
• MEA: 10-08-E UL Reverberant (dBA @ 10ft) 2W 1W ½W ¼W

• CSFM: 7320-1653:201 Outdoor Speaker    90 87 84 81

Outdoor Speaker/Speaker Strobe   89 86 83 80

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 199/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

UL Maximum Strobe Current Draw (mA RMS) SPEAKER 

The Speaker shall be a System Sensor SpectrAlert Advance
8 to 17.5 Volts 16 to 33 Volts Model ______ dual voltage transformer speaker capable of
Candela operating at 25.0 or 70.7 nominal Vrms. Speaker shall be listed
DC FWR DC FWR to UL/ULC Standard S4048 for outdoor fire protective signaling
15 123 128 66 71 systems. Speaker shall have a frequency range of 400 to 4000
15/75 142 148 77 81 Hz and shall have an operating temperature from –40°F to
150.8°F. Speaker shall have power taps and wattage settings
Standard 30 NA NA 94 96 which are selected by rotary switches. The speaker must be
Candela
Range 75
95
NA
NA
NA
NA
158
181
153
176 installed with itsper
door approved weatherproof backbox
UL/ULC listing in The
S4048. order to remain
speaker shallout-
be
110 NA NA 202 195 suitable for use in air handling spaces, as well as wet environ-
ments.
115 NA NA 210 205
135 NA NA 228 207 SPEAKER STROBE COMBINATION 
High 150 NA NA 246 220
Candela The Speaker Strobe shall be a System Sensor Model _____
177 NA NA 281 251 listed to UL/ULC 1638 and UL/ULC 1480 and be approved for
Range
185 NA NA 286 258 fire protective signaling systems. Speaker shall be capable of
operating at 25.0 or 70.7 nominal Vrms, and shall have a fre-
quency range of 400 to 4000 Hz. Speaker shall have power taps
Candela Derating that are selected by rotary switch. The strobe shall consist of a
xenon flash tube with associated lens/reflector system and oper-
NOTE: For K series products used at low temperatures, listed can-  ate on either 12V or 24V. The strobe shall also feature select-
dela ratings must be reduced in accordance with this table. able candela output, providing options for 15 or 15/75 candela
when operating on 12V and 15, 15/75, 30, 75, 110, 115, 135,
Strobe Output (cd) 150, 177 or 185 when operating on 24V. The strobe shall comply
with the Americans with Disabilities Act requirement for visible
Listed Candela Candela Rating at -40°F
15 signaling
operating appliances, flashing
voltage range. at 1 Hz strobe
The speaker over the strobe’s
must entire
be installed
15/75 Do not use below 32°F with its weatherproof back box in order to remain outdoor
approved per UL/ULC. The speaker strobe shall be suitable for
30 use in wet environments.
75 44
95 70 Product Line Information
110 110
115 115 NOTE: “A” suffix indicates ULC-Listed model.
135 135
150 150 SPWK(A): Wall mount outdoor speaker; white.
177 177 SPRK(A): Wall mount outdoor speaker; red.
185 185
SPSWK(A): Wall mount outdoor speaker strobe, selectable
candela (15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95, 110, 115); white.
Architectural/Engineering SPSRK(A): Wall mount outdoor speaker strobe, selectable
Specifications candela (15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95, 110, 115); red.
SPCWK(A): Ceiling mount outdoor speaker; white.
GENERAL
SPSCWK(A): Ceiling mount outdoor speaker strobe, selectable
SpectrAlert Advance outdoor speaker and speaker strobes shall
mount to a weatherproof back box. A universal mounting plate candela (15, 15/75, 30, 50, 75, 95, 110, 115); white.
shall be used for mounting ceiling and wall products. The notifi- SPSCWHK(A): Ceiling mount outdoor speaker strobe, select-
cation appliance circuit and amplifier wiring shall terminate at able candela, high cd (135, 150, 177, 185); white.
the universal mounting plate. Also, SpectrAlert Advance speaker
strobes, when used with the Sync•Circuit™ Module accessory,
shall be powered from a non-coded notification appliance circuit ACCESSORIES 
output and shall operate on a nominal 12 or 24 volts. When MWBB(A): Wall, metal weatherproof backbox; red.
used with the Sync•Circuit Module, 12-volt rated notification
appliance circuit outputs shall operate between 9 and 17.5 volts; MWBBW(A): Wall, metal weatherproof backbox; white.
24-volt rated notification appliance circuit outputs shall operate MWBBCW(A): Ceiling, metal weatherproof backbox; white.
between 17 and 33 volts. Outdoor SpectrAlert Advance prod-
ucts shall operate between –40°F and 151°F from a regulated
DC, or full-wave rectified, unfiltered power supply.

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
System Sensor® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3131-2 Rev. 04/10
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 200/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

SpectrAlert® Advance
Mini-Horns
MHR/MHW
General
The SpectrAlert® Advance series of mini-horn sounders are
designed to simplify installation to provide primary and sec-
ondary signaling for fire and security applications.
The MHR and MHW mini-horns operate at 12 and 24 volts and
are ideal for hotel, motel or residential fire system applications,
where a smaller notification device is desired. The mini-horns
offer high and low volume settings, and temporal or non-tem-
poral tones. The horns can be mounted to single gang back
boxes for aesthetically sensitive applications. Synchronization
is also provided when using the MDL3R, MDL3W module or
any panel with the System Sensor sync protocol.
60296pho1.jpg
The MHR and MHW mini-horns can operate between 32 and
120 degrees Fahrenheit from a regulated DC or full-wave recti-
fied, unfiltered power supply. They are listed to Underwriter’s
Laboratories.

Features
Listings and Approvals
• Standard UL 464 for fire protective signaling systems.
• 12 and 24V operation. These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified in
this document. In some cases, certain modules or applications
• High and low volume settings. may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may
• Temporal and non-temporal tones. be in progress. Consult factory for listing status.
• Mounts to a single-gang backbox. • UL Listed: S4011
• Compatible with MDL sync module. • MEA: 7-07-E
• Mechanically and electrically compatible with PA400 series • CSFM: 7135-1653:196
Mini-Alert™ sounders.
• FM Approved: 3028007

Specifications Ordering Information

PHYSICAL SPECIALIZATIONS  MHR: Mini-Horn; Red.
Dimensions: 4.6”L x 2.9”W x .45”D. MHW: Mini-Horn; White.
Weight: 2.67 oz.
Operating Temperature Range: 0°C to 49°C (32°F to 120°F).
Mounting: Surface: Deep single-gang backbox (2-3/4” deep);
Flush: Standard 4” x 4” back box.

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 
Input Terminals: 12 to 18 AWG
Nominal Voltage: Regulated 12DC/FWR or 24DC/FWR
Operating Voltage: 8-33
Operating Voltage with MDL3R/W: 9-33

Architectural/Engineering
Specifications
Mini-horns shall be a System Sensor Model MHR or MHW
capable of operating at nominal 12 or 24VDC and shall mount
to a single gang back box. Mini-horns shall be listed to Under-
writer’s Laboratories Standard UL464 for fire protective signal-
ing systems. Mini-horns shall operate between 32 and 120
degrees Fahrenheit from a regulated DC, or full-wave rectified,
unfiltered power supply. When used with the Sync•Circuit™
Module, 12-volt rated notification appliance circuit outputs
shall operate between nine and 17.5 volts; 24-volt rated notifi-
cation appliance circuit outputs shall operate between 17 and
33 volts.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 201/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

UL Sound Output and Current Draw Data

SOUNDER OUTPUT (dBA) 
Switch Sound 8-17.5 8-17.5 Nominal Nominal 16-33 16-33
Volume
Position Pattern VDC VFWR 12 VDC 12 VFWR VDC VFWR
1 Temporal High   68 67 71 70 78 76
2 Temporal Low   66 65 69 68 76 75
3 Non-temporal High   72 71 75 74 80 79
4 Non-temporal Low   70 69 73 72 78 77

SOUNDER CURRENT DRAW (mA RMS) 

8-17.5 V 16-33 V
Switch Position Sound Pattern Volume
DC FWR DC FWR
1 Temporal High   12 10 17 15
2 Temporal Low   10 9 14 13
3 Non-temporal High   22 17 29 25
4 Non-temporal Low   17 13 21 19

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
SpectrAlert® is a registered trademark and Mini-Alert™ is a trademark of Honeywell International Inc.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3132-1 Rev. 02/10
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 202/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

SSM Series
Alarm Bells

General
System Sensor’s SSM Series alarm bells are low-current,
high-decibel notification appliances for use in fire and burglary
systems or other signaling applications. They come pre-wired
to reduce installation time, and also incorporate a polarized
electrical design for use with supervision circuitr y.
With reliable performance, SSM Series alarm bells provide
6910pho1.jpg
loud, resonant tones. They operate on 24 VDC and are motor-
driven.
SSM Series alarm bells offer simplified installation. For indoor
use, SSM Series alarm bells mount to a standard 4" (10.16
cm) square electrical box. For outdoor applications, a WBB
weatherproof backbox is used.
Agency Listings and Approvals
Features These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified in
this document. In some cases, certain modules or applications
• Approved for indoor or outdoor (with WBB backbox) use.
may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may
• Low current draw. be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status.
• High dB output. • UL Listed: S4011
• Three sizes available: 6" (15.24 cm), 8" (20.32 cm), and • ULC Listed: CS549
10" (25.40 cm) diameter.
• MEA Listed: 331-01-E
• 24 VDC models; polarized for use with supervision circuitry.
• FM Approved
• Bells mount directly to standard 4" (10.16 cm) square elec-
trical box. • CSFM: 7135-1653:125

Specifications Ordering
SSM24-6: 6"Information
(15.24 cm) bell, 24 VDC, polarized, 82 dBA.
Regulated voltage: 24 VDC.
Operating voltage range: 116 to 33 VDC. SSM24-8: 8" (20.32 cm) bell, 24 VDC, polarized, 80 dBA.

Maximum Current: DC 31.1 mA/FWR - 53.5 mA. SSM24-8A: Canadian model of 8" bell above.

Operating temperature range: –31°F (–35°C) to +150°F SSM24-10: 10" (25.40 cm) bell, 24 VDC, polarized, 81 dBA.
(+66°C). WBB: Weatherproof backbox.
Termination: provided with two sets of leads for in/out wiring.
Service use: Fire Alarm, General Signaling, Burglar Alarm.

Engineering and Architectural Specifications

Model shall be a SSM Series alarm bell. Bells shall have
underdome strikers and operating mechanisms. Gongs on
said bell shall be no smaller than nominal 6" (15.24 cm), 8"
(20.32 cm), or 10" (25.40 cm) (specify size) with an operating
voltage of 24 VDC. Bells shall be suitable for surface or semi-
flush mounting. Outdoor surface-mounted installations shall
be weatherproof (using optional WBB weatherproof backbox);
otherwise, bells shall mount to a standard 4" (10.16 cm)
square electrical box having a minimum projection of 2.5"
(6.35 cm). Bells shall be located as shown on the installation
drawings or as determined by the Authority Having Jurisdic-
tion. Bells shall be Listed for indoor/outdoor use by Underwrit-
ers Laboratories, ULC (Canada), and the California State Fire
Marshal, and approved by Factory Mutual and MEA.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 203/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3107-1 Rev. 02/10

April
Made2010
in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2
85-3107

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 204/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

ExitPoint™
Directional Sounder
with Voice Messaging
General
The ExitPoint™ Directional Sounder  has an integral audio ampli-
fier that produces a pulsating sound consisting of broadband
low, mid, and high range sounds. The broadband noise makes it
possible to determine the location of the sound. There are four
pulse patterns that can be used to create an egress pathway out
of a building and to mark perimeter exits. In addition to the
broadband noise, the sounder is capable of playing an alert
message in the form of a recorded voice message or other audi-
ble signals. These messages will instruct the occupants of what
action to take as they approach the directional sounder, and will
allow them to react quickly and confidently when the sounder is
7044pho1.jpg
activated. Fifteen different language combinations are available
to instruct occupants that they are nearing an exit, a stairway up,
a stairway down, or an area of refuge. The directional sounder
also incorporates an optional disable feature for use in conjunc-
tion with a control module or heat sensor.
The directional sounder features a number of field selectable
power settings including high, medium-high, medium-low, and
low. Installation ease and pleasing aesthetics are achieved by a Speaker Size: 4” (101 mm)
low profile compact design, and by the ability to flush mount in a Grille Size: 4 7/8” (127 mm)
4” x 4” x 2¼” back-box.
ExitPoint directional sounders, fitted in addition to normal build- Additional Tone Selection
ing evacuation sounders, draw people to evacuation routes in
both good and poor visibility. The directional sounder can be Switch Switch
used in a wide range of building applications. Trials consistently Position 5 Position 6 Sound Output
have shown an improvement of up to 75 percent in evacuation Setting Setting
times in smoke and up to 35 percent without smoke. The 2007
On On Area of Refuge
Edition of NFPA 72 now provides installation and maintenance
guidelines on directional sounders. On Off Upstairs
Off On Downstairs
Features Off Off Exit Here

• Listed to UL 464 (indoor applications only)

• Five field-selectable power settings Enable/Disable Selection
• Four field-selectable routing evacuation patterns
Switch
• Constructed to be effective in unfamiliar surroundings or
Position 4 Terminals 3 & 4 Sound Output
poor visibility Setting
• Designed to work in open areas, corridors, or stairs
On Open Disabled
• Fifteen different language selections available
On Closed Enabled
• Reduces evacuation times by as much as 75 percent
Off Open Enabled
• Optional disable feature for use in conjunction with a control
Off Closed Disabled
module or heat sensor
• Low profile, compact design
Power Setting Guide
Specifications
DIP Switch DIP Switch DIP Switch
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS  Power 
Position 1 Position 2 Position 3
Setting
Voltage Input: Regulated 24 Volts Setting Setting Setting
Operating Voltage Range: 16 to 33 Volts Off Off Off High
On Off Off Med-High
Operating Temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C)
Off On Off Med
Power Setting: High, medium-high, medium, medium-low, low
Off Off On Med-Low
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS  On On On Low
Input Terminals: 12-24 AWG

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 205/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Current Draw Measurements and Sound Output Guide

Max DC
DIP Switch Power Operating Audibility Audibility
Speed (dBA) (dBA)
Selection Setting Current Note 1 Note 2
(mA RMS)
Fast (Exit) 10 High 185 84 75
Fast (Exit) 10 Med-High 131 81 72
Fast (Exit) 10 Med 78 78 69
Fast (Exit) 10 Med-Low 76 75 66
Fast (Exit) 10 Low 64 72 63
Med-Fast 9 High 170 83 74
Med-Fast 9 Med-High 124 80 71
Med-Fast 9 Med 75 77 68
Med-Fast 9 Med-Low 73 74 65
Med-Fast 9 Low 62 71 62
Med-Slow 8 High 135 82 73
Med-Slow 8 Med-High 104 79 70
Med-Slow 8 Med 67 76 67
Med-Slow 8 Med-Low 65 73 64
Med-Slow 8 Low 57 70 61
Slow 7 High 120 82 72
Slow 7 Med-High 92 79 69

Slow
Slow 7
7 Med
Med-Low 62
61 76
73 66
63
Slow 7 Low 54 70 60
Note 1: Sound output measured in anechoic room at 10 feet.
Note 2: Sound output measured in a reverberant room at 10 feet.

Language/Audible Tone Selection Guide

Rotary Switch Selection Tone/Language
0 Audible tone/sweep 8 Mandarin
1 English 9 English/Cantonese
2 Spanish 10 English/Mandarin
3 French 11 Cantonese/Mandarin
4 English/Spanish 12 English/Korean
5 English/French 13 English/Portuguese

6
7 Korean
Cantonese 14
15 English/Russian
English/Polish

Agency Listings and Approvals Ordering Information

Consult product manual for lists of compatible UL-Listed PF24V ExitPoint Directional Sounder with Voice
devices. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by Messaging
certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Con-
PF24VA Same as PF24V, but with ULC (Canada)
sult factory for latest listing status.
BBS-SP201W Surface mount backbox skirt for PF24V
• UL Listed: S4011
• ULC Listed: S8971
• FM Approved
• CSFM: 7135-1653:175
• MEA Approved: 492-04-E Vol. 2

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.

ExitPoint™is a trademark of Honeywell International Inc.

 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3118 Rev. 12-08
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2
85-3118

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 206/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

ET Series
Low-Profile Speakers
and Speaker Strobes
GENERAL
Wheelocks high performance Series ET Speakers and Series
ET Speaker Strobes provide high audio output, clear audibility,
dual voltage (25/70 VRMS) capability and field selectable taps
from 1/8 to 8 watts. They are designed to meet the critical needs ET70 Series ET90 Series
  g
of the life safety industry for effective emergency voice commu- Speaker Strobe Speaker    p
   j
 .
   3
nications, tone signaling and visible signaling to alert the hear-   o
   h
  p

ing impaired.    1

   0
   6
   6
  ;
The low profile design incorporates a speaker mounting plate for    f
   i
   t
 .
   2

faster and easier installation. Each model has a built-in level   o
   h
  p
   5
adjustment feature and an aesthetic two (2) screw grille cover.    2
   2
   2
  ;

The Series ET Speaker Strobe models incorporate Low Current   g

  p
   j
 .
   0
draw Series RSS Strobes.    7
  s
  s
   5
   2
Strobe options for wall mount models include 1575 cd or Whee-    2
   2

locks patented MCW multi-candela strobe with field selectable

Multi-Candela Indicator 
candela settings of 15/30/75/110cd or the high intensity MCWH
strobe with field selectable 135/185cd. (bottom of strobe lens)
Ceiling mount models are available in Wheelock s patented
MCC multi-candela ceiling strobe with field selectable intensities  Wall mount models are available with Field Selectable Can-
of 15/30/75/95cd or the high intensity MCCH strobe with field dela.
selectable 115/177cd.  Settings of 15/30/75/110cd or 135/185cd (Multi-Candela
The strobe portion of all Series ET Strobes may be synchro- models) or 1575cd (Single Candela model).
nized when used in conjunction with the Wheelock SM, DSM  Ceiling mount models are available with field selectable can-
sync modules or the power supply with patented Wheelock Sync dela settings of 15/30/75/95cd or 115/177cd (multi-candela
Protocol. Wheelocks synchronized strobes offer an easy way to models).
comply with ADA recommendations concerning photosensitive  Strobes produce 1 flash per second over the regulated volt-
epilepsy. age range.
Series ET70 and ET90 Speaker Strobes are UL Listed for  24 VDC with wide UL Regulated Voltage using filtered DC
indoor use under Standard 1971 (Signaling Devices for the or unfiltered VRMS input voltage.
Hearing Impaired) and Standard 1480 (Speaker Appliances),
 Synchronize with Wheelock SM, DSM or power supply with
and use a Xenon flashtube with solid state circuitry enclosed in
built-in Wheelock sync protocol.
a rugged Lexan® lens to provide maximum reliability for effec-
tive visual signaling. All inputs are supervised and employ IN/   Field selectable taps for 25 or 70 VRMS operation from 1/8
OUT wiring terminals for fast installation using #12 to #18 AWG watt to 8 watts.
wiring.  High efficiency design for maximum output at minimum watt-
Color options for Series ET speakers and speaker strobes are age across a frequency range of 400 to 4000 HZ.
red or white plated.  Fast installation with IN/OUT screw terminals using #12 to
#18 AWG wires.
Wheelocks Weatherproof Low Profile Speaker Strobe, Series
ET70WP-2475W-FR appliance has an extended temperature
range of -40° F to 150° F (-40° C to 66° C) that will satisfy virtu- WARNING: PLEASE READ THESE
ally all outdoor and severe environment applications. !
For outdoor applications the ET70WP-2475W-FR must be wall SPECIFICATIONS AND ASSOCIATED
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
mounted to a Weatherproof Back Box (IOB). Models are avail-
able for surface mounting to Wheelock weatherproof backboxes
BEFORE USING, SPECIFYING OR APPLYING
on walls or ceilings. The optional WP-KIT allows the weather- THIS PRODUCT. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH
proof backboxes (IOB, WPBB or WPSBB) to be mounted to a ANY OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS, CAUTIONS
recessed electrical box for concealed conduit installation. For OR WARNINGS COULD RESULT IN IMPROPER
semi-flush installation, the WPA and WFPA kits allow a customer APPLICATION, INSTALLATION AND/OR
to mount the weatherproof appliances to a recessed electrical OPERATION OF THESE PRODUCTS IN AN
box without the need for an external weatherproof backbox.
EMERGENCY SITUATION, WHICH COULD
RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE, AND
FEATURES SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR
 ADA/NFPA/UFC/ANSI compliant. OTHERS.
 Meets OSHA 29 Part 1910.165.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 207/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

GENERAL NOTES: to 8 watts. All models shall have listed sound output of up to 93
dB at 10 feet and a listed frequency response of 400 to 4000 Hz.
 Strobes are designed to flash at 1 flash per second minimum The speaker shall also incorporate a sealed back construction.
over their Regulated Voltage Range. Note that NFPA-72 All inputs shall employ terminals that accept #12 to #18 AWG
specifies a flash rate of 1 to 2 flashes per second and ADA wire sizes.
Guidelines specify a flash rate of 1 to 3 flashes per second.
The strobe portion of the appliance shall produce a flash rate of
 All candela ratings represent minimum effective Strobe inten-
one (1) flash per second over the Regulated Voltage Range and
sity based on UL Standard 1971. shall incorporate a Xenon flashtube enclosed in a rugged

Series ET Speaker Strobes and Series ET Speakers are Lexan® lens. The strobe shall be of low current design. Where,
listed under UL Standard 1971 for indoor use with a tempera- Multi-Candela Speaker Strobes are specified, the strobe inten-
ture range of 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) and maximum sity shall have field selectable settings and shall be rated per UL
humidity of 85%. Standard 1971 at 15/30/75/110cd or 135/185cd for wall mount
 Wheelock Weatherproof Appliances are designed to operate and 15/30/75/95 cd or 115/177cd for ceiling mount. The selector
over an extended temperature of -40° F to 150°F (-40°C to switch for selecting the candela shall be tamper resistant. The
66°C) and all candela ratings represent minimum effective 1575 strobe shall be specified when 15 candela UL Standard
strobe intensity based on UL 1638. Maximum humidity of 1971 listing with 75 candela on-axis is required (e.g. ADA com-
93% RH + 2%. pliance).
 Regulated Voltage Range  is the newest terminology used When synchronization is required, the strobe portion of the
by UL to identify the voltage range. Prior to this change UL appliance shall be compatible with Wheelocks SM, DSM sync
used the terminology Listed Voltage Range. modules or a a power supply with built-in Wheelock Patented
Sync Protocol. The strobes shall not drift out of synchronization
ARCHITECTURAL/ENGINEERING at any time during operation. If the sync module or Power Sup-
ply fails to operate, (i.e., contacts remain closed), the strobe
SPECIFICATIONS
The speaker appliances shall be Wheelock Series ET Speakers shall revert to a non-synchronized flash rate.
The speaker and speaker strobe appliances shall be designed
and speaker strobe appliances shall be Wheelock Series ET for indoor surface or flush mounting. The speaker and speaker
Speaker Strobes or approved equals. The speakers shall be UL strobe shall incorporate a speaker mounting plate with a grille
Listed under Standard 1480 for Fire Protective Service and cover which is secured with two screws for a level, aesthetic fin-
speakers equipped with strobes shall be listed under UL Stan- ish and shall mount to standard electrical hardware requiring no
dard 1971 for Signaling Devices for the Hearing-Impaired. In additional trimplate or adapter. The finish of the Series ET
addition, the strobes shall be certified to meet the requirements speakers and speaker strobes shall be white, red or nickel plate.
of FCC Part 15, Class B. All speakers and speaker strobes shall be backward compatible.
All speakers shall be designed for a field selectable input of
either 25 or 70 VRMS, with selectable power taps from 1/8 watt

WARNING: CONTACT WHEELOCK FOR THE CURRENT INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS (P83983) SERIES
! NS-24MCW, (P84234) SERIES NS-12 AND 24 VDC SINGLE CANDELA MODELS, (P83600) SERIES NH AND
GENERAL INFORMATION SHEET (P82380) ON THESE PRODUCTS. THESE DOCUMENTS UNDERGO

PERIODIC CHANGES. IT IS IMPORTANT THAT YOU HAVE CURRENT INFORMATION ON THE PRODUCTS.
THESE MATERIALS CONTAIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION THAT SHOULD BE READ PRIOR TO
SPECIFYING OR INSTALLING THESE PRODUCTS, INCLUDING:
 TOTAL CURRENT REQUIRED BY ALL APPLIANCES CONNECTED TO SYSTEM SECONDARY
POWER SOURCES.
 FUSE RATINGS ON NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS TO HANDLE PEAK CURRENTS FROM
ALL APPLIANCES ON THOSE CIRCUITS.
 COMPOSITE FLASH RATE FROM MULTIPLE STROBES WITHIN A PERSONS FIELD OF VIEW.
 ADDING, REPLACING OR CHANGING APPLIANCES OR CHANGING CANDELLA SETTINGS WILL
AFFECT CURRENT DRAW. RECALCULATE CURRENT DRAW TO INSURE THAT THE TOTAL
AVERAGE CURRENT AND TOTAL PEAK REQUIRED BY ALL APPLIANCES DO NOT EXCEED THE
RATED CAPACITY OF THE POWER SOURCES OR FUSES.
 THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE PRODUCTS MUST BE WITHIN THEIR REGULATED VOLTAGE
RANGE.
 INSTALLATION OF 110 CANDELA STROBE PRODUCTS IN SLEEPING AREAS.
 INSTALLATION IN OFFICE AREAS AND OTHER SPECIFICATION AND INSTALLATION ISSUES.
 THESE APPLIANCES ARE NOT DESIGNED TO BE USED ON CODED SYSTEMS IN WHICH THE
APPLIED VOLTAGE IS CYCLED ON AND OFF.
 FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS OR GENERAL INFORMATION
SHEETS COULD RESULT IN IMPROPER INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, AND/OR PROPERTY
DAMAGE AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS.
 CONDUCTOR SIZE (AWG), LENGTH AND AMPACITY SHOULD BE TAKEN INTO CONSIDERATION
PRIOR TO DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF THESE PRODUCTS, PARTICULARLY IN RETROFIT
INSTALLATIONS.

  2/9/10  85-2129 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 208/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

WIRING DIAGRAMS

+ +
   
+ +
    
  
     f
    m
    w
Strobe Speaker    .

+ +
     1
     d
     b
     5
     2
     2
     2

Series ET Speaker and Strobe Operate Independently

(Non-Sync or Sync)

DSM #1

Strobe NAC Circuit + ET ET

 
F DSM #2
 A Strobe NAC Circuit + ET ET
 
C
DSM #3
P ET ET
     f
    m

Strobe NAC Circuit +     w

 .

 
     2
     d
     b
     5
     2
     2
     2

DSM Interconnecting wiring shown. Maximum of 20.

Series ET Speaker Strobes Synchronized

with DSM Module Single Class A

DSM
SYNC +

Strobe NAC Circuit SYNC 

OUT
FACP +  OUT 1
+  IN 1 ET ET ET
MINUS 1

+  AUDIBLE NOTE: Figure shows

interconnection to
strobe through sync
module. Speaker
portion requires 2
separate conductors to
FACP.
   AUDIBLE

MINUS 2
     f
+  IN 2 ET ET ET     m
    w
 .
     3
Strobe NAC Circuit +  OUT 2      d
     b
     5
     2
RETURN      2
     2

Series ET Speaker Strobe Appliances Synchronized

with DSM Module Single Class A

www.honeywell.com 85-2129  2/9/10

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 209/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

SPECIFICATIONS
Table 1: UL Max Current*

ET70/ET90 ET70 Strobe Current - Wall Mount ET90 Strobe Current - Ceiling Mount
Speaker 241575W 24MCW 24MCWH 24MCC 24MCCH
Strobes
1575cd 15cd 30cd 75cd 110cd 1 35cd 1 85cd 15cd 30cd 75cd 95cd 115cd 1 77cd

16-33 VDC 0.090 0.060 0.092 0.165 0.220 0.300 0.420 0.065 0.105 0.189 0.299 0.300 0.420
NOTE: UL max current rating is the maximum RMS current within the listed voltage range (16-33v for 24v units). For 
strobes the UL max current is usually at the minimum listed voltage (16v for 24v units). For audibles the max current is usu- 
ally at the maximum listed voltage (33v for 24v units). For unfiltered FWR ratings, see installation instructions.

Table 2: ET70/ET90 UL Reverberant dBA @ 10ft**

LISTINGS AND APPROVALS
These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified in
Watts 1/8 1/4 1/2 1 2 4 8
this document. In some cases, certain modules or applications
ET Speaker  75.0 78.0 81.0 84.0 87.0 90.0 93.0 may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may
ET Speaker Strobe 75.0 78.0 81.0 84.0 87.0 90.0 93.0 be in progress. Consult factory for listing status.
ET70WP-2475W 78.0 81.0 84.0 87.0 90.0 93.0 95.0
 UL Listed: S2652 (Speakers); S2652/S5391 (Strobe/Speakers)
**NOTE: dBA ratings based on UL testing under UL Standard 1480.
 CSFM: 7125-0785:146; 7125-0785:152; 7320-0785:134
 MEA: 151-92-E Vol. 21
ORDERING INFORMATION

Sync Agency Approvals

Strobe Non- Model Wall/ (* Pending )
Model w/ SM,
Candela Sync Color  Ceiling
DSM UL MEA CSFM FM BFP
ET70-24MCW-FR 15/30/75/110 X X Red Wall X X X X X
ET70-24MCW-FW 15/30/75/110 X X White Wall X X X X X
ET70-241575W-FR 15 (75 on axis) X X Red Wall X X X X X
ET70-24157SW-FW 15 (75 on axis) X X White Wall X X X X X
ET70WP-2475W-FR 75 X X Red Wall X X X * *
ET90WP-2475W-FW 75 X X White Wall/Ceiling X X X X X
ET90-24MCC-FR 15/30/75/95 X X Red Ceiling X X X X *
ET90-24MCC-FW 15/30/75/95 X X White Ceiling X X X X *
ET90-24MCCH-FW 115/177 X X White Ceiling X X X X *

ET70-R
ET70-W -- -- -- Red
White Wall/Ceiling
Wall/Ceiling X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée

1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-2129 Rev. 2/10
February 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 4 of 4

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 210/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

8.0 Programming, Integration and Graphics

  Programming Tool
  EBI - Integration Platform
  Fireman Graphics
  Gateways

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 211/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

VeriFire® Tools
Programming and Test Utility

General
VeriFire® Tools is a programming and test utility with offline
and online capabilities that can greatly reduce installation pro-
gramming time and increase confidence in the site-specific   g
  p
   j
 .
software. It is Windows® based and provides technologically   g
  o
  r
  p
advanced capabilities to aid the installer. The installer may cre-    1
   7
   8
ate the entire program for the control panel in the comfort of    6
   h
the office, test it, store a backup file, then bring it to the site
and download from a laptop into the panel.
VeriFire® Tools System Programming Screen
The program includes error checks for common programming
mistakes, such as an input point that does not activate any out- Minimum System Requirements
puts, or an output point that is not linked to any inputs. In • Windows® 2000 with SP4, Windows® XP Professional with
online mode, users can perform point “read status” functions, SP2, or Windows® Vista Business/Ultimate edition
edit panel and device labels, and change detector sensitivities. • For Windows® 2000/Windows® XP Professional systems: 
VeriFire® Tools includes a compare database routine that can – PC or laptop with a 300 MHz Pentium® II processor
also greatly help the installer. When a new program is created,
– 128MB RAM (256MB suggested)
it may be compared with a previous version and differences
are highlighted. If the program is modified from the panel key- • For Windows® Vista Business/Ultimate systems: 
pad, it may be uploaded into VeriFire® Tools, and compared – A 1 GHz 32-bit (x86) processor (Note: 64-bit processor 
with the previous version stored on disk. The identification of not supported with Vista) 
program differences   greatly helps the installer in testing the – 1GB RAM
installation.
• CD-ROM drive
Autoprogramming:   After SLC loops are installed on XLS3000, • Mouse and keyboard
XLS140-2, or XLS140, VeriFire® Tools can autoprogram that
panel. The system will read & set addresses for SLC detec- • 250 MB free disk space (600 MB recommended for audio 
tors and modules. The installer can quickly verify these with storage) 

the programming spreadsheet and the Eclipse Device Map. • XVGA monitor
CBE Simulator: VeriFire® Tools also offers a simulator that • Video card capable of supporting 1024 x 768 output resolu-
provides a visual representation of the CBE programming for tion and 16 bit color
XLS3000, XLS140-2, or XLS140. After detectors and modules • 1 serial (COM) port or USB-to-Serial converter (ATEN
have been programmed, the simulator allows users to select Model UC-232A recommended) (Use a USB A to B cable.
any input point and view the output points mapped to it via USB connection must be less than 10 feet long) 
CBE programming. • DB9-NUP cable (P/N 75554) for serial connections— sup-
Device maintenance report: VeriFire® Tools has a device plied with VeriFire Tools. (Serial port recommended for
maintenance report for XLS3000 and XLS140-2 panels. The XLS140 and XLS-NCA connections.)
device maintenance report provides valuable information on • USB A type to USB B type cable (P/N 75672)— supplied
FlashScan detectors; chamber values, the percent of drift with VeriFire Tools. (USB 2.0 port recommended for
compensation and last functional test date. This information is XLS3000, XLS-NCA2, XLS140-2, and XLS-DVC connec-
extremely useful in scheduling maintenance and testing of tions)
detectors. For FlashScan modules, the maintenance report • Microsoft® Excel 2000, 2003, or 2007 (to use the spread-
provides the last functional test date.
sheet function)
Network test service:   VeriFire® Tools can run a communica- • Internet connection (for IP connections and to use email
tion test between selected network nodes, to verify network function)
connectivity. It sends messages from one node to another and
• MAPI compatible email client, such as Microsoft® Outlook
monitors the resulting node-to-node activity to determine
or Microsoft® Outlook Express (to use email function)
whether any message failures occur. The test procedure
NOTE: VeriFire Tools version 3.21 and earlier supported Windows 
aborts if a real event occurs anywhere on the network.
98 Second Edition, ME, and NT. Windows 95 not suppor ted.
Upgrading from XPEDITE:   VeriFire Tools easily imports data
from nodes on XLS-NET networks originally programmed with
Digital Audio
XPEDITE. See the online help file for more details.
TO PROGRAM THE DIGITAL AUDIO SYSTEM: 
Product Line Information • USB port (for suggested USB Digital Headset used in audio
VeriFire Tools:  Please refer to the manufacturer's support recording)
website for download. • Plantronics DSP500 Digital Enhanced USB Headset (rec-
75554: DB9-NUP Programming Cable ommended)
approved PCormicrophone
your PC’s sound card with any standard UL-
75672: USB A type to USB B type Programming Cable
• Goldwave Digital Audio Editor (recommended) or equiva-
lent audio editing software

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 212/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

DIGITAL AUDIO FILE FORMAT DESCRIPTIONS 

Audio editing software must be able to save files to .wav format
with the following descriptions:

Fidelity High Quality Standard Quality

Format PCM µlaw
Sample Rate 44100Hz 11025Hz
Bit Depth 16-bit 8-bit
Channel mono mono

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
VeriFire® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc. Microsoft® and Windows® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Pentium® 
and Intel® are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3010-3 Rev. 01-10
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 213/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Enterprise Buildings Integrator R400

Specification and Technical Data

KEY FEATURES
• Total integration of Access Control, Security,
Surveillance, Heating Ventilation and Air
Conditioning, Energy Management and Life Safety
systems

• Integration with a diverse range of devices,

enterprise systems, Internet and intranet sources
allowing integrated building management of key
facility control and information

• Uses industry-standard hardware and Windows

XP and Windows 2003 Server operating systems.
Windows Vista support for Operators is included
in EBI R400 Service Pack 1

•
Supports for leading open standards: BACnet,
LonMark, ODBC, OPC, and Modbus

• UL Listed to Standards UL864 (Fire), UL2017

(Signaling Systems), UL916 (Energy Management
Systems), UL1017, UL1076 (Security), UL1610
(Central Station) and UL294 (Access Control)

• Web-based user interface provides operators or

facility engineers easy access and puts the user in

control of every situation

• Suitable for use in a restricted Pharmaceutical
environment requiring conformance to 21 CFR
Part 11 for electronic records and electronic
signatures

Designed and developed to International Standards

ISO 9001 for quality

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 214/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

ENTERPRISE BUILDINGS INTEGRATOR (R400)

Enterprise Buildings Integrator (EBI) is a highly

HONEYWELL BUILDING
configurable integrated building management
MANAGER system providing an efficient and reliable way of
Building Manager meets building management and ensuring the security, safety and comfort of people
HVAC control needs by providing interfaces to and the effective operation of buildings and
leading open system solutions and HVAC devices. facilities.

EBI provides a scalable suite of solutions that can be

HONEYWELL SECURITY tailored to key facility management requirements.
By combining these applications, EBI is flexible
MANAGER
enough to adapt to a range of industries including
Security Manager collects information from
large commercial buildings, industrial facilities,
security, access control and surveillance devices, airports, university campuses, pharmaceutical and
ensuring protection of your people, assets and
healthcare facilities, and government locations. It
intellectual property.
can be inexpensively tailored to meet specialized
industry requirements.

HONEYWELL LIFE SAFETY For global companies, EBI is the ideal system,
MANAGER allowing the operator interface to be translated into
the local language, and enabling centralized
Life Safety Manager allows monitoring and control
monitoring and control of locally or globally
of fire alarm systems for fire protection and smoke
distributed sites.
control. EBI is available with UL864 Listing for
Ethernet based life safety control and monitoring. EBI integrates with Open System standards, existing
enterprise systems, and with Internet and intranet
applications. This allows you to choose the best field
HONEYWELL DIGITAL VIDEO solutions for your building and to seamlessly
MANAGER integrate information into EBI for further
Digital Video Manager seamlessly integrates processing, reporting or distribution.
surveillance of your facility using cameras
EBI provides operators, supervisors, and managers
connected directly to your LAN, enabling flexible
with a sophisticated Web-style interface to enable
event-based recording and viewing. personnel to easily monitor and control buildings at
one or more sites. EBI uses technology such as
HTML for creating graphic displays. EBI allows
HONEYWELL ENERGY
remote or partially automated monitoring and
MANAGER control of your facility.
Energy Manager monitors, validates and optimizes
your energy usage enabling you to help the EBI runs on industry-standard personal computers
environment while saving money. using the Windows XP and Windows 2003 Server
operating systems. EBI R400 Service Pack 1 will also
introduce support for Windows Vista on the EBI
clients and operator stations.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 215/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

ENTERPRISE BUILDINGS INTEGRATOR (R400)

Operator Interface
PRODUCT DATA SUMMARY Microsoft Windows XP Professional or Microsoft
Windows 2003 Server. Microsoft Vista supported with EBI

System Architecture R400 Service Pack 1

Client/server architecture Internet Explorer 7.0
Microsoft Windows XP Professional or Microsoft Use Station Client software or Internet Explorer Browser
Windows 2003 Server
• Over 300 preconfigured standard displays
Native 32-bit application

Scalable-single server to distributed server systems • 1000 Standard Trends

Real-time database • User configurable object-based custom displays

Microsoft SQL Server 2005
• Designed for display resolution of 1280 x 1024 or
SQL Reporting Services higher
Points: Analog, digital, totalizer, access, flexible and
container • Embed live video

Architectures • Embed SafeBrowse™ for secure Internet/intranet

integration
Single server

Redundant hot standby server • ActiveX animation using VB Scripts

Distributed System Architecture

• ActiveX document integration

Networking Launch Windows applications directly from displays

•

Uses industry-standard TCP/IP networking over Ethernet • Easy point and cardholder search with wildcard support
Flexible station licensing based on the number of
simultaneous connections • Cut, copy, and paste facilities for easy editing of text
Controllers may be connected via Ethernet
• User input devices include keyboard, mouse, trackball
Remote connections via WAN
(optional), touchscreen (optional)

Open Systems Support

• Support for 21 CFR Part 11 electronic signatures
HTML graphics
• Using Windows Terminal Services - support for up to 5
LonWorks - LonMark standard (ANSI/CEA 709.1)& LNS 3.2
mobile Stations on PDAs

BACnet - ASHRAE BACnet standard (SSPC 135-2004) B-

OWS Profile Operator Security
OPC - OLE for Process Control Six levels of access to system functions:
• OPC Data Access 2.0 • View Only
• OPC Alarm and Event 1.02
• Acknowledge Only
Modbus, Modbus RTU, Modbus TCP
• Operator
ODBC database access

XML interface via SQL Reporting services • Engineer

•
Supervisor

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 216/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

ENTERPRISE BUILDINGS INTEGRATOR (R400)

• Manager • Four levels of alarm priority with fifteen sub-priorities

• Sort and filter alarms, add comments to alarms

Up to 255 control levels for operator-initiated actions
• Alarm segregation through database partitioning
Automatic idle time logout
• Location tree summary of alarms
• Prompt for periodic change of passwords
• Alarm parameters can be adjusted on-line
• Events logged by operator ID or full operator name
• Dedicated alarm zone displays most recent highest
• Individual operator profiles including Scope of priority alarm
Responsibility (SOR)
• All alarm and return-to-normal conditions logged in
• Effective data partitioning of facility into different event summary
locations
• Individual or page acknowledgment of alarms
• Command assignment to control different output
• Automatic link to optional alarm instruction page or
states
associated display page or digital video clip
• Operator sign-on can be restricted to certain Stations
• Alarm handling responses logged into event summary
and certain times
• Additional messages can be attached to an alarm
• Automatic change of Scope of Responsibility by time
• Alarm acknowledge (writes through to controller)
• Use Windows operator accounts for authentication in
EBI • Individual alarm prioritization of different input states
for the same point
Real-time Database
• Single line alarm processing (recurring individual alarms
Connects to HVAC, security, access control, industrial can be displayed as a single alarm with a count)
process control, fire detectors, energy meters, analog
• Alarms and events can trigger reports
CCTV, and digital CCTV controllers
• Alarm annunciation can use custom sound files (*.wav)
• Database partitioning into a hierarchy of locations (up
to 10 levels deep) • Automatic alarm priority elevation if alarm unactioned

• Point groups Analog point alarm types include:

Event-initiated programs include: • PV High

• Arithmetic calculations • PV Low

• Logic calculations • PV High High

• Composite hierarchical point alarming • PV Low Low

• Report, task or display request activated by access card • Deviation High

or status change •
Rate of Change
• Group point control • Transmitter High

• Location or group alarm inhibit • Transmitter Low

Alarm Management Alarm Pager

Configurable color-coded alarm summary display page • Transmits alarms to pagers using PET, TAP or UCP
with filtering by alarm priorities and area protocols. This enables SMS alerts to be sent to Mobile
• 2000 concurrent alarms in alarm list, each with a count Phones.
available for number of times occurred since last • Transmits alarms to email using SMTP
acknowledgement
•
Transmits alarms to SNMP managers as SNMP traps.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 217/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

ENTERPRISE BUILDINGS INTEGRATOR (R400)

Events On-line change of trend type

System events created for all: Up to thirty-two parameters on one trend

• Operator changes Configurable sample densities

• Point state changes Configurable sample periods

• Alarms Time of interest entry

• Alarm acknowledgment Individual pen enable/disable

• Manual controls Rubber band zoom

• Cardholder changes Hairline cursor readout

• And for many other system activities Copy and paste trend data to Microsoft Excel

Event file limited only by disk space available Embed trends in custom displays

Simple archiving of events to off-line storage media

Simple retrieval of off-line events for reporting

Underwriters Laboratory Listing
Historization EBI R310 was UL listed to the following standards. EBI
Virtually unlimited historical record of both live and R400 is being tested for compliance which will be
derived data can be stored. announced in product bulletin when complete.
Intervals include:
• ALVY-UL294-Access Control
• 1, 2 or 5 second snapshots
• AMCX-UL1610-Central Station
• 1 hour snapshot

• 8 hour snapshot • APOU-UL1017-Security Systems

• 24 hour snapshot
• APOU-UL1076-Security Systems
• 6 minute average
• PAZX-UL916-Energy Management Systems
• 1 hour average

• 8 hour average • QVAX-UL864-Critical&NonCritical Process Control

• 24 hour average
• UDTZ-UL2017-Signaling Systems
Collection is configured per point
• UOXX-UL864 Accessory Fire
Composite point parameters can all be historized

Archive to off-line local or network attached storage • UOJZ-UL864-Panels Fire

Trends • UUKL-UL864-Smoke Control

Multiple formats include:

• 1000 trend displays

• Multi Line (points and events) Reports

• Multi-Line (trend with events) Periodic, demandable, or event driven reports

• Single (bar graph) ODBC access for custom reports

Custom reports via SQL Reporting Services

• X Y Plot (point plot)

•
Numeric (tabular)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 218/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

ENTERPRISE BUILDINGS INTEGRATOR (R400)

Report Description at that time.

SQL 2005 Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Point Attribute Lists all points specified by the
Reporting Services delivery of simple custom following attributes: Out of service,
Services report interface with EBI. Allowing Alarm suppressed, Abnormal input
graphic interface for reporting levels, In Manual mode and
cardholder, system event, point Nominated state.
history and real time point Point State Lists all information about Time
information Changes Periods matching a specified search
Access Lists all access levels matching a criteria.
Level specified search criteria and the Time Period Lists all information about Time
zones, Time periods. Periods matching a specified search
After Hours Lists all points changing state criteria.
matching a certain search criteria Zone Lists all information about Zones
occurring over a specified range of Information matching a specified search criteria.
time.
Alarm/Event Lists all alarms or events matching a Cardholders
certain search criteria occurring over
All cardholders may have the following:
a range of time.
• Cardholder first name and last name
All points Lists all points which match a
specified search criteria. • 94 configurable user fields delivered (easily customized
Cardholder Lists all information for cardholders or expanded)
(visitor) Detail who correspond to a specified • Organization
search criteria.
• Address
Cardholder Lists card details for cards
• Comments
(visitor) List corresponding to specified search
criteria based on any cardholder • Alarm priority
field.
• Cardholder State (Active, inactive, Left Company)
Card Usage Shows the total number of access
• Card trace option
movements (including no
movements) for cardholders over a • 64 access levels per cardholder as standard
given period of time.
• Last door accessed
Cardholder Lists all cardholders who have access
• Cardholder commencement date
Zone to the specified zones.
Door History Lists all cardholders that accessed • Cardholder expiration date
any specified door or group • Lighting control zone
occurring over a specified range of
• High resolution color image of cardholder
time.
Generic This report can execute any custom • Cardholder signature
Crystal designed report using the Crystal Cardholders may be assigned one or many cards. Each
Reports tool. card has the following information:
Group Card Lists all doors accessed by an • Card number
Trail individual or group of cardholders
• Card technology type
during a specific range of time.
Microsoft Runs a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet. • Card credential type
Excel • Card state (active, inactive, lost, stolen, expired)
Occupancy Lists cardholders in specified zones • Card commencement date

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 219/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

ENTERPRISE BUILDINGS INTEGRATOR (R400)

• Card expiration date Support for one level of global perimeter anti-passback,
with nested anti-passback available with Temaline access
• Personal Identification Number or (PIN)
control solution
• Long access (controller-specific)

• Escort required (controller-specific) Application Development

• Escort capable (controller-specific) Network API: allows simple network connected programs
to read and write point data
• Cost override (controller-specific)
Microsoft Excel Data Exchange: Wizard for getting point
• Event lockout override (controller-specific)
and history data into Microsoft Excel from EBI
• Card Class A, B (controller-specific)
Web Toolkit: allows point data to be incorporated onto
Support for over 100,000 cardholders web pages
Fully customizable user-defined database fields API: general purpose application development interface
Comboboxes to preprogram cardholder field choices Cardholder Services: specific API interface for accessing
Card and cardholder commencement and expiration cardholder data. This is planned to be available with
dates Service Pack 2 of R400.

Up to 64 access levels per cardholder User Scan Task Kit: allows development of loosely

Automatic trace of cardholder through the facility integrated controller interfaces

Card pending expiration notification

Quick Builder
Multi-select and multi-edit of cardholder
Graphical engineering tool
Visitor and employee cardholder types supported
Preconfigured typical system databases
Templates for cardholder management
Easy creation of point, hardware, Stations and printers

Powerful searching and sorting of cardholders Hierarchical system modeling

Photo Identification Multipoint edit

MCI or TWAIN interface for image capture User defined fields

Wintab interface for signature capture Import/export facility

Configurable card layouts and image size

HMIWeb Display Builder
Easy search and navigation facilities
Object-based display building package with dynamic
Batch printing of cards
display objects such as:
Bar code
• Shapes
Magnetic stripe encoding • Live Video
Chromakey and ghosting
• Alphanumerics

Access Control • Checkboxes

1024 access levels containing 256 zone/time period pairs • Card Image
1024 card reader zones each containing 128 doors • Comboboxes
256 time periods • Pushbuttons
Complete or modified data download to controllers • Charts
ASCII import/ export of all access components Many standard drawing features including:

• Tool Palette

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 220/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

ENTERPRISE BUILDINGS INTEGRATOR (R400)

• Color palette For selected switchers, camera selection, and automatic

PTZ control from operator display or keyboard
• Alignment
• Honeywell Maxpro
• Group/Ungroup

• Snap to grid
•
Honeywell / Ademco VideoBloX
• Pacom/Pelco
• Zooming

• Resizing objects Digital Video Systems:

• Horizontal and vertical spacing • Honeywell Digital Video Manager R300
• Library of commonly used symbols • Honeywell Digital Video Manager R200
• Remote engineering support
Industrial Process Control

Printed Documentation • Experion PKS R300 via DSA

•
•
Installation Guide Experion PKS R200 via DSA
• Overview Guide
Security Controllers:
• Operators Guide
• Honeywell SMP or HSM
• Configuration and Administration Guide
• Tecom Challenger
• Building Management Guide
• Honeywell I9000
• Temaline Access Control Config Guide
• Honeywell FS90 Plus
• Security Electronics Access Control Cnfg Gd
• Galaxy
• FS90 Access Control Configuration Guide
Life Safety Controllers:
•
PCSC Access Control Configuration Guide
• Honeywell XLS1000
Internationalization
• Honeywell XLS2000
Support for operator interface in localized languages
• Honeywell XLS3000
CONTROLLER SUPPORT • Honeywell FS90 Plus

• Honeywell XLS80e
Access Controllers:
• Honeywell XLS140
• Honeywell Temaline
• Honeywell XLS200
• Honeywell NexSentry (Security Electronics) 800 series,

4100 series controllers, Star I and Star II controllers Building Management Controllers:
• Honeywell FS90 AMC
• Honeywell EXCEL 5000 OPEN suite of controllers
• PCSC MicroLPM, MicroALM, and MicroELV, IQ and
• BACnet compatible controllers
Ultimate access control panels
• Honeywell JACE V (not available in all regions)
• Biometric Devices, RSI Handkey II (with Service Pack 2
of EBI R400), ID3D with integrated template manager • Honeywell ComfortPoint (not available in all regions)

• ePADink Signature Pad from Interlink Electronics • Honeywell and third-party LonMark Controllers

• Honeywell R7044
Analog CCTV Controllers:
• Honeywell Delta 1000/2000 (via XBSi)
Camera and monitor switching on alarm
• Honeywell Excel Classic

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 221/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

ENTERPRISE BUILDINGS INTEGRATOR (R400)

• Honeywell IRC • Operating system: Windows XP Professional SP2 and

SP3. Windows 2003 Server SP2
• Honeywell Excel EMC
• Browser: Internet Explorer 7.0
PLCs:
Operator Station (Client) Platform
• Honeywell UMC 800, HC900
• Processor: 3.0 GHz Pentium™ 4 processor or higher
• Modbus, Modbus Plus, Modbus RTV, Modbus TCP
• Memory: 1 GB minimum
• Honeywell LCS620 PLCs
• Display Resolution: 1280 x 1024 x 65K colors
• Allen Bradley PLC2, PLC5 SLC5/03 PLCs
• Hard Disk: 20 GB drive (NTFS)
SOFTWARE OPTIONS
• Keyboard: 12 function keys
Asset Locator • Pointing Device: Mouse
Integrated Maintenance Manager • Operating systems: Windows XP Professional SP2,or
Deadman Timer SP3. Windows 2003 Server SP2, Windows Vista with

SAP Integration (available with R310, planned with EBI R400 Service Pack 1

Service Pack 2 for EBI R400) • Network Protocol: TCP/IP

Alarm Pager • Browser: Internet Explorer 7.0
Group Control
Database Sizing:
Guard Tour
The EBI base package includes licensing for 250 points
UL Listing Compliance
and 12 readers.
Pharmaceutical Compliance Restrictions Additional licensing for points can be purchased in

Web Toolkit quantities of the following packages to a maximum of

User Scan Task and Applications Toolkit 65,000 points per single EBI Server:

Microsoft Excel Data Exchange • 250 point adder

Network API • 2,500 point adder

Integrated Photo ID • 20,000 point adder

Communications Encryption Additional licensing for readers can be purchased in

quantities of the following packages to a maximum of
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS 2,000 readers:

• 6 reader adder
Server Platform
•
50 reader adder
• Processor: 3.0 GHz Pentium™ 4 processor or higher
• 400 reader adder
• Memory: Minimum of 2 GB RAM
Other Database parameters include the following.
• Keyboard: with 12 function keys

• Display Resolution: 1280 x 1024 x 65K colors Items Maximum Number

per single EBI server
• DVDROM Drive
Cards Greater than 100,000 subject to
• Network Protocols: TCP/IP
hardware limitations
• Pointing Device: Mouse
Points 65,000 per server
• Hard Disk: 40 GB drive (NTFS)
180,000* per system

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 222/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

ENTERPRISE BUILDINGS INTEGRATOR (R400)

* More than 180,000 with Technical

Risk Review and Approval

Access 64
Levels

Zones 1024

Time Periods 256

Alarms 2000 concurrent

Operator Licensed individually up to 40*

Stations *80 stations will be supported with EBI
R400 Service Pack 1

Printers 50

Channels 90

Reports 1000

Events 100000 per 60 MB of disk space

available

Assignable 1000
Locations

Users 1000

Number of 10*

DSA
connected * More than 10 with Technical Risk
Servers review and approval

North America Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North, Golden Valley, MN 55422-3992 Ph: 1-800-345-6700 ext.420 • Asia Honeywell Southeast Asia,

Honeywell Building, 17 Changi Business Park Central 1, Singapore 486073, Tel: 355 2828 Fax: 445 3055 0149 • Pacific Division Honeywell Pty Ltd., 2

Richardson Place, North Ryde NSW Australia 2113, Tel: 1300 138 081 Fax: 1300 138 082 • Europe Honeywell Building Solutions, Hermes Plaza,

Hermeslaan 1H, B-1831 Diegem, Belgium, Tel: +32 2728 2597

Honeywell Enterprise Buildings Integrator, Honeywell Building Manager, Honeywell Security Manager,
Honeywell Life Safety Manager, Honeywell Digital Video Manager, SafeBrowse and EXCEL 5000 OPEN are trademarks of Honeywell Inc.
ExcelWeb is a registered trademark of Honeywell Inc.

Microsoft, Windows XP, Windows 2003 Server, Windows Vista, Microsoft SQL Server and Internet Explorer are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation

BACnet® is a registered trademark of ASHRAE.

LONMARK®, LONWORKS® and the LONWORKS® logo are registered trademarks of Echelon Corporation.

www.honeywell.com 08/08 Honeywell Inc. All rights reserved

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 223/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

XLS-FRI
First Responders Interface

General
The First Responders Interface is a revolutionary wayfinding
navigational tool for firefighters and other emergency respond-
ers. XLS-FRI, a touch screen, graphically displays critical infor-
mation on the origin and spread of a fire; allowing firefighters
to quickly locate and extinguish the fire.
With XLS-FRI, emergency responders can immediately gather
the information needed to accurately pinpoint the source of the
fire and the rate at which it’s spreading. Crucial information is
easy to access with a spatial, graphical depiction of the loca-
tion of activated detectors and detector sequence of activation
    g
    p
for one or multiple buildings. In addition, FeaturedProduct is an      j
 .
     9
     0
   -
interactive interface. It displays CCTV video and a summary     v
    o
    c
of building floor plans with detailed information about the build-      1
     5
     0
     7
ing. Details can include locations for all fire alarm devices;      H

water supplies; evacuation routes; access routes; chemical

and structural hazards in the building; and shutoffs for gas,
power, and HVAC.

Features • Standard icon library indicates fire alarm and critical build-
ing devices.
GENERAL • Ethernet and USB ports available for transferring screen
• 17" LCD touch-screen. database information.
• Interfaces to XLS140-2, XLS3000, or XLS-NET (version 5.0
or higher) through the XLS Gateway over Ethernet. Specifications
• Compatible with standard and High Speed NOTE: Dimensions are subject to change. Refer to product docu- 
• Supports the following additional languages: Arabic, French mentation for further information.
(Canadian), Hebrew, Korean, Portuguese, Spanish, and • Enclosure Dimensions: 17.5" H x 18.0" W x 3.5" D (44.5
Chinese (Traditional and Simplified). cm H x 45.7 cm W x 8.89 cm D).
• Supports multiple Gateways for large networks and cam- • Door Dimensions: 18.5" H x 20.0" W x 0.4" D (47 cm H x
puses. 50.8 cm W x 1.0 cm D).
USER INTERFACE  • Power Requirements: Regulated, filtered 24 VDC @ 3.0 A
via non-resettable power supply, UL Listed for fire-protec-
• Integrates with Honeywell's Rapid Eye™ Multi-Media DVR
tive signaling use.
for CCTV camera viewing.
• Temperature Range: 0°C – 50°C (32°F – 120°F).
• Large intuitive display shows building floor plans in a cam-
pus footprint with respective active fire alarm devices, water
supplies, evacuation routes, access routes, gas, power and Listings and Approvals
HVAC shutoffs, and chemical and structural hazards in the These listings and approvals apply to XLS-FRI.
building.
• UL/ULC Listed: S470
• Detailed information
icons on the floor plan.for active devices or critical building • CSFM: 7300-1130:270
• Easy access to building, emergency contacts, site plan, and
alarm event information. Ordering Information
XLS-FRI-DSP: XLS-FRI User Interface software and hardware
EVENT NOTIFICATION 
package. Includes 17" LCD touch-screen, Onboard Ethernet,
• Graphic and text event notification of fire, supervisory, secu- and USB ports. Also includes one software license and screen
rity, and medical events. configuration software (XLS-FRI-SCT). Does not include back-
• Fast automatic navigation to floors and locations of the box, order separately.
emergency events. XLS-FRI-ENC: XLS-FRI backbox enclosure and door.
• First alarm display to identify where the emergency started.
Additional required components: 
• Time sequence display of activated detectors to track
smoke progression. • XLS-NET Gateway (P/N XLS-GW-EM-3).
• NCM-W, NCM-F or HS-NCM/WMF/WSF/MFSF for connec-
SYSTEM SETUP  tion to NOTI•FIRE•NET™.
• Screen development tool can easily import building floor • Standard Ethernet network cable with RJ45 connectors.
plan CAD drawings (as a .wmf, .bmp, or .jpg file) and XPE- • Standard Ethernet network cable with RJ45 connectors and
DITE or VeriFire® Toolsdatabases. hub/switch or Standard Ethernet crossover cable

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 224/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

• IBM-compatible PC with Windows® XP and available Ether-

net or USB port (used for programming).

Applications
An XLS-FRI display is an ideal component of a Honeywell fire system providing real-time fire system status to firefighters. XLS-
FRI interfaces directly to XLS Series control panels and an entire XLS-NET network.

Firefighters’ Display

 ,
   f
IP connection   m
  w
 .
over Ethernet   c
   4
Network version 5.0    b
  a
  c
(standard or   ;
  g
  p
   j
high-speed)  .
   9
  -   p
   0
  v  m
  o   b
 .
  c   3
   1
   5  w
   0  g
   7   n
   f
   H  n

XLS-FRI

Network Control
Module

XLS-FRI Software

GRAPHICAL ICON KEY

Activated Master
Area of
Smoke Gas Tank Sprinkler
Refuge
Detector Shutoff

Activated
Fire Power
Duct Halon
Phone Shutoff
Detector

Fire Room Contains

Activated
Hydrant Service Hazardous
Pullstation Keybox Materials

Activated Fire
HVAC
Sprinkler Service Stairs
Shutoff
Device Display

Activated
Locked Gas
Heat Standpipe
Door Shutoff
Detector

  06/15/2009 • 85-3134-2 www.honeywell.com

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 225/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

    p
    m
     b
 .
     3
    r
    c
    s
     d
     1
     5
     0
     7

    p
    m
     b
 .
     6
    r
    c
    s
     d
     1
     5
     0
     7

www.honeywell.com 85-3134-2 • 06/15/2009

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 226/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

   p
   m
    b
 .
    7
   r
   c
   s
    d
    1
    5
    0
    7

   p
   m
    b
 .
    8
   r
   c
   s
    d
    1
    5
    0
    7

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
XLS-NET™, Rapid Eye™, and XPEDITE™ are trademarks of Honeywell International Inc. Microsoft® and Windows® are registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation. IBM® is a registered trademark of IBM Corporation.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9

www.honeywell.com 85-3134-2 Rev. 06-09

April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 4 of 4

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 227/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

XLS-NET Embedded
Gateway-3
XLS-NET Fire Monitoring
General
The XLS•NET Gateway is an intelligent gateway interface for
the XLS•FRI. This gateway facilitates complete monitoring of
a XLS•NET network.
The embedded gateway is a standalone version and is
equipped with IP capability thus enabling XLS•NET users to
monitor multiple sites over an Ethernet network. XLS-GW-EM-3

Features Standards and Codes

• Enables XLS•FRI to monitor alarm events for Honeywell The XLS•NET Gateway complies with the following UL/ULC
fire alarm control panels on a XLS•NET network or a high Standards and NFPA 72 Fire Alar m Systems requirements:
speed network.
– UL 864
• Compatible with standard and high speed XLS•NET
network. – UL 1076
• Supervised IP connections for remote XLS-FRI. – UL 2017
– ULC S559-04
Compatibility – ULC S527-99
The XLS•NET Gateway is compatible with XLS•NET and
interfaces to XLS•NET version 5.0 and higher, as well as a Listings and Approvals
high speed XLS•NET network for the following panels and These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified in
devices: this document. In some cases, certain modules or applications
• XLS•NET may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may
be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status.
• XLS-3000/140 (version 5.0 SIB-NET)
• XLS-NCA2/XLS-NCA Network Control Annunciator • UL / ULC: S470
• FM Approved
Specifications • CSFM: 7300-1130:270
• Power input: 24 VDC • MEA: 286-07-E
• Input current: 450 mA @ 24 VDC (without XLS-NCM).
Ordering Information
• Operating temperature: 0°C to 49°C (32°F to 120°F).
• Direct connection to XLS-3000, XLS-140, and XLS-140-2 XLS-GW-EM-3: XLS•NET Gateway, embedded. Includes PC
fire alarm control panels. NCM required for connection to board, NUP to NUP cable (75577), USB Cable (75665) and
XLS•NET, and HS-NCM for connection to high-speed NFN Configuration.
network.(See data sheets 85-3007 and 74-4082.) Additional EMBEDDED VERSION Gateway required 
components: 
• NCM for connection to XLS•NET.
• HS-NCM for connection to high speed XLS•NET.
• IBM®-compatible PC with Windows® XP.
• Standard Ethernet network cable with RJ45 to RJ45
connectors.
• XLS•FRI 1.7 or above.
• XLS-NET Network Version 5.0 or above.
• Verifire Tools Version 5.71 or above.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 228/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

    f
   m
   w
 .
   a
    4
    8
    0
    5
  -
    4
    7

Ethernet
(TCP/IP)

XLS-GW-EM-3

XLS-FRI

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
NION®, NOTIFIER®, ONYX® and ONYXWorks® are registered trademarks and N OTI•FIRE•NET™, NOTIFIY-IP™, and ONYX FirstVision™ are trademarks
of Honeywell International Inc. Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 74-5084-1 Rev. 04-10
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 229/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

MODBUS-GW
Modbus Gateway
     G
    P
    J
 .
    3
  -
    M
    E
  -
    W
     G
  -
General     N
    F
    N
The Modbus Gateway provides a communication link between
networks that use the Modbus/TCP communication protocol and
Fire Alarm Control Panels (FACPs) resident on an XLS-NET
network.
The Modbus Gateway communicates with the XLS-NET network
via the network port on any NCM. The Modbus communication
protocol is consistent with Modbus Application Protocol Specifi-
cation V1.1b.
The Modbus Gateway is designed to need very little configura-
tion; no separate configuration utility is required. In most appli- • CAN/ULC-S559-04: Equipment for Fire Signal Receiving
cations you will only need to enter the TCP/IP settings for your Centres and Systems, First Edition
network and the nodes you would like to monitor. The gateway
will automatically map all the configured points and supply you Listings and Approvals
with a user friendly comma-separated value report that defines
These listings and approvals apply to the modules specified in
the mapping.
this document. In some cases, certain modules or applications
may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be
Features in process. Consult factory for latest listing status.
• Compatible with standard and high speed XLS-NET. • UL/ULC Listed: S635
• Monitor four compatible XLS-NET or HS-XLS-NET nodes not • CSFM: 7300-0028:250
including the Modbus Gateway node itself. • FDNY: COA#6047
• Provide data such as event type, active/inactive, enabled/dis-
abled, acknowledged/unacknowledged, device type, analog System Architecture & Requirements
value (4-20ma modules only) and system troubles.
• Support reads of up to 100 registers at a time. Analog values An Internet or Intranet IP network connection is required to con-
can be read 10 registers at a time. figure the Modbus Gateway, and to connect it with Modbus cli-
• Log diagnostic information. ents. The Internet or Intranet IP network connection must meet
the following requirements.
• Send standard Modbus exception responses.
• Private of Business LAN
• Reduce configuration time by auto-discovering and mapping
• Static IP address required
points.
• Standard 100Base-T connection
MODBUS MASTERS COMPATIBLE  • Required Ports(s): 502
• The Modbus Gateway was designed to be compatible with
standard Modbus/TCP masters. REQUIRED EQUIPMENT 
• Support one-byte Unit IDs. • MODBUS-GW-XLS-NET Modbus Embedded Gateway.
• Have configurable polling times. • Network Control Module
• The Modbus Gateway supports one Modbus Master. • XLS-NET Network - Version 5.0 or above

PANEL COMPATIBLE  NETWORK COMPONENTS 

The Modbus Gateway was designed to be compatible with the • RJ45 to RJ45 standard Ethernet network cable-customer's
following panels: internet or intranet connection to Modbus Gateway
• XLS140 • XLS-NET network-version 5.0 or above (sold separately)
• XLS140-2 • High Speed Network Communication Module: HS-NCM-W/ 
SF/MF board-used to facilitate network communication
• XLS3000 between the Modbus Gateway and a High Speed XLS-NET
network or Network Communication Module: NCM-W/F
Standards and Codes board-used to facilitate network communication between the
The Modbus Gateway is recognized by UL as an ancillary (sup- Modbus Gateway and an XLS-NET network.
plementary) reporting device. It complies with the following UL/  • Cabinet and Hardware (sold separately)
ULC Standards and NFPA 72 Fire Alarm Systems requirements. – CAB-4 series cabinet.
• UL 864: Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems, Ninth Edition – CHS-4L chassis.
• UL 2017: General-Purpose Signaling Devices and Systems,
CUSTOMER SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT 
First Edition
• Windows XP Professional with Internet Explorer running Java
• CAN/ULC-S527-99: Standard for Control Units for Fire Alarm
version 6 or higher
Systems, Second Edition

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 230/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Modbus
Modbus
Client
Client

IP Network IP Network

MODBUS-GW MODBUS-GW

NUP NUP

HS-NCM-
W/SF/MF
or 
NCM-W/F

FACP

Sample System: Modbus Gateway

Direct to Fire Alarm Control Panel XLS-NET Network

FACP FACP FACP

Sample System: Modbus Gateway on XLS-NET

Network

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.

NOTI•FIRE•NET™ is a trademark of Honeywell International Inc. Modbus® is a registered trademark of the Modbus Organization, Inc.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 74-5094 Rev. 03-10
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 231/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

BACNET-GW-3
BACnet Gateway

General
The BACNET-GW-3 provides an interface between Honey-
well’s fire panel network XLS-NET (either the standard or the
high-speed version) and a network using the BACnet/IP com-
munication protocol. BACnet protocol is an American National
Standard (ANSI/ASHRAE 135-1995). With the Gateway inter-
face, devices on XLS-NET fire alarm control panels are repre-
sented as BACnet objects to the BACnet client. The user
subscribes to Event Notification objects per FACP, and the         d
      s
      p
 .
BACnet device receives events from objects on the FACP as a       v
      o
      c

result of this subscription.         7

        7
        8
        6

The BACNET-GW-3 can be connected to a stand-alone panel

with an available network port, or it can be connected to XLS-
NET via the network port on any network control module. Con-
nected to XLS-NET, each BACNET-GW-3 can support a maxi-
mum of 14 other nodes or 15,000 objects. Multiple BACNET- Connections
GW-3s can be used to interface with larger networks.
• The BACNET-GW-3 is connected to XLS-NET via the net-
work port on the network control module to the Gateway.
Features
• BACNET-GW-3 is connected to the BACnet front end via a
• Compatible with XLS Series panels XLS3000, XLS140-2, standard RJ45 Ethernet connector (CN2).
and XLS140. • The BACNET-GW-3 assembly installs in one row of an XLS-
• Compatible with XLS-NET  devices: XLS3000, XLS140-2, CAB-4 Series cabinet using a CHS-4 or CHS-4L chassis.
XLS140, XLS-NCA, XLS-NCA2, and XLS-DVC-EM. The PNET-1 surge suppressor is connected to the BACnet
• The BACNET-GW-3 can monitor up to 14 XLS-NET nodes Ethernet via a RJ45 Ethernet connector.
with a maximum combined object count of 15,000 (object
count includes all detectors, monitor modules, notification
appliance circuits, etc.). Agency Listings and Approvals
The listings and approvals below apply to the BACNET-GW-3.
• Multiple BACNET-GW-3s can be used for large networks In some cases, certain modules or applications may not be
(more than 15 nodes total). listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in pro-
• PC programmable using the BACNET-GW-3 Configuration cess. Consult factory for latest listing status.
Tool, an offline programming utility used to configure the
• UL Listed: file S635.
BACNET-GW-3. The Configuration Tool is used on a com-
patible computer that is using Windows® XP OS. • ULC Listed: file S635.
• The BACNET-GW-3 can behave as a foreign device when
communicating with a third-party BBMD (BACnet Broadcast Product Line Information
Management Devices). The BACNET-GW-3  (ordered as such) includes everything
• Compatible with standard and high-speed XLS-NET required to set up an interface to an existing Honeywell system
or network with the exception of a chassis and the Network
Specifications Control Module (NCM). It includes:

• Complies with: UL 864 9th Edition; and CAN/ULC-S559- • PC board for the BACNET-GW-3.
04, 1st Edition  Standard for Control Units for Fire Alarm • Software on CD-ROM (Configuration Tool).
Systems. • RJ45 to RJ45 Standard Ethernet Network Cable (PN 75585).
• Complies with NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code. • NUP to NUP cable (PN 75556).
• Confor ms to BACnet Standard Annex J for IP and Support Additional required components (from other vendors): 
Device Objects, Binary Output Objects, Life Safety Points/ 
Zones, and Multi-State Inputs. • IBM-compatible PC with Windows XP.
• Power supply: 24 VDC @450mA nominal and supervised • Standard Ethernet network cable with RJ45 connectors.
battery backup.
• Operating temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). PIC Statement/BACnet Information
The BACNET-GW-3 PIC Statement   is available from Honey-
well. Select products and then network systems. For informa-
tion on the BACnet protocol, see www.bacnet.org.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 232/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

System Architecture

NUP
IP connection connection
over Ethernet
FACP
BACNET-GW-3 FACP

BACnet/IP Client

Single-Panel Diagram

IP connection
over Ethernet
FACP

BACnet/IP Client IP Network 

NUP XLS-NET Network 
to
NUP
FACP

BACNET-GW-3 Network 
Control
Module
BACnet/IP Client

FACP

Single XLS-NET Network Diagram

This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific
applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
XLS-Net™ is a trademark of Honeywell International Inc. BACnet® is a registered trademark of the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-
Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE). Microsoft® and Windows® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
 ©2010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited.

Automation and Control Solutions

Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422 Scarborough, Ontario M1V 4Z9
www.honeywell.com 85-3067-1 Rev. 06-09
April 2010
Made in the U.S.A.
 ® U.S. Registered Trademark
 © 2010 Honeywell International Inc.
Page 2 of 2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 233/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Notes

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 234/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

9.0 Standards / Approvals and Factory

  ISO Factory Certification
  FM
  UL
  References

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 235/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 236/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Notes

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 237/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Electrical Signaling
Electrical protective signaling systems are configurations of components used to produce alarm signals indicative of fire, smoke,
sprinkler waterflow or other emergency and to produce supervisory signals indicative of conditions needing attention with respect to
protection equipment or watch service. System configurations are classified according to where and how the signals are received.
The categories are commonly designated as local, municipal, remote station, proprietary and central station. Auxiliary systems are
either local or proprietary systems interconnected with a municipal system.
This category presents the major system component categories and the integrated system configurations. The selection of 
components to form a hybrid system should be made only by those skilled in system design. Also, the suitability of any system
application should be judged on the basis of the hazard(s) being protected.

Local Protective Signaling

Local systems produce alarm and/or supervisory signals within the protected property, which may not be constantly attended. The
systems are electrically supervised, include a secondary power supply having sufficient capacity to operate the system for 24 hours
under maximum normal load and often are primarily for the purpose of providing occupant evacuation signals. Some local systems
also provide for signaling to a constantly attended remote location.
The heart of a signaling system consists of a control unit to which are connected the initiating and signal indicating circuits. The
control unit is usually in a separate enclosure, provides power to its external circuits, and often is of modular design to enable
flexibility in obtaining multiple functions. In a coded signaling system, transmitters may be either separate from or integral to a
control; they transmit to the control or from a control to remote receiving equipment. The equipment listed below, in conjunction
with peripheral devices, may be used to form a complete system or a portion of a multizone system.

XLS3000 Fire Alarm Control Panel

XLS3000 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Control uses firmware revision level #SV11.00.07. Basic system consists of a combination of 
XLS3000-CPUD (with keypad/display) or XLS3000-CPUND (without keypad/display), AMPS-24/-24E Power Supply/Battery
Charger with two outputs rated at 24 Vdc, 1.0 A and 24 Vdc, 4.5 A. Control operates in FlashScan®, CLIP or Eclipse modes. The
 AMPS-24/-24E can mount in a CAB-4 series enclosure or in BB-25, BB-100 or BB-200 Battery Box. Optional modules are:
LCM-320 Loop Control Module, XLS-ELCM-320 Eclipse Loop Control module; LEM-320 loop expander module; XLS-ELEM-320
Eclipse Expander Module, LEM-320 Expander Module, APS-6R(E) Auxiliary Power Supply, ACPS-2406(E) Addressable
Charger/Power Supply, ACPS-610(E) Addressable Charger/Power Supply, XPIQ transponder modules. TM-4 Transmitter Module
is required for auxiliary signaling connections. The XLS3000 is capable of operating with the XPM-10 and XP6 series
transponders. Signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6, or 7. NCM-W and NCM-F Network Control Modules
may be used to connect an XLS3000 control with other XLS3000, XLS140(E), XLS140-2(E) controls, XLS-NCA-2 or 
Q7055B1039 Fire Network Adapter for integration with W7063 or W7064 series workstations which may use the optional
XLS-NCM-EBI-W/-F. Modeladdressable
#A160V2.03. The following LCD-160 Annunciator is a
devices are 240 x 128bypixel
supported optional display.
the LCM/LEM-320 in LCD-160 uses
either CLIP firmware revision
or FlashScan® protocols:
TC844A1015 and TC844A1015CDN (Flashscan®) photoelectric detector used with 14507371-008 base; TC806B1076,
TC806B1076(CDN) and TC840C1000, Photoelectric Smoke Sensor TC806DNR(CDN) when used with System Sensor Duct
Detector Housing DNR(A), photoelectric smoke detectors, TC806B1084 photoelectric smoke detector w/integral 135 degree F
fixed (57 degree C) temperature heat detection, TC806D1049and TC806D1049(CDN) photoelectric duct smoke detectors,
TC806D1056 and TC806D1056(CDN) photoelectric duct smoke detectors with alarm relay, TC807B1059 and TC807B1059CDN
ionization smoke detectors, TC808B1041 and TC808B1041(CDN) 135 degree F (57 degree C) 25 by 25 ft (7.6m by 7.6m) fixed
temperature sensors, TC808B1058 and TC808B1058CDN fixed temperature and rate of rise thermal sensors 135 degree F (57
degree C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6m by 7.6m), TC808B1066 and TC808B1066CDN fixed temperature sensors 190 degree F (87.8
degree C) 20 by 20 ft (6.1m by 6.1m) maximum spacing, TC840M1021 and TC840M1021CDN combination photoelectric and
thermal temperature sensors 135 degree F (57 degree C) using base model 14507371-001, B501BH/-2 Sounder base,
B501BHT/-2 Temporal Sounder base; 14506414-002 and 14506415-002CDN detector bases; XLS-CM-T telephone module;
XLS-CM-R and XLS-CM-RCDN (Flashscan®) relay modules; Releasing Modules TC810S1000 and TC810S1000CDN XLS-CM-N
and XLS-CM-NCDM (Flashscan®) control modules; XLS-CM-T and XLS-CM-TCDN Flashscan®) telephone modules; XLS-MM-A
and XLS-MM-ACDN (Flashscan®) monitor modules; Interface Module TC809C1004; Fire-Phone Modules TC810T1000 and
TC810T1000CDN; XLS-MM-B and XLS-MM-BCDN (Flashscan®) mini-monitor modules; XLS-MM-D and XLS-MM-DCN
(Flashscan®) dual monitor modules; XLS-MM-Z and XLS-MM-ZCDN (Flashscan®) 2 wire detector modules; XLS-MPS
(Flashscan®) Addressable Manual Pull Station); TC846A1013 (Flashscan®) Laser detector. The following addressable detectors
are available in CLIP protocol: TC846A1005, TC846A1013 and TC846A1005CDN Laser Photoelectric smoke detectors
(sensitivity 0.03%/ft to 1%/ft (0.005 dB/m) used with base models 14507371-001 and 14507371-001CDN, 14506414-002 and
14506414-002CDN, B501BH and B501BHA, B224RB and B224RBA, 14507371-005 and 14507371-005CDN; TC847A1004 and
TC847A1004CDN beam type detectors; TC810R1024 and TC810R1024CDN relay modules; TC809A1067CDN monitor module;
TC844A1007 Hostile smoke detector; S464G1007 Addressable Manual Pull Station; TC809B1008 and TC809B1016CDN
mini-monitor modules; TC809D1004 and TC809D1004CDN dual monitor modules; TC841A1000 and TC841A1000CDN 2 wire
detector modules; TC811A1006 loop isolator module; TC810N1013CDN and TC810N1013CDN control modules; TC809D1004
and TC809D1004CDN dual monitor modules. The following Eclipse™ devices are compatible with the XLS3000: Photoelectric
smoke detector w/isolator models TC906A1002 and TC906A1002CDN; Photo-thermal detector w/isolator models TC906A1010
and TC906A1010CDN; Heat detector w/isolator models TC908A1000and TC908A1000CDN; Six inch base w/isolator models
50001947-002 and 50001947-002CDN; Monitor module full size Class A/B, models TC909A1009 and TC909A1009CDN; NAC
Module w/isolator models TC910N1007 and TC910N1007CDN; Relay module w/isolator models TC910R1009 and
TC910R1009CDN; Pull station with isolator model S464H1006; Mini-module w/isolator models TC909B1007 and
TC909B1007CDN; Duct housing models 500001949-001 and 50001949-001CDN; Duct sensor head w/isolator models
TC906D1006 and TC906D1006CDN; Ion smoke detector models TC907A1001 and TC907A1001CDN; 4 inch base w/isolator 
models 50001947-001 and 50001947-001CDN; EBR Relay base; Standby batteries (24 V dc up to 60 AH) provide 24 or 60 hour 

standby operation.
 AUTOMATIC (See also
RELEASES FORCENTRAL STATION SYSTEMS
EXTINGUISHING SIGNALING SYSTEMS,
AND PROPRIETARY
OTHER FIRE SIGNALING
PROTECTIVE SYSTEMS,
EQUIPMENT, AUTOMATIC

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 238/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS S

Company Name: Honeywell International Inc

Company Address: 1500 W Dundee Rd, Arlington Heights, Illinois 60004, USA
Company Website: http://www.honeywell.com
Listing Country: United States of America
Certification Type: FM Approved

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 239/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Electrical Signaling
Electrical protective signaling systems are configurations of components used to produce alarm signals indicative of fire, smoke,
sprinkler waterflow or other emergency and to produce supervisory signals indicative of conditions needing attention with respect to
protection equipment or watch service. System configurations are classified according to where and how the signals are received.
The categories are commonly designated as local, municipal, remote station, proprietary and central station. Auxiliary systems are
either local or proprietary systems interconnected with a municipal system.
This category presents the major system component categories and the integrated system configurations. The selection of 
components to form a hybrid system should be made only by those skilled in system design. Also, the suitability of any system
application should be judged on the basis of the hazard(s) being protected.

Local Protective Signaling

Local systems produce alarm and/or supervisory signals within the protected property, which may not be constantly attended. The
systems are electrically supervised, include a secondary power supply having sufficient capacity to operate the system for 24 hours
under maximum normal load and often are primarily for the purpose of providing occupant evacuation signals. Some local systems
also provide for signaling to a constantly attended remote location.
The heart of a signaling system consists of a control unit to which are connected the initiating and signal indicating circuits. The
control unit is usually in a separate enclosure, provides power to its external circuits, and often is of modular design to enable
flexibility in obtaining multiple functions. In a coded signaling system, transmitters may be either separate from or integral to a
control; they transmit to the control or from a control to remote receiving equipment. The equipment listed below, in conjunction
with peripheral devices, may be used to form a complete system or a portion of a multizone system.

XLS140-2(E) Fire Alarm Control Panel

XLS140-2(E) Fire Alarm Control Panel. Control uses firmware revision level #N62V10.08. Basic system consists of a combination
of XLS140-2CPU(E) Motherboard, KDM-R2 Keyboard Display Module and KAPS-24/E power supply (mounts directly on the
control panel) uses firmware revision level #KAPSV1.1. The KAPS-24/E power supply provides total 3 A in standby and 6 A in
alarm. Model XLS140-2 utilizes KAPS-24 power supply and uses 120 Vac input power. Model XLS140-2E utilizes KAPS-24E
power supply and uses 240 Vac input power. XLS-NCA2 Network Control Annunciator can be used as an optional additional or 
primary display (replacing the KDM-R2). The system provides one Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) which can be configured to meet
Class B, Style 4, or Class A, Styles 6 or 7. If an optional LEM-320 Loop Expander Module is installed, the system can support a
second SLC. Each SLC is capable of supporting 159 addressable detectors and 159 addressable modules. The system provides
four Class B, Style Y or four Class A, Style Z notification appliance circuit/releasing circuit outputs rated at 24 V dc 1.5A plus two
24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs (one resettable and one non-resettable). Optional modules are: LEM-320 Loop Expander 
Module. APS-6R Auxiliary Power Supply, ACPS-2406 Addressable/Charger Power Supply, FCPS-24S6 Power Supply,
FCPS-24S8 Powerconnection.
auxiliary signaling Supply, and XPIQ, XLS-DVC/DVC-EM
XLS140-2(E) and DAAwith
is capable of operating (See separate
the XP6 andlisting).
XP10M TM-4 transmitter
series module
transponders. required for 
XLS140-2(E)
supports the XLS-NET network consisting of the NCM-W/NCM-F Network Control Modules, XLS-NET for use with XLS-3000,
XLS-140(E), XLS140-2(E) fire alarm control panels, XLS-NCA and XLS-NCA2 Remote Annunciators, XLS-DVC. XLS140-2(E) is
compatible with the following modules and detectors: Laser Photoelectric Smoke detectors TC846A1013 and TC846A1005;
Filtrex detector TC844A1015; Photoelectric Smoke TC840C1000, TC806B1076; Photoelectric Smoke Sensor TC806DNR(CDN)
when used with System Sensor Duct Detector Housing DNR(A), Photoelectric Smoke Sensors with 135°F Fixed Temperature
Heat Sensor TC806B1084, TC840M1021; Ionization Smoke Sensor TC807B1059; TC808B1041 135°F Fixed Temperature Heat
Sensor; TC808B1066 190°F Fixed Temperature Heat Sensor; 135°F Fixed Temperature and Rate of Rise Heat Sensor 
TC808B1058 used with models B501BH sounder base, B501BHT temporal sounder base, B224RB relay base and B224BI
isolator base. Duct Detectors TC806D1049, TC806D1056; beam detector TC847A1004. Relay Control Modules TC810R1024
and XLS-CM-R, Supervised Control Modules TC810N1013, TC810N1013C and XLS-CM-N, Monitor Modules TC809A1059,
TC809A1059C and XLS-MM-A, Dual Monitor Module TC809D1004 and XLS-MM-D; Mini Modules TC809B1008, TC809B1008C
and XLS-MM-B; Interface Modules TC841A1000 and XLS-MM-Z; TC811A1006 Isolation module; Releasing Modules
TC810S1000 and TC810S1000CDN; S464F1008WP, S464G1007 dual action manual pull station, Fire-Phone Modules
TC810T1000, TC841A1000C and TC810T1000CDN and XLS-MPS addressable pull stations. When required, the following
Remote Annunciators may be used: ACM 8R, ACM 16AT, AEM 16AT, ACM 32A, AEM 32A, AFM-16A, AFM 16AT, ACM-24AT,
 ACM-48A, AEM-24AT, AEM-48A, LDM 32, LDM E32, LDM R32, XLS-LCD-80.Models ACM-24AT and ACM-48A uses firmware
revision level #ACM-R1.1 4. Model XLS-LCD-80 uses firmware revision level #LCD80R 2.0. Standby batteries (24 V dc up to
200 AH) provide 24 or 60 hour standby operation. Model PRN-6 auxiliary printer may be used. (See also CENTRAL STATION
SIGNALING SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTIVE
EQUIPMENT, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS and EMERGENCY
VOICE/ALARM COMMUNCIATION SYSTEMS listings).

Company Name: Honeywell International Inc

Company Address: 1500 W Dundee Rd, Arlington Heights, Illinois 60004, USA
Company Website: http://www.honeywell.com
Listing Country: United States of America
Certification Type: FM Approved

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 240/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Electrical Signaling
Electrical protective signaling systems are configurations of components used to produce alarm signals indicative of fire, smoke,
sprinkler waterflow or other emergency and to produce supervisory signals indicative of conditions needing attention with respect to

protection
The equipment
categories or watchdesignated
are commonly service. System configurations
as local, are classified
municipal, remote station,according to and
proprietary where and how
central the Auxiliary
station. signals are received.
systems are
either local or proprietary systems interconnected with a municipal system.
This category presents the major system component categories and the integrated system configurations. The selection of 
components to form a hybrid system should be made only by those skilled in system design. Also, the suitability of any system
application should be judged on the basis of the hazard(s) being protected.

Emergency Voice/Alarm Communication Systems

 An emergency voice/alarm communication system consists of an Approved local alarm, remote station or proprietary signaling
system incorporating dedicated manual and automatic facilities for the origination, control and transmission of verbal information
and instructions pertaining to a fire alarm emergency to the occupants of a building. These systems meet the requirements of the
NFPA Standard 72.

XLS-DVC, XLS-DVC-EM, XLS-DVC-EMF, XLS-DVC-EMSF

XLS-DVC or XLS-DVC-EM,
Version #XLS-DVCV2.01 XLS-DVC-EMF,
utilized XLS-DVC-EMSF
in a single panel (extended
configuration memory) with
(in one enclosure Digital Voice Command
XLS3000 Center.
through the Software
NUP port) or a
networked (XLS-NET) configuration (requires use XLS-NCA2 Network Annunciator). Networks with XLS3000, XLS140, XLS140-2,
XLS-NCA or XLS-NCA2 Network Annunciators. Requires 24 Vdc input power (TB1). Supports up to 32 DAA series digital
amplifiers in Class A (Style 7) or Class B (Style 4) configuration. Uses FFT (Firefighter’s Telephone Riser), RM-1 Remote
Microphone, TELH-1 telephone handset. The DAA series amplifiers have the following modifications: DAA-5025 series – 120 Vac
input, 25 Vrms; DAA-5025E series – 240 Vac input, 25 Vrms; DAA-5070, – 120 Vac input, 70 Vrms; DAA-5070E series – 240
Vac input, 70 Rms. Each DAA has two Class A (Style Z) connections for high level audio output or four Class B (Style Y)
connections. Maximum combined audio output is 50W. The DAA-PS power supply board is rated 120 Vac, 4.5 A max (240 Vac,
2.3 A max for the DAA-PSE version). Supports up to two 12 Volt, 55 AH batteries in series. Optional boards: DVC-AO audio
output board, has four low level audio outputs to connect XPIQ series transponders and AA-30, -100 or -120 audio amplifiers;
DVC-KD keypad.

Company Name: Honeywell International Inc

Company 2 Corporate Center Dr, Suite 100, Box 9040, Melville, New York 11747-9040,

Address: USA
Company
http://www.security.honeywell.com/hsce
Website:
Listing Country: United States of America
Certification Type: FM Approved

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 241/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

UOJZ.S470
Control Units, System
Page Bottom

Control Units, System

See General Information for Control Units, System

HONEYWELL INTERNATIONAL INC S470

1500 W DUNDEE RD
ARLINGTON HEIGHTS, IL 60004 USA

Type Type
Model Type Service Signaling

FS90/Deltanet* L A, M, SS, WF C, NC

P A, M, SS, WF MX
W7053H Series, 20 EBI System CS (PPU), P A, M, SS, WF, MX
WSS

W7063B EBI System CS, P A, M, SS, WF, OT

WSS

W7064A EBI System CS, P A, M, SS, WF, OT

WSS

W7074A, W7074B EBI System CS, P A, M, SS, WF, OT

WSS

XLS-100#, XLS-100/220#, XLS-100R#, XLS-100R/220# AUX, L A, M, WF NC

CS (PPU) A, M, SS, WF DAC

RS (PPU) A, M, SS, WF DAC, NC

P (PPU) A, M, SS, WF NC

XLS-100-6#, XLS-100-6R#, XLS-100-6/220#, XLS-100- AUX, L A, M, WF NC

6R/220#

CS (PPU) A, M, SS, WF DAC

RS (PPU) A, M, SS, WF DAC, NC

CS (PPU) A, M, SS, WF DAC, NC

XLS-1000# P (RU) A, M, SS, WF, MX

WSS

XLS-200#, XLS-200R#, XLS-200-2#, XLS-200R-2# AUX, L, P, RS A, M, WF NC

(PPU)

XLS-3000 (b) (c) AUX A, M, WF NC

RS (PPU) A, M, SS, WF DAC, OT, Rev

Pol

CS (PPU) A, M, SS, WF DAC, NC, OT

P (PPU) A, M, SS, WF NC

P (RU) A, M, SS, WF MX, NC

XLS140-2 (a) (c), XLS-140-2E (a) L A, M, SS, WF C, MX, NC

AUX A, M, WF NC

RS (PPU) A, M, SS, WF DAC, OT, Rev

Pol

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 242/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 243/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under
UL's Follow-Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Listed and covered under UL's Follow-Up Service. Always
look for the Mark on the product.

UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in t he Online Certification Directory subject to the f ollowing conditions: 1. The Guide Information,
Designs and/or Listings (files) must be presented in their ent irety and in a non-misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings).
2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from Underwriters Laboratories Inc." must appear adjacent to the
extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in th e following format: "Copyright © 2010 Underwriters
Laboratories Inc.®"

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 244/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Notes

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 245/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

UOXX.S470
Control Unit Accessories, System
Page Bottom

Control Unit Accessories, System

See General Information for Control Unit Accessories, System

HONEYWELL INTERNATIONAL INC S470

1500 W DUNDEE RD
ARLINGTON HEIGHTS, IL 60004 USA

9-pin protectors, Model(s) 14507135

Addressable control modules, Model(s) TC810A1056

Amplifiers, Model(s) SIGA-AA30, SIGA-AA50

Annunciators, Model(s) XLS100-3ANN/D, XLS100-6ANN/D

Autosync modules, Model(s) SIGA-CC1S, SIGA-MM1S

Battery boxes, Model(s) XLS-LBB, XLS-LBBR

Card reader controllers, Model(s) XLS-CRC, XLS-CRCXM

Cascade modules, Model(s) 14507726-001

Control modules, Model(s) TC810A1007, TC810A1023, TC810A1031, TC810N1013(f06), TC810R1024(f06), TC810S1000, TC810T1000, XLS-CM-N,
XLS-CM-R, XLS-CM-T

Control unit accessories, Model(s) PT1-P, PT1-S

CRC accessory relays, Model(s) CRCRL

CRC sounders, Model(s) CRSND

CRT monitors, Model(s) 14506792-003, 14507012-001, 14507013-001, 14507669-001

Data gathering panels, Model(s) 1200

Dual monitor modules, Model(s) TC809D1004

Enclosure doors, Model(s) XLS-4ANN/D

Enclosures, Model(s) 14006700-521112, 4ANN/B, 4ANN/B-S

End-of-line diode assemblies, Model(s) 14507020-001

End-of-line relays, Model(s) 14501599-001, R8407A1009, R8407A1017, R8407A1025, R8407A1033, RELA-E0L

End-of-line resistors, Model(s) 14501600-001, 14501600-003, 14501600-004, 14501600-012, 14501600-013, 14501600-022, 14501600-023,
14501600-027, 14501600-028

End-of-line units, Model(s) AMD21974E(f01), AMD2197H(f01), AMD2197J(f01)

Ethernet cards, Model(s) 14507724-001

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 246/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Fault isolator modules, Model(s) TC811A1006

Fiber cards, Model(s) 14507725-001, 14507725-002

Fiber optic converters, Model(s) 50000898-002, 50000898-003

Ground fault detectors, Model(s) GFD

Hubs, Model(s) 14507743-003

Input/output modules, Model(s) SIGA-IO, SIGA-MIO

Isolator modules, Model(s) SIGA-IM

Keyboard displays, Model(s) XLS-KPDISP

LCD monitors, Model(s) XLS-FRI

Lighting protectors, Model(s) 14502412-005, 14502412-010, 14502412-011, 14502412-012, 14502412-014, 14502412-018, 14502412-019,
14502412-020

Local filter modules, Model(s) W1015A

Monitor modules, Model(s) TC809A1034, TC809A1059, TC809B1008, TC809B1032, TC811A1000, TC909A1009, TC909B1007, XLS-MM-A, XLS-MM-B,
XLS-MM-D, XLS-MM-Z

Mounting plates, Model(s) 14504750-002, 14504750-003, 14504750-004

Network adapters, Model(s) Q7055B1021(BNA-2DN)

Network control annunciators, Model(s) XLS-NCA2

Passive infrared motion detectors with guard tour, Model(s) Q7055B1039(FNA2), XLS-MD(f02), XLS-MDS(f02)

PC speaker assemblies, Model(s) 14507715

Personal computers, Model(s) W7053D, W7053H

Portable Handset, Model(s) 6700-0061, 6830-3

Printers, Model(s) 14507540-006, 14507540-007, 14507540-008, 14507540-009, 3014I, W1014B, XLS-PRN-6

Protocol conversion modules - NIONs and Routers, Model(s) XLS-GW-EM

Receptacles, Model(s) 6833-4

Relay control modules, Model(s) TC810R1024

Relay modules, Model(s) R8450(f04), R8466A1007, SIGA-CR2, TC910R1009

Releasing modules, Model(s) XLS-REL

Remote annunciators, Model(s) 2-SMDN, 2-SMDN-C, 3-ANNCPU3, ENVOY, XLS(FSCS-1), XLS(FSCS-2), XLS(FSCS-3), XLS(FSCS-4), XLS-FDU-80(f5),
XLS-LCD-80(f05), XLS1000

Remote booster power supplies, Model(s) XLS-BPS10A, XLS-BPS10A/230, XLS-BPS6A, XLS-BPS6A/230

Remote phones, Model(s) 6830-4, 6830-5A4, 6830-6A4, 6830-NY-F4, 6830-NY-S4

Remote transponders, Model(s) MFC-AD, SIGA-CC1, SIGA-CC2, SIGA-CR, SIGA-CRR, SIGA-CT1, SIGA-CT2, SIGA-MM1, SIGA-UM, SIGA-WTM, XLS-
IM

Riser monitor modules, Model(s) SIGA-RM1-MRM1

Security bell interfaces, Model(s) 24DC12

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 247/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Security loop modules, Model(s) XLS-SEC2

Servers, Model(s) 14507789-001, 14507795-001

Supervising control modules, Model(s) TC910N1007

Uninterruptible power supplies, Model(s) SPS-1-240-24

Wiring plate assemblies, Model(s) 14504750

Workstations, Model(s) 14507788-001, 14507788-002

Model(s) Combination manual box and telephone units, Computers, Magnetic discs and disc controllers, Supplementary annunciator units, Telephone
adjunct units, XLS-GW-EM-3

(f01) - Low voltage only

(f02) - For use with Listed control panels

(f04) - For use with Model 14504750-002 and 14504750-003 mounting plates

(f05) - For use with Models XLS140/140E.

(f06) - Modules can be installed in the DNR duct housing.

Last Updated on 2009-12-14

Questions? Notice of Disclaimer Page Top

Copyright © 2010 Underwriters Laboratories Inc.®

The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under
UL's Follow-Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Listed and covered under UL's Follow-Up Service. Always
look for the Mark on t he product.

UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information,
Designs and/or Listings (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non-misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings).
2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from Underwriters Laboratories Inc." must appear adjacent to the
extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "Copyright © 2010 Underwriters
Laboratories Inc.®"

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 248/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Notes

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 249/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

SYZV.S470
Control Units, Releasing Device
Page Bottom

Control Units, Releasing Device

See General Information for Control Units, Releasing Device

HONEYWELL INTERNATIONAL INC S470

1500 W DUNDEE RD
ARLINGTON HEIGHTS, IL 60004 USA

Control units for use with separately Listed smoke detectors, heat detectors, releasing devices and other electrically operated
controlling appliances to form electrically supervised releasing systems, Model(s) XLS-1000, XLS-140-2, XLS-140-2E, XLS-3000

Last Updated on 2009-10-28

Questions? Notice of Disclaimer Page Top

Copyright © 2010 Underwriters Laboratories Inc.®

The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under
UL's Follow-Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Listed and covered under UL's Follow-Up Service. Always
look for the Mark on the product.

UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information,
Designs and/or Listings (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non-misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings).
2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory w ith permission from Underwriters Laboratories Inc." must appear adjacent to the
extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "Copyright © 2010 Underwriters
Laboratories Inc.®"

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 250/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Notes

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 251/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

UROX.S1196
Smoke-automatic Fire Detectors
Page Bottom

Smoke-automatic Fire Detectors

See General Information for Smoke-automatic Fire Detectors

HONEYWELL INTERNATIONAL INC S1196

1500 W DUNDEE RD
ARLINGTON HEIGHTS, IL 60004 USA

Velocity Range
Detector Compatibility (fpm)

Model Application Type Restrictions Min Max

14506325-002 OAP, RS P D4 0 300

32002812-005 D(ST) P D4 100 4000

32002812-006 D(ST) P D2 100 4000

50001949-001 (g) D P None

6260A-CU D(ST) P D2 300 4000

HPS-32, HPST-32 OAP, RS P D2 0 300

HPSIC-6, HPSIC-12, HPSIC-24, HPSTIC-6, HPSTIC-12, HPSTIC-24

OAP P None 0 300

HPSRC-12, HPSRC-24, HPSS-6, HPSS-12, HPSTRC-12, HPSTRC-24, HPSTS-6, HPSTS-12, TC803A1022, TC803A1030

OAP, RS P None 0 300

SD-CJ (i) D P None

SD-ST (j) D P None

SIGA-DH (w/XLS-IPHS) D(ST) P/I D2 300 1000

SIGA-DH (w/XLS-PHS) D(ST) P D2 300 4000

SIGA-DH (w/XLS-PS) D(ST) P D2 300 4000

TC803B-1004, TC803B-1012, TC803B-1028, TC803B-1038

OAP, RS P D2 0 300

TC804A-1013 OAP, RS P D4 0 300

TC804C-1001 OAP I D2 0 3000

TC804C-1019 OAP P(IHD) D2 0 300

TC804D-1009 OAP, D(I) P D2 0 3000

TC805C-1018 OAP I D2 0 1200

TC805D-1008 OAP, D(I), RS I D2 0 1200

TC806A-1037 OAP, D(I) P D4 0 3000

TC806B-1043, TC806B-1068, TC806B-1084

OAP, D(I) P(IHD) D2 0 4000

TC806B-1050 (b), TC806B-1001 (b), TC806B-1076,TC806DNR (b)

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 252/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

OAP, D(I) P D2 0 4000

TC807B-1042, TC807B-1000 OAP, D(I) I D4 0 1500

TC807B-1059 OAP I D4 0 1200

TC840A-1001 OAP, D(I) P/I D2 0 1000

TC840C1000 OAP P(IHD) D4 0 300

TC840M-1013, TC840M-1005, TC840M-1021

OAP, D(I) I(IHD) D2 0 500

TC844A-1015, TC844A-1007 OAP P D2 0 300

TC846A-1005 (k), TC846A-1013 (k) OAP Laser None

TC847A1004 (h) OAP PB D4

TC906A1002, TC906A1010 OAP, D(I) P None 0 4000

TC907A1001 OAP I *1 0 1200

XLS-IPHS (c), XLS-IPHSB (c) OAP P/I D2 0 500

XLS-IS (b)(c) OAP I D2 0 300

XLS-PHS (a)(c) OAP P(IHD) D2 0 5000

XLS-PS (b)(c) OAP P D2 0 5000

Velocity Range Pressure Differential Between

Detector Compatibility (fpm) Sampling Tube

Model Application Type Restrictions Min Max Min Max

5001949-001 D(ST) P None 500 4000 0.5 1

14506873-001 (b)(w.TC806A, -1037 heads)

D(ST) P D2 300 4000 0.05 1

14506873-001 (b)(w.TC807A, -1036 heads)

D(ST) I D2 300 4000 0.05 1

32002812-001 D(ST) I D4 500 4000 0.03 1.4

32002812-002 D(ST) P D4 500 4000 0.03 1.4

32002812-004 D(ST) P D2 500 4000 0.03 1.4

TC806D-1011, TC806D-1018 D(ST) P D2 500 4000 0.03 1.4

TC806D-1023 D(ST) P D2 100 4000 0.03 1.4

TC806D-1031 D(ST) P D2 100 4000 0.03 1.4

TC806D-1049 D(ST) P D2 100 4000 0.03 1.4

TC806D-1056 D(ST) P D2 100 4000 0.03 1.4

ESD-2W (d) D(ST) P D2 100 4000 0.005 1

SD-4wj (e)(l) D(ST) P D2 100 4000 0.005 1

SD-SJ (e) D(ST) P *3 100 4000 0.005 1

SD-ST (e) D(ST) P *4 100 4000 0.005 1

XLS-SD (d)(l) D(ST) P D2 100 4000 0.005 1

Control Unit
Compatibility
Base Model Related Detector Restrictions

14506414-001 TC807A-1036, TC806A-1037 B2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 253/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

14506414-002 TC840C1000, TC806B1076, TC807B1059, TC808B1041, TC808B1066, TC808B1058, B2

TC840M1021, TC846A1005, TC846A1016, TC806B1084, TC807A-1036, TC806A-1037,
TC806B-1001, TC806B-1043, TC806B-1076, TC806B-1050, TC806B-1068, YC840M-1013

14506587-001 TC840C1000, TC806B1076, TC806B1084, TC807B1059, TC808B1041, TC808B1066, B2

TC808B1058, TC840M1021, TC846A1005, TC846A1013, TC805C-1000, TC804C-1001,
TC805C-1018, TC804C-1019

14506587-004 TC805C-1000, TC804C-1001 B2

14507370-001, TC804D-1009, TC805D-1008 B2

14507370-002
(RS)

14507370-002 TC840C1000, TC806B1076, TC806B1084, TC807B1059, TC808B1041, TC808B1066, B2

TC808B1058, TC840M1021, TC846A1005, TC846A1013

14507371-001 TC840C1000, TC806B1076, TC806B1084, TC807B1059, TC808B1041, TC808B1066, B2, B4

TC808B1058, TC840M1021, TC846A1005, TC846A1013, TC806B-1001, TC806N-1043,
TC806B-1076, TC806B-1084, TC807B-1042, TC806B-1050, TC806B-1068, TC840M-1013,
TC807B-1000, TC806B-1084

14507371-003 TC807B-1042 B2

14507371-003 TC806B-1001, TC807B-1000 B2

(RS), 14507371-
005

14507371-005 TC840C1000, TC806B1076, TC806B1084, TC807B1059, TC808B1041, TC808B1066, B2

TC808B1058, TC840M1021, TC846A1005, TC846A1013

14507371-008 TC844A1015, TC844A-1007 B2

50001947-002, TC906A1002, TC906A1010, TC908A1000 None

50001947-001

B501 TC840C1000 B4

EBR (b) TC908A1000, TC906A1002, TC906A1010 B2

EBS (b) TC908A1000, TC906A1002, TC906A1010 B2

SIGA-AB4, SIGA-AB4G, SIGA-SB (b), SIGA-SB4 (b)(f), SIGA-RB (b), SIGA-RB4 (b)(f), SIGA-IB (b), SIGA0IB4 (b)(f)

XLS-IPHS, XLS-IS, XLS-PHS, XLS-PS B2

B2 - For connection to Listed control units with which compatibility was determined by test or a review of circuit parameters. Interconnection and
compatible models indicated on installation wiring diagram for detector (base) and/or control unit.

B4 - For connection to any manufacturer's Listed compatible control unit.

D2 - For connection to Listed control units with which compatibility was determined by test or a review of circuit parameters. Interconnection and
compatible models indicated on installation wiring diagram for detector (base) and/or control unit.

D4 - For connection to any manufacturer's Listed compatible control unit.

*1 - For connection to Listed Honeywell model XLS 3000 fire alarm control panel.

*3 - Listing limited to use with model SD SJ duct detector subassembly.

*4 - Listing limited to use with model SD CJ duct detector subassembly.

OAP - Open Area Protection

RS - Releasing Service

P - Photoelectric

D(ST) - Duct Detector - Sampling Tubes

D - Duct Detector

P/I - Combination Photoelectric and Ionization

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 254/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

I - Ionization

IHD - Includes Integral Heat Detector

D(I) - Duct Detector - Installation Inside Duct

PB - Projected Beam

(b) - Suitable for use in ambient temperatures of 0-49 C (32-120 F).

(c) - Employs field adjustable sensitivities.

(d) - Suitable for use in ambient temperatures of -29 to 70 C.

(e) - Suitable for use in ambient temperature of -20 to 70 C (-4 to 158 F).

(f) - May employ Model SIGA-TS or SITA-TSB trim skirt.

(g) - Listed model 50001949-001 is only suitable for smoke detecors models TC906D1006.

(h) - Suitable for use in ambient temperatures or -30 c to 55 C (-22 to 131 F) with a max distance of 18 in. below the ceiling.

(i) - Duct detector subassemblies, Model SD-CJ, for connection to model SD-SJ duct smoke detectors.

(J) - Duct detector subassemblies, Model SD-CT, for connection to model SD-ST duct smoke detectors.

(k) - Special application, system sensitivity may be set between 0.02 and 3.66 percent per foot obscuration.

(l) - Consists of a SD SJ (duct smoke detector) and SD CJ (duct detector subassembly).

Last Updated on 2009-12-10

Questions? Notice of Disclaimer Page Top

Copyright © 2010 Underwriters Laboratories Inc.®

The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under
UL's Follow-Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Listed and covered under UL's Follow-Up Service. Always
look for the Mark on the product.

UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information,
Designs and/or Listings (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non-misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings).
2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from Underwriters Laboratories Inc." must appear adjacent to the
extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "Copyright © 2010 Underwriters
Laboratories Inc.®"

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 255/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

UUMW.S4048
Speakers and Amplifiers for Fire-protective Signaling Systems
Page Bottom

Speakers and Amplifiers for Fire-protective Signaling Systems

See General Information for Speakers and Amplifiers for Fire-protective Signaling Systems

SYSTEM SENSOR UNINCORPORATED, DIV OF HONEYWELL INTERNATIONAL INC S4048

3825 OHIO AVE
ST CHARLES, IL 60174 USA

SpeakersModels SP200R, SP200W, SP201W, SP201R, SP300W, SP301W, SP301R. For indoor use only.

Model SP201K. For indoor and outdoor use.

Speaker/strobes, Models SP2C2415, SP2C2430, SP2C2475, SP2C2495, SP2C24115, SP2C24177, SP2C241575, SP2R1224MC, SP2R1224MCP,
SP2W1224MC, SP3R1224MC, SP3W1224MC. For indoor use only.

Model SP2R1224MCK. Wall mount. For indoor and outdoor use.

SPECTRALERT ADVANCE SERIES Speakers and Speaker/Strobes

Models with "K" in the suffix are suitable for indoor or outdoor use with an operating temperature rating of -40°C to +66°C (-40°F to +151°F) and
have a NEMA 4X and IP 56 enclosure rating only when used with the models PWBB, PWBBW or PWBBCW plastic weatherproof back boxes and outdoor
rated gasket, or when used with models MWBB, MWBBW or MWBBCW metal weatherproof back boxes and its outdoor rated gasket. Suitable for wall or
ceiling mounting.

"K" suffix models may also employ the weatherproof plates in plac e of the weatherproof back boxes as follows:

Models with "K" in the suffix models are suitable for indoor or outdoor use with an extended operating temperature range of -40 degrees F to 151
degrees F (-40 degrees C to 66 degrees C) rating and are NEMA 3R and IP22 rated only when used with the model WTP-SP (Red) and WTP-SPW
(White) Weatherproof Plates, suitable for wall or ceiling flush mounting. The weatherproof plates can be mounted and sealed to: brick, concrete,
masonry brick, or ceramic tile surfaces.

Models with "-P" in the suffix have plain housings with no lettering on the enclosure. Models not containing "-P", in the suffix have English lettering
reading "FIRE" on the housing. Models with "-SP" or "-PG" in the suffix are denoted a s Spanish or Portuguese, respectively, in reference to optional,
alternate language based instruction manuals and nameplates included with the device.

SpectrAlert Advance Speakers - Rectangular enclosure, Models SPR, SPW, SPRV, SPWV. Intended for indoor use mounted on the wall or ceiling.

SpectrAlert Advance Speakers - Round enclosure, Models SPCW, SPCR, SPCWV, SPCRV. Intended for indoor use mounted on the wall or ceiling.

SpectrAlert Advance Speaker/Strobes - Rectangular e nclosure, Models *SPSR, *SPSRH, *SPSW, SPSW-ALERT, SPSW-CLR-ALERT, *SPSWH,
*SPSRV, *SPSWV. Intended for indoor use mounted on the wall or ceiling.

SpectrAlert Advance Speaker/Strobes - Round enclosure, Models *SPSCR, *SPSCRH, *SPSCW, SPSCW-CLR-ALERT, *SPSCWH, *SPSCRV,
*SPSCRVH, *SPSCWV, *SPSCWVH. I ntended for indoor use mounted on the wall or ceiling.

SpectrAlert Advance Speaker/Strobes Accessories:

Retrofit plates, Models RFP, RFPW.

Backbox skirts (rectangular), Models SPBBS, SPBBSW for surface mounting.

Backbox skirts (round), Models SPBBSC, SPBBSCW for surface mounting.

Trim rings (rectangular), Models TR, TRW.

Trim rings (round), Models TRC, TRCW.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 256/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

"*" prefix denotes device that includes "-SP" or "-PG" suffix, representing optional, alternate Spanish or Portuguese language based installation
manuals and nameplates, respectively.

Last Updated on 2009-12-11

Questions? Notice of Disclaimer Page Top

Copyright © 2010 Underwriters Laboratories Inc.®

The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under
UL's Follow-Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Listed and covered under UL's Follow-Up Service. Always
look for the Mark on the product.

UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subje ct to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information,
Designs and/or Listings (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non-misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings).
2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from Underwriters Laboratories Inc." must appear adjacent to the
extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "Copyright © 2010 Underwriters
Laboratories Inc.®"

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 257/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

ULSZ.S4011
Audible-signal Appliances
Page Bottom

Audible-signal Appliances

See General Information for Audible-signal Appliances

SYSTEM SENSOR UNINCORPORATED, DIV OF HONEYWELL INTERNATIONAL INC S4011

3825 OHIO AVE
ST CHARLES, IL 60174 USA

Bells, vibrating, Models SSM24-6, SSM24-8, SSM24-10, SSV120-6, SSV120-8, SSV120-10 for outdoor use when used with NEMA 3R weather
resistant back box, Model WBB.

Chimes, Model CH12/24 for indoor use private mode only; Model WBB for outdoor use.

Models CHR, CHW, CHRA and CHWA. For indoor use, private mode use only.

Chimes/strobes, Models CH24MC, CH24MCW. For wall mount, indoor use.

Models CHSR and CHSW, For indoor use only, private mode use only.

Horns, Model APA-451; Models PA400B, -400R, -400W with or without suffix -F. For indoor use only.

Models HR, HW. Intended for indoor use mounted on the wall or ceiling.

Models MHR, MHW. For indoor use only.

Tones 1,2,3 and 4 are Public Mode at 24V DC/FWR.

Tone 3 is Public Mode at 12V DC.

Tones 1,2 and 4 are Private Mode at 12V DC.

Tones 1,2,3 and 4 are Private Mode at 12V FWR.

Model APA151. For indoor use only. Public mode.

Sounder/strobes, Model P2475RL . May employ "W" or "Z" suffix. For indoor wall mount only.

Model P12015K for indoor or outdoor use.

Directional sounders, Model PF24V for supplemental fire alarm use. Indoor use only.

SPECTRALERT ADVANCE SERIES HORNS, CHIMES AND COMBOS

General - Models with "K" in the suffix are suitable for indoor or outdoor use with an operating temperature rating of -40°C to +66°C (-40°F to +151°
F) and have a NEMA Type 3, 3R and 4X enclosure ratings only when used with the Listed models SA-WBB and SA-WBBW (wall) or the models SA-
WBBC and SA-WBBCW (ceiling) weatherproof back boxes. Models with "-P" in the suffix have plain housings with no lettering on the enclosure. Models
not containing either "-P", in the suffix have English lettering reading "FIRE" on the housing. Models with the "-SP" suffix have Spanish lettering reading
"FUEGO" on the housing. Models with the "-PG" suffix have Portuguese lettering reading "FOGO" on the housing.

Horns - Models HR and HW. Intended for indoor use mounted on the wall or ceiling.

Chimes - Models CHR and CHW are intended for private mode only. Intended for indoor use mounted on the wall or ceiling.

Chime/Strobes - Models CHSR and CHSW are intended for private mode only. Intended for indoor use mounted on the wall or ceiling.

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 258/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Horn/Strobes - Two-wire type, rectangular enclosure, Models P2R, P2W, P2RH and P2WH. Intended for indoor use mounted on the wall or ceiling.

Horn/Strobes - Two-wire type, round enclosure, Models PC2R, PC2W, PC2RH and PC2WH. Intended for indoor use mounted on the wall or ceiling.

Horn/Strobes - Four-wire type, rectangular enclosure, Models P4R, P4W, P4RH and P4WH. Intended for indoor use mounted on the wall or ceiling.

Horn/Strobes - Four-wire type, round e nclosure, Models PC4R, PC4W, PC4RH and PC4WH. Intended for indoor use mounted on the wall or ceiling.

Accessories:

Back box, Model WBBF for indoor/outdoor use.

ModelsSA-WBB, and SA-WBBC (Back boxes for Spectralert Ad vance Series) for indoor/outdoor use.

Back box skirts, Models BBSC, BBSCW, BBS-CHSW, BBS-CHSR.

Flush mount trim plates, Models MPF2, -2B.

Weatherproof plates, Models WTP, WTPW, WTP-SP, WTP-SPW, with a NEMA Type 3R and IP22 enclosure ratings. May be used in place of the listed
weatherproof back boxes as follows:

Models WTP (Red), WTPW (White) Weatherproof Plates used with horn and horn/strobes models with "K" suffix, suitable for indoor or outdoor flush
mount usage, wall or ceiling, with an extended operating temperature range of -40 degrees F to 151 degrees F (-40 degrees C to 66 degrees C). They
can be mounted to 2 inch by 4 inch or 4 inch by 4 inch back boxes, with a 1-1/2 inch minimum depth.

Models WTP-SP (Red) and WTP-SPW (White) Weatherproof Plates used with speakers and sp eaker/strobes models with "K" suffix, suitable for indoor or
outdoor use flush mount usage, wall or ceiling, with an operating temperature rating of -40 degrees F to 151 degrees F (-40 degrees C to 66 degrees
C). They can only be mounted to a 4 inch by 4 inch by 2-1/8 inch back box.

Semi-flush mount trim plates, Models D-MP, S-MP. May employ "W" suffix.

Sync modules, Models MDL3R, MDL3W.

Models MDL3R and MDL3W are also Listed under Audible-signal Appliances (ULSZ).

120 VAC adapter mounting plate, Model MP120K may be used with Models P2R, P2RH, P2RK, P2RHK, P2W, P2WH, SR, SRH, SRK, SRHK, SW, SWH,
PC2R, PC2RH, PC2RK, PC2RHK, PC2W, PC2WH, SCR, SCRH, SCRK, SCRHK, SCW, SCWH, HR, HRK, HW, SR-P, SW-P, SRH-P, SWH-P, P2R-P, P2W-P,
P2RH-P, P2WH-P, SCR-P, SCW-P, SCRH-P, SCWH-P, PC2R-P, PC2W-P, PC2RH-P, PC2WH-P, SR-SP, SRH-SP, P2R-SP, P2RH-SP, SCW-SP, SCWH-SP,
PC2W-SP, PC2WH-SP, CHR, CHW, CHSR, CHSW.

Smoke detector audible bases, Models B501BH, B501BHT, B501BH-2, B501BHT-2.

Audible signal appliance accessories, accessory retrofit trim plate, Model RFP, RFPW. Optional with Series H horns, Series CH Chimes, Series
CHS Chime/Strobes, Series P2 Horn/Strobes, Series PC2 Horn/Strobes, Series P4 Horn/Strobes, and Series PC4 Horn/Strobes.

Audible signal appliance accessories, accessory trim ring, Models TR-HS, TRW-HS, TRC-HS and TRCW-HS. Optional with Series H horns, Series
CH Chimes, Series CHS Chime/Strobes, Series P2 Horn/Strobes, Series PC2 Horn/Strobes, Series P4 Horn/Strobes, and Series PC4 Horn/Strobes.

Last Updated on 2009-11-09

Questions? Notice of Disclaimer Page Top

Copyright © 2010 Underwriters Laboratories Inc.®

The appearance of a c ompany's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under
UL's Follow-Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Listed and covered under UL's Follow-Up Service. Always
look for the Mark on the product.

UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information,
Designs and/or Listings (files) must be pr esented in their entirety and in a non-misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings).
2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from Underwriters Laboratories Inc." must appear adjacent to the
extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "Copyright © 2010 Underwriters
Laboratories Inc.®"

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 259/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

   L
   A
   I
  s    l    T
  r   a
   i
   N
   E
  e
   i   r    D
   I
   F
   l   e
   t    N
  p   a
   O
   C
  p   -
  u    M    L
   L
   E
   S   w    W
   Y
  a    E
   N
   R    O
   H

   l
   l
  u
   P
   t
  o   n
   h   o
   i
  s   y
   t
  a
   )    9    l    i
  r
  c
  p
  a   a    8
   b
  m    b
  a
  n   e
  r    9
  a    1
  e
  s    F
   l
   S   y   n
  s
   A
  a
   t
  r    i   s
  s   e
  s   o    A
   t
  e
  e
  s
  s
   B    M
  n   c    S
  a    U
  s
  s
  e
  e
   C
   P
   t
  e
  o
   i    f  ,
 .    d
  c
  c
  o
  e
   h
   t    t
   f   r
  o
  r
  r
   P    S
  a  .   o
   f
   P
  e
  e    l
   l
   l
   l
  q    h
  s   r
  o
  s   o
  e   r   u    P
  u
  r
  e    t
   K   r   e    C
   C    P
  p    0   o   y
  o
   5    N   s    l
   O    1   n
   (    i   e   p
  n
  o
   i
  y    d   e   m    t
  –    t
   i
   l   e
   i    t
  y    E
  o   s
   l
  a
  r   l
  s
  u   l
  y
  r
  c   r
  a
  a    t
  p   n   g   e
   i
   f    C
   f   o
  m   i   n   l
  o
   t
 .   s
   t
   f
   t
   E   a   o   a
 .   n    l   r   n
   C   i
  q
  s    t
   i
  o    t
  a   e    t
  c
  u   F
  c
  a     :   a
  r
  o
    :    T
  p
   O
  n
   d   I
   F     y    K   e     s
     t
     i    2   p     u    0    5   r   o
  r
     l
     i    0     s    0    2   e    P
    c    3    O     n    6    3    d
  r
    a     e    O    l
   l
     F   -   -      C   -   -   r   u
  e    P
  m
  •   •   o
   t
  s
  u
   C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 260/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

   L
  s
  k
  c
   o
   D
   A
   I
   T
   N
   E
   D
   I
   F
   N

  g   s
  g   i    l   m
   O

  c
   C
  a   o
  -
   L
   L
   E
   i
  p
  n   v   n
  n
   i   o
  r    i
  r   o
  r
  e   k
   t
   W

  p
   Y
   i   e   t   a   c
   E
   N
   h   c   c   o
   O

  e   e
   H

   S    M    t

   R   l
   E    S    p
  u
  -
  t  e
   S
   T
   M
   S

      7
      1
   1    2    3
   #    #
   T    #
  e    T    T

   t   s    M

   S
   M    M
   S    S
  u
  u   o
   h   s
   l
   l
   )
  s
   1    2
  o
  e    #    #
  e
  r   e   )   n
   i
  y   a    C
  s
   l
   l   y
   l
   L    H
   T
   H
   T
  a    l     C
  e   w

  a   5    b   o

   l
   L    W    B  m    F
  s   n   4
   i    (
   C  e
  s
  u
  y
  r
   d
  o
   F    P  s
  s
  o
  u
  n
   i
   t

   t
  o   o
   G    A   n
  o
   C
  c    d
  e
   5
   (
  a    h
   F   s
   i       2    l    t
  n   a   a
   i    t   o
  e   C   )
   t
   F    M  r   i  n
      3    t   e   a
  e   d   P
  e    (
   h   w
  o
   S   P

  s
   l
  a   e
  g   t
  n   e   l       6       5
   k    i   a
  v   M  s    l
  c    i
  e   t   e   a   n
   t   s
   l
   l
   l    l    l   A
  o
  o    l    l    l
  c   e   R
  e   i
  e   y   e   e
   D   e   e
   R   h   &    t   e
  c
   h
  y   c
   l
   l   c
   b   h    l   c
  a
   i    h   E
   S
   M  a    C    b   a   m  c
  e   a
  r   c
  e   a
   t    R
   l 
  s   e
  c
   t    i
  m  e
  e   i
  n   s   n
   A   i
  a   e
      4   A
   M   n
   i
  r
  s   t
  e   b   a   s   e
   A   k
   l    t
  a   e
   t
   l    t
  a   e
   S
  e   a   e   k   n   k
  n
   i
   d   r
  r   a
  r
   M  a
   i   r
   F  a
   O
   h    l
   l
   F
  a   m
  o   r    t   m
  e   r   w  m
  a   r
   S   F    H
  e    B  e   e   e   e
   C   p    h   p    R  p
   S   u   u
   S   S   u
   P    S    S

   C
   F      2

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 261/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

   L
   A
   I
   T
   N
   E
   D
   I
   F
   N
   O
   C
  -
   L
   L
   E
   W
  n
   Y
  e    E
   N
  v    O
   H

   O
  w
  o
   l
   f
  e
   R
 .
   3

  e
  c
  y
   l   a
   l
   b    P
  m   3    &
  e    E    k
  c
   i
  s    N    P
  s    I
   L   c
   i
   A    T   n
  o
   B    M
   S   s
  a
   C   n
  a
   P    P
 .
   2

  e
   t
  s
  a
   P
  r
  e
   d
   l
  o
   S
 .
   1

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 262/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

   L
   A
   I
   T
   N
   E
   D
   I
   F

   )
   N
   O

  n
   C
  -

  o
   L
   L
   E
   W
   i
   t
  r
  e
   Y
   E
   N
  s    O
   H
  n
   I
   ( 
   l
  a
   i
   d
  a
   R
 .  .
   6
   d
   t
  n    l
  o   a
   i
  x
   C    A

  y    )
   l   n
  o
   i
   b    t
  r
  m   e
  s
  e   n
   I
   (
   l
  a    l
 
  s    i
   d   a
   i
   A
  a
   R   x
   A
 .
   B    5
   C
   P

  r    l
   )
  a
   i
  e   x
  c   A
  n   r
  e   f
  u   o
  q   l
  s
  e   e
   S  e
 .   r
   4   (

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 263/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

   L
   A
   I
   T
   N
   E
   D
   I
   F
   N
   O
   C
  -
   L
   E
   W
   Y
   E
   N
   O
   H

   )
   l
  a
  u
   )   n
  r   a
 .   e    M
   d
   l    (
   d
   t   o
   S   e
  v
  n    (   a
  o   e   w
   t
  v   s
   C   a   o
  y    W    P
   l  .  .
   8    9
   b
  m
  s
  e
  s
   A
   B    )
   t
   C    )
   l   s
  a   e
   P   u    T
   t
  n    i
  a   u
  c
  r
   (
   M
  e    i
   C
  v   n
   I
  a    (
  w    P
  e
  r    H
   P  .
 .    0
   7    1

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 264/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

   L
   A
   I
   T
   N
   E
   D
   I
   F
   N
   O
   C
  -
   L
   L
   E
   W
   Y
   E
   N
   O
   H

  s
   l
   l
  e
   C
   l
  a
   i
  n
   F

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 265/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 266/272
 7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

   L
   A
   I
   T
   N
   E
   D
   I
   F
   N
   O
   C
  -
   L
   L
   E
   W

  s
   Y
   E
   N

  a
   O
   H

  e
  r
   A
   t
  n
   i
   P
  a
   d
  n
  a
  n
  o
   i
   t
  a
   i
  c
  r
   b
  a
   F
   l
  a
   t
  e
   t
   M
  e
  e
   h
   S

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 267/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

   L
   A
   I
   T
   N
   E
   D
   I
   F
   N
   O
   C
  -
   L
   L
   l    E
   W
  s   v
  e    t
  a
   t
   Y
  a   e    E
  e
   N
  w    M    O
  e
   k
  r
  r    t
  e
   H

   P   e
  a    T    h
  m    M    S
  r    S    S
  e    &    P
  p    H
   C
   F
  u    T
   S
   l
  a
   i
  r
  e   s
   t    3    t
  a   -
   1   e   s
  e
   k    i
  s    M
   t
  s
  e
  n
  r
  a
   l
   b
  m
  e   w
  a
   i
   L   m
  r
  e
  s
   k    R
  r   y
   )
   T   e
  s
   A
   M   p
  a    l
   b
   S
   (
   t
  u
   d
  r
  a
   S   o
  m   m   n
  u    l    B
  o    l
  r   e
  e   s
  s
   M    l
  e
   C
  e
   C
  p    A   e
  c    l    S
   P
  u    d   a
   f
  r   a
  n
   i
   C
   F
   S   r
  a
  u
   S
   F
  o
   B    2
  -
   t
   i
   1
  s
   l
  a
   i
  u   e   r
  c   n
   i   e
   t
   i
  r    )
   L   a
   M
   C    H
   T
   (   w
   d   e
  a
  e
   t
   l
  o
   R
   l
   l
  n
   i    H   e
   C
  r    h
  g    S
   P   u    P
  o
  r    C
   h    F
   T

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 268/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Notes

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 269/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

REFERENCE PROJECTS

XLS-3000 is a versatile fire detection and alarm system with proven record of large install base in diverse markets.
Below is short list of reference projects:

PROJECT LOCATION
INDUSTRIAL
Chevron Plant California, USA
Specialty Materials - Chemical Plant Texas, USA
Oil Supply Planning and Scheduling (OSPAS), Aramco Dhahran, KSA
Chemical store yard, Aramco Riyadh, KSA
Ethylene transfer facilities, Aramco Yanbu, KSA
Safania Plant, Aramco KSA
Petro Rabigh, Aramco KSA

EDUCATION
King Saud University Riyadh, KSA
King Abdulaziz University Jeddah, KSA
Emirates Aviation Training UAE
Dubai Women's College UAE

RESIDENTIAL & COMMERCIAL TOWERS

National Commercial Bank Jeddah, KSA
Tabreed Bahrain
Zallaq Resort Bahrain
Meydan Dubai, UAE
Burj Khalifa Dubai, UAE
Marina Mall Dubai, UAE
Dubai Silicon Oasis Dubai, UAE
Jumeirah Golf Estates Dubai, UAE
Yas Island Abu Dhabi, UAE
Shangrila Hotel Abu Dhabi, UAE
Qatar Pearl Qatar  

Dolphin
 Al BiddaTower
Tower Qatar
Qatar   
Blom Bank Lebanon
Societe General Bank Lebanon

HOSPITALS & OTHERS

Kaiser Permanente Hospital California, USA
Tanjeeb Hospital KSA
Ft. Gordon USA
Ft. Bragg USA
Ft. Wainwright USA
Miami Convention Center USA
Etisalat - Headquarters, Earth station UAE
ZADCO Headquarters UAE
 ADNOC FOD Headquarters UAE

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 270/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

Notes

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 271/272
7/21/2019 Fire Alarm System Guide

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/fire-alarm-system-guide 272/272